FLS 

2015 

074869 


} I : if I 14> MZ§ i y r 5.. s t pr 1 

1 .4,?I- ?..'i i rATt'fi :• i >•- 

Jl • v . »l ;.|i < ■; / «.,71 i V? • 

. L a P 1 ' * ¥■ .i" "If »<J -v' a 1 k.,“j 


V k 4 


’ ?.► 1! 1 * ' 1.46 l •• -■ j . * Wi ■• F * }I ki 

• ■' ’* (4 3 . > •« V iirii i -.'F 1 < i ■»,. 

*.-7571 • ’ i ; * * J*C v > il. • > «» * f . r 

• . 1 .v* * • .'oiSfllii 

4 1 • - >I*t. • | -is ww •• *" ! .i 1 Vi 

• , • ,i? 6 f »'>#?• ivt 5*? ' '3* * .‘v 

• I IV v F • •*} • i 1 - 3 » - i . • * # 

1 ft * I AS I. I . 4 




I - 0 .r ^ ij 

? ! y * |f * sT 

-.- » & : ,ii -• i la • 

Him ’< t »* i .-4 


. ' > ■* r * 5 ’ . I f V-2|1 

* - i ■ s vi i- i «( 

If* fW • < < •*• it-: i *Ml 

.• T J t • • • i ■ I.- ♦ I -tv 4 

1*1 ,■ i . i . i w i »# ■ i 

1 i 1 i i\ » t * j | - 


* M " 1 


1 m >4 • « • > »5 

f 't i »t > < *~ 

• "I % .1 . .. H. f 


» a i r y ^ / j iff «jr v . v e, 

• ? i f ?? v%r]r|! IMitfiVtfij 

' • f »* | f Hi i * '. < 

. /.»*•• l it £ > i o y* *. * 

I > » *< - « I l f! 1 *• «, » * =- f V f .»*!.+ 

■ 

>41 l « . V -f BA tl t > t , I 

*ir x ivi ■» / - i • * - .11 »i i , . % t 

■ ?,v ‘i-tu-u\ i.i.i 

'5 .1- I : '.-y-J*. v MR ft 111 t 31 -1 

i t I* t-* i 

71 ' ■; Tm* •< - > ’ 4 I . I# :•> 

. * p,j 7 • * • -••I - « jl 6i '* 

> • . ’ • I • * If • r t ff t * • f* I tl f •* f 


V*- . m; n='i 

Y 1 ,t - , k 1 - J 

* '* I ftt t 
J 4 , 4 JI( J i 

I 1(9 r 1 ) * ?i 


li^ll i»v 


) i: » - A 

- i f » v: 




f -j % i ».] 


. s -s i -* 

» A >1 • r 
< > ^ 1 7 

;•) < 


M # 4* d 




» < t 


9 *» <f 

rlf- vf 

1 « -.t 

' f _ 4 L »’ 

. -• t 


r ‘ * ' S?» 

V, f S 


1A I !■( .11 »-'t lit 

. A ' \ • T ,J .* » .. • ‘j I 

> 4 :ii • p. aa if 

, Cf v < « t:« .s- , ■ 

p * v .11 •*.?* - v r •. ■ * 

\ •' * ?*1 ' 1 r\ *5 *' *» 

'I. i^lft .) :t .1 

j •- » i • B-, t 

1 *. •<><*. 

jb ■ .- ; 1 . • » 

I i. » A. r ' - > I k i ni 1 .7 


, . ■ f 1 e •- , 

‘ T \ V' piaTiilio?I'kVl)i 1 
7 • 1 \i in 1 pi: ? , ii * K 

1 -! 1 « f -4 l‘* ">, * ! '-til 1 >.# 

“ * T V* - • f I *» . » , / » T* I fl \ 

* ♦ ; «V f |T} fJ ' • > 

» » « »: A I .. t i>\ 1 III; 

• ■ 1 i « n »f ♦ • -.t ** > 

f Lyf •"» iwl •«» :t<Tj lilt 

4 ;1 4 ¥ # s¥ f • if : 9 i# *! 

| i< * j -fl ,('•»-(-*» 1 » 1 1 *10 

-• t Vtfcl \ a 1 • j-.! j j « -a 

• 

ft S I I i -’l t 1 - * 

t v r * < ' • ** . j . * •#-*.«• 


. 

» a- ; - « . t -• 

j -I'lili 


) Hi. r 


•:'l %• | 

' j< 9 

?] nil 


> 1 - ’ »t 









A^* * 



V 








c.y 

'bo' 

<p 



* 0 ^ 


: O 


V ^ 


<5 ^ 

<*■ v * ‘'V- '<i> j ^ 

>* 



l~ ,A (S) C'L, 

* O , \ * aO O ^ o M 

,9' , s '// o 

^ % .* 

</' \V 



£ * 

0 % 

V <j. ^ * 0 a > 

03 ^ 



X v ' J ^ . "* | 

rP *fcS£9-4 oV ^ ^ 

'^.. y 0 * X * ,6 y" 4 

* v * ^ O c « N c * v 

^ * .k .ssSSW ^ V. A 

**- $ » 

>■ 



O 0 x 

^ 

>* .S.- C 

o ^ J'jA* A) 

\> *.’*«, -> ,o" 

*• O Ca> <* A ^V 

^ A * 

<s 

S% : I . * ^ 1 % 

>■? + *> * * , - \ 



?h> .aV 

^ <v 

















-p 'V > 

■% 

o 



-b 

<v 

z £ 

o tr 



* U I 


<> : A ' ^\VV\S^ > 

v s * * / ^ D * 0 \ V ^ . <-\ * <M 

.\V <V o C , .***%, - V ! o A;\ V 

" <=- ,<y C» N '-* .'•*« 



© 

; >• v W ;« 

; ^ *,V *•*. .« 

y % . > \V ^ * 

^ 'f 1 

“ f/ cT* ,<^ . 



^ - 


r «*V. 



















































ELEMENTS 


" 

^ - > 

GEOGRAP 

MODERN AND ANCIENT 



A MODERN AND AN ANCIENT ATLAS. 



_ 

By J. E. WORCESTER. 

_ 


IMPROVED EDITION 




BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED BY DAVID H. WILLIAMS 

1839 . 




f 


'r 


4 







.W's 

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1839, by 
Joseph E. Worcester, 

lr* the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts 


<k v 


e„$t; 




PREFACE. 


This work, in its original form, was first published in 
1819 ; since that time it has passed through many editions 
and impressions; and it is now for the third time stereo¬ 
typed. 

Modern geography is a branch of science that is continu¬ 
ally changing ; and it is necessary that an elementary trea¬ 
tise on the subject should, every few years, undergo a care¬ 
ful revision. 

This work, in the form in which it is now published, has 
been revised throughout; a great part of it has been writ¬ 
ten anew, in order to accommodate it to the present time 
and to introduce improvements ; and the most of the book 
may be expected to continue for a considerable time with¬ 
out any great alteration. 

The statistical information, which is the portion that is 
most liable to change, being placed in a separate division, 
may be altered as occasion may require, without affecting 
the rest of the volume. 

The department of Ancient Geography has also been 
revised ; and the portion of Scripture Geography has been 
materially enlarged. 

The Modern and Ancient Atlases which accompany the 
“ Elements ” have likewise been revised and improved ; 
and the Ancient Atlas has been enlarged by the substitu¬ 
tion of six small maps relating to Scripture Geography, 
instead of the single map of Palestine, which has hereto¬ 
fore been contained in the Atlas. 

This work has long been in use in many of the most re¬ 
spectable schools, academies, and seminaries in this coun¬ 
try ; and it is hoped, that, in its present form, it will be 
found less unworthy of the patronage which the public 
have been pleased to give it. 



IV 


PREFACE. 


The book and the maps are designed to be used through¬ 
out in connection ; and the method of studying them will 
be found to be easy, both to the teacher and pupil. Ques¬ 
tions to be answered both from the book and the maps 
have been inserted, as, in a majority of cases in which 
the work is used, they are deemed advantageous ; but teach¬ 
ers need not restrict themselves to the Questions, any fur¬ 
ther than they find it expedient. 

The Modern and the Ancient Geography have heretofore 
been published together, but neither of them separately ; 
but it has been thought advisable, in order to accommodate 
different wants, to publish the whole together as heretofore, 
and both the Modern and the Ancient part in a separate 
form; and they are now offered to the public under the fol¬ 
lowing titles ; viz. “ Elements of Modern and Ancient Ge¬ 
ography, with a Modern and an Ancient Atlas ;” “ Elements 
of Modern Geography, with an Atlas and “ Elements of 
Ancient Classical and Scripture Geography , with an Atlas.” 

The pronunciation of Classical and Scripture Proper 
Names is given according to Walker ; and the pronuncia¬ 
tion of Modern Geographical Names is given in accord¬ 
ance with the best authorities and best usage. Several of 
the former editions have contained a Pronouncing Vocabu¬ 
lary of about 3,000 Geographical Names ; but as this Vo¬ 
cabulary is now inserted in the author’s Comprehensive and 
Elementary Dictionaries , which are, at present, used exten¬ 
sively in the same schools with the “ Elements of Geogra¬ 
phy,” it is omitted in this work. 

It may be useful to remark with respect to the sounds of 
some of the vowels in the languages of the continent of 
Europe, that a, in situations in which the analogy of the 
English language would naturally give it the sound of long 
a, as in fate, has, in other European languages, the sound 
of a in father (marked a) ; e, at the end of a syllable, the 
sound of long a as in favor ; i and y, except when short, 
the sound i in marine, the same as e long. 


CONTENTS. 


\ 

V 


Mathematical Geography 

Page 

I 

Definitions 


5 

Maps ; Map of the World 

7 

AMERICA 


11 

North America 

. # 

13 

Greenland . 


15 

Russian Possessions; 

British 


America . 

, . 

16 

New Britain : Lower Canada 

17 

Upper Canada 

* 

19 

New Brunswick 


20 

Nova Scotia 


21 

Newfoundland ; Bermudas . 

22 

United States . 


23 

New England, or Eastern States 

28 

Maine 


29 

New Hampshire 


31 

Vermont 


33 

Massachusetts 


34 

Rhode Island 


36 

Connecticut . 


37 

Middle States 


39 

New York 


40 

New Jersey 


43 

Pennsylvania . 


44 

Delaware . 


47 

Southern States . 


47 

Maryland . 


49 

District of Columbia 


50 

Virginia 


51 

North Carolina 


54 

South Carolina . 


56 

Georgia . 


57 

Florida 


58 

Alabama 


59 

Mississippi 


61 

Louisiana 


62 

Arkansas 


64 

Western States . 


65 

Tennessee . 


67 

Kentucky 


69 

Ohio . 


71 

Michigan 


73 

Indiana 

, , 

75 

Illinois . 


76 

Missouri 


77 

Wisconsin 


79 


Page 

Iowa; Western Territory . 80 

Oregon .... 81 

Texas; Mexico ... 82 

Guatemala, or Central America 85 
West Indies ... 86 

South America . . 80 

Colombia .... 92 

New Grenada; Venezuela . 93 

Equator .... 94 

Guiana.95 

Peru.96 

Bolivia.97 

Brazil .... 98 

United Provinces ... 99 

Paraguay; Uruguay . . 100 

Chili . . . ... 101 

Patagonia .... 102 

EUROPE .... 103 
Lapland .... 106 

Norway.107 

Sweden .... 108 

Russia.109 

Poland . . . . 112 

Denmark . . . .113 

Great Britain . . . 115 

England . . . .116 

Scotland . . . ■. 120 

Ireland.122 

Holland .... 125 

Belgium; Germany . . 127 

Prussia - > . . . . 128 

Hanover .... 132 
Saxony .... 133 

Small German States . .134 

Wurtemberg . . . 135 

Bavaria ..136 

Austria . . . . 137 

Switzerland .... 141 
France .... 144 

Spain ..... 148 
Portugal; Italy . . . 151 

Kingdom of Sardinia . . 153 

States of the Church . . 15 4 

Naples, or The Two Sicilies . 155 

Turkey . . . . 157 

Greece.160 

Ionian Republic . , 161 


1* 













VI 


CONTENTS. 



Page 


Page 

ASIA * . 

. 162 

Central Africa . 

207 

Turkey in Asia . 

166 

Southern Africa 

209 

Russia in Asia 


Southeastern Africa, Islands 

210 

Arabia .... 

a 09 



Independent Tartary 

. 171 

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 

213 

Persia .... 

172 

The Sea .... 

213 

Afghanistan, or Cabulistan 

. 174 

The Atmosphere 

214 

Hindostan .... 

175 

The Earth .... 

217 

Chin-India, or Farther India 

. 179 

Rivers . 

218 

China .... 

182 

Lakes 5 Mountains 

219 

Thibet .... 

. 185 

Metals and Minerals . 

220 

Chinese Tartary 

186 

V egetables .... 

221 

Japan .... 

. 187 

Animals .... 

222 



Man. 

223 

OCEANIC A . 

187 



Eastern Archipelago 

. 189 

STATISTICAL TABLES . 

225 

Aus'ralia .... 

190 

United States 

227 

Pol) nesia 

. 192 

America .... 

236 



Europe .... 

233 

AFRICA .... 

193 

Asia. 

241 

Egypt .... 

. 198 

Africa .... 

242 

Nubia «... 

200 

Globe . 

243 

Abyssinia 

. 201 

<- 


Barbary States . 

202 

Use of Globes 

247 

Western Africa 

. 205 

Construction of Maps 

253 

ANCIENT CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHY . . 

1 

Introductory Remarks 

. 1 

Asia. —Asia Minor 

25 

Ancient and Modern Names of 

Colchis, Armenia, Mesopota- 


Countries . 

2 

mia, Syria, Arabia . . 

28 

Europe. — British Isles . 

4 

Assyria, Chaldea, Persia, Media 

31 

Spain .... 

. 5 

Africa. — Egypt . . 

32 

Gaul. 

6 

Libya, Africa Proper, Numid- 


Germany .... 

7 

ia, Mauritania 

34 

Sarmatia : Dacia ; Illyricum 

8 



Italy .... 

. 9 

Extent of Ancient Em- 


Greece . 

15 

PIRES . . . . 

35 

SCRIPTURE 

GEOGRAPHY . 

37 

Chap. I. — Geography of the Early Ages : with Explanatory Remarks 37 

Chap. II.— The Region between Egypt and Canaan: Journeyings 


of the Israelites 


. 

42 

Chap. III. — The Canaanites and neighboring Nations 

46 

Chap. IV. — Canaan divided among the Tribes of Israel: Places of 


Note in the History of the Old Testament 

48 

Chap. V.—Physical Geography of Palestine or the Holy Land . 

51 

Chap. VI. — Palestine in the time of the New Testament History. 


Judea, Jerusalem, and its Environs 

55 

Chap. VII. — Samaria: Galilee: Pereea 

57 

Chap. V 111 . — Countries in 

which the Gospel was preached by the 


Apostles . 


..... 

60 

Chap. IX. — Labors and Travels of St. Paul and the other Apostles 

62 

Ancient Geographical Names with their corresponding Modern 


Names 


.... 

67 

Table exhibiting the Places where, and Times when, the Books of 

the New Testament were written. 

73 







MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 3 


Table of the Sizes, Distances, Rotations, and Periods of 
the Sun and Planets. 



q 

Diameter 

Mean dis- 

Rotation on 

Time in 

revolving 

Bulk. The 


P 

in miles. 

tances from 

their axes. 

round the sun. 

earth being 1. 




mill.' miles. 









d. h. m. 

d. 

h. m- 


SUN j. 

0 

883,246 


25 14 08 



1,330,000 

Mercury 

9 

3,224 

37 

00 24 00 

87 

23 15 

,06 

Venusl 

■? 

7,687 

68 

0 23 22 

224 

16 49 

,9 

Earth 

©' 

7,912 

95* 

0 23 56 

# 365 

06 09 

1 

Mars$ 

$ 

4,189 

144 

1 00 39 

686 

23 30 

,16 

Testa 

n 

238 

225 


1,161 

19 


Juno 

2 

1,425 

252 


1,589 



Ceres 

5 


263 


1,681 

12 9 


Pallas 

Jupiterl 

$ 

u 

89,170 

265 

490 

0 09 56 

1,682 

4,332 

08 51 

1,470 

Saturn 

h 

79,042 

900 

0 10 16 

10,761 

14 37 

. 887 

Uranus 


35,112 

1,800 

unknown 

30,445 

18 00 

77 

Moon 

1) 

2,180 

95 

29 12 44 

365 

06 09 

,02 


* 10. The four planets, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, and Palias, 
i are very small compared with the restj and it is but a few 
years since they were lirst discovered/ 

11. There are 18 Satellites or secondary planets. The 
Earth has 1/Jupiter 4/Saturn 7/and Uranus 6. These 

! revolve round their primaries/and accompany them* in 
their annual revolutions round flie stm. 

12. The Comets are bodies revolving round the sun in 
very eccentric orbits/ and move in all directions/ The 
number of them is not ascertained/and their nature is but 
little known. 

18. Those stars, which always retain nearly the same 
situation with respect to each others are called Fixed Stars . 
About 1,000 are seen by the naked eyofin the visible hori- 
zon^in each hemisphere; but, by the # use of a telescope, 


10. What is said of Vesta, Juno, Ceres, and Pallas ? 

11. What of the satellites ? 12. The comets? 

13. The fixed stars ? 


Questions on the Solar System, and Table of Sizes, fyc. 

Which planet is nearest to the sun? Which farthest off? Which 
are nearer than the earth ? Which farther ? Which three planets 
have the greatest diameter? Which are smaller than the eaith? 

What is the diameter of the sun ? The earth ? The moon ? What 
is the distance of the earth from the sun? In what time does the 
earth revolve round the sun ? Which of the planets revolve round 
the sun in less time than the earth ? 






















4 


MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


many millions may be seen /and their number increases in 
proportion to the magnifying power of the telescope. 

14. The stars are supposed to be suus^around each of 
which planets revolve^ as about our sun. 

15. The galaxy , or milky wayj is a broad, luminous zone 
in the heavens^ It is supposed ■to be caused by an immense 
number of stars/'whicly from their apparent nearness* can¬ 
not be distinguished from each other. 

16. The Earth is a globe or spherical body | yet, on ac¬ 
count of its magnitude^ its roundness is not perceptible to 
the eye. 

17. It is proved to be roundest, by its having been re¬ 
peatedly circumnavigated/ 2dly, by the circular form of its 
shadow, as observed in eclipses of the moonj and Sdly, by 
the appearence of a ship when approaching the shore, the 

9 highest parts being always seen first/ # 

18. The earth is not a perfect sphere/but is flattened at 
the poles/ The equatorial diameter exceeds the polar di¬ 
ameter by upwards of 26 miles. 

19. The axis of the earth is an imaginary line passing 
through its centre/ 

20. The extremities of the axis are called the Poles^ the 
one north and the other south. 

21. The annual revolution of the earth round the sun, in 
connection with the obliquity of the ecliptic* occasions the 

# succession of the four seasons. ^ * 

22. The earth’s diurnal rotation on its own axis every 24 
hours/is the cause of day and night. This motion*’ being 
from west to east/causes the sun and stars to appear to 
rise in the east, and set in the west, once in 24 hours. 

23. The moOn has three motions ; one round the earth, 
in about 29£ days f which causes the moon’s apparent in¬ 
crease and decrease, and produces the eclipses of the sun 
and moon ; /another round its own axis$ in the same time ; 
and a third round the sun along with the earth,?in a year. 

24. An eclipse of the sun is caused by the moon’s passing 
between the sun and the earthJ and it can never happen ex¬ 
cept at the time of new moon. 

25. An eclipse of the moon is caused by the earth’s pass¬ 
ing between the sun and the moon/ and it can never take 
place except at the time of full moonf * 

' 14. What are they supposed to be ? 15. What is the galaxy ? 

16. What is said of the earth ? 17. How is it proved to be round ? 

18. Is it a perfect sphere ? 19. What is the axis ? 

20. What are the poles? 21. Wfiiat causes the four seasons ? 

22. What causes day and night ? 23. What three motions has the 
moon? 24. What is the cause of an eclipse of the sun? 

25. What causes an ecliose of the moon ? 




DEFINITIONS. 


» 1 . Civil or Political Geography delineates the empires, 
kingdoms, and states, which occupy the surface of the 
earth£'and exhibits the monuments of human industry and 
skill. 

2 . Physical Geography is the natural history of the 
globed and embraces a view of the sea, the atmosphere, 
the structure of the earth, together with its rivers, lakes, 
mountains, minerals, vegetables, and animals. 

8 . It is the province of physical geography to treat of the 
earth as it proceeded from the hand of the Creator^ includ¬ 
ing such changes as have been produced by the laws which 
he has established^ but civil geography treats chiefly of 
the changes which have been effected by man. * 

9 4. The division of civil geography comprises the princi¬ 
pal part of most geographical systems yet much of the 
matter which it embraces, belongs properly to physical 
geography. 

5. The surface of the earth consists of land and water ; 
nearly one third being land, and two thirds water. 

6 . The proportion of land to water, in the northern 
hemisphere, has been computed as 72 to 100, and in the 
southern hemisphere, as only 15 to 100. y 

7. The Land is divided by water into continents, islands, 
peninsulas^ isthmuses, and capes j and it consists of moun¬ 
tains, valleys, and plains. 

8 . A continent is a large extent of land, comprising many 
countries, not separated by water. 

9. There are two continents ; the Eastern , comprising 
Europe, Asia, and Africa 5 and the Western, comprising 
North and South America/ Some reckon six continents, 
viz. Europe, Asia, Africa, North America, South America, 
and New Holland. + 

10 . An island is a tract of land entirely surrounded by 

water. & 

Definitions. — 1. What is civil geography ? 

2. Physical geography ? 3. What is the province of each ? 

4. What is said of the division of civil geography ? 

5. Of what does the surface of the earth consist? 

6 . What is the proportion of each in the northern and southern 

hemispheres ? 7. How is the land divided ? 

8 . What is a continent? 9. How many continents are there? 

10. What is an island ? 





6 


DEFINITIONS. 


11 . A peninsula is a portion of land almost surrounded 
by water. 

12 . An isthmus is a neck of land which joins a peninsula 
to the main land, or two parts of a continent together. 

13. A cape is a point of land projecting into the sea ; if 
the land is high and mountainous, it is called a promontory. # 

14 . The Water is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs, 
bays, straits, sounds, rivers, and friths or estuaries. 

15. An ocean is the largest extent of water, nowhere en¬ 
tirely separated by land. 

16. There are usually reckoned five oceans, the Pacific, 
Atlantic, Indian, Northern or Arctic, and Southern or An¬ 
tarctic oceans. 

17. A sea is a smaller collection of water, communicat¬ 
ing with an ocean, j 

18. A gulf or hay is a part of a sea extending up into 
the land. 

19. A strait is a narrow channel, joining two seas, or 
one part of a sea with another. 

20. A sound is a small sea so shallow that it may be 
sounded. 

21 . A lake is a large collection of water in the interior 
of a country. ^ 

22 . A river is a large stream of water flowing into the 
sea, or into a lake, or into another river. 

23. The right bank of a river is that which is on the 
right hand of one who is sailing down the river. 

24. A frith or estuary is the widening of a river at its 
mouth into an arm of the sea. ^ 

25. The principal Political Divisions of the earth are 
empires, kingdoms, and republics. 

26. An empire is composed of several large countries, 
subject to one sovereign, styled an emperor. 

27. A kingdom is generally less extensive than an em¬ 
pire, and is subject to a king. 

28. If the power of the emperor or king is limited by 
law, it is called a limited or constitutional monarchy ; if 
not limited, an absolute monarchy , or a despotism. m 

11. What is a peninsula? 12. An isthmus? 13. A cape ? 

14. How is water divided ? 15. What is an ocean? 

16. How many are there? 17. What is a sea? 18. A gulf or bay? 

19. A strait? 20. A sound ? 21. A lake ? 22. A river ? 

23. What is the right bank of a river ? 24. What is a frith or estuary? 

25. What are the principal political divisions of the earth ? 

26. What is an empire ? 27. A kingdom ? 

28. What a limited and what ah absolute monarchy ? 



MAPS. 


7 


29. A republic is a country or state which is governed by 
persons elected by the people. 

30. The four principal Religions of the world are 
Paganism or Heathenism, Mahometanism, Judaism, and 
Christianity. 

31. Paganism , the most extensive, is the worship of idols 
or false gods, and comprises a great variety of systems. 

32. Mahometanism , or Mohamedanism, was founded by 
Ma'homet in the 7th century, and teaches that there is one 
God, and that Mahomet is his prophet. ? 

33. Judaism is the religion of the Jews, who are dis¬ 
persed throughout the world, and who acknowledge the 
authority of the Old Testament, but reject the New. 

34. Christianity is the worship of the true God as re¬ 
vealed in the Scriptures. The Christians are distinguished 
into three general divisions, Roman Catholics, the Greek 
Church, and Protestants. 

35. The Roman Catholics , or Church of Rome, acknowl¬ 
edge the supremacy of the pope, and are often called Pa¬ 
pists. 

36. The Greek Church rejects the authority of the Pope; 
but it resembles the Roman Catholic in its forms and cere¬ 
monies. # 

37. The Protestants are so called from their protesting 
against the authority and decrees of the Church of Rome, 
at the time of the Reformation, in the 16th century. They 
are divided into various denominations, Lutherans, Calvin¬ 
ists , Episcopalians , Presbyterians, Congregationalists, Bap¬ 
tists, Methodists, Moravians, Quakers, Unitarians, &c. 


MAPS ; MAP OF THE WORLD.* * 

1. As the earth is a round body, the most correct repre¬ 
sentation of its surface is made by means of an artificial 


29. A republic ? 30. What are the four principal religions ? 

31. What is Paganism P 32. What is Mahometanism? 33. Juda¬ 
ism ? 34. Christianity ? 

35. What is said of the Roman Catholics ? 

36. The Greek Church ? 37. The Protestants ? 

MAPS. —1. What is the best representation of the earth ? 


* N. B. — In studying this section, the pupil, sitting with his 
face to the north, should have the Map of the World spread open 
before him, and carefully inspect all the matters here described, as 

2 ■ 







8 


MAPS. 


globe , on which the different parts of the land and water 
are drawn according to their natural situation. 

2 . A map is a representation of the earth, or a part of it, 
upon a plane or a level surface. 

3 . The Map of the World is a globe divided into two 
equal parts, and reduced to a plane or level. 

4 . The two parts are called hemispheres or half globes ; 
one named the eastern , the other, the western hemisphere.* 

5 . The top of maps is towards the north ; the bottom , 
towards the south ; the right hand, east ; and the left hand, 
west. 

6 . The Equator or Equinoctial is a lino which passes 
from east to west through the middle of the map of the 
world, at an equal distance from the poles, dividing it into 
two equal parts. The northern part is called the northern 
hemisphere ; the southern part, the southern hemisphere. 

7. The Latitude of a place is its distance from the equa¬ 
tor, north or south, measured on a meridian towards either 
pole, reckoned in degrees (°), minutes ('), and seconds (")• 

8 . The number of degrees of latitude can never exceed 
90, as that is the distance of the poles from the equator. # 

9. A degree is equal to 60 geographical miles, or about 
69£ English statute miles. 

10 . Latitude upon maps is expressed by the figures on 
their sides. If the figures increase upwards , the latitude is 
north ; if doivnwards, it is south. 

11 . Lines drawn across the maps, from right to left, are 
called parallels of latitude. 

12 . The Longitude of a place is its distance from the 
first meridian, east or west, and cannot exceed 180°. 

13. Longitude is commonly expressed on maps by figures 
on the top or bottom ; but on the map of the world, by fig¬ 
ures on the equator. If the figures increase from left to 
right, the longitude is east; if from right to left, it is west. 


2. What is a map? 3. What is the map of the world ? 

4. What are the two parts called ? 

5. What the top, bottom, right, and left hand of maps ? 

(5. What is the equator or equinoctial ? 7. What is latitude ? 

8 . What is the greatest number of degrees of latitude ? 

9. How many miles are there in a degree ? 

10. How is latitude expressed on maps ? 

11. What are parallels of latitude ? 12. What is longitude ? 

13. How is longitude expressed on maps ? 


they are delineated on the map. He should be taught to distin¬ 
guish the points of the compass, north , south , east , and west , and to 
mark how mountains, rivers, cities, &c., are represented. 






MAP OF THE WORLD. 


9 


14. Lines drawn from the top to the bottom of maps, or, 
on the map of the world, from the north to the south pole, 

# are called meridians of longitude. 

15. In the Modern Atlas, which accompanies this book, 
the longitude is reckoned from London, or the Royal 
Observatory of Greenwich, near London, on the Maps of 
the World and Europe ; and on the rest of the Maps, both 
from Greenwich and the city of Washington. On the maps 
of the Ancient Atlas, longitude is reckoned both from 
Greenwich and Ferro, one of the Fortunate (now Canary) 
Islands. 

16. The Tropics are two dotted lines drawn on the maps,' 
at the distance of 23° 28' from the equator. The one north 
of the equator is called the tropic of Cancer ; the one 
south, the tropic of Capricorn. 

17. The Polar Circles are two dotted lines drawn at the 
distance of 23° 28' from the poles. The northern is called 
the Arctic circle, the southern the Antartic. 

18. The Zones are divisions of the earth’s surface, formed 
by the tropics and polar circles. There are 5 of them, 
namely, 1 torrid, 2 temperate, and 2 frigid. 


14. What are meridians of longitude? 

15. From what is longitude reckoned ? 

16. What are the tropics ? 17. What are the polar circles ? 

18. What are the zones ? 

Questions on the Map of the World. 

1. Which hemisphere contains the most land, the eastern or wes¬ 
tern ? 2. Which the most, the northern or southern ? 

3. What quarters of the world are crossed by the equator ? 

4. What islands are crossed by the equator ? 

5. What parts of the world are crossed by the tropic of Capricorn ? 

6. What parts by the tropic of Cancer ? 7. What parts by the 
Arctic circle ? 

8. What quarters of the world extend into the northern frigid 
zone ? 9. What parts lie in the northern temperate zone ? 

10. Does any part of Europe lie in the torrid zone ? 

11. What parts of the world are found in the torrid zone ? 

12. What islands lie in the torrid zone ? 

13. What parts of the world lie in the southern temperate zone ? 

14. Does there appear to be any land in the southern frigid zone ? 

15. What ocean lies east of America and west of Europe and Af¬ 

rica? 

16. What ocean lies west of America and east of Asia ? 

17. What ocean lies east of Africa and south of Asia ? 

18. Where is the Northern or Arctic ocean? 

19. Where is the Southern or Antarctic ? 

20. How is’America bounded? 21. Africa? 22. Europe ? 23. Asia? 
24. Which quarters of the world lie in the eastern hemisphere, or 

form the eastern continent? 25. Which the western ? 








10 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 


19. The Torrid Zone is the space included between the 
two tropics. This portion of the earth is distinguished for 
extreme heat, an unhealthy climate, and luxuriant vegeta¬ 
tion. To all parts of this zone the sun is twice every year 
vertical, or directly over head ; and the year is here divid¬ 
ed into two seasons, the wet and the dry. 

20. The two Temperate Zones are included between the 
tropics and the polar circles. These parts of the globe 
produce the greatest abundance of the most useful com¬ 
modities, and afford the happiest residence for the human 
species. 

i ■ 21. The Frigid Zones lie between the polar circles and 

'the poles, and are regions of perpetual snow and ice, af¬ 
fording but little vegetation or food for the subsistence of 
man. 

22. In the frigid zones, the sun never sets for a certain 
number of days in summer, and never rises for an equal 
number in winter. 

23. At the poles , one half of the year is day, and the 
other half night, the sun being there 6 months above the 
horizon, and 6 months below it. 


19. What is said of the torrid zone ? 

20. What is said of the temperate zones ? 21. Of the frigid zones? 

22. How is it with respect to the sun in the frigid zones ? 

23. How is the year divided at the poles ? 


26. Which way from the south end of Africa is New Holland ? 

27. What countries lie between the equator and 10 degrees of N. 

Lat. ? 28. What countries between 10° and 20° ? 29. Be- 
- tween 20° and 30° ? 30. Between 30° and 40° ? 31. Between 
40° and 50° ? 32. Between 50° and 60° ? 33. What north 
of 60° ? 

34. What sea lies between Europe and Africa? 

35. What sea between Africa and Arabia ? 

36. What strait separates the northwest part of America from Asia? 

37. Where do the two continents approach nearest each other? 

38. Where is Greenland ? 39. Where are Spitzbergen and Nova 

Zembla ? 

40. Which is most southerly, Cape Horn or the Cape of Good 
Hope? 41. Where is Madagascar? 42. Mauritius and 
Bourbon? 43. Van Diemen’s land? 44. St. Helena ? 45. 
The Azores? 46. The Sandwich Isles? 47. New Zealand? 

48. What islands in the Pacific ocean between the equator and the 

tropic of Capricorn ? 

49. What oceans and seas are passed over in sailing from New York 

to Canton ? 50 What ones from New York to St. Peters¬ 
burg? 51. To the Black sea? 






AMERICA. 


1. America is about 9,000 miles long from north to south, 
being much longer than either of the other quarters ; but 
it is much narrower than Asia and nearly equal in extent. 

2. It is divided into two parts, North and South ^Amer¬ 
ica, which are connected by the isthmus of Da'nen or 
Panama'. 

3. It is distinguished above the other divisions of the 
globe for the grandeur of its mountains, rivers, lakes, for¬ 
ests, and plains, and for the abundance of its silver mines. 

4. America is often called the New World, because it 
was unknown till the year 1492, when it was discovered by 
Christopher Columbus, of Gen'oa j but it received its name 
from Americus Vespucius , of Florence, who visited the con¬ 
tinent 7 years after the first discovery by Columbus. 

5. It has become of great importance both in a political 
and a commercial view ; and its discovery is justly regard¬ 
ed as the most important event of modern times. 

6. America contains every variety of climate ; yet its 
climate is reckoned to be about 10 degrees colder than that 
of the eastern continent, in the same parallels of latitude. 

7. The Inhabitants consist chiefly of three classes, 
Whites, Negroes, and Indians. 

8. The whites are descendants of Europeans, who have 
emigrated to America since its discovery ; and they form 
more than one half of the population. 

9. The greater part of them consist of descendants of 
the English and Spaniards. The former are chiefly found 
in the United States and the British provinces of North 
America ; the latter mostly in Mexico, Guatemala, the 
West Indies, and South America. 

10. The two other most numerous classes of whites are 
Portuguese, who are found chiefly in Brazil', and French, 
who are mostly in Canada, Louisiana, the West Indies, 
and Guiana (ge-a'na). 


America. —1. What is said of the extent of America? 

2. How is it divided ? 3. For what distinguished ? 

4. What is related respecting its name and discovery ? 

5. In what respects is it important? G. What is'said of its cli¬ 

mate ? 7 What are the three classes of inhabitants ? 

8. What is said of the Whites ? 9. Of what does the greater part 
consist ? 10. What are the other most numerous classes ? 

2 # 






12 


AMERICA. 


11. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are de¬ 
scendants of Africans who were cruelly forced from their 
native country. They are found chiefly in the southern 
parts of the United States, the West Indies, and Brazil'. 

12. The Indians are the original inhabitants ; and they 
still possess the greater part of the continent ; but the ter¬ 
ritory in their possession is very thinly peopled. 

IS" In Mexico and South America, many of the Indians 
have been brought under subjection to the whites ; and they 
have adopted, in some measure, the habits of civilized life. 

14. Most of those who have maintained their indepen¬ 
dence, continue to rove in their native wilds, retaining 
their savage character and customs. 

15. They are tall and straight, of a copper complexion 
and fierce aspect, and are capable of enduring great fa¬ 
tigue. 

16. They live in miserable huts, called wigwams. The 
principal employments of the men are hunting, fishing, 
and war. The domestic and field labor is chiefly perform¬ 
ed by the women. 

17. The Indians have the virtues and vices of the sav¬ 
age state: they are hospitable and generous ; faithful in their 
friendships, but implacable in their resentments. Their 
fortitude and patience in enduring suffering, and their con¬ 
tempt of death, invest their character with a kind of moral 
grandeur ; but, as a race, they are neither amiable nor 
happy. 


11. What is related of the negroes 1 12. The Indians? 

13. What of the Indians in Mexico and South America? 

14. What is the condition of those who are independent? 

15. What is said of them? 16. What are their employments ? 
17. What is said of their character ? 





NORTH AMERICA. 


13 


NORTH AMERICA. 


1. North America comprises three great divisions ; 1st, 
British America, together with the Russian Possessions 
and Greenland in the north ; 2d, the United States, in the 
middle ; and 3d, Mexico and Guatemala, or Centred Amer¬ 
ica, in the south. 


North America. — 1. What are the divisions of North Ameri- 
ca ? 


Questions on the Map of North America. 

1. What ocean lies east of North America? 2. What one west ? 
3. Where is the gulf of Mexico? 4. The Caribbean sea? 5. 
Hudson’s Bay? 6. Baffin’s Bay? 7. James’s Bay ? 8. The 
Gulf of St. Lawrence ? 9. Davis’s Straits ? 10. Beering’s 
Straits? 11. Where is Alaska? 12. Cape Farewell ? 13. 
Cape Race ? 14. Cape St. Lucas? 

15. How are the United States bounded? 16. Mexico? 17. 
Guatemala ? 18. How is Greenland situated ? 19. The 

Russian Possessions? 20. New Britain? 21. New North 
Wales? 22. New South Wales ? 23. Labrador? 24. Low¬ 
er Canada ? 25. Upper Canada? 26. Newfoundland? 27. 
New Brunswick? 28. Nova Scotia? 29. Cape Breton? 
30. Prince Edward Island? 31. The Bermudas? 32. The 
Bahama Islands ? 33. The Caribbee Islands ? 34. The Virgin 
Islands? 35. How is Cuba situated? 36. St. Domingo? 
37. Jamaica? 38. Porto Rico? 39. Trinidad? 

40. What island is east of Greenland? 41. Where are the North 
Georgian islands ? 42. Prince Regent’s Inlet ? 43. Mel¬ 

ville Island ? 44. Bathurst Inlet? 45. Repulse Bay? 46. 
New Caledonia? 47. The Knisteneaux? 48. The Esqui¬ 
maux ? 49. Where are the Rocky Mountains ? 

50. What is the course of the St. Lawrence? 51. Mackenzie’s 
river? 52. The Saskashawan? 53. What rivers flow into 
Hudson’s Bay? 54. What ones into the Gulf of Mexico? 

55. Into the Pacific ocean ? 

56. What lakes are between the United States and Upper Canada? 

57. Where is lake Winnipeg? 58. Great Bear Lake? 59. Atha- 

pescow ? 60. Slave lake ? 

61. What islands on the west coast of North America? 

62. Where is Mount St. Elias ? 63. Fairweather Mountain ? 

64. New Archangel ? 

65. What towns or settlements are on the west coast of Greenland ? 

66. What ones on the northeast coast of Labrador ? 

67 What forts and houses west of Hudson’s Bay 







14 


NORTH AMERICA. 


2. The great range of mountains in North America is 
toward the western side of the continent, and is connected 
with the Andes of South America. In Mexico it is called 
the Cordille'ras of Mexico ; in the territory of the United 
States, the Rocky Mountains , and sometimes called the 
Chippewan Mountains. 

3. This range receives its name from its massive and 
precipitous rocks. The greatest height is not known ; but 
many of the summits are covered with perpetual snow. 
High Peak and Long’s Peak , near the sources of the river 
Platte, are two of the highest that are known. 

4. The Alleghany Mountains, which are wholly within 
the United States, are greatly inferior, in extent and eleva¬ 
tion, to the Rocky Mountains. 

5. The most important islands are New foundland, Cape 
Breton (bre-toon'), Prince Edward, Rhode Island, Long 
Island, and the Bermu'das. 

6. The five largest bays or gulfs, are Baffin’s and 
Hudson’s bays ; and the gulfs of St. Lawrence, Mexico , 
and California. 

7. The lakes of North America are the largest collec¬ 
tions of fresh water in the world. Some of the principal 
ones are lakes Superior, Hu'ron, Mich'igan (mish'e-gan), 
E'rie (e're), Onta'rio, Win'nipeg, Athapes'cow, Slave Lake, 
and Great Bear Lake. 

8. The largest of these great lakes is lake Superior , 
which is 490 miles in length, and is as much affected by 
storms as the ocean. It is remarkable for the transparency 
of its waters, and abounds in fish. 

9. The Pictured Rocks, on the south side of lake Supe¬ 
rior, are a range of precipitous cliffs, rising to the height 
of 300 feet, and are regarded as a great curiosity. 

10. Some of the largest rivers are the Mississippi, 
Missouri (mis-soo're), St. Law'rence, Mackenzie, Nelson , 
Or'egon or Columbia, and Del Nor'te. 

11. Mackenzie’s river rises in the Rocky Mountains, and 
takes different names in different parts of its course. It is 
the outlet of Slave lake, and flows into the Frozen ocean. 


2. What is the great range of mountains? 

3. What further is said of them? 

4. What is said of the Alleghany Mountains ? 

5. What are the most important islands ? 6. What bavs and 

gulfs ? 7, What lakes ? J 

8. What is said bf lake Superior? 9. What of the Pictured Rocks ? 
10. What are the largest rivers? 11. What is said of Mackenzie’s 
river ? 



GREENLAND. 


15 


12. Nelson’s River, the head branch of which is the Sas- 
kashaw'an , also has its source in the Rocky Mountains. It 
is the outlet of lake Winnipeg, and flows into Hudson’s 
Bay. 

13. The St. Lawrence is the outlet of the five great lakes, 
Superior, Huron, Michigan, Erie, and Ontario. It passes 
by Montreal and Quebec, runs northeasterly, and flows into 
the gulf of St. Lawrence. It is navigable for ships of the 
line to Quebec, and for large vessels to Montreal, 580 miles 
from the sea. 

14. The Mississippi receives the waters of many large 
rivers, and is of uncommon depth, but of difficult naviga¬ 
tion. Boats of 40 tons ascend to St. Anthony’s Falls, about 
2,400 miles ; but ships seldom ascend above Natchez, up¬ 
wards of 400 miles. The navigation is greatly facilitated 
by the use of steamboats. The waters are very turbid, 
and the river overflows its bank every spring, laying the 
country, for many miles in extent, under water. 

15. The Missouri is the western branch of the Missis¬ 
sippi, and is properly considered the main stream, being 
the larger of the two, and much the longer from the source 
to the point where they unite. It rises in the Rocky Moun¬ 
tains, and is navigable for boats to the Great Falls, 3,970, 
miles by the river, from the Gulf of Mexico. 

16. The Or'egon, or Columbia, rises in the Rocky Moun¬ 
tains, flows southwesterly, and runs into the Pacific ocean. 
It is navigable for sloops 183 miles. 

17. The Del Nor'te, or Rio Brd-vo, rises in the Rocky 
Mountains, flows east of south, and runs into the Gulf of 
Mexico. Its navigation is much obstructed by sand-bars. 

GREENLAND. 

[ 1. Greenland, an extensive country or island belonging 

to Denmark, is situated chiefly in the northern frigid zone, 
between Iceland and the continent of America. The east¬ 
ern coast is called East Greenland ; the western, West 
Greenland. 

2. The aspect of the country is exceedingly dreary, being 
chiefly composed of barren and rocky mountains, whose 
summits are covered with perpetual snow and ice. In the 
southern parts there are tracts which have some vegetation, 
a few stunted trees, and small shrubs. 

12. Nelson’s? 13. The St. Lawrence? 14. The Missis¬ 
sippi? 15. What is said of the Missouri? 16. The Ore¬ 
gon or Columbia ? 17. The Del Norte ? 

Greenland. — 1. What is said of Greenland ? 

2. What is the aspect of it ? 






16 


RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 


3. The country abounds in reindeer, white bears, arctic 
foxes, and sea fowl, particularly the eider-duck ; and it is 
valuable chiefly on account of its whale fisheries. 

4. The natives are Esquimaux (es'ke-mo), and are of low 
statute, rude and ignorant, and are clothed with the skins 
of the reindeer and other animals. They live chiefly on 
fish, and their habits are extremely filthy. 

5. The Moravians have long had settlements at Lich'te- 
nau, Lich'tenfels, and other places on the western coast, 
for the benevolent object of christianizing the natives. 

RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 

1. Russia possesses a large tract of country in the north¬ 
west part of North America ; but it has few inhabitants 
except the native Indians. 

2. This is a northern, cold, and dreary region, but little 
known, and contains the high mountains of St. Elias and 
Fairweather. 

3. The Russians have a few factories and forts, estab¬ 
lished for the purpose of carrying on the fur trade, the 
principal of which is New Archangel. 

BRITISH AMERICA. 

1. British America is a vast extent of country, compre¬ 
hending all the northern part of the continent, except the 
Russian Possessions in the northwest, and Greenland in 
the northeast. 

2. It. comprises the provinces of Lower Canada, Upper 
Canada, Nova Scotia, and New Brunswick ; the islands of 
Newfoundland , Cape Breton, and Prince Edward Island ; 
and the vast regions of New Britain. 

3. The government of the whole country is under the 
direction of a Governor-general, whose residence is at 
Quebec ; and each province has a Lieutenant-Governor. 

4. The established religion is that of the Church of Eng¬ 
land, though Dissenters are numerous, and the greater part 
of the inhabitants of Lower Canada are Catholics. 


3. In what does it abound ? 

4 . What is said of the natives ? 5. The Moravians ? 

Russian Possessions. — 1 . What does Russia possess ? 

2. What is said^of it? 3. What further is related? 

British America. — 1 . What is said of British America? 
2. What does it comprise ? 3. How is it governed ? 

4. What is the religion? 




NEW BRITAIN. 


17 


NEW BRITAIN. 

1. New Britain comprises all British America, except the 
four provinces and islands in the southeast part, and is 
wholly, with the exception of a few trading establishments, 
in the possession of the natives. 

2. It is divided into two parts by Hudson’s Bay, to the 
east of which are Labrador' and East Main , and to the 
west, New North Wales and New South Wales. 

3. It is a cold and dreary region, and a great part of it is 
barren or producing only stunted trees or shrubs, and not 
susceptible of cultivation. 

4. The principal rivers are the Mackenzie, Nelson, 
Saskashaw'an, Sev'ern, and Albany. 

5. The largest lakes are Win'nipeg, Athapes'cow, Slave 
Lake, and Great Bear Lake. 

6. It is chiefly valuable for th e fur trade, and abounds in 
wild animals, as beavers , raccoons, bears, deer, fyc. 

7. Some of the principal native tribes are the Esquimaux 
(es'ke-mo), and Knisteneaux (nis'te-no). 

New Britain. — 1. What does New Britain comprise ? 

2. How is it divided ? 3. What is said of the country ? 4. Riv. 
ers ? 5. Lakes? 6. For what is the country valuable? 7. 
What native tribes ? 

LOWER CANADA. 


Falls of the Montmorenci. 










18 


LOWER CANADA. 


1. Lower Canada lies on both sides of the great river 

St. Lawrence, and it is separated from Upper Canada by j 
the river Ot'tawd. I 

2. The other principal rivers are the Saguenay (sag'na), I 
St. Mau'rice, Chaudiere (sho-de-are r ), St. Francis, and! 
Sor-elle' or Sor'el. 

3. The most populous part consists of a fertile valley, 
mostly level, through which the St. Lawrence flows. 

4. Most of the other parts are still covered with forests, 
and are diversified by mountains and valleys. 

5. The climate is subject to great extremes of heat and 
cold. The winters are long and severe. 

6. There are fine cataracts on several of the rivers, par¬ 
ticularly the Montmoren'ci and Chaudiere. 

7. The Falls of the Montmorenci, 8 miles below Quebec,! 
attract much notice. Just at the entrance of the river into 
the St. Lawrence, it falls over a precipice 240 feet perpen-: 
dicular, presenting a scene of singular beauty and gran¬ 
deur. 

8. Lower Canada is favorably situated for commerce .1 
Some of the principal exports are fur, timber, and pot¬ 
ashes. 

9. This country was originally settled by the French, and 
as many as four-fifths of the present inhabitants are descen¬ 
dants of that nation. They resemble a Europeati peasan¬ 
try ; are possessed of little enterprise, and their education 
is too generally neglected. 

10. Their houses , which are built of stone and plastered, 
are made extremely warm by means of stoves ; but they are 
seldom of more than one story, except in the towns. 

11. Que-bec', the capital of all British America, is. built 
chiefly of stone, on a promontory, at the confluence of the 
St. Charles with the St. Lawrence, nearly 400 miles from 
the sea, has an extensive commerce, and is very strongly 
fortified. It is celebrated for the beauty and grandeur of its 
surrounding scenery, for its immense strength, and for a 
battle between the English and French, in which Wolfe 
and Montcalm were killed. 

12. Mont-re-ul' , situated on an island in the St. Law¬ 
rence, at the head of ship navigation, 180 miles above! 


Lower Canada. — 1. How is Lower Canada situated ? 

2. What other rivers ? 3. What is the most populous part? 

4. What is said of the other parts? 5. Climate? 6 Cataracts?! 
7. Falls of the Montmorenci? 8. Commerce and exports?] 
9. Inhabitants? 10. Houses? 11. What of Quebec ? 12. 
Montreal J 








LOWER CANADA. 


19 


Quebec, is the most commercial town in Canada, the great 
emporium of the fur trade, and it contains a magnificent 
Catholic cathedral. 

13. The other towns are small. Some of the most impor¬ 
tant of them are Three Rivers, formerly the capital : St. 
John’s, and William Henry or Sorel. 

14. The French, who first settled Canada in 1608, kept 
possession of it till 1759, when Quebec was taken by the 
English, under general Wolfe ; and the whole province soon 
afterwards was surrendered to the British. 


UPPER CANADA. 

1. Upper Canada is separated from the United States by 
the chain of the great lakes and the St. Lawrence, and 
from Lower Canada by the Ot'tawa. 

2. The most of the country is still covered with forests ; 
the part which is settled borders on the St. Lawrence and 
the lakes, and its surface is generally level or moderately 
uneven ; the soil fertile ; the climate healthy, and milder 
than that of Lower Canada. 

3. It is bordered by great lakes and rivers ; and it in¬ 
cludes one half of the lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron, and 
Superior. Lakes Nip'-is-sing and Sim'coe are considerable 
lakes within the territory. 

4. The two principal towns are Toron'to and Kingston. 
Toronto (formerly York), the seat of government, is finely 
situated on the northwest part of lake Ontario, and has a 
good harbor. 

5. Kingston, situated at the northeast end of lake Onta¬ 
rio, at the efflux of the St. Lawrence, has an excellent har¬ 
bor, and considerable commerce; and it is the station of 
the British navy on the lake. 

6. There are two large canals in Upper Canada ; Wel¬ 
land canal, connecting lakes Erie and Ontario, 41 miles 
long ; and Rideau (re-do') canal , connecting lake Ontario 
with the river Ottawa, 160 miles long. 


13. What is said of other towns? 14. Of the history of Canada? 

See Map of the United States. — What rivers in Lower Canada 
flow into the St. Lawrence ? What river separates Lower 
from Upper Canada ? How is Quebec situated ? Montreal ? 
Three Rivers ? Sorel ? Stanstead ? 

Upper Canada. — 1. What is the situation of Upper Canada? 
2. What is related of it? 3. What lakes? 4. What is said of 
Toronto ? 5. Kingston ? 6. What canals ? 

3 



20 


NEW BRUNSWICK. 


NEW BRUNSWICK. 

1. New Brunswick, situated between Maine on the west, 
and the gulf of St. Lawrence on the east, is still mostly a 
forest, and contains much fertile and well-timbered land. 

2. The principal river is the St. John’s, a large and noble 
stream, which waters a fertile tract of country ; and the 
chief settlements of the province are on or near it. 

S. The principal exports are timber, fish, and furs ; and 
the pines on the St. John’s are the largest in British Amer¬ 
ica, and afford a considerable supply for the English navy. 

4. The principal bays are the Bay of Fundy, Pas-sa-ma- 
quod'dy, Mirimachi (mir-e-ma-she'), and Chaleur (sha- 
lure'). 

5. The Bay of Fundy is remarkable for its tides, which 
rise to the height of SO, and sometimes, in the narrowest 
part, even to 60 feet ; and the rise is so rapid that cattle 
feeding on the shore are sometimes overtaken and drowned. 

6. Frederickton, situated near the head of sloop navi¬ 
gation on the St. John’s, 80 miles from its mouth, is the seat 
of government, and contains a college. 

7. The city of St. John’s , situated near the mouth of the 
river St. John’s, is much the largest town ; and has an ex¬ 
cellent harbor and an extensive commerce. 

8. St. Andrew’s, on an arm of Passamaquoddy bay, and 
Mir-i-ma-chi', on a bay of the same name, are considera¬ 
ble towns. 


See Map of the United States. — What lakes lie between Upper 
Canada and the United States ? What lakes are within the 
territory ? What rivers ? How is Toronto situated ? Kings¬ 
ton ? By-town ? What towns on the west side of the river 
Niagara P What towns on the St. Lawrence in Upper Can¬ 
ada ? What ones in the southwest part ? 

New Brunswick. — 1. What is the situation of New Bruns* 
wick? 2. What is the principal river ? 3. What the prin- 
pal exports ? 4. What are the bays ? 5. What is said of the 
Bay of Fundy? 6. Frederickton ? 7. St. John’s? 

8. What is said of St. Andrew’s and Mirimachi ? 

See Map of the United States. — How is New Brunswick bound¬ 
ed ? By what is it separated from Nova Scotia ? What 
other bays border on New Brunswick ? What rivers are 
there? How is Frederickton situated? St. John’s? St. 
Andrew’s? What towns are in the southwest part of Nova 
Scotia ? 



NOVA SCOTIA. 


21 


NOVA SCOTIA. 

1. Nova Scotia is a large peninsula, about 800 miles long, 
and is separated from New Brunswick, in part, by the bay 
of Fundy. 

2. The surface is uneven, but there are no high moun¬ 
tains. The northeast shores present a dreary and rugged 
aspect ; the soil on the coast is generally poor, but in the 
interior, and in the southwest part, good ; the climate is 
cold, but healthy. 

3. The principal exports are timber and fsh ; also pota¬ 
toes, gypsum, and coal. 

4. Halifax, the capital, situated on Chebucto bay, near 
the centre of the peninsula, has considerable commerce, 
and is celebrated for its excellent harbor, and for being the 
principal English naval station in the northern part of 
America. 

5. Some of the other principal towns are Yarmouth, 
Liverpool, and Lunenburg ; also Windsor, noted for King’s 
College. 

6. Nova Scotia was first settled by the French, and called 
by them Acadia. 

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND AND CAPE BRETON. 

1. The island of Prince Edward (formerly St. John's), 
is governed by a lieutenant-governor, and the island of 
Cape Breton (bre-toon') is annexed to the province of Nova 
Scotia. 

2. These islands have a good soil, and are valuable for 
their fisheries. 

3. Louisburg, on Cape Breton, was once very strongly 
fortified, and is famous for having been twice taken from 
the French ; the first time, in 1745, by the New England 
troops; the second time, in 1758, by the English. 


Nova Scotia. — 1. What is said of Nova Scotia ? 

* 2. What of the surface and soil ? 3. Exports ? 4. Halifax ? 

.5. What other towns are there? 

6. What is related of the history of Nova Scotia ? 

Prince Edward Island and Cape Breton. — 1. How are 
these islands governed ? 2. What is said of them P 

3. What is related of Louisburg ? 





22 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 





1. Newfoundland, situated east of the gulf of St. Law¬ 
rence, and separated from Labrador by the strait of Bellisle 
(bel-ile')> is about 400 miles in. length ; but the interior is 
little known, and the settlements are all in the southeast 
part. 

2. The country toward the coast is hilly, the shores rug¬ 
ged, the aspect uninviting, the soil unproductive. 

3. The climate is cold and dreary, and subject to fogs, at¬ 
tended with frequent storms of snow and sleet. 

4. This island is valuable chiefly for the cod-fisheries , 
which are carried on upon the shoals, called the Banks of 
Newfoundland. These are the most valuable cod-fisheries 
in the world, and employ as many as 3000 small vessels be¬ 
longing chiefly to the United States, Great Britain, and 
France. 

5. St. John’s, a considerable town, is the capital. 


THE BERMUDAS. 

1. The Bermudas, or Som'ers Islands, are situated in the 
Atlantic, to the east of South Carolina, nearly equidistant 
from Nova Scotia and the West Indies. 

2. They are about 400 in number ; but most of them are 
very small, entirely barren, and uninhabited. 

3. St. George, on an island of the same name, is the 
seat of government. 

4. The climate is of a delightful temperature, but subject 
to violent storms and hurricanes. 


Newfoundland. — 1. What are the situation and extent of 
Newfoundland? 2. What is said of it? 3. What is the cli¬ 
mate ? 4. For what is the island valuable ? 

5. What is the capital ? 

The Bermudas. — ]. What is the situation of the Bermudas? 

2. How many islands are there ? 3. What is the seat of govern¬ 
ment ? 4. What is the climate ? 


See Map of North America. — How is Nova Scotia situated ? 
Cape Breton? Prince Edward Island ? Newfoundland? 
The Great Bank ? The Strait of Bellisle ? Cape Race ? 
Cape Sable ? Bay of Fundy ? How is Halifax situated ? 
Louisburg ? St. John’s ? The Bermuda Islands ? 





UNITED STATES. 


23 


UNITED STATES. 


1. The territory of the United States embraces the mid¬ 
dle division of North America, extending from the Atlantic 
ocean on the east, to the Pacific on the west, about 3,000 
miles from east to west, and 1,700 from north to south. 

2. Most of the country which lies west of the Mississippi 
is still in the possession of the Indians. 

3. The number of states , at the time of the declaration 


United States. — 1 . What is the extent of the United States ? 

2. What part is in the possession of the Indians ? 

3. What states and territories belong to the Union ? 


Questions on the Map of the United States. 

1. Which state lies farthest to the northeast ? 

2. What part of the United States is farthest south ? 

3. What is the direction of the coast from Florida to Maine? 

4. What are the principal bays on the coast ? 

5. What capes are there at the mouth of Massachusetts bay ? 

6. Where is Delaware bay ? 7. What capes at its mouth P 

8. Where is Chesapeake bay ? 9. What capes at its mouth ? 

10. What capes are there on the coast of North Carolina ? 

11. What is the direction of the Alleghany Mountains? 

12. What is the direction of the course of the St. Lawrence ? 13. 

Of the Connecticut, Hudson, and Delaware ? 

14. In what direction do the rivers in the Southern States flow 
into the Atlantic? 15. What are the principal rivers that 
flow into the Atlantic? 16. What rivers flow into the Gulf 
of Mexico ? 

17. In what direction do they run ? 18. What is the direction of 
the Ohio ? 

19. What large rivers flow into the Mississippi on the east side? 

20. What three large ones on the west side ? 

21. What are the five lakes on the north of the United States? 

22. Which is the farthest northwest ? 23. Which is farthest east ? 

24. Which lies wholly within the United States ? 25. Between 

which are the falls of Niagara? 26. What lake lies between 
Vermont and New York ? 27. What states border on the 
Atlantic ? 

28. What states border on the gulf of Mexico ? 29. What states 
border on the great lakes ? 30. What states border on the 
Mississippi ? 

31. What states border on the Ohio ? 

32. What states are separated by the Connecticut ? 

33. What states are intersected by the Connecticut ? 

3# 




24 


UNITED STATES. 


of independence, was 13; the present number is 26: and 
in addition to these, the small district of Columbia , and 
several large tracts of country, styled territories, belong to 
the Union. . 

4. The states are distinguished into four general divis¬ 
ions, the Eastern, Middle, Southern, and Western. 


States. 


' 1. Maine, 

2. New Hampshire, 

3. Vermont, 

4. Massachusetts, 

5. Rhode Island, 

6. Connecticut, 

f 7. New York, 
Middle j 8. New Jersey, 

Slates. | 9. Pennsylvania, 

U10. Delaware, 


New Eng¬ 
land or 
Eastern 
States. 


Southern 

States. 


'11. Maryland, 

12. Virginia, 

13. North Carolina, 

14. South Carolina, 
< 15. Georgia, 

16. Alabama, 

17. Mississippi, 

18. Louisiana, 

„ 19. Arkansas, 


Seats of Government. 
Augusta. 

Concord. 

Montpelier. 

Boston. 

Providence, Newport. 
Hartford, New Haven. 

Albany. 

Trenton. 

Harrisburg. 

Dover. 

Annapolis. 

Richmond. 

Raleigh. 

Columbia. 

Milledgeville. 

Tuscaloosa. 

Jackson. 

New Orleans. 

Little Rock. 


Western 

States. 


'20. Tennessee, 

21. Kentucky, 

22. Ohio, 

< 23. Michigan, 

24. Indiana, 

25. Illinois, 

,26. Missouri, 


Nashville. 

Frankfort. 

Columbus. 

Detroit. 

Indianapolis. 

Springfield. 

Jefferson. 


4. Into what four divisions are they distinguished ? Which are 
the Eastern States ? The Middle States ? The Southern 
States ? What territories are there P What is the seat of 
government of Maine ? Of New Hampshire, &c. ? 


34. What states are separated by the Potomac ? 35. What states 
are separated by the Savannah ? 36. What states are inter¬ 
sected by the parallel of 40° ? 37. What states lie wholly 
north of it? 38. What states south? 39. What states are 
intersected by the meridian of Washington? 40. What 
states lie wholly east of it ? What states west ? 41. Which 
are some of the largest states ? 







UNITED STATES. 


25 


District. 


Territo¬ 
ries . 


Columbia, 

' Florida, 

Wisconsin, 

< Iowa, 

Western, and Indian, 
. Oregon, 


Washington. 

Tallahassee. 

Madison. 

Burlington. 


5. The states are all divided into counties , and in the 
Eastern, Middle, and a part of the Western States, the 
counties are subdivided into townships; but in the rest they 
are not. 

6. The Eastern States are generally mountainous or 
hilly. South of Long Island, the coast, in some parts for 
more than 100 miles from the sea, is mostly a flat sandy 
plain, elevated but a little above the level of the ocean : 
but above the head of tide waters, the country becomes first 
hilly, and afterwards mountainous. The vast extent of 
country lying between the Alleghany and the Rocky Moun¬ 
tains, is, for the most part, but moderately uneven. 

7. The two great ranges of mountains are the Rocky 
Mountains in the west, and the Alleghany or Appalachian 
Mountains in the east. The Alleghany mountains extend 
from Alabama to the state of New York ; or, according to 
some, nearly to the mouth of the St. Lawrence, including 
the White Mountains of New Hampshire. 

8. The two largest Lakes wholly within the United 
States are Mich'igan and Champlain'. Lakes Superior, 
Hu'ron, E'rie, and Onta'rio, lie one half in this country, 
and one half in Upper Canada. 

9. The United States contain many large and navigable 


5. How are the states divided ? 6. What is the face of the country ? 
7. What ranges of mountains ? 8. Lakes ? 9. Rivers ? 


42. Which the smallest states ? 43. How is Maine bounded ? 

44. New Hampshire? 45. Vermont? 46. Massachusetts? 
47. Rhode Island ? 48. Connecticut? 49. New York? 50. 
New Jersey ? 51. Pennsylvania? 52. Delaware ? 53. Ma¬ 
ryland? 54 Virginia? 55. North Carolina? 56. South 
Carolina? 57. Georgia? 58. Florida? 59. Alabama? 60. 
Mississippi? 61. Louisiana? 62. Arkansas? 63. Tennes¬ 
see ? 64. Kentucky ? 65. Ohio ? 66. Michigan ? 67. India¬ 
na? 68. Illinois? 69. Missouri? 70. Wisconsin ? 71. Iowa? 

71. Between what states is the city of Washington situated? 

72. In what direction from it are Baltimore, Philadelphia, New 

York, Boston, and Portland ? ' 

73. In what direction are Richmond, Raleigh, and Charleston? 

74. In what direction are Cincinnati and St. Louis? 

75. In what direction is Detroit ? 76. Harrisburg ? 





26 


UNITED STATES. 


rivers ; some of the principal of which are the Connect'icut, 
Hud 1 son, Delaware ,! Poto'mac, James, Savan'nah, Ohio, 
Ten'nessee, Mississippi, Arkansas (ar kan-saw'), Red 
River, and Or'egon or Columbia. 

10. The United States embrace a great variety of climate. 
The forwardness of spring in the northern and southern 
extremities of the Union, differs about 2 h months. The 
annual quantity of rain is much greater than in Europe ; 
but the proportion of fair weather is also much greater, as 
the rain here falls in much heavier showers. 

11. The most important production of the Eastern States 
is grass, of the Middle States, wheat; of the Southern 
States, wheat, tobacco, cotton, rice, and sugar; and of the 
Western States, grass, wheat, maize, hemp, cotton, and to¬ 
bacco. 

12. The commerce of the United States is very extensive, 
and is exceeded by that of no other country except Great 
Britain. 

13. The exports consist chiefly of raw materials. The 
five most considerable articles are cotton, flour , tobacco, 
timber, and rice. 

14. The means of common education are widely extend¬ 
ed, and there are numerous seminaries of learning through¬ 
out the country ; though there are no literary establish¬ 
ments on so large a scale as many in Europe. 

15. The constitution leaves every individual to the free 
exercise of his own religion ; none is established or sup¬ 
ported by law. The inhabitants are divided into a great 
variety of sects, the principal of which are Baptists, Metho¬ 
dists, Presbyterians, Congregationalists, Episcopalians , Ger¬ 
man Lutherans, Quakers, and Roman Catholics. 

16. The white inhabitants are of European descent, ' 
chiefly English, especially the inhabitants of New England, 
Virginia, and the Carolinas. The Germans are most nu¬ 
merous in Pennsylvania, the Dutch in New York, and the 
French, in Louisiana. Irish, Scotch, Swedes, and Span¬ 
iards, are found in considerable numbers in different parts. 

17. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are 
found chiefly in the Southern States. 

18. The principal tribes of Indians that remained in the 

United States east of the Mississippi, have been recently 
removed to the country lying west of the states of Arkansas 
and Missouri. , 


10. What is said of the climate ? 11. Productions? 

12. What is said of the commerce? 13. Exports? 14. Education? 
15. Religion ? 16. Inhabitants ? 17. Negroes ? 18 Indi¬ 
ans ? 




UNITED STATES. 


27 


19. The government is that of a federal republic. Each 
state is independent, and has a separate executive, legisla¬ 
ture, and judiciary ; but the defence of the country, the 
regulation of commerce, and the general interests of the 
confederacy, are intrusted to the general government. 

20. No country in the world enjoys a more free and 
equitable system of government. All power originates 
with the people, who are governed by laws, which are en¬ 
acted by men of their own choice. 

21. The Constitution secures to the citizens the grand 
principles of freedom, liberty of conscience in matters of 
religion, liberty of the press, trial by jury, and the right of 
choosing and being chosen to office. 

22. The executive power, which is the power that ad¬ 
ministers the government, is vested in a president, who, 
together with the vice-president, is chosen for 4 years by 
electors from all the states. The principal subordinate 
officers, in the executive department, are the four secreta¬ 
ries, of state, of the treasurxj , of war, and of the navy. 

23. The legislative power, that is, the power which 
makes the laws, is vested in a congress, consisting of a 
senate and house of representatives. 

24. The senate is composed of 2 members from each 
state, chosen by the state legislature for 6 years. 

25. The representatives are elected by the people every 
2 years. One representative is chosen for every 47,700 in¬ 
habitants. In the slave-holding states, 5 slaves are allow¬ 
ed to count the same as 3 freemen. 

26. The judiciary power is the authority which dispenses 
justice, or expounds and applies the laws, and is indepen¬ 
dent of the legislature : the judges hold their office during 
good behavior. The supreme court is composed of 9 
judges. 

27. The United States were originally colonies of Great 
Britain ; but they made a declaration of independence on 
the 4th of July, 1776; and after a revolutionary war of 7 
years, their independence was acknowledged by Great 
Britain. 

28. The present Constitution was adopted in 1788 ; and 
the government was organized under Washington, as presi¬ 
dent., in 1789. 


19. Government ? 20. What is said of its character ? 

21. What is said of the Constitution ? 22. The executive power? 
23. What is said of the legislative power? 24. The Senate? 

25. The representatives ? 26. The judiciary ? 

27» What is mentioned of the history of the United States ? 

-28. When was the Constitution adopted ? 



28 


UNITED STATES. 


29. The following view exhibits 
presidents of the United States : 


the succession of the 
Yrs. Died. Age. 


George Washington, 
John Adams, 
Thomas Jefferson, 
James Madison, 
James Monroe, 

John Q,. Adams, 
Andrew Jackson, 
Martin Van Buren, 


from 1789 to 1797 8 

« 1797 “ 1801 4 

“ 1801 “ 1809 8 

“ 1809 “ 1817 8 

“ 1817 “ 1825 8 

“ 1825 “ 1829 4 

“ 1829 “ 1837 8 

“ 1837 


1799 63 

1826 91 

1826 83 
1836 85 
1831 73 


NEW ENGLAND or EASTERN STATES. 

1. The six Eastern or New England States lie east of 
the Hudson. They are Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, 
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut . 

2. The river Connecticut, the largest and finest river of 
New England, is navigable for sloops to Hartford, 50 miles; 
and, by means of locks and canals, it has been rendered 
navigable fi^r boats above Bath, N. H., about 300 miles. It 
flows through a very fine country, and there are upon its 
banks many pleasant towns. 

3. The surface of the country bordering on the seacoast, 
to a considerable distance inland, is moderately uneven, in 
some parts spreading into plains, in other parts hilly, but 
presenting no considerable elevations. Further in the in¬ 
terior, it becomes greatly diversified with valleys, hills, and 
mountains. 

4. The principal ranges of mountains are the Green 
Mountains, which extend through Vermont, Massachusetts, 
and Connecticut; and the White Mountains, in New 
Hampshire. 

5. The climate is subject to great extremes of heat and 
cold, but is very healthy. In the.spring, chilling, damp, 
easterly winds prevail in the country bordering on the sea- 
coast, which are very disagreeable. 

6. New England is the most highly cultivated portion of 


29. Who have been the 3 successive presidents ? 

New England. — 1.'Which are the Eastern or New England 
States ? 

2. What is said of the river Connecticut ? 

3. What of the surface of the Eastern States? 4. What moun¬ 

tains? 5. What is the climate? 6. Soil? 




NEW ENGLAND. 29 

the Union, though the soil is harder and naturally less pro¬ 
ductive than that of the other divisions. 

7. The most important production is grass. The coun¬ 
try abounds in excellent pastures and meadows," which feed 
great numbers of fine cattle ; and beef, pork, butter, and 
cheese are among the most valuable productions. Indian 
corn , rye, wheat , oats, barley, flax, and hops are extensive¬ 
ly cultivated. Apples and cider are abundant, and good 
farms are generally furnished with an orchard. 

8. The exports, in addition to the articles above enu¬ 
merated, consist chiefly of timber, pot and pearl ashes, and 
fish. 

9. New England is the most commercial division of the 
United States, and its coast abounds in fine harbors. Bos¬ 
ton is the centre of the principal portion of the trade. In 
the western parts of these states, the trade centres at New 
York ; and in the northern part of Vermont, the inhabit¬ 
ants carry their produce to Montreal. 

10. The most important mineral production is iron, 
which is found in abundance in many places. There are 
numerous quarries of good marble . Limestone, lead, coal, 
and some other minerals are found. 

11. A larger proportion of the people in the Eastern 
States, particularly Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Con¬ 
necticut, are employed in manufactures, than in any other 
division of the Union. 

12. New England is distinguished for its religious insti¬ 
tutions. The Congregalionalists and Baptists are the pre¬ 
vailing denominations. The other principal denominations 
are Episcopalians, Methodists, Quakers, and Presbyterians. 

MAINE. 

1. Maine is much the largest, but the least settled of the 
Eastern States, a great part of it being still an uncleared 
forest, abounding in timber, which is the chief article of 
export, 

2. The seashore abounds with islands ; the coast is in¬ 
dented by numerous bays ; and no other state in the Union 
has so many good harbors< 

3. Maine possesses great facilities for commerce, and in 
amount of shipping ranks as the third state in the Union, 


7. Productions ? 8. Exports? 9. What is^said of the trade ? 
10. Minerals? 11. Manufactures? .12, Religion? 

Maine. — i. What is said of Maine ? 2. What of the seashore 
and coast ? 3. Commerce ? 



30 


MAINE. 


being surpassed by only the states of Massachusetts and 
New York. 

4. The face of the country is much diversified ; in some 
parts it is mountainous ; Katah'din mountain being the 
highest summit. 

5. The two principal rivers of Maine are the Penob 1 scot 
and Kennebec'. The former is navigable for ships to Ban¬ 
gor, upwards of 50 miles from the sea ; the latter, for sloops 
to Augusta, more than 40 miles. 

6. There are numerous lakes , some of the principal of 
which are Moose'head (50 miles long), Chesun'cook, Um'- 
bagog, and Seba'go. The last is connected with Portland 
by a canal 20 miles long. 

7. Augus'ta, the seat of government, is a handsome and 
flourishing town, pleasantly situated at the head of sloop 
navigation on the Kennebec, and contains an elegant state- 
house, built of granite, an insane hospital, and a United 
States arsenal. 

8. Portland , the largest town, is handsomely built, and 
delightfully situated on Casco bay, and has one of the best 
harbors in the world, and an extensive commerce. 

9. Bangor situated at the head of navigation on the Pe¬ 
nobscot, is a flourishing commercial town, and noted for 
its timber trade. 

10. There are many other considerable commercial 
towns, some of which are Eastport, Calais Belfast , O'rono, 
Thomaston (noted for its trade in lime), Bath , Hallowell 
(hol'o-el), Brunswick , and Saco. 


4. Face of the country ? 5. Rivers? 6. Lakes? 7. What is said 
of Augusta? 8. Portland? 9. Bangor ? 10. What of other 

towns ? 


See Map of U. S. — How is Maine bounded? What river separ¬ 
ates the southeast part from New Brunswick? Where does 
St. John’s river rise and empty ? Where is Passamaquoddy 
bay? How is Eastport situated? Machias? Calais and 
Robbinston ? 

See Map of New England. — How is Penobscot bay situated ? 
Mount Desert Island ? What rivers are there in Maine ? 

What are the course and termination of the Penobscot ? The Ken¬ 
nebec ? The Androscog'gin ? The Sa'co ? 

How is Moosehead lake situated ? Chesuncook ? Umbagog ? Se- 
bago ? Katahdia mountain ? 

How is Augusta situated ? Portland? Bangor? Belfast? Bath? 
Castine ? Thomaston ? York ? What towns are on the 
Penobscot? The Kennebec? The Androscoggin? The 
Saco ? What towns on the coast between Portsmouth and 
Portland ? Between Portland and Castine ? 





MAINE 


31 


11. The principal literary institutions are Bowdoin 
(bo'din) College at Brunswick, Waterville College at Wa- 
terville, the Maine Theological Institution at Bangor, and 
the Maine Wesleyan Seminary at Readfield. 

12. Maine formed a part of the state of Massachusetts 
till 1820. Its settlement was commenced about 1680, at 
York and some other places. 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
White Mountains. 



H New Hampshire is the most mountainous state in the 
Union ; and a considerable portion of it is so rough and 
broken as not to be susceptible of cultivation. 

2. The White Mountains are the most elevated in the 
Eastern States, and display the most sublime scenery. 
The highest summit is Mount Washington. 

3. The Notch or Gap in the White Mountains is a great 
natural curiosity. The whole mountain range seems to 
have been cloven down quite to its base, opening a narrow 
passage for a road, and for the head stream of the river 
Saco. 


11. What literary institutions ? 12. What is related of its history ? 

New Hampshire. — 1. What is said of New Hampshire ? 2. The 
White Mountains ? 3. The Notch P 
4 















32 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


4. Some of the other mountains in the state are Lafay¬ 
ette' or Haystack, Moosehil'lock, and Monad'nock. 

5. On a high peak opposite to the Haystack, in the 

township of Franconia, there is presented a remarkable 
profile of the human face, called the Old Man of the Moun¬ 
tains. . • ii 

6. The principal river which has its course principally 
in New Hampshire, is the Mer'rimack , which rises in the 
White Mountains, and runs into the Atlantic ocean below 
Newburyport. It is navigable for vessels of 200 tons to 
Haverhill, 18 miles ; and by means of the Middlesex canal, 
a boat navigation is opened between Boston and Concord. 

7. The largest lake is the Winnipiseogee (win-e-pe- 
saw'ke) which is 23 miles long, of very irregular form, and 
surrounded by beautiful and picturesque scenery. 

8. Concord, the seat of government, is pleasantly situat¬ 
ed on the Merrimack, has a handsome state-house, built of 
granite, and considerable trade. 

9. Portsmouth , pleasantly situated on the Piscataqua, 
three miles from the Atlantic ocean, is the only seaport, 
and is noted for its excellent harbor, and for a United 
States navy yard. 

10. Dover on the Cocheco, and Nash'ua at the junction 
of the Nashua with the Merrimack, are the two most con¬ 
siderable manufacturing towns. 

11. Clar'emont , Great Falls, and Amoskeag', are noted 
for manufactures ; Keene, Walpole, and Exeter , are some 
of the other most considerable towns. 

12. The principal literary institutions are Dartmouth 
College at Hanover, Gilmanton Theological Seminary at 
Gilmanton, and Phillips Academy at Exeter. 

13. The first settlements in New Hampshire were made 
at Dover and Portsmouth in 1623 ; and the country was 
under the jurisdiction of Massachusetts till 1679. 


4. What other mountains are there ? 5. What natural curiosity 
near the Haystack ? 6. What is said of the Merrimack ? 
7. Winnipiseogee ? 8. Concord ? 9. Portsmouth ? 10. Do¬ 
ver and Nashua? 11. What other places are mentioned ? 
12. What literary institutions ? 13. What is related of the history ? 

See Map of New England. — How is New Hampshire bounded ? 
What river separates it from Vermont ? What one separates 
the southeast part from Maine ? 

What are the course and termination of the Merrimack ? 

How is lake Winnipiseogee situated ? Squam lake ? The White 
Mountains ? The Haystack ? Moosehillock ? Monadnoek ? 
How is Concord situated ? Portsmouth? Dover? Nashua? Keene? 

Exeter? Amherst? Franconia? 

What towns are on the Connecticut? The Merrimack ? 



VERMONT. 


33 


VERMONT. 

1. Vermont lies wholly inland ; and its most distinguish¬ 
ing natural feature consists in the Green Mountains (in 
French Verd Mont), which, covered with evergreens, ex¬ 
tend throughout the country ; and it is from these moun¬ 
tains that the state derives its name. 

2. Some of the principal summits are Mansfield Moun¬ 
tain, Camel’s Rump, and Killington Peak. 

3. The surface is diversified, but generally hilly or 
mountainous, and much of the soil is fertile, and the pro¬ 
portion unfit for cultivation less than in New Hampshire. 

4. The principal rivers within the state are the Otter 
Creek, Onion, La-Moille', and Missis'que. 

5. More than half of lake Champlain lies in Vermont, 
and lake Memphrema'gog is mostly in Canada. 

6. Montpe'lier, the seat of government, is situated on 
the Onion river, in a valley surrounded by high eminences, 
in the central part of the state, and has one of the finest 
state-houses in the Union. 

7. Burlington, delightfully situated on lake Champlain, 
is the most commercial town. 

8. Ben’nington is noted for being the oldest town in Ver¬ 
mont and for a battle in the revolutionary war ; Middle - 
bury, for manufactures and a quarry of excellent marble. 

9. Some other principal towns are BraVtleborough, 
Windsor, Woodstock , and Rutland. 

10. The principal literary institutions are the University 
of Vermont at Burlington, Middlebury College at Middle- 
bury, and Norwich University at Norwich. 

11. Vermont was settled much later than the other New 


Vermont. — 1. What is said of Vermont ? 2. What are some of 
the principal summits of the Green Mountains ? 

3. What is said of the surface and soil ? 4. Rivers? 5. Lakes? 

6. Montpelier ? 7. Bennington and Middlebury ? 

8. What are some of the other principal towns ? 9. What literary 
institutions ? 11. What is related of the history ? 

See Map of New England. — How is Vermont bounded ? 

What river forms its eastern and what lake its western boundary ? 
What rivers flow into lake Champlain ? Where is lake Memphre- 
magog ? What mountains extend through Vermont ? 

Where is Mansfield mountain ? Camel’s Rump ? Killington Peak ? 

Ascutney? ' 

How is Montpelier situated? Burlington? Middlebury? Ben¬ 
nington ? Woodstock ? St. Albans ? Castleton ? 

What towns are on the Connecticut ? The Otter Creek ? 




34 


VERMONT 


England States. Bennington^ the oldest town, was char¬ 
tered in 1749 j and the state was admitted into the Union 
in 1791. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 


Catching Whales. 



1. Massachusetts is distinguished for having been settled 
before any other of the Eastern States ; for the leading 
part which it took among the colonies, particularly in the 
revolutionary war ; for the intelligence and enterprise of its 
citizens ; for literary institutions ; for agricultural and man¬ 
ufacturing industry ; for being the most thickly settled and 
most commercial state in the Union j and for carrying on 
the principal part of the fisheries. 

2. It is often called the “ Bay State ” from Massachusetts 
Bay, which lies on the east of it, between Cape Cod and 
Cape Ann. 

3. The peninsula of Cape Cod, which is in the form of 
a man’s arm bent inward, is a remarkable feature of the 
state. It is mostly sandy and barren, and the inhabitants 
obtain their subsistence chiefly from the sea. 

4. The surface of the country west of Connecticut river 
is mountainous ; east of this river it is hilly, except in 

o M «^ AC . HUSETTS _ 1 - What is said of Massachusetts? 

2. Why is it called the Bay State ? 3. What is said of the pen¬ 

insula of Cape Cod ? 4. The surface of the country ? 


























MASSACHUSETTS. 


35 

the southeast part of the state, where it is level or moder¬ 
ately uneven ; and here the soil is poor. 

5. The principal mountains are the Green Mountains , 
which extend through the western part ; of which the 
highest summit in Massachusetts is Saddleback Mountain. 
Wachusett is a noted summit in the township of Princeton ; 
and Mount Ho'lyoke, near Northampton, is famous for its 
delightful prospects. 

6. The two largest islands are Nantuck'et and Martha’s 
Vineyard , neither of which is very fertile. 

7 . The principal rivers are the Connecticut, Mer'rimack, 
Charles , and Tdun'ton. 

8. Massachusetts has various canals and railroads. Mid¬ 
dlesex Canal and four important railroads facilitate the in¬ 
tercourse of Boston with various parts of the country. 

9. Boston, the capital of Massachusetts and the literary 
and commercial metropolis of New England, is an opulent 
and well-built city, distinguished for its fine situation on a 
peninsula at the head of Massachusetts bay, for its excel¬ 
lent harbor, and for being the second city in the Union in 
active commerce. 

10. Salem is a pleasant commercial city, long famous for 
the India trade ; and New Bedford, a well-built flourish¬ 
ing town, is noted for the whale fishery. 

11. Some of the other commercial towns are New'bury- 
port, noted for its fine situation ; Marblehead 1 and Glouces¬ 
ter (glosser) for the cod fishery ; Nantuck'et , for the whale 
fishery ; Plymouth , for being the first settled town in New 
England. 

12. Low'ell, a newly built city at Patucket Falls on the 
Merrimack, is now the second city in the state in popula¬ 
tion, and is one of the most considerable places in the Un¬ 
ion for cotton and woollen manufactures. 

13. Some of the other principal manufacturing towns are 
Fall River, Taunton, and Waltham, noted for cotton goods; 
Springfield, for cotton goods and for the United States ar¬ 
mory ; Lynn, for shoes. 

14. Charlestown, adjoining Boston, is distinguished for 
the United States navy-yard, state-prison, the asylum for 
the insane, and for being the place where Bunker Hill battle 


5. What is said of mountains ? 6. Islands ? 7. Rivers ? 8. Canals 
and railroads ? 9. What is said of Bostom ? 10. Salem and 

New Bedford P 11. What are some of the other commercial 
towns? 12. What is said of Lowell ? 13. What are some of 
the other manufacturing towns ? 14. What other towns are 
mentioned, and for what noted ? 

4* 




36 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


was fought; Worcester (woos'ter), for a lunatic hospital 
and the library of the American Antiquarian Society ; 
Northampton , as a pleasant town, finely situated ; Lexing¬ 
ton, for the first battle of the revolutionary war. 

15. The principal literary institutions are Harvard Uni¬ 
versity, at Cambridge, the oldest and best endowed semi¬ 
nary in America; Williams College at Williamstown ; 
Amherst College at Amherst; the Theological Seminary 
and Phillips Academy at Andover ; and the Theological In¬ 
stitution at Newton. 

16. The first English settlement in New England was 
made at Plymouth by 101 English Puritans, who fled from 
religious persecution, and landed at Plymouth oil the 22d of 
December, 1620. 

17. Massachusetts originally formed two colonies, Plym¬ 
outh and Massachusetts Bay, which were united under one 
government in 1692. 

RHODE ISLAND. 

1. Rhode Island is the smallest state in the Union in ex¬ 
tent of territory, but, in proportion to population, the first 
with regard to manufactures. 

2. Its most distinguishing natural feature is Narragan'set 
Bay, which is a beautiful expanse of water intersecting the 
state, towards the east side, from north to south. 

3. The island of Rhode Island, from which the state de¬ 
rives its name, is a beautiful and fertile island situated in 
Narraganset bay. 


15. What literary institutions ? 16. What is related respecting the 

settlement? 17. Of what two colonies did Massachusetts 
originally consist? 


See Map of New England .— How is Massachusetts bounded? 

What capes are on its coast ? What bay lies east of it? Where is 
Cape Cod Bay ? Buzzard’s Bay ? Where are Martha’s Vine¬ 
yard and Nantucket island ? Through what part of the state 
does the Connecticut flow ? The Merrimack ? What rivers 
flow into the Connecticut ? The Merrimack? Where is 
Charles river ? Taunton river? Blackstone Canal ? 

How is Boston situated ? Salem ? New Bedford ? Taunton ? 
Fall River? Dedham ? Concord? Newburyport? Lowell? 
Worcester? What towns are on the Connecticut? The 
Merrimack ? What towns are on or near the coast north of 
of Boston? What ones south? 

Rhode Island. — 1. What is said of Rhode Island? 2. Narra¬ 
ganset Bay ? 3. The Island of Rhode Island ? 




RHODE ISLAND. 


37 


4. The islands of Conan'icut, Patience , and Providence 
also lie in Narraganset bay ; and Block Island is in the At¬ 
lantic. 

5. The surface is moderately uneven, except in the west¬ 
ern part which is hilly; and the soil of the country border¬ 
ing on Narraganset bay and of the islands is fertile ; of 
the western and northern parts, poor. 

6. Mount Hope, an eminence near Bristol, is noted for 
having been the residence^ the famous Indian king Philip. 

7. Providence, situated at the head of Narraganset bay, 
SO miles from the sea, is the largest town, and one of the 
most considerable for manufactures in the United States j 
and it has a flourishing commerce. 

8. Newport, finely situated at the southwest end of the 
island of Rhode Island, is noted for its admirable harbor 
and the salubrity of its air j and it is much resorted to 
during the hot months. 

9. Bristol and Warren are pleasant commercial towns ; 
and Pawtucket is noted for manufactures. 

10. The legislature of the state meets twice a year at 
Newport, once at Providence, and once alternately at East 
Greenwich and South Kingston. 

11. The principal literary institutions are Brown Univer¬ 
sity and the Friends’ Boarding School, both at Providence. 

12. The celebrated Roger Williams, who was banished 
from Massachusetts on account of his religious opinions, 
began the settlement of this state at Providence in 1636, 
and established a political community with religious tolera¬ 
tion. 

13. Rhode Island continues to be governed under the 
charter granted by Charles II. in 1663 ; and it is the only 
state in the Union that has not formed a constitution. 


4. What is said of other islands ? 

5. What is said of the surface and soil? 6. Mount Hope? 7. 

Providence? 8. Newport? 9. Bristol, Warren, and Paw¬ 
tucket? 10. Where does the legislature meet ? 11. What 

literary institutions are there ? 12. What is related of the 

settlement ? 13. Government ? 


See Map of New England. — How is Rhode Island bounded ? 
Where is Narraganset bay ? The island oY Rhode Island ? Block 
island ? What canal extends from Providence to Worces¬ 
ter? How is Providence situated ? Newport? Bristol and 
Warren ? Pawtucket ? 




38 


CONNECTICUT. 


CONNECTICUT. 

1. Connecticut is a small state, favorably situated, and is 
distinguished for the intelligence, industry, and good morals 
of its inhabitants. 

2. The surface is diversified, and generally hilly, but there 
are no high mountains ; and a great part of the soil is fer¬ 
tile and well cultivated. 

3. The three principal rivers are the Connecticut , Thames 
(temz), and Housaton'ic. The last has a fine cataract, 60 
feet perpendicular, near Salisbury. 

4. This state is distinguished for the extent and variety 
of its manufactures , which are widely diffused throughout 
the country ; some of the principal articles are manufac¬ 
tures of cotton, woollen, leather, tin, and iron ; wooden 
clocks, coaches, combs, buttons, hats, and paper. 

5. Connecticut has always paid much attention to educa¬ 
tion, and it has a school fund of upwards of 2,000,000 
dollars, the interest of which is appropriated^ to the support 
of common schools. 

6. New Haven and Hartford are the two seats of the 
state government. 

7. New Haven, situated on a bay which extends up from 
Long Island sound, is a very beautiful city, and has more 
commerce than any other in the state. It is connected with 
Hartford by a railroad, and with Northampton, in Massa¬ 
chusetts by a canal. 

8. Hartford, pleasantly situated at the head of sloop 
navigation, on Connecticut river, 50 miles from its mouth, 
is a handsomely built city, and has a flourishing trade, and 
extensive manufactures. 

9. Middletown and Norwich have considerable trade and 
are noted for manufactures. Norwich is connected with 
Worcester, in Massachusetts, by a railroad. 

10. New London , a commercial city, has the best harbor 
in the state ; Bridgeport has considerable commerce ; 
Stafford is noted for iron works and mineral waters ; if 
Litchfield , as a pleasant town. 

11. New Haven, New ' London , Danbury , Fairfield , and i 


Connecticut. -p 1 . What i% said of Connecticut? 2. Surface 
and soil ? 3. Rivers ? 4. Manufactures ? 5. Education ? 

6. What are the two seats of government? 7. What is said of 
New Haven ? 8. Hartford? 9. Middletown and Norwich? 
10. New London, Bridgeport, Stafford, and Litchfield ? * 

11. What places were renderecTmemorable in the revolutionary war ? 




CONNECTICUT. 


39 


Norwalk were rendered memorable for events during the 
revolutionary war. 

12. The principal literary institutions are Yale College 
at New Haven, one of the most distinguished and flourish¬ 
ing seminaries in the Union ; Washington College and the 
Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb at Hartford ; the Wesley¬ 
an University at Middletown ; and the Theological Institu¬ 
tion at East Windsor. 

13. Connecticut Colony and New Haven Colony were orig¬ 
inally under separate governments, but were united in 1665. 
Hartford was settled in 1635 ; New Haven in 1638. 

MIDDLE STATES. 

1. This division of the Union comprises the two great 
states of New York and Pennsylvania , and the two small 
ones of New Jersey and Delaware. 

2. The three principal rivers are the Hudson , Delaivare , 
and Susquehan'na. 

3. The Hudson, the great river of New York, rises in the 
mountains west of lake Champlain, and flows into the At¬ 
lantic, below New York city. It is remarkable for the 
straightness of its course, and is navigable for large ships to 
Hudson, 117 miles, and for sloops to Troy, 150 miles. The 
passage of the Hudson through the Highlands is celebrated 
for its romantic and sublime scenery. 

4. The Delaware rises in the Catskill mountains in New 
York, separates New York and New Jersey from Pennsyl¬ 
vania, and flows into Delaware bay. It is navigable for 74 
gun ships to Philadelphia, 55 miles, and for sloops to Tren¬ 
ton. 

5. The Susquehan'na, the largest river in Pennsylvania, 
is formed of two branches, the Eastern and Western, and 
flows into the head of Chesapeake bay. Its navigation is 
much obstructed by falls and rapids. 


12. What literary seminaries ? 13. What is related of the history ? 


• See Map of New England. — How is Connecticut bounded ? 
What is the course and termination of Connecticut river ? The 
Thames ? The Housatonic ? How is New Haven situated ? 
Hartford? Bridgeport? Litchiield ?' Stafford ? What towns 
are on the Connecticut? Th« Thames? The Housatonic? 
Long Island sound ? 

> Middle States. — 1. Which are the Middle States ? 

What are the rivers? 3. What is said of the Hudson? 4. 
The Delaware? 5. The Susquehanna? 




MIDDLE STATES, 




40 


6. The climate is healthy. The east winds in the spring 
are not so piercing and disagreeable as in New England ; 
and the winters are milder, but more liable to sudden and 

frequent changes. 7 . „ , 

7. The most important production is wheat, Bye, bar¬ 
ley, oats, buckwheat, hemp , flax, beans, and pease are ex¬ 
tensively cultivated. Many parts are good for grazing ; 
and beef, pork, butter, and cheese are important articles of 
produce. Various kinds of excellent fruit, particularly 
apples, peaches, and pears are abundant. 

8. The commerce of the Middle States centres chiefly in 
the cities of New York and Philadelphia. Baltimore, how¬ 
ever, possesses the trade of a great part of Pennsylvania 

and Delaware. . 

9. Each of these states possesses a school kuna, the in¬ 
come of which is appropriated to aid in the support of free 
schools. A general system of free'schools for all the chil¬ 
dren has been in successful operation in New York since 
1816, and such a system has been lately introduced into 
Pennsylvania. 


NEW YORK. 
Falls of Niagara. 



Middle States.—6. Climate? 7. Productions? 8. Commerce ? 
9. Education? 
















NEW YORK. 


41 


1. New York is distinguished as the most wealthy and 
powerful state in the Union, surpassing all others in popu¬ 
lation, in the advantages of situation, and in resources both 
from agriculture and commerce. 

2. The surface in the eastern part is generally mountain¬ 
ous ; in the western part, level or moderately uneven ; and 
the soil of a large proportion of the state is very fertile. 

3. The principal mountains are the Catskill Mountains, 
which present very fine scenery ; and several ranges of 
high mountains west of lake Champlain. 

4. Some of the principal rivers are the Hud'son or North 
Kiver, Delaware, Susquehan'na, Mo hawk, Genesee', Ni¬ 
agara, and St. Lawrence. 

5. The lakes E'rie , Onta'rio, and Champlain' lie partly 
in New York. Lake George, a body of transparent water, 
surrounded by romantic mountain scenery, is esteemed the 
most beautiful lake in the Union. Some of the other lakes 
are Onei'da, Cayu'ga, and Sen'eca. 

6. The principal island is Long Island, which lies off the 
coast of Connecticut, and is about 140 miles in length. 

7. The Falls of Nidg'ara, between New York and Upper 
Canada, are esteemed the grandest object of the kind in 
the world. The river is here three quarters of a mile in 
width, and the perpendicular descent, on the Canada side, 
is 151 feet, and on the New York side, 162 feet. The 
cloud of vapor ascending from the Falls is sometimes visi¬ 
ble at the distance of 60 miles, and it serves as a medium 
for forming beautiful rainbows. These falls attract numer¬ 
ous visitors. 

8. Some of the other interesting cataracts are Trenton 
Falls on West Canada Creek, 10 miles north of Utica ; the 
Falls of the Genesee, and the Co-hoes', on the Mohawk, 
near its mouth. 

9. The mineral waters of Sarato'ga are the most cele¬ 
brated in America, and are visited in the summer months 
by great numbers of people. 

10. The salt springs of Ononda'ga are very valuable, 
and great quantities of salLare manufactured from the wa¬ 
ters at vSyracuse, Salina, arra Liverpool., . 

11. New York is distinguished for its very important 

works of internal improvement, as canals and railroads. 
_ _ '*..^1 —--- r - 

New Y6Rk.,*r-l. What is said of New York? • 2. Surface and 
soil? '3.' Mountains ? 4. Rivers? 5. Lakes? 6. Island? 
7. Falls of Niagara ? 8. What other cataracts ? 

9. What mineral waters ? 10. Salt Springs? 11. Canals and 

railroads ? 




42 


NEW YORK. 


The length of canals in the state, in 1838, including two 
unfinished, was 973 miles. 

12 . Erie Canal, which forms a communication between 
the Hudson at Albany, and Lake Erie at Buffalo, 363 miles 
in length, is one of the greatest works of the kind in the 
world. 

13. Albany, the seat of government, and the second city 
in the state in population, is advantageously situated, and 
by means of rivers, canals, and railroads, has an easy com¬ 
munication with a vast extent of country. 

14. New York , situated on Manhattan or New York isl¬ 
and, at the entrance of the Hudson into New York bay, is 
the most populous and commercial city in America ; and 
in commerce, it is supposed not to be surpassed by any in 
the world except London. It has an admirable harbor, 
possesses extraordinary advantages of situation, both for 
internal and foreign commerce, and imports more than 
half of the goods brought into the United States. 

15. Some of the other most important towns on the Hud¬ 
son, are Newburgh, Poughkeepsie (po-kep'se), Catskill, 
Hudson, and Troy. 

16. Brooklyn , on Long Island, near New York, is a 
flourishing commercial town, noted for the United States 
navy-yard, and for the greatest defeat that the Americans 
sustained during the revolutionary war. 

17. Buffalo, at the west end of Erie canal, is a flourish¬ 
ing commercial town. Other important towns on the canal 
are Lockport, Rochester , Syr'acuse, Utica, and Schenec'tady. 

18 . Ithaca, Geneva, Auburn, Canandai'gua, Oswe'go , 
and Og'densburg are flourishing towns. 

19. SacketVs Harbor is noted as a.place of military en¬ 
campment ; Plattsburg, for an important battle during the 
last war with England ; Sarato'ga, for mineral waters and 
for the surrender of Burgoyne ; Ticondero'ga and Crown 
Point, as celebrated military posts during the French and 
revolutionary wars. 

20. The principal literary institutions are Columbia Col¬ 
lege, University of New York, two Theological Seminaries, 
and the Medical College, in theeity of New York ; Union 
College at Schenectady ; Hamilton College at Clinton ; Ge - 

12. Erie Canal? 13* *%Vhat^s said of Albany? \4. New York? 

15. What other towns on flie Hudson ? 

16. What is said of Brooklyn? 17. Buffalo, &c. ? 18. What others 

are mentioned as flourishing towns? 19. What places are 
noted for important circumstances? 20. What are the 
literary institutions ? 



NEW YORK. 


43 


neva College at Geneva ; the Theological Seminary at Au¬ 
burn ; the Literary and Theological Institution at Hamil¬ 
ton ; the JMedical College at Fairfield; and the United 
States Military Academy at West Point. 

21. New York was discovered by Henry Hudson, in 
1609, and settlements were commenced by the Dutch at 
Albany and on Manhattan island, in or about the year 1614. 
The country was called New Netherlands till it was taken 
from the Dutch by the English in 1664 ; and it then receiv¬ 
ed its present name. 


NEW JERSEY. 

1. New Jersey is advantageously situated between the 
two great cities of New York and Philadelphia ; through 
which its commerce is chiefly carried on. 

2. The surface in the southern and eastern parts is level : 
further in the interior, diversified and hilly ; and in the 
northern part, mountainous. 

3. The soil in the level parts is sandy and poor ; in the 
other parts, generally fertile. 

4. The Delaware separates this state from Pennsylvania, 
and the Hudson from New York. The largest rivers 
within the state are the Passa'ic and Rar'itan. 

5. The Falls of the Passaic, at Paterson, are a fine cat¬ 
aract, 72 feet perpendicular, and are much visited as a 
curiosity. 

21. What is related of the history ? 

New Jersey.— 1. What is said of New Jersey? 2. What of 
the surface ? 3. Soil? 4. Rivers? 5. Falls of the Passaic ? 


See Map of the Middle States. — How is New York bounded ? 
What lakes and rivers border upon it? How is Long Island sit¬ 
uated ? Staten Island ? What are the course and termina¬ 
tion of the Hudson ? The Mohawk ? The Genesee ? 

What rivers of Pennsylvania rise in New York ? 

What rivers flow into lake Ontario ? The St. Lawrence ? Lake 
Champlain ? How is lake George situated ? 

What lakes lie in the western part? Where are the Calskill 
mountains ? ,The Falls of Niagara ? 

How is Albany situated? New York? Brooklyn? Saratoga? 
Whitehall? Ticonderoga and Crown Point? Ogdensburg? 

* Plattsburg? Sackett’s Harbor* * Buffalo? Canandaigua? 
Geneva? Auburn? Ithaca Ctovego ? Owego ? 

What towns on‘the Hudson? Erie Canal? Lake Champlain? 
Lake Ontario ? Lake Erie ? The Genesee ? The St. Law¬ 
rence ? 


5 




44 


NEW JERSEY. 


6. New Jersey is distinguished for canals and railroads. 
Morris Canal, 86 miles long, extends across the state from 
Easton to New York. The most important railroads were 
made to facilitate the travel and intercourse between New 
York and Philadelphia. 

7. The state abounds in iron ore, and great quantities of 
iron are manufactured ; also leather and shoes. 

8. Trenton, the seat of government, is pleasantly situ¬ 
ated at the falls of the Delaware, at the head of tide water. 

9. Newark, the largest town, and one of the most beau¬ 
tiful in the United States, is distinguished for its manufac¬ 
tures, and for the excellent cider made in the vicinity. 

10. New Brunswick is a place of some commerce ; PaV- 
erson is noted for manufactures ; and Elizabethtown , as 
the oldest in the state. 

11. The principal literary institutions are the College of 
New Jersey and the Theological Seminary at Princeton, 
Rutgers College and the Theological Seminary at New 
Brunswick. 

12. The first English settlement was made at Elizabeth¬ 
town, in 1664. The country was divided into East and 
West Jersey till 1702, when the two parts were united un¬ 
der the name of New Jersey. 

13. This state suffered much during the revolutionary 
war, and several places, particularly Trenton, Princeton , 
and Monmouth were rendered famous by warlike achieve¬ 
ments. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

1. Pennsylvania, one of the most important states in the 
Union, is distinguished for its agriculture, manufactures, 
and works of internal improvement. It is in the form of a 
nearly regular parallelogram, and has no seacoast. 


6. Railroads and Canals ? 7. Manufactures? 8.-Trenton ?• 9. New¬ 
ark? 10. New Brunswick, Patterson, and Elizabethtown? 
11. Literary institutions ? 12. What is related of the history ? 
13. What of the revolutionary war ? 

Pennsylvania. — 1 . What is said of Pennsylvania? 


See Map of the Middle States — How is New Jersey bounded? 
By what is it separated from New York ? From Pennsylva¬ 
nia ? From Delaware? What rivers within New Jersey? 
Where is the Morris Canal ? How is Trenton situated ? Newark ? 
Paterson ? New Brunswick ? Newton ? Princeton ? Bur¬ 
lington ? Camden ? 





PENNSYLVANIA. 


45 


2. Its name is derived from its illustrious founder, Wil¬ 
liam Penn ; and it literally signifies Penn’s Woods. 

3. It comprises three natural divisions : 1st, the south¬ 
eastern part, which is the smallest of the divisions, but 
far the most populous, and generally fertile and well culti¬ 
vated : 2dly, the middle, comprising more than one half, 
which is thinly peopled and mountainous, and much of it 
not susceptible of cultivation : 3dly, the western part, 
which is hilly or diversified, and generally fertile. 

4. The central part is traversed by various ridges of the 
Alleghany Mountains. 

5. The principal rivers are the DeV aware , Susquehan¬ 
na, SchiiyVkill, and Le'high, in the eastern part; and the 
Ohio, AVleghany, and Monongahe'la, in the western. 

6. This state has important mineral productions, as iron, 
marble, and especially coal. Anthracite coal abounds on the 
Schuylkill and Lehigh ; and bituminous coal in the neigh¬ 
borhood of Pittsburg. 

7. Pennsylvania is distinguished for its numerous and 
important canals and railroads. There were, in 1837, 
886 miles of canals and 306 miles of railroads in operation, 
besides others in progress. 

8. The Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad, which forms 
a communication between Philadelphia and Pittsburg, is 
395 miles long, and is the most magnificent work of the 
kind in the United States, that is yet finished. 

9. About one quarter of the inhabitants are of German 
descent ; and several of the interior counties, towards the 
southeast part of the state, are inhabited chiefly by Ger¬ 
mans, who speak their native language. 

10. Har'risburg, the seat of government, is a well built 
town, pleasantly situated on the Susquehanna. 

11. Philadelphia, finely situated between the Delaware 
and Schuylkill, 55 miles from the sea, is much the largest 
city in Pennsylvania, and the second in size in the United 
States. It is one of the most regularly built cities in the 
world ; the houses are of brick, and the streets cross one 
another at right angles. It is a place of great trade and 
opulence, and exceeds every other city in America in the 
extent and variety of its manufactures., 

12. Pittsburg , advantageously situated at the junction of 


2. Name ? 3. What is stated respecting its three divisions ? 4. 
Mountains? 5. Rivers? 6. Mineral productions? 7. Ca¬ 
nals and railroads ? 8. Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad ? 

9. German inhabitants? 10. Harrisburg? 11. Philadel¬ 
phia? 12. Pittsburg? 



46 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


the Alleghany and Monongahela, where they unite to form 
the Ohio, is one of the greatest manufacturing towns in the 
United States. ^ ^ 

13. Lancaster , in the interior, is a handsome town, situ¬ 
ated in a pleasant, fertile, and highly cultivated country, 
which is inhabited chiefly by Germans. 

14. Some of the other principal towns are Easton , Read¬ 
ings Pottsville, Wilkes'bar-re , in the eastern part; York 
and Carlisle (car-lile') 5 in the south ; and Erie and Wash¬ 
ington, in the west. 

15. The principal literary institutions are the University 
of Pennsylvania and the Medical Schools in Philadelphia ; 
Dickinson College at Carlisle ; Pennsylvania College at 
Gettysburg ; Lafayette College at Easton ; Marshall Col¬ 
lege at Mercersburg ; Jefferson College at Canonsburg ; 
Washington College at Washington ; Alleghany College at 
Meadville ; and Theological Seminaries at York, Allegha¬ 
ny Town, and Pittsburg. 

16. William Penn, the founder of Pennsylvania, arrived 
in the country in 1682, and the next year laid out the plan 
of Philadelphia. He established a friendly intercourse 
with the Indians, which was uninterrupted for more than 
70 years. 

17. The declaration of the Independence of the United 
States was made in Philadelphia, on the 4th. of July, 1776. 
— Germantown and Brandywine Creek were rendered fa¬ 
mous by battles in the revolutionary war. 


13. Lancaster? 14. What other towns ? 15. Literary institutions ? 
16. What is related of the history ? 17. Revolutionary events ? 


See Map of the Middle States. — How is Pennsylvania bounded ? 
What is its form ? By what water does it communicate with 
the Atlantic ocean? What great lake borders upon it? 
What forms the eastern boundary ? 

What are the sources, course, and termination of the Susquehan¬ 
na? What other rivers in the eastern and central parts? 
What ones in the western part ? What rivers unite to form 
the Ohio ? 

How is Harrisburg situated ? Philadelphia ? Easton? Lancaster? 
Bethlehem? Wilkesbarre? Carlisle? Chambeisburg? York? 
Gettysburg? Pottsville? Pittsburg? Washington? Erie? 
Meadville ? Canonsburg ? 

What towns arc on or near the Delaware ? The Schuylkill ? The 
Susquehanna? The Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad? 
The Alleghany ? 






DELAWARE. 


47 


DELAWARE. 

1. Delaware, which lies on the west side of Delaware 
river and bay, is, next to Rhode Island, the smallest state in 
the Union in extent of territory. 

2. The surface is little diversified, being generally level or 
moderately uneven ; the soil, in the northern part, fertile, in 
the southern, sandy and poor. 

3. Delaware is distinguished for the production of four; 
and the four-mills , on the Brandywine near Wilmington, 
are the most celebrated in the United States. 

4. Two ra tt r( >ads and a canal are formed across this state, 
to facilitate the intercourse between Philadelphia and Bal¬ 
timore. 

5. Dover, a small town in the central part, is the seat of 
government. 

6. Wilmington is much the largest town, and is distin¬ 
guished for its trade in flour. JYewcastle has some trade; 
and Lewistown is noted for saltworks. 

7. The principal literary institution is Newark College at 
Newark. 

8. Delaware was first settled by Swedes and Finns in 
1627 ; but it was granted to William Penn in 1682 ; and in 
1704, it became a separate colony. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 

1. This division of the Union comprises Maryland, Vir- 

f inia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Ala- 
ama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Arkanyis, together with 
the small district of Columbia. 

2. The principal rivers are the Poto'mac, James, Savan'- 
nah, Alaba'ma, Mississippi, Red River, and Arkansas (ar- 
kan-saw'). 


Delaware. — 1. What is said of Delaware ? 2. Surface and 

soil? 3. Production? 4. Railroads and Canal? 5. Dover? 
6. Wilmington, Newcastle, and Lewistown ? 7. Literary in¬ 
stitution? 8. What is related of the history. 

See Map of the Middle States. — How is Delaware bounded ? 
What capes at the mouth of Delaware bay ? How is Dover situat¬ 
ed ? Wilmington? Newcastle? Newark? Lewistown? 
Milford? 

Southern States. — 1. What do the Southern States comprise ? 
2. What are the rivers ? 

5* 




48 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


3. The Potomac separates Maryland from Virginia, and 
flows into Chesapeake bay. It is navigable for large ships 
to Washington, 295 miles by the river and bay from the 
Atlantic ; and for boats to "Cumberland, nearly 200 miles 
above Washington. 

4. James liiver is navigable for vessels of 120 tons to the 
falls at Richmond ; and for bateaux 220 miles further. 

5. The Savannah separates South Carolina from Georgia. 
It is navigable for large vessels to Savannah, 17 miles j and 
for boats to Augusta. 

6. Arkansas and Red River are two great tributaries to 
the Mississippi, each about 2000 miles long, and are navi¬ 
gable for boats throughout most of their course. 

7. The Alleghany Mountains extend through all the South¬ 
ern States, which border on the Atlantic. 

8. The tract of country bordering on the Atlantic, and 
extending, in some places, 180 miles inland, is, for the most 
part, a flat, sandy plain, elevated but little above the level 
of the sea. Further in the interior, the country becomes 
uneven and hilly, and afterwards mountainous. The part 
bordering on the ocean is called the Low country ; and the 
interior, the Upper or Upland country. 

9. The low country is generally covered with pitch pines, 

and is called pine barrens , being mostly sandy and barren, 
except the tracts on the streams of water, which are often 
very fertile. Much of the soil in the upland country is ex¬ 
cellent. , 

10. In the northern parts of this division, the staple pro¬ 
ductions are wheat , tobacco , and Indian corn : in the southern 
part, cotton , rice , and sugar: — Sweet potatoes and a variety 
of fruits abound in all parts. The pitch pine of the low 
country, grows in%reat perfection, and yields pitch, tar, tur¬ 
pentine , boards , and other kinds of timber. These form im¬ 
portant articles of export. 

11. In the states of Virginia, North Carolina, South Car¬ 
olina, and Georgia, gold mines of considerable importance 
are found. 

12. The winters are mild ; but, in the low country, the 
summers are hot and sultry, and, from July to the latter part 
of October, the climate is unhealthy. The upper country 
has a mild and healthy climate. 

13. The principal part of the slaves in the United States 


3. Wnat is said of the Potomac ? 4 The James ? 5. The Savan¬ 
nah ? 6. The Arkansas and Red River ? 7. Mountains ? 

8. What is said of the country ? 9. Soil? 10. Productions? 11. 
Goldmines? 12. Climate? 13. Slaves? 




SOUTHERN STATES. 


49 


are in this division. They are found chiefly in the low- 
country, where field labor is performed almost wholly by 
negroes. 

14. The low country is inhabited by planters, who live 
at a considerable distance from each other, having general I v 
large plantations, with many slaves. They are distinguish¬ 
ed for hospitality, and are fond of amusement. The upper 
country is inhabited by farmers, who have generally small 
estates with few slaves, and depend chiefly on their own la¬ 
bor for support. 

15. The higher classes are distinguished for hospitality 
and are generally well educated; but, among the lower 
classes, education is much neglected. 

16. The principal commercial towns are Baltimore , Nor¬ 
folk, Charlestown , Savannah , Mo-bile', and New Orleans. 

MARYLAND. 

3. Maryland is the first state in proceeding southward, in 
which slavery is found to exist to any considerable extent; 
and it is, therefore, commonly classed with the Southern 
States, though its position would, perhaps, more naturally 
place it among the Middle States. 

2. It is of very irregular form, and its most remarkable 
natural feature is Chesapeake Bay, which divides the state 
into two parts, the Eastern and Western Shores. 

3. The Eastern Shore is generally level or moderately 
uneven ; the Western, diversified, hilly, and mountainous ; 
and much of the soil in both parts is fertile. 

4. The two principal rivers are the Susquehanna and Po- 
to'mac. 

5. Maryland is distinguished for its commercial advan¬ 
tages ; and its two principal articles of export are four and 
tobacco. 

6. This state has several important railroads and canals. 
The Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, which is designed to ex¬ 
tend from Baltimore to the river Ohio, was finished as far as 
Harper’s Ferry, 81 miles, in 1835. Baltimore is also con¬ 
nected with Philadelphia, York, and Washington, by rail¬ 
roads. 

7. The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal extends from George¬ 
town toward Cumberland, partly on the Maryland and partly 

14. What is said of the inhabitants? 15. Education? 16. Com¬ 
mercial towns ? 

Maryland. — 1. What is said of Maryland ? 2. Its form and 
distinguishing feature? 3. Surface and soil ? 4. Rivers? 5. 
Commerce ? 6. Railroads ? 7. Chesapeake and Ohio Canal ? 




50 


MARYLAND. 


on the Virginia side of the Potomac. 137 miles were fin¬ 
ished in 1839; and the design is to continue it to Ohio river. 

8. Annap'olis, a small but handsome city, is the seat of 
government. 

9. Baltimore, pleasantly situated on the Petapsco, 14 miles 
above its entrance into Chesapeake bay, is much the largest 
city, and the third in size in the Union. It is regularly laid 
out, well built, and distinguished for commerce, and espe¬ 
cially for its trade in flour. Its most remarkable edifices 
are the Washington Monument and the Roman Catholic 
Cathedral. 

10. Some of the other principal towns are Frederick , 
Hagerstown , and Cumberland. 

11. The principal literary institutions are St. Mary’s Col¬ 
lege and two Medical Colleges at Baltimore ; St. John’s Col¬ 
lege at Annapolis ; and Mount St. Mary’s College at Emmits- 
burg. 

12. Maryland was granted by Charles I. to Lord Baltimore, 
a Roman Catholic ; and the first settlement was formed by 
his brother Leonard Calvert, together with about 200 Cath¬ 
olics in 1634 ; and a free toleration of religion was estab¬ 
lished. It was named Maryland, from Henrietta Maria the 
Queen of Charles. 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

1. The District of Columbia is a small territory, 10 miles 
square, situated on both sides of the Potomac, between the 
states of Maryland and Virginia, and is remarkable chiefly 
for containing the city of Washington the seat of govern¬ 
ment of the United States. 

2. Washington, finely situated on the Maryland side of 
the Potomac, 295 miles by the course of the river and bay 
from the Atlantic ocean, has little commerce, and it owes 
its importance to its being the seat of the national govern- 

8. What is said of Annapolis ? 9. Baltimore ? 10. What of other 
towns? 11. Literary institutions ? 12. What is related of 
the history ? 

District of Columbia. — 1. What is said of the District of Col¬ 
umbia? 2. Washington? 

See Map of the Middle States. — How is Maryland bounded ? 
How is it divided ? What separates it from Virginia? What riv¬ 
ers in the State ? How is Annapolis situated ? Baltimore ? 
Frederick? Hagerstown? Cumberland ? What other towns 
on the Western Shore ? What ones on the Eastern Shore ? 
How is the District of Columbia situated ? On which side of the 
Potomac are Washington and Georgetown? Alexandria? 




DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 


51 


ment. The most distinguished public buildings are the 
Capitol and the President’s House, which are built of white 
freestone. The Capitol has a commanding situation on 
an eminence, and is the most magnificent edifice in the 
Union. 

3. Georgetown and Alexandria have considerable trade, 
chiefly in flour. 

4. The principal literary institutions are Georgetoivn Col¬ 
lege at Georgetown, and Columbian College near Washing¬ 
ton. 

5. Washington became the seat of government in 1801. 
In 1814, it was taken by the British, under general Ross, 
who burnt the Capitol, the President’s House, and other 
public edifices. 


VIRGINIA. 

1. Virginia is distinguished for being the largest state in 
extent of territory ; for its central situation ; for the varie¬ 
ty and abundance of its natural resources ; for being the 
native land of Washington ; for the high rank it has al¬ 
ways held in the Union ; and for having been settled before 
any other of the states, on which account it is often called 
the “ Ancient” or “ Old Dominion.” 

2. With regard to surface, it consists of three divisions ; 
1st, the eastern part, which is alluvial and level ; 2dly, the 
middle, (lying east of the Blue Ridge,) which is hilly ; 
3dly, the western part, (comprising one half of the state,) 
which is mountainous. 

3. The soil in the eastern division, except on the rivers 
and streams of water, is sandy and poor ; in the middle, 
generally good ; in the great valley west of the Blue 
Ridge, fertile : beyond this, the country is broken, and 
much of it barren. 

4. Virginia is traversed by several ridges of the Allegha¬ 
ny Mountains, of which the easternmost is the Blue Ridge: 
of this ridge the Peaks of Otter are, the highest summits, but 
JVhite Top Peak , a summit of a ridge further west, is still 
higher. 

5. The principal rivers are the Poto'mac, Rappahan'nock, 
York, James, Kanhawa (ka-naw'wa), Shenando'ah, and Ohio. 

6. The two noted capes of Virginia are Cape Charles and 
Cape Henry, at the mouth of Chesapeake bay. 

3. What is said of Georgetown and Alexandria ? 4. What liter¬ 

ary institutions ? What is related of the history ? 

Virginia. — 1. For what is Virginia distinguished ? 2. What is 
said of the surface? 3. Soil? 4. Mountains? 5. Rivers? 
C. Capes ? 





52 


VIRGINIA. 


Natural Bridge . 



7. The Natural Bridge , over Cedar Creek, 12 miles from 
Lexington, is one of the greatest natural curiosities in the 
world. The chasm over which the huge rock that forms 
the bridge extends, is 250 feet deep, 45 feet wide at the bot¬ 
tom, and 90 feet at the top. 

8. There are several caves which are esteemed interest¬ 
ing curiosities, as Wier’s Cave, Madison’s Cave, and Blowing 
Cave. 

9. Wier's Cave, the most extraordinary of these caves, is 
on the northwest side of the Blue Ridge. It is about 2,000 
feet in extent, and comprises more than 20 apartments, con¬ 
taining a profusion of stalactites and incrustations, which 
display the most beautiful and sparkling brilliancy, when 
surveyed by the light of a torch. 

10. The Great Falls of the Potomac about 12 miles above 
the city of Washington, 76 feet in perpendicular descent, 

7. What is said of the Natural Bridge? 8. Caves? 9. Wier’s 
Cave? 10. Falls of the Potomac? 


















VIRGINIA. 


53 


present a very interesting spectacle ; and the passage of the 
Potomac through the Blue Ridge, at Harper’s Ferry, is, ac¬ 
cording to Mr. Jefferson, u one of the most stupendous 
scenes in nature.” 

11. There is a remarkable mound on the Virginia side of 
the Ohio, 14 miles below Wheeling. It is 70 feet high, 300 
feet in diameter at the base, and 60 feet at the top ; and 
contains thousands of human skeletons. 

12. The principal mineral productions are coal, found in 
abundance on James river, iron, gold, and salt. There are 
very valuable salt springs , particularly on the Kanhawa, in 
the vicinity of Charleston, where great quantities of salt 
are manufactured. 

13. Virginia has mineral springs which attract much at¬ 
tention, some of which are the Berkeley Springs, Warm and 
Hot Springs, Sulphur Springs, and Sweet Springs. 

14. This state has many important works of internal im¬ 
provement, as railroads, canals, and improvements of river 
navigation. 

15. Richmond, the seat of government, has a beautiful 
and picturesque situation at the falls of James river, and at 
the head of the tide, and has an extensive trade. 

16. JVbrfolk , having a low and somewhat marshy situation, 
has a good harbor, and is the principal place in Virginia 
for foreign commerce. At Gosport , near Norfolk, there is 
a United States navy-yard. 

17. Petersburg, Lynchburg , and Fredericksburg, are all 
considerable commercial towns. 

18. Winchester is a handsome inland town ; and Wheeling, 
on the Ohio, is a flourishing town, noted for trade. 

19. Williamsburg , now a decayed town, is noted for hav¬ 
ing been formerly the capital ; Yorktown, for the surrender 
of the British army under Cornwallis ; Harper's Ferry, for 
the United States armory ; Mount Vernon, a pleasant emi¬ 
nence on the Potomac, for having been the residence of 
Washington ; and Monticel'lo, an eminence near Char¬ 
lottesville, for having been the residence of Jefferson. 

20. The principal literary institutions are William and 
Mary College (next to Harvard College, the oldest in the 
United States), at Williamsburg; the University of Virginia, 


11. What is said of a mound? 12. Mineral productions? 13. 

Mineral Springs? 14. Internal improvement? 

15. What is said of Richmond ? 16. Norfolk? 17. What other 

commercial towns? 18. What is said of Winchester and 
Wheeling? 19. What other places, and for what noted? 

20. What literary institutions ? 



54 


VIRGINIA. 


a well endowed institution, at Charlottesville ; Hampden - 
Sidney College , in Prince Edward county ; Washington Col¬ 
lege , at Lexington ; Randolph-Macon College , at Boydton j 
and three Theological Seminaries, one near Alexandria, 
another near Hampden-Sidney College, and the other at 
Richmond. 

21. The first permanent English settlement in the United 
States, was made in 1607, in Virginia, on James river, at 
Jamestown , a place now in ruins. One of the first settlers 
was the famous John Smith, who is styled the father of the 
colony, 

NORTH CAROLINA. 


1. North Carolina is a large state, and has great agricul¬ 
tural resources ; but its commercial prosperity is checked 
by its want of good harbors, as its rivers have sand bars at 
their mouths, and it has no large towns. A great part 
of its exports go to Charleston, S. C., and to Petersburg, 
in Virginia. 

2. Like the other southern Atlantic states, it consists of 
three divisions ; 1st, the alluvial and sandy region, which 
constitutes nearly one half of the state, and is covered with 
immense forests of pine ; 2dly, the hilly country in the mid¬ 
dle ; 3dly, 'the mountainous region in the west. It has 
much good soil, and much that is poor. 

3. This state has three noted capes, Cape Hat' ter as, Cape 
Lookout , and Cape Fear , all formidable to seamen. 


21. What is related of the history ? 

North Carolina. — 1 . What is said of North Carolina ? 2. Sur¬ 
face and soil ? 3. Capes ? 


See Map of the Middle States. — What part of Chesapeake bay is 
in Virginia ? What capes at its mouth ? 

What river separates Virginia from Maryland? From Ohio? From 
Kentucky ? What rivers flow into Chesapeake bay ? Into 
the Potomac ? Into the Ohio? 

What rivers in the south part of the state ? How does the Blue 
Ridge intersect the state ? 

How is Richmond situated? Norfolk? Williamsburg? York- 
town ? Petersburg? Fredericksburg? Lynchburg? Boyd¬ 
ton? Staunton? Lexington? The Natural Bridge? Wier’s 
Cave? Winchester? Harper's Ferry? Charlottesville? 
Monticello? Mount Vernon? Wheeling? Charleston? 
The Sulphur Springs? Warm Springs? 

What towns on the Potomac ? The Rappahannock ? The York ? 
The James ? The Ohio ? 








NORTH CAROLINA. 


55 


4. Great Dismal Swamp , about 30 miles long, lies partly 
. or th Carolina and partly in Virginia ; Little Dismal or 

Alligator Swamp, between Albemarle and Pamlico Sounds. 

5. 1 he principal rivers are the Chow'an , Roanoke 1 , Pam'- 
lico, Neuse, Cape Fear, Yad'kin, and Cataw'ba. 

6. The western part of the state is traversed by ranges 
of mountains, of which Black Mountain , one of the sum¬ 
mits, is stated to be as high or higher than the highest of 
the White Mountains of New Hampshire. 

7. Ar'arat or Pilot Mountain , which rises as a regular 
cone to the height of 1,550 feet, is remarkable for its sym¬ 
metry, and is a conspicuous and striking object, seen at a 
great distance. 

8. North Carolina abounds in iron ore , and has celebrat¬ 
ed gold mines, which are found in the country watered by 
the Yadkin and Catawba. 

9. This state has several important railroads and canals . 
The Wilmington and Raleigh Railroad, 170 miles long, 
extends from Wilmington to Weldon on the Roanoke, 
where it unites with railroads leading to Portsmouth and 
Petersburgh in Virginia. 

10. Raleigh (raw'le), the seat of government, is a hand¬ 
some town, pleasantly situated in the central part of the state, 
and has a new granite state-house, which is one of the most 
magnificent in the Union. 

11. Wilmington, on Cape Fear river, is the most consid¬ 
erable emporium in the state for foreign commerce. 

12. Newbern, pleasantly situated on the Neuse, is a 
handsome town, and has considerable commerce. 

13. Fayetteville, at the head of steamboat navigation, on 
Cape Fear river, 90 miles above Wilmington, is the centre 
of an extensive inland trade. 

14. Some of the other principal commercial towns are 
E'denton, Washington, and Halifax. 

15. Charlotte , situated in the district of the gold mines, 
is noted for a United States mint recently established ; Sa¬ 
lem, as the principal town in the Moravian settlement of 
Wachovia ; Salisbury, for the trap dikes or natural walls 
in its vicinity, which were long supposed to be of artificial 
construction. 

16. The principal literary institutions are the University 

4. What is said of swamps ? 5. Rivers P 6. Mountains ? 7. Ararat 
or Pilot Mountain? 8. Mines? 9. Internal improvement? 
10. Raleigh? 11. Wilmington? 12. Newbern? 13. Fay¬ 
etteville ? 

14. What other commercial towns ? 15. What other towns, and 

for what noted ? 16. Literary institutions ? 

6 



56 


NORTH CAROLINA. 


of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and Davidson College in 
Mecklen burgh county. 

17. The first permanent English settlement was made in 
North Carolina near Albemarle Sound, in 1662 or 1663. 
North and South Carolina were originally included under 
one government, but were separated in 1729. 

SOUTH CAROLINA. 

1. South Carolina is favorably situated for agriculture 
and commerce, and is distinguished for the opulence of its 
planters, and the refinement and intelligence of its citizens. 

2. In this state the slaves exceed the whites in number ; 
and, in the low and alluvial country, in the ratio of more 
than 3 to 1. This portion comprising less than one third 
of the territory of the state, contains more than half of the 
slaves, and only about one fifth of the whites. 

3. The principal rivers are the Pedee', which is navi¬ 
gable for large boats 200 miles ; the Santee which is nav¬ 
igable for steamboats to Columbia, where it has the name 
of the Congaree’ ; and the Savan'nah, which separates 
South Carolina from Georgia. 

4. The Alleghany Mountains extend through the west¬ 
ern part. The most remarkable summit in South Car¬ 
olina is Table Mountain, which is about 4,300 feet high, 
and presents, on one side, a tremendous rocky precipice 
above 1,500 feet in height. 

5. This state has some important works of internal im¬ 
provement. The South Carolina Railroad , extending from 
Charleston to Hamburg on the Savannah, opposite to Au¬ 
gusta, is 136 miles long. 

6. Columbia, the seat of government, is pleasantly situ¬ 
ated on the Congaree, the main branch of the Santee, near 
the centre of the state, and is a handsome town. 

7. Charleston , much the largest town, is the principal 


17. What is related of the history ? 

South Carolina. — 1 . What is said of South Carolina ? 2. The 
inhabitants ? 3. Rivers ? 4. Mountains ? 5. Internal im¬ 

provement? 6. Columbia? 7. Charleston? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is North Carolina bounded ? 

What capes on the coast ? How are they situated ? 

Where is Pamlico sound ? Albemarle ? What rivers ? What are 
their courses ? Where is Ararat mountain ? 

Where is Dismal Swamp ? How is Raleigh situated ? Newbem > 
Wilmington ? Fayetteville ? Edenton ? Washington ? 
Chapel Hill? Salem? Salisbury? Charlotte? The Warm 
Springs ? 







SOUTH CAROLINA. 


57 


emporium for the commerce, not only of South Carolina, 
but of a considerable part of North Carolina. It is situated 
on a tongue of land formed by the confluence of Cooper 
and Ashley rivers, and has a convenient harbor for mod¬ 
erate-sized vessels. 

8. Some of the other principal towns are Camden , 
Georgetown , Beaufort, Hamburg, and Cheraw'. 

9. The principal literary institutions are the College of 
South Carolina, a well endowed institution, and a Theolog¬ 
ical Seminary, at Columbia. 

10. The first permanent English settlement in this state 
was made at Charleston in 1680. — South Carolina was, for 
some time, the seat of the revolutionary war, and Charles¬ 
ton and Camden, also the places named Eutaw Springs and 
Cow-Pens , were rendered famous by warlike achievements. 

GEORGIA. 

1. Georgia is one of the largest states in extent of terri¬ 
tory, and one of the most diversified with regard to surface, 
soil, and climate. 

2. The southern half is mostly level alluvial land, covered 
with pine forests, and sandy and poor, but with rich tracts 
of low grounds interspersed ; the middle division is uneven 
or hilly, and very fertile, and far the most populous j the 
northern part is mountainous. 

3. The principal rivers are the Savan'nah, Oge'chee, Ala- 
tamaha (al-ta-ma-haw'), Flint, and Chatahoo'chee. 

4. The Alatamaha is much the largest river that is 
wholly within the state, and is formed by the two branches 
Oco'nee and Ocmul'gee, which unite 120 miles from the sea. 
Large steamboats ascend the Oconee branch to Milledge- 
ville, about 300 miles by the course of the rivers from the 
sea, and the Ocmulgee to Macon ; and they also ascend the 
Chatahoochee to Columbus, 430 miles from the gulf of 
Mexico. 


8. What other towns P 9. Literary institutions ? 

10. What is related of the history ? 

Georgia. — 1 . What is said of Georgia ? 2. Surface and soil of 
the different divisions? 3. Rivers? 4. The Alatamaha? 


See Map of the V. S. — How is South Carolina bounded ? 

By what is it separated from Georgia ? What other rivers in the 
state ? Where is Table mountain ? 

How is Columbia situated ? Charleston ? Georgetown ? Beaufort ? 
Camden ? Hamburg ? Cheraw ? Eutaw Springs ? Cow- 
Pens ? What towns towards the north ? 




58 


GEORGIA. 


5. Toccoa Falls and Tallulah Falls, 11 miles apart, are 
beautiful cascades. The perpendicular descent of the for¬ 
mer is 186 feet. 

6. Indian Springs, also Madison Springs, 23 miles north¬ 
west of Athens, are mineral waters that are considerably- 
visited. 

7. Georgia has some important railroads and canals. 
The Central Railroad extends from Savannah to Macon, 
about 200 miles ; and Monroe Railroad continues the line 
from Macon to Forsyth, 25 miles. The Georgia Railroad 
extends from Augusta to Athens and Madison. 

8. Mil'ledgeville, a small town near the centre of the 
state, is the seat of government. 

9. Savan'nah, on the river Savannah, 17 miles from its 
mouth, is regularly laid out, and is the chief emporium of 
the state for foreign commerce. 

10. Augusta, on the Savannah, has an extensive trade* 
particularly in cotton. 

11. Ma'con and Colum’bus have, within a few years, be¬ 
come places of importance, and are flourishing commercial 
towns. 

12. The principal literary institutions are Franklin Col¬ 
lege, a respectably endowed seminary, at Athens ; and 
Oglethorpe University , recently founded at Midway. 

13. The first English settlement in Georgia was com¬ 
menced at Savannah, in 1733, by General Oglethorpe, to¬ 
gether with 160 persons. 

FLORIDA 

1. Florida, the southernmost portion of the United States, 
consists mostly of a large peninsula, resembling, in its gen¬ 
eral aspect, the low country of the Southern States ; and 


5. Falls or cascades? 6. Mineral waters? 7. Railroads? 8. Mil- 
ledge ville ? 9. Savannah? 10. Augusta? 11. Macon and 
Colurnous? 12. Literary institutions ? 13. What is related 
of the settlement ? 

Florida. — 1 . What is said of Florida ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Georgia bounded ? 

What islands on the coast ? What river separates it from South 
Carolina ? What one from Alabama ? What rivers in the 
eastern part ? In the western ? Where is Okefonoke Swamp ? 

How is Milledgeville situated ? Savannah? Augusta? Macon? 
Columbus? Athens? Madison? Forsyth f Darien? Toc¬ 
coa Falls? Indian Springs? What towns on or near the 
coast ? What ones in the north part ? In the central part ? 






FLORIDA. 


59 

no part of the surface is said to rise more than about 200 
feet above the level of the sea. 

2. The greater part of the country is sandy and poor, 
and much of it, particularly in the south, is marshy ; yet 
there are fine fertile tracts interspersed throughout, espe¬ 
cially in the northern part. 

3. Florida is distinguished for its trees and plants. The 
live oak , valuable for ship timber, is found in great perfec¬ 
tion ; and the magnolia , with its large milk-white flowers, 
adds to the beauty of the forests. 

4. The climate and soil are adapted to cotton, rice, 
sugar, indigo, olives, oranges, and other tropical fruits. 

5. The principal rivers are the Appalachico'la and St. 
John’s, both navigable. The latter has a sluggish current, 
and is navigable about 200 miles. 

6. Tallahas'see, a new and flourishing town, is the 
seat of government. 

7. Pensaco'la , formerly the capital of West Florida, has 
one of the best harbors in the gulf of Mexico, and is noted 
for the United States navy-yard. 

8. St. Augustine', formerly the capital of East Florida, 
has a pleasant situation, and is the oldest town in the 
United States. 

9. Appalachico'la and St. Joseph’s are new commercial 
towns ; and Key West, on a small island, is a place of 
some commercial importance. 

10. Florida was conquered by the Spaniards in 1539, 
and St. Augustine was founded by them in 1564. In 1763, 
the country was divided into East and West Florida ; and, 
in 1821, it was ceded by Spain to the United States. 


2. Soil? 3. Vegetable growth? 4. Productions? 5. Rivers? 

6. Tallahassee ? 7. Pensacola ? 8. St. Augustine ? 

9. What other towns ? 10. What is related of the history ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Florida situated ? 

What is its southernmost cape ? Where is Cape Florida? 

What islands to the south of Florida ? Where is Apalachee bay ? 

What rivers in Florida ? What swamp on the north ? 

How is Tallahassee situated ? St. Augustine ? Pensacola ? Appa- 
lachicola and St. Joseph’s ? 


6* 





60 


ALABAMA. 


ALABAMA. 

1. Alabama is a new, large, and important state, having 
great agricultural and commercial advantages, and it is dis¬ 
tinguished for its rapid growth. 

2. The surface of the southern part is low and level or 
moderately uneven, and most of it covered with pine for¬ 
ests ; the middle and northern parts are diversified and 
hilly, and a portion is mountainous. 

3*. Much of the soil, particularly in the parts watered by 
the Alabama, Tombeckbee, Tennessee, and their branches, 
is fertile. 

4. The principal rivers are the Alaba'ma, Tonibeck'bee 
or Tombig'bee, Chatahoo'chee, and Ten'ncssee. 

5. The Alabd'ma is navigable for small steamboats to the 
junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa, about 300 miles ; 
and the Tombeckbee , by its eastern branch, the Black War¬ 
rior, to Tuscaloosa, 300 miles ; and by its western branch, 
to Columbus in Mississippi, upwards of 400 miles. 

6. The Tennessee, which flows through the northern 
part of the state, forms an expansipn 25 miles long and 2 
or 3 broad, called the Muscle Skoals, from the abundance 
of soft-shell turtles and fresh-water clams. A canal ex¬ 
tends from the head of these shoals to Florence, 37 miles. 

7. Tuscaloo'sa, situated at the falls of the Black War¬ 
rior, in the central part of the state, is the seat of govern¬ 
ment. 

8. Mobile 1 , on an elevated plain, at the head of Mobile 
bay, is much the largest town, the principal emporium of 
the state, and has a great commerce. 

9. Montgomery and Wetumpka , near the head of steam¬ 
boat navigation on the waters of the Alabama, are flourish- 


Alabama. — 1. What is said of Alabama ? 2. Surface ? 3. Soil ? 
4. Rivers ? 5. The Alabama and Tombeckbee ? 6. The 

Tennessee? 7. Tuscaloosa? 8. Mobile? 

9. What other towns ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Alabama bounded ? 

Where is Mobile bay ? What are the rivers of Alabama ? 

What river forms a part of the eastern boundary ? What rivers 
unite to form the Alabama ? What is the eastern branch of 
the Tombeckbee ? Where the Muscle Shoals ? 

How is Tuscaloosa situated? Mobile? Montgomery? St. Ste¬ 
phen’s? Florence? Huntsville? What other towns in the 
north? What ones on the Alabama? 




ALABAMA. 


61 


ing towns ; also Florence , at the head of steamboat naviga¬ 
tion on the Tennessee, and Huntsville in the northern part. 

10. The principal literary institutions are the University 
,of Alabama , a well endowed seminary, at Tuscaloosa ; La 
Grange College at La Grange ; and Spring Hill College 
near Mobile. 

11. Alabama was erected into a territorial government 
in 1817, and into a state in 1819. 

MISSISSIPPI. 

1. The state of Mississippi resembles Alabama in its gen¬ 
eral characteristics; but it is less intersected by rivers, 
and has a smaller proportion of upland or hilly country. 

2. The southern part is level or moderately uneven, 
and mostly covered with pine forests, interspersed with some 
cypress swamps and marshes ; the northern part has a sur¬ 
face diversified with hills, valleys, and plains ; but there are 
no mountains. 

3. The pine forests and level lands of inferior quality 
constitute more than half of the state ; but there is a large 
portion that has a very fertile soil, exceedingly well adapt¬ 
ed to the production of cotton, which is the great object of 
attention with the planters in this state, as well as in Alaba¬ 
ma and Georgia. 

4. The Choctaw and Chickasaw Indians, who lately pos¬ 
sessed some fine tracts of land in the northern and north¬ 
eastern parts, have, within a few years, removed to the 
west of the Mississippi ; and, since their removal, this state 
has increased very rapidly in population. 

5. The river Mississippi forms the great natural feature 
of the state. The three other principal rivers are the Pas¬ 
cagoula, Pearl, and Yazoo'. 

6. Several important railroads have been constructed in 
this state. 

7. Jackson, a small town, in the central part, is the seat 
of government. 

8. Natchez, pleasantly situated on an elevated bank of the 
Mississippi, and Vicksburg, a new town, on the same river, 
below the junction of the Yazoo, are the largest and most 
commercial towns. 


10. What literary institutions ? 11. What is related of the history ? 

Mississippi. — 1. What is said of Mississippi? 2. Surface? 3. 
Soil and productions? 4. Indians? 5. Rivers? G. Rail¬ 
roads ? 7. Jackson ? 8. Natchez and Vicksburg ? 



62 


MISSISSIPPI. 


9. Some of the other most considerable towns are Colum¬ 
bus, Clinton , Manchester, and Port Gibson. 

10. The principal literary institutions are Jefferson College 
at Washington, and Oakland College at Oakland. 

11. The first settlement of whites was made at Natchez 
by the French about the year 1716; and, in 1729, the 
French colony was massacred by the Natchez Indians. 

12. But few American settlements were made till near 
the end of the last century. A territorial government was 
established in 1800 ; and, in 1817, Mississippi was erected 
into a state. 


LOUISIANA. 

1. Louisiana is remarkable for embracing the Delta of 
the great river Mississippi; and by means of this river and 
its tributaries, it possesses great commercial advantages, 
although its long line of seacoast affords no good harbor. 

2. It is one of the most level states in the Union, consist¬ 
ing chiefly of an immense plain, divided, with respect to 
its surface, into sea-marsh, which is overflowed by high 
tides, alluvial lands, liable to inundation by the overflowing 
of the rivers, prairies, pine forests, and hickory and oak 
lands ; and, in the northwest part, there is a portion that is 
hilly. 

3. The southern part consists of marshes or low prairie 
land destitute of trees, but covered with reeds or coarse 
grass, and intersected by numerous bays, lakes, and rivers. 
Nothing can be more dreary than the prospect of the im¬ 
mense waste, which is afforded from a ship’s mast, in sail¬ 
ing up from the mouth of the Mississippi, to New Orleans. 

4. The Delta of the Mississippi, which is elevated only 
about 10 feet above the gulf of Mexico, comprises about 
one fourth of the state, and is annually inundated by the 
spring floods. 


9. What is said of other towns? 10. Literary institutions? 11. 
What is related of the history? 12. When erected into a 
state? 

Louisiana. — 1. For what is Louisiana remarkable? 2. What is 
said of its surface ? 3. The southern part ? 4. The Delta ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Mississippi bounded ? What riv¬ 
ers in it flow into the Mississippi ? What ones into the gulf 
of Mexico? How is Jackson situated ? Natchez? Vicks¬ 
burg? Columbus ? What towns on or near the Mississippi ? 
What ones on Pearl river r 




LOUISIANA. 


63 


5. A considerable part of the state consists of prairies, 
some of them of great extent, particularly the Opeloii'sas 
prairie, which is computed to contain more than 6,000 
square miles. 

6. Louisiana possesses a great variety of soil; much of 
the country is barren or not susceptible of cultivation j and 
much of it is of extraordinary fertility. 

7. The staple productions are cotton, sugar, and rice ; and 
cattle are raised in great numbers in some parts, particular¬ 
ly on the Opelousas prairie. 

8. The four principal rivers are the Mississippi, Red Riv¬ 
er, Washita', and Sabine'. 

9. The principal lakes are Borgne (born), Pontchartrain 
(pon-shar-train'), Maurepas, (maw'-re-pa), Mermen'tau, and 
Calcasiu (cal'-ca-soo), which are properly bays or inlets of 
the sea, in the south ; and Bisteneau (bis-te-no'), a beauti¬ 
ful lake in the north. 

10. New Orleans, the capital and only large town, is 
situated on the Mississippi, 105 miles by its course from its 
entrance into the gulf of Mexico. It possesses unrivalled 
commercial advantages, having a river navigation above it, 
by means of the Mississippi and its tributaries, far more ex¬ 
tensive than any other city on the globe ; and no other city 
gives employment to so many steamboats. It is the empo¬ 
rium, not only of Louisiana, but of the great valley of the 
Mississippi, and has a greater amount of exports than any 
other city in America. 

11. Some of the other most considerable towns are Baton 
Rouge (ba'tn-roozh), Alexandria , and JVatchitoches (nak-e-to'- 
chez). 

12. The principal literary institutions are Louisiana Col¬ 
lege at Jackson, and Jefferson College at St. James. 

13. In 1673, the Mississippi was discovered by Marquette 
and Joliet, two French missionaries ; in 1682, the country 


5. What is said of its prairies ? 6 Soil ? 7. Productions ? 8. 

Rivers? 9. Lakes? 10. New Orleans? 11. What other 
towns? 12. What literary institutions ? 13. What is relat¬ 

ed of the history ? 


See Map of the U. S .— How is Louisiana bounded ? What por¬ 
tion lies east of the Mississippi ? What river forms the wes¬ 
tern boundary ? What are the course and termination of Red 
River? What -other rivers in Louisiana? What lakes in 
the southeast? In the southwest? In the north ? How is 
New Orleans situated ? Baton Rouge ? Jackson ? Madi- 
sonville ? Opelousas? What towns on the Mississippi? 
On Red River ? On the Washita ? 






64 


LOUISIANA. 


was explored by La Salle, and named Louisiana , in honor of 
Louis XIV.; in 1699, a French settlement was begun at 
Iberville' K and in 1717, New Orleans was founded. 

14. In 1803, the extensive country of Louisiana, com¬ 
prising all the territory now belonging to the United States, 
lying west of the Mississippi, was purchased of France for 
the sum of $ 15,000,000, and in 1812, the State of Louisiana 
was admitted into the Union. 


ARKANSAS. 

1. This new state is one of the largest and least settled in 
the Union, and it has no large towns. 

2. The surface in the eastern part, for about 100 miles 
west of the Mississippi, is low and level, and much of it 
subject to inundation ; in the middle, uneven and hilly ; and 
in the western part, hilly and mountainous. The Ozark f 
Mountains traverse the northwestern corner. 

3. The greater part is covered with forests, and some of 
it is heavy-timbered ; but there is considerable prairie land. 

4. The country is well watered by numerous rivers and 
streams, and much of the soil, especially that on the water¬ 
courses, is fertile. 

5. The principal agricultural productions are cotton, corn, 
and cattle ; the mineral productions are iron, lead, coal, 
and salt. 

6. The principal rivers are the Mississippi, which forms 
the eastern boundary ; Arkansas (ar-kan-saw'), which is 
navigable far beyond the limits of the state ; White River , 
which is navigable for steamboats to Batesville, about 300 
miles ; St. Francis, a large navigable river; and Washita'. 

7. The Hot Springs, near the sources of the Washita, 
consisting of as many as 70 fountains, are much visited by 
invalids. The temperature of the water is from 100° to 
150°, but not strongly impregnated by any mineral sub¬ 
stance. 

8. Little Rock, situated on the Arkansas, 300 miles from 


14. What is said of the purchase, &c. ? 

Arkansas. — 1. What is said of Arkansas ? 2. Surface ? 3. For¬ 
ests and prairie? 4. Soil? 5. Productions? G. Rivers? 
7. Hot Springs? 8. Little Rock ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Arkansas bounded ? What river 
on the east ? What one on the southwest ? What other rivers 
flow through it ? How is Little Rock situated ? Batesville ? 





ARKANSAS. 65 

its mouth by the river, is the largest town, and the seat of 
government; and it has considerable trade. 

9. Arkansas was erected into a territorial government in 
1319, and into a state in 1836. 


WESTERN STATES. 

Taking Buffaloes. 



1. The western division of the Union comprises the states 

I of Ten'nessee, Kentuck'y , Ohio , Michigan, Indian'a (in- 
je-an'na), Illinois' (il-le-noy')> and Missuu'ri , together with 
the Wisconsin, I'owa, Western , and O/e-gon territories. 

2. The Mississippi Valley which comprises all these 
states and territories, except Oregon, is a term applied to 
the vast country which is watered by the Mississippi and 
its numerous tributary rivers, and which extends from the 

II Alleghanv mountains on the east, to the Rocky mountains 

I on the west. This valley surpasses in extent all other val¬ 
leys on the globe, that of the Amazon (and perhaps also 
that of the La Plata) excepted. 


9. When erected into a state ? 

Western States. —1. What does the western division com¬ 
prise ? 2. What is said of the Mississippi Valley ? 















66 


WESTERN STATES. 


3. The great river Mississippi, which gives name to this 
valley, is about a half a mile in width, and very deep. It 
is the narrowest river on the globe, in proportion to the 
mass of water which it carries, the extent of country which 
it drains/ and the commercial facilities which its waters 
afford. This river, together with its tributary streams, is 
supposed to furnish more than 20,000 miles of steamboat 
navigation. 

4. The largest tributaries on the western side, are the 
Missouri, Arkansas , and Red River ; on the eastern side, 
the Ohio and Tennessee, 

5. The surface of this valley is diversified, but there are 
no considerable mountains. In some parts it is hilly ; a 
good deal of it is undulating ; but the most of it may be 
regarded as a vast plain. 

6. Though this country has barren tracts, yet the soil of 
a great portion of it is of uncommon fertility ; and, on the 
timbered lands, the forest trees are often of great size. 

7. The climate is various ; in the south warm, and in 
north cold. The winters are more changeable, and the 
quantity of snow less, than in the same parallels in the 
country bordering on the Atlantic. Some parts are un¬ 
healthy, particularly the inundated lands on the rivers, and 
the wet prairies. 

8. A remarkable feature of this country consists in its 
extensive prairies, which are tracts of land entirely desti¬ 
tute of trees, and generally covered with weeds and grass, 
and are ornamented, at certain seasons, with a profusion 
of the most beautiful flowers. 

9. The prairies are generally very level, and are divided 
into wet and dry ; but the dry or upland prairies form 
much the greater part. Those which are wet and marshy 
commonly border on water courses. These natural mead¬ 
ows generally are of great fertility, and are covered with 
the most luxuriant vegetation. 

10. The prairies are found, to some extent, in the state 
of Ohio ; as we proceed to the westward, the proportion 
which they bear to the timbered land increases ; and, after 
we proceed two or three hundred miles to the west of the 
Mississippi, they are found to occupy almost the whole ex¬ 
tent of country, except the margins of the rivers. 

11. The prairies to the. west of the Mississippi afford 


3. What is said of the Mississippi? 4. What are the tributaries? 
5. What is said of the surface of the valley ? 6. Soil ? 7. Climate ? 
8. What is said of the prairies? 9. What varieties? 10. Where 
are they found ? 11. What animals abound ? 



WESTERN STATES. 


67 


pasture to immense numbers of buffaloes , or more properly, 
oisons ; also elk, deer, and other wild animals. Herds of 
buffaloes are here seen, that are supposed to contain more 
than 10,000. 

12. This animal is the chief object of hunting among the 
Indians ; and its flesh is the principal article of food both to 
the savages and the white hunters. The Indians often 
attack the buffaloes on horseback, and kill them by piercing 
them with arrows or balls ; and sometimes they decoy the 
animals, and precipitate them down a precipice. 

13. There are found throughout the western country, with 
greater or less frequency, tumuli or mounds, some of them 
of immense size. There is no history or tradition that 
throws any light upon their orign ; and it is impossible to 
ascertain when, by whom, or for what purpose they were 
formed. They are commonly found on the most fertile 
lands, in plains and near large streams. They are mere 
erections of earth, and indicate little art, yet great labor, 
in their construction. In some instances, trees several 
hundred years old, are seen growing out of them. 

14. Some of the most important productions of the West¬ 
ern States are wheat, Indian corn, hemp, and cattle ; and in 
the southern parts, cotton and tobacco. 

15. The most numerous denominations of Christians are 
Methodists, Baptists, and Presbyterians ; but there are few 
settled ministers in these states except in the towns ; and 
the greater part of the religious instruction is given by itin¬ 
erant preachers. 

16. The three largest towns are Cincinnati, Louisville , 
and St. Louis. 

TENNESSEE. 

1. Tennessee is an interior state, situated remote from 
the sea, and it suffers inconvenience, particularly the east¬ 
ern part, on account of the distance from market; but it 
has a pleasant and healthy climate. 

2. It is of an oblong form, and the Cumberland Moun¬ 
tains, a range of the Alleghanies, extend through it in an 
oblique direction, dividing it into East and West Tennessee. 

3. East Tennessee is traversed by various ridges of the 
Alleghany mountains, and is an elevated country, abound- 


12. What is said of hunting the buffalo ? 13. What is said of tumuli 
or mounds? 14. Productions? 15. Religious denomina¬ 
tions? 16. Towns? 

Tennessee. — 1. What is said of Tennessee? 2. How is it 
divided ? 3. What is said of East Tennessee ? 

7 




68 


TENNESSEE. 


ing in grand and imposing scenery, such as is formed by 
precipitous declivities of mountains, fine cascades, pictur¬ 
esque valleys, with clear and beautiful streams. Much of 
it is broken and unproductive, but the valleys are very 
fertile. 

4. The surface of the part of West Tennessee, that is 
situated towards the Mississippi, is level or undulating ; the 
part further east, called Middle Tennessee, is hilly ; a great 
part of the soil is very fertile. 

5. The state is well watered by numerous small streams, 
and has three large rivers, the Mississippi, Tennessee, and 
Cumberland, which are of great advantage in facilitating 
commercial intercourse. 

6. The Tennessee is the largest tributary of the Ohio, 
and is navigable, at some seasons, for steamboats to Flor¬ 
ence in Alabama ; and the Cumberland is navigable for 
steamboats to Nashville and also to Carthage. 

7. There are various interesting natural curiosities, some 
of which are the Whirl or Suck where the Tennessee 
breaks through the Cumberland mountains ; channels form¬ 
ed by rivers through solid limestone to the depth of 300 or 
400 feet; beautiful cascades, remarkable caves, petrifac¬ 
tions of trees, and organic remains. 

8. Iron ore abounds, and large quantities of iron are man¬ 
ufactured ; other mineral productions are gold, coal, salt, 
marble, and gypsum. 

9. Agriculture forms the chief employment of the inhab¬ 
itants, and the principal productions are Indian corn, cot¬ 
ton, wheat, tobacco, hemp, and cattle. 

10. Nashville, the seat of government, pleasantly situ¬ 
ated on the Cumberland, is a well built and flourishing 
town, much the largest in the state ; and it carries on an 
extensive commerce with New Orleans. 

11. Knoxville, on the Holston, is the principal town in 
East Tennessee, and has considerable trade and manufac¬ 
tures. 

12. Some of the other most considerable towns are 
Murfreesborough, formerly the capital ; Memphis, a new 
commercial town on the Mississippi ; Columbia and Frank¬ 
lin. 

13. The principal literary institutions are the Univer¬ 
sity of Nashville at Nashville, Jackson College near Co- 


4. What is said of West Tennessee ? 5. Rivers ? 0. The Tennes¬ 
see and Cumberland ? 7. Natural curiosities ? 8. Minerals ? 

9. Productions of agriculture ? 10. Nashville? 1L. Knox¬ 

ville ? 12. What other towns ? 13. Literary institutions ? 






TENNESSEE. 


69 


lumbia, East Tennessee College at Knoxville, Greeneville 
College at Greeneville, Washington College in Washing¬ 
ton County, and the Southwestern Theological Seminary 
at Maryville. 

14. The first permanent settlement was made in East 
Tennessee, in 1768 or 1769 ; in 1794, Tennessee was 
erected into a separate territorial government, and in 1796, 
into a state. 

KENTUCKY. 

1. Kentucky is more centrally situated than any other 
state in the Union, with respect to the territory that is now 
settled. 

2. The Ohio and Mississippi form almost one half of its 
boundary ; the Great Sandy River separates it from Vir¬ 
ginia ; and it is traversed by the Tennessee and Cumber - 
land. The principal rivers wholly within the state are the 
Kentucky , Licking , Salt, and Green rivers. 

3. Kentucky river, which gives name to the state, is nav¬ 
igable for boats 150 miles ; and it flows, through a consid¬ 
erable part of its course, in a deep chasm cut in solid lime¬ 
stone, its perpendicular banks being, in some places, 300 
feet high. Similar channels have been formed by some of 
the other rivers. 

4. The surface is greatly diversified ; the southeast part 
is mountainous ; the country bordering on the Ohio, hilly ; 
the central and southwest parts, moderately uneven or un¬ 
dulating, with considerable level tracts. 

5. Though there are large tracts that are sterile, yet a 
great portion is very fertile ; and the district of country 
watered by the Licking, Kentucky, and Salt rivers, some¬ 
times called the garden of Kentucky, in the central part of 


14. What is related of the history ? 

Kentucky. — 1. What is said of the situation of Kentucky ? 

2. What are the rivers? 3. What is said of Kentucky river? 
4. Surface of the state ? 5. Soil ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Tennessee bounded ? 

By what mountains is it intersected ? What river forms the west¬ 
ern boundary ? What is the course and termination of the 
Tennessee ? The Cumberland ? What other rivers ? 

How is Nashville situated ? Knoxville ? Memphis ? Murfrees- 
borough ? Columbia ? Franklin ? What towns on the 
Tennessee ? The Cumberland ? 

What towns east of the Cumberland mountains ? What ones in 
the central part of the state ? 





70 


KENTUCKY. 


which Lexington is situated, is one of the most delightful 
and fertile tracts in the United States. 

6. The level and undulating parts lie upon an immense 
bed of limestone, generally about 8 feet below the surface ; 
and in dry seasons the streams being liable to fail, the in¬ 
habitants, in some districts, are subjected to inconvenience 
for want of water. 

7. Beautiful marble and iron ore are abundant; also salt 
springs, nitrous earth in caves, and coal in some places. 

8. Mineral waters are found in various places ; those of 
Harrodsburg and the Olympian Springs are the most cele¬ 
brated. 

9. In the southwest part of the state there are several 
caves of extraordinary dimensions. One of them is called 
the Mammoth Cave, which has heretofore been represent¬ 
ed to be 10, 15, and even 20 miles in length ; but recent 
examinations have reduced the extent to 2^ miles, which is 
indeed a considerable distance for an underground excur¬ 
sion. It comprises various apartments, and in some parts 
are found columns of brilliant spar 60 feet high. 

10. The exports go chiefly to New Orleans, and the most 
important articles are hemp, tobacco, and wheat. 

11. The manufactures are considerable, more so than 
those of any other of the Western States, except Ohio. 

12. This state has engaged very largely in works of in¬ 
ternal improvement, as railroads, turnpike-roads , canals , 
and improvement of river navigation. 

13. Frankfort, the seat of government, is a small town, 
situated in a deep valley on the Kentucky river, 60 miles 
above its entrance into the Ohio. 

14. Louisville, situated at the falls or rapids of the Ohio, 
is a large and flourishing town, much the most populous 
and commercial in the state, and one of the greatest ports 
for steamboats in America. 

15. Lexington, delightfully situated in a beautiful and fer¬ 
tile country, is handsomely built, and has extensive manu¬ 
factures and considerable trade. 

16. Maysville, on the Ohio, is next to Louisville in com¬ 
mercial importance ; Covington and Newport on the same 
river opposite to Cincinnati, are among the other flourish¬ 
ing towns. 


6. On what does it lie? 7. What minerals? 8. Mineral waters? 
9. Caves? 10. Exports? 11. Manufactures? 12. Internal 
improvement? 13. What is said of Frankfort? 14. Louis¬ 
ville? 15. Lexington? 16. What other towns ? 







KENTUCKY. 


71 


17. The principal literary institutions are Transylvania 
University at Lexington ; St. Joseph’s College at Bards- 
town ; Centre College at Danville ; Augusta College at 
Augusta ; Cumberland College at Princeton ; and Bacon 
College at Georgetown. 

18. The first permanent settlement was commenced in 
1775, by Colonel Daniel Boone, on Kentucky river at 
Boonesborough ; and Lexington was founded near the same 
time. Kentucky formed a part of the state of Virginia till 
1790 ; and, in 1792, it was erected into a state. 

OHIO. 

L Ohio is distinguished for its rapid growth ; for, although 
the settlement of it was begun but little more than half a 
century since, it has already become one of the first states 
in importance. It has great agricultural resources, and is 
the most populous of the Western States, and the most 
considerable for manufactures. 

2. It is of a compact form, lying between the river Ohio 
and lake Erie ; the southern and much the larger part slop¬ 
ing gently towards the river, and the northern part towards 
the lake. 

3. The greater part of it has the aspect of an alluvial 
country, being mostly level or moderately uneven ; but the 
eastern and southeastern parts, and some portions of the 
country bordering on the Ohio, comprising as much as one 
quarter of the state, are hilly ; yet there are no mountains. 
In the northern division there are extensive marshy tracts, 
which are the most elevated lands in the state. 

4. The most of the country was, in its natural state, cov¬ 
ered with a dense forest, composed almost wholly of trees 
whose leaves fall in the autumn ; but in the interior, towards 
the sources of the Great and Little Miami, Scioto, and 
Muskingum, there are extensive prairie lands. 


17. What is said of the literary institutions ? 18. What is related 
of the history ? 

Ohio. — 1. What is said of Ohio P 2. Its form and situation ? 3. 
Surface ? 4. What is said of its natural state ? 


See Map of the U. S .— How is Kentucky bounded ? ,What rivers 
form a great part of the boundary ? What rivers are within 
the state? How is Frankfort situated? Louisville? Lexing¬ 
ton ? Maysville? Danville? Bardstown? Paris? Princeton? 
The Mammouth Cave? What rivers are oil the Ohio? 
What ones in the western part? In the southern? In the 
middle ? 


7* 




72 


OHIO. 


5. The soil is generally very fertile, and nine tenths of 
the land are supposed to be susceptible of cultivation. The 
country has been divided into farms of moderate size, 
more after the manner of New England, than in any other 
of the western states. 

6. The river Ohio , from which the state derives its name, 
is 908 miles in length from Pittsburg to its mouth ; and it is 
esteemed one of the most beautiful rivers in the world. It 
is of easy navigation, and has a gentle current, nowhere 
broken by falls, except at Louisville. 

7. The principal rivers within the state are the Muskin'- 
gum, Hockhock 1 ing, Scio'to, Great Miam'i, Little Miatn i, Mau¬ 
mee ', Sandus'ky, and Cuyahoga (ki-ho'ga). 

8. There are salt-springs from which salt is obtained in 
considerable quantities ; coal , in some parts, is abundant, 
also iron ore. * 

9. The exports go to New Orleans and to New York ; 
the Ohio river facilitating the intercourse with the former, 
and Lake Erie with the latter. 

10. This state has many important works of internal im¬ 
provement, as canals and railroads. The Ohio Canal, ex¬ 
tending from Portsmouth on the Ohio to Cleveland on 
Lake Erie, is 307 miles in length ; and the route from Cin¬ 
cinnati to lake Erie, by the Miami and the Wabash arid Erie 
Canals, is about 265 miles. 

11. Columbus, the seat of government, pleasantly sit¬ 
uated on the Scioto, in a central part of the state, is a 
flourishing town, and has an extensive trade. 

12. Cincinnati , pleasantly situated on the Ohio, is regu¬ 
larly laid out, handsomely built, mostly of brick, and is, 
next to New Orleans, the largest town in the Mississippi 
valley. It is a great emporium of western commerce, ex¬ 
ports vast quantities of pork, flour, and other articles of 
produce, and has extensive manufactures. 

13. Some of the other towns in the southern part, are 
Dayton, Chillico'the, Zanes'ville, and Steu'benville, all consid¬ 
erable for manufactures and trade. 

14. Cleveland, on lake Erie, is a very flourishing commer¬ 
cial town. Further to the west are Huron and Sandus'ky ; 
and, near the mouth of the Maumee, is Tole'do, a new and 
very thriving town. 

15. The principal literary seminaries are the University 

5. What is said of its soil? 6. The river Ohio? 7. What other 
rivers? 8. Mineral productions? 9. Commerce? 10. Ca¬ 
nals? 11. Columbus? 12. Cincinnati? 13. What other 
towns? 14. What towns on lake Erie ? 15. Literary insti¬ 
tutions ? 



OHIO. 


73 


of Ohio at Athens ; Miami University at Oxford ; Franklin 
College at New Athens; Western Reserve College at Hudson ; 
Kenyon College at Gam bier ; Granville College at Granville ; 
Marietta College at Marietta ; Oberlin Institute at Oberlin ; 
Cincinnati College, Woodward College , the Medical College of 
Ohio, and the Lane Theological Seminary, at Cincinnati; and 
the Willoughby Medical, College at Willoughby. 

16. The first permanent settlement of Ohio was com¬ 
menced in 1738, at Marietta, by General Rufus Putnam, 
from Massachusetts ; and, in 1802 it was erected into a 
state. 


MICHIGAN. 

1. Michigan is remarkable for its situation, being bordered 
by the four great lakes, Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie, 
and also by lake St. Clair; and, notwithstanding its dis¬ 
tance from the ocean, it possesses great advantages for 
commercial intercourse. 

2. It is one of the largest states in the Union in extent, 
and is composed of two parts ; the larger and by far the more 
important part being a peninsula lying between lakes 
Michigan and Huron ; and the smaller or upper part situ¬ 
ated to the northwest, between lakes Michigan and Supe¬ 
rior. 

3. The surface of the Peninsula is mostly level or mod¬ 
erately uneven, but a portion of it is hilly ; and the soil is 
generally very fertile. 

4. The surface of the upper part, called Upper Michigan 
or the Upper Peninsula, is greatly diversified by mountains, 
hills, valleys, and plains ; and the soil of the greater por¬ 
tion is unproductive ; but this part is very little settled. 


16. What is related of the history ? 

Michigan. —1. What is said of the situation of Michigan ? 

2. Of what two parts is it composed ? 3. What is said of the 

Peninsula? 4. The upper part? 


See Map of the Middle States. — What part of the'boundary of 
Ohio is formed by the river Ohio? What bounds it on the 
north ? What rivers of the state flow into the Ohio ? What 
ones flows into lake Erie? Ilow is Columbus situated? 
Cincinnati? Cleveland? Zanesville? Dayton? Toledo? 
Gambier ? Oxford ? What towns are on the Ohio ? Lake 
Erie? Cuyahoga? The Muskingum? The Hockhocking? 
The Scioto ? The Little Miami ? The Great Miami? The 
Ohio Canal ? 




74 


MICHIGAN. 


5. The rivers of Michigan are numerous ; most of them 
small, though some are of considerable size. 

6. The country is mostly covered with forests ; but there 
are many prairies; most of them of small extent. 

7. Michigan has of late had a very rapid growth in pop¬ 
ulation and improvement ; and, though so new a state, it has 
already undertaken important works of internal improve¬ 
ment, as railroads and canals. 

8. Detroit, the capital, and much the largest town, is 
pleasantly and advantageously situated, regularly laid out 
and well built, and has an extensive commerce. 

9. Monroe is a flourishing town in the southeast part. 
Ann Arbour, Adrian, Kalamazoo', and Grand Rapids are 
some of the thriving towns. 

10. Michilimackinac, or Mackinac (mak-e-naw'), on an is¬ 
land in the strait of the same name, between, lakes Huron 
and Michigan, is a small town, long noted for the Indian 
trade. 

11. This state possesses a very liberal provision for the 
support of schools, in lands appropriated to this object by 
the general government. 

12. The literary institutions founded in this state are the 
Michigan University at Ann Arbour, a well endowed semi¬ 
nary ; and Marshall College at Marshall. 

IS. Detroit was settled by the French about the year 
1670. In 1805, Michigan was erected into a territorial gov¬ 
ernment ; and, in 1836, into a state. 


5. What is said of the rivers? 6. The natural condition of the 
country ? 7. Its progress ? 8. Detroit ? 9. What other 

towns? 10. Michilimackinac? 11. Provision for the sup¬ 
port of schools? 12. Literary institutions? 13. What is re¬ 
lated of the history ? 


See Map of the U. S. and Middle States. — How is Michigan 
bounded ? What lakes border upon it ? Into what two parts 
is it divided ? Where is Saginaw bay ? Green bay ? St. 
Clair’s lake? What rivers flow into lake Michigan? Into 
lake Erie ? Lake Huron*? What riverS in the upper part 
of Michigan ? Where are St. Mary’s Falls ? How is Detroit 
situated ? Michilimackinac ? Marshall ? Grand Rapids ? 
Monroe? Ann Arbour? Saginaw? Adrian? 




INDIANA. 


75 


INDIANA. 

1. Indiana has great agricultural resources, is rapidly ad¬ 
vancing in population, wealth, and improvement, and has 
numerous thriving villages, but no large towns. 

2. It is generally a level country, more so than Ohio, 
consisting chiefly of vast plains, though the southern coun¬ 
ties bordering on the Ohio, and some other portions, par¬ 
ticularly towards the north, are hilly ; but there are no 
mountains. 

8. In fertility of soil, it is esteemed superior to Ohio : 
and prairie lands abound in it much more than in Ohio or 
Michigan, but less than in Illinois. The prairies are found 
mostly in the western and northern parts ; some of them 
are of great extent ; but timbered and prairie lands are 
here more happily balanced than in the country farther 
west. 

4. The Ohio forms its southern boundary. The Wd'~ 
bash and its tributaries are the most important rivers within 
the state, and afford important facilities for transportation. 
The Wabash is navigable 470 miles ; and White River, its 
largest tributary, is navigable for steamboats to Indian¬ 
apolis. 

5. Indiana, by an act in 1835, commenced an important 
system of internal improvement, which embraces 840 miles 
of canals, 90 miles of railroads, and 335 miles of Macad¬ 
amized turnpike roads ; and in 1838, about 400 miles of 
these improvements were either finished or in progress. 

6. Indianap'olis, the seat of government, is pleasantly 
situated on White River, where it is intersected by the 
National Road, and has considerable trade. 

7. Vin-cennes', on the Wabash, is noted as the oldest 
town ; and Madison and New Albany on the Ohio, and 


Indiana. — 1. What is said of Indiana? 2. Surface? 3. Soil 
and prairies ? 4. Rivers? 5. Internal improvement ? 6. In¬ 
dianapolis ? 7. What other towns ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Indiana bounded? 

What lake does it border upon ? What separates it from Ohio ? 
What river separates the southern part from Illinois ? 

What are the tributaries of the Wabash ? What rivers in the north ? 
How is Indianapolis situated ? New Albany ? Vincennes? Madi¬ 
son ? Michigan City ? Crawfordsville ? Bloomington ? 
What towns on the Ohio ? On the Wabash ? 




76 


INDIANA. 


Michigan City on lake Michigan, are some of the largest 
and most flourishing commercial towns. 

8. The principal literary institutions are Indiana College 
at Bloomington ; South Hanover College at South Hanover $ 
and Wabash College at Crawfordsville. 

9. Vincennes, which was settled about the beginning of 
the last century by French emigrants from Canada, long 
remained a solitary village ; and few settlements were 
made by citizens of the United States-till the end of the 
last century. In 1801, Indiana was erected into a terri¬ 
torial government; and, in 1816, into a state. 

ILLINOIS. 

1. Illinois, with respect to territory, is one of the largest, 
most level, and most fertile states in the Union ; it is also 
one of the most thriving, and seems destined to become one 
of the most populous and powerful. 

2. It has a greater quantity of fertile land capable of cul¬ 
tivation than any other state, and therefore possesses great 
agricultural resources; it has also great advantages of 
commercial intercourse by means of rivers and lakes. 

8. It is more level than Indiana, its general aspect being 
that of a vast plain ; yet there are some portions in the 
north and south that are hilly. 

4. It is distinguished for its vast and fertile prairies, 
which are supposed to comprise about two thirds of the 
whole country. They are divided into wet and dry, the 
inclination in many parts being too little to carry off the 
water that falls in rain. They are found in too great a pro¬ 
portion to the timbered land, are too level, and too large 
for convenience ; so that in this country of exuberant fer¬ 
tility, and, at some seasons, of exquisite beauty, the inhab¬ 
itants are incommoded by the want of timber, fuel, good 
water, and often by the want of health. 

5. Illinois has exceedingly rich lead mines in the north, 
valuable salt-springs in the south, coal in various parts, also 
iron ore, copper, and gypsum. 

6. The Mississippi, Ohio, and Wabash form about two 
thirds of the boundary. The principal rivers within the state 
are the Illinois (i)-le-noy'), Kashas'kia, and Rock River. 

7. The Illinois is a beautiful river, navigable at all sea¬ 
sons for steamboats from the Mississippi to Ottawa. 


8. What literary institutions ? 9. What is related of the history ? 

Illinois. — 1 . What is said of Illinois? 2. Its resources? 3. Sur¬ 
face ? 4. Prairies ? 5. Minerals ? 6. Rivers ? 7. The Illi¬ 
nois ? 



ILLINOIS. 


77 


8. A system of internal improvement by the construction 
of railroads and canals, and the improvement of river nav¬ 
igation, was established by an act of th& legislature in 1837. 

9. The Illinois and Michigan Canal, a very important 
work, extending from Ottawa to Chicago, about 95 miles, 
and connecting the steamboat navigation of the Mississippi, 
was begun in 1836. 

10. Vanda'lia, a small town on the Kaskaskia, was laid 
out in 1818, and established the seat of government till 
1840 ; to be succeeded by Springfield. 

11. Chicd'go, a new town at the south end of lake Michi¬ 
gan, is a very flourishing town, the largest in the state* and 
has an extensive commerce. 

12. Alton, advantageously situated on the Mississippi, 2 
miles above the mouth of the Missouri, is a flourishing 
town, and next to Chicago in population and commerce. 

13. Some of the other flourishing towns are Gale'na , 
noted for lead mines ; Springfield and Jacksonville, situ¬ 
ated in a fertile and rapidly improving district of country. 

14. The principal literary institutions are Illinois College 
at Jacksonville ; Shurtleff College at Alton ; McKendreean 
College at Lebanon ; and McDonough College at Macomb. 

15. La Salle explored this country in 1683, and, soon after, 
the French made a settlement at Kaskaskia. Very few cit¬ 
izens of the United States settled in the country before 
1800. In 1809, Illinois was erected into a territorial gov¬ 
ernment ; and, in 1818, into a state. 

MISSOURI. 

1. Missouri is one of the largest states in extent, and one 
of the most western ; yet with respect to the whole terri- 


8. What is said of internal improvement? 9. The Illinois and 
Michigan Canal ? 10. Vandalia? 11. Chicago? 12. Alton? 
13. What other towns ? 14. Literary institutions? 

15. What is related of the history ? 

Missouri. — 1. What is said of the situation of Missouri ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Illinois bounded ? 

What rivers form a great part of the boundary? What rivers 
within the state ? On what lake does it border ? 

Through what would one pass in sailing from Chicago to Buffalo, 
Is. Y.? How is Vandalia situated? Alton? Chicago? 
Galena ? Springfield ? Ottawa ? Jacksonville ? Kaskaskia ? 
What towns on the Ohio ? The Mississippi ? The Illinois ? The 
Kaskaskia ? The Sangamon ? 




78 


MISSOURI. 


tory belonging to the United States from Maine to Oregon, 
it is the most central. .... 

2. For a country so far from the ocean, its situation is 
advantageous, being washed on one side by the Mississippi , 
and traversed throughout by the Missouri. The other prin¬ 
cipal river is the Osage', which is navigable for boats up¬ 
wards of GOO miles. 

3. The surface is greatly diversified with plains, marshes, 
prairies, forests, undulating districts, and hilly and broken 
tracts ; but there are no high mountains. The chain of the 
Ozark' Mountains presents no considerable summits till it 
passes out of the limits of this state. 

4. Considerable tracts bordering on the rivers are liable 
to inundation, and there are extensive prairies, particularly 
in the western part. Though a considerable part is barren 
or unproductive, yet a large portion has a very fertile soil. 
One of the best and most settled portions is the country 
lying between the Missouri and Mississippi, which is diver¬ 
sified with timbered and prairie lands. 

5. This state has rich lead mines, which are found in a 
sterile district, containing about 3,000 square miles, lying 
about 40 miles west of the Mississippi ; and its mines of 
iron ore are equally inexhaustible. It has also various other 
minerals, as coal, gypsum, zinc, salt, &c. 

6. Jefferson City, a-small town on the Missouri, in the 
central part of the state, is the seat of government. 

7. St. Louis, finely situated on the Mississippi, 1,200 
miles above New Orleans, is a very flourishing town, far the 
largest in the state, and, next to New Orleans, the largest 
on the Mississippi. It has an extensive commerce with 
various parts of the Mississippi valley, which is carried on 
chiefly by steamboats. 

8. Some of the other most considerable towns are Pal - 
my'ra, Booneville, and Columbia. 


2. What is said of the rivers ? 3. Surface? 4. Soil of the different 
parts ? 5. Minerals ? 6. Jefferson City ? 7. St. Louis ? 

8. What other towns ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Missouri bounded? 

What river intersects it ? On which side of the Missouri is the 
larger portion ? What rivers of the state flow into the Mis¬ 
sissippi ? Into the Missouri ? 

What is the course of the Osage ? How is Jefferson City situated ? 
St. Louis? Palmyra? St. Genevieve ? The lead mines? 
Potosi ? What towns on the Missouri? On the Mississippi, 
south of St. Louis ? W hat ones north ? 




MISSOURI. 


79 


9. The principal literary institutions are the University 
of St. Louis at St. Louis ; St. Mary’s College at the Bar¬ 
rens ; Marion College at Palmyra; and Columbia College 
at Columbia. 

10. The French commenced settlements at St. Louis and 
St. Genevieve, in 1764 ; but the settlements did not flourish 
till the cession of Louisiana to the United States, in 1803. 
In 1804, Missouri was erected into a territorial government, 
and, in 1821, into a state. 

WISCONSIN. 

L Wisconsin, a large country, lying west of the lake 
and state of Michigan, and east of the Mississippi, was 
erected into a territorial government in 1836. 

2. The settlements are found chiefly in the south ; though 
only a small portion of the country is yet settled ; but the 
population is rapidly increasing. 

3. The Mississippi bounds it on the west. Some of the 
principal rivers within it, are the Wisconsin, Chip'peway, 
Cop'permine, St. Croix , and Fox. 

4. The surface of some portions, particularly towards 
the north, is hilly ; but most of the country is level or mod¬ 
erately uneven. It has prairies of vast extent ; and the 
soil of a great portion is very fertile. 

5. A valuable kind of grain called wild rice, or wild oats, 
is found in great abundance in the marshy tracts bordering 
on the lakes and other waters ; and the country contains 
mines of copper, lead, and iron. 

6. Some of the principal towns are Madison, the seat of 
government, Milwaukie, Green Bay, Mineral Point, and 
Prairie du Chien'. 


9. What is said of literary institutions ? 10. What is related of the 

history ? 

Wisconsin. — 1. What is said of Wisconsin? 2. Settlements? 
3. Rivers ? 4. Surface and soil ? 5. Productions ? 6. Towns ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Wisconsin bounded ? 

What lakes does it border upon? What river forms the western 
boundary ? What rivers flow into the Mississippi ? What 
ones flow into lake Michigan ? Into lake Superior? 

How is Green Bay situated? Madison? Milwaukie? Mineral 
Point ? Racine ? Prairie du Chien ? 


8 





80 


IOWA. 


IOWA. 

1. This is a large district of country lying west of the 
Mississippi and north of the state of Missouri, the settle¬ 
ment of which has been but recently commenced. It was 
erected into a territorial government in 1839 ; and it is rap¬ 
idly increasing in population. 

2. The part that is settled comprises the southeast por¬ 
tion, which is a beautiful, fertile, healthy country, mode¬ 
rately uneven, jjiterspersed with timbered lands and prai¬ 
ries. 

3. The Mississippi forms the eastern boundary. Some 
of the rivers within the country are the I'owa, Des Moines , 
and Grand River. 

4. Some of the principal towns are Burlington, the seat 
of government; Dubuque (du-buk'), Montrose', and Fort 
Madison. 

WESTERN OR INDIAN TERRITORY. 

1. This extensive country lies west of Arkansas, Mis¬ 
souri, and Iowa, and east of the Rocky Mountains. 

2. The southern part of this country, which lies to the 
west of the states of Arkansas and Missouri, has been as¬ 
signed by the government of the United States as a perma¬ 
nent abode of various tribes of emigrant Indians. 

3. Some of the principal tribes which have been removed 
to this country from the east of the Mississippi, are the 
Cherokees , Creeks, Choctaws, Chickasaws, and Seminoles. 

4. Besides the tribes of emigrant Indians, there are in 
this region numerous native tribes, some of the principal 
of which are the Sioux (sooz), Blackfeet , Pawnees, Man- 
dans, Minetarees, Crows, and Assinaboins. 

5. The principal rivers are the Missouri, Arkansas, Kon- 
zas, Platte, and Yellowstone. 


Iowa. — 1. What is said of Iowa ? 2. What of the part settled ? 
3. What of the rivers? 4. Towns? 

Western or Indian Territory. —l.How is this country sit¬ 
uated ? 2. What part of it is assigned to emigrant Indians ? 

3. What are the principal emigrant tribes? 4. What native tribes? 
5. Rivers ? 


See Map of the U. S. — How is Iowa situated ? What rivers in 
it flow into the Mississippi? How is Burlington situated ? 
Dubuque ? What other towns on the Mississippi ? 




WESTERN OR INDIAN TERRITORY. 


81 


6. The Rocky Mountains, which extend through the 
western part of this region, are much the highest range in 
the United States. 

7. A considerable portion of this country, particularly 
that bordering on the rivers, has a good soil ; but a great 
part of it consists of barren deserts, destitute of trees, and 
of all kinds of vegetation. 

OREGON. 

1. This is an extensive country, lying between the Rocky 
Mountains and the Pacific Ocean, inhabited by various 
tribes of Indians, and watered by the great river Or'egon 
or Columbia and its branches. 

2. It was explored by the American travellers Lewis and 
Clarke, in 1805 ; and it is claimed both by the United States 
and Great Britain. 

3. In 1811, the establishment of Astoria, on the Oregon, 
was formed by some Americans for the purpose of carrying 
on the fur trade, but it was afterwards sold to the English 
Northwest Fur Company. 

4. The country bordering on the Oregon and its branches 
has a good soil, and is covered with heavy timber, con¬ 
sisting chiefly of various kinds of fir or pine ; but, at a dis¬ 
tance from the ocean, the country is mountainous, destitute 
of trees, and much of it barren. 

5. The climate in the mountainous parts is severe, but 
near the ocean it is much milder than in the same parallels 
of latitude on the Atlantic. 


6. What mountains ? 7. What is said of the country. 

Oregon. — 1. How is Oregon situated ? 2. By whom was it ex¬ 
plored, and by whom is it claimed ? 3. What is said of As¬ 

toria ? 4. Character of the country ? 5. Climate. 


See Map of the U. S. — What are the course and termination of the 
Missouri ? What rivers flow into the Missouri on the east 
side ? On the west side ? 

What is the course of the Arkansas ? Red River? 

Where are Council Bluffs? Mandan Village? The Great Falls 
of the Missouri ? 

See Map of North America. — How is Oregon territory bounded ? 
How is Astoria situated ? What rivers flow into the Oregon ? 
Where is Nootka Sound ? 




82 


TEXAS, 


TEXAS. 

1. This country, which formerly constituted a part of the 
republic of Mexico, but was declared independent in 1836, 
is situated between Louisiana and Mexico, lying north of 
the gulf of Mexico. 

2. The principal rivers are the Trinity , Brassos , Colord'do, 
and Guddaloupe'. 

3. The face of the country towards the gulf of Mexico 
is low and level ; towards the north diversified ; and there 
are extensive prairies. 

4. The climate is represented as generally mild and 
healthful; much of the soil fertile, and well adapted to cot¬ 
ton, sugar-cane, rice, Indian corn, tobacco, indigo, sweet 
potatoes, and, in some parts, wheat and rye. 

5. Most of the inhabitants are emigrants from the United 
States ; but the country is very little inhabited, and there 
are no large towns. 

6. Some of the principal towns are Houston, established 
the seat of government in 1836 ; Goliad , JYacodo'ches, Gal- 
vezton, and Brazoria. 


MEXICO. 


Pyramid of Cholula. 



Texas.— 1 . What is said of Texas P 2. Rivers? 3. Surface? 
4. Climate, soil and productions ? 5. Inhabitants ? 6. Towns? 


See Maps of North America and U. S .—How is Texas situat¬ 
ed ? What rivers are there ? How is Houston situated ? 
Brazoria ? Nacodoches ? Bexar ? 












MEXICO. 


83 


1. Mexico, a country of great extent, and exceedingly 
rich both in mineral and vegetable productions, was for 
three centuries a very important province of Spain ; but it 
is now an independent republic. 

2. Its most remarkable natural feature is its great eleva¬ 
tion. The lands are low on both coasts; and from each 
there is a gradual rise, till the country attains the height of 
from 6,000 to 8,000 feet, when it spreads out into immense 
plains called table land. 

3. The country is traversed by a chain of mountains 
called the Cordille'ras of Mexico, which are regarded as a 
part of the great range which takes the name of the Rocky 
Mountains further north, and that of the Andes in South 
America. 

4. Some of the mountains of this range are volcanic, and 
many of them are always covered with snow. Two of the 
most remarkable summits are the volcanoes Popocatepetl 
and Oriza'ba. 

5. Jorul'lo is a famous volcanic mountain, which burst 
out from a plain, in 1757, and rose to the height of nearly 
1,700 feet. 

6. Mexico suffers, in many parts, for the want of water 
and navigable rivers. The three largest are the Del Nor'te, 
Col-o-ra'do, and Bue-na-ven-tu’ra (bwa-na-ven-too'ra), all of 
which flow through the most uncultivated parts of the 
country, and are therefore of little use to commerce. 

7. Mexico has two remarkable peninsulas, California, in 
the west, which is about 900 miles long, but possesses very 
few inhabitants ; and Yucatan' , in the southeast, which is 
noted for mahogany. 

8. The climate on the coasts is hot and unhealthy ; on 
the table lands, it is generally mild and salubrious ; but on 
the highest of them it is cold, even south of the tropic of 
Cancer. 

9. A large part of the country has a very fertile soil; 
though much of the high table land is barren. 

10. The kind of grain which most abounds in Mexico is 
maize. The agave, which yields a liquor called pulque , is 
extensively cultivated ; also sugar, indigo, tobacco , cotton, 
cochineal , and various kinds of fruit and grain. 

11. Mexico is celebrated for its silver mines, which are 
the richest in the world, and have for a long time produced 


Mexico. — 1. What is said of Mexico? 2. What is its most re¬ 
markable natural feature ? 3. What mountains ? 

4. What is said of the summits? 5. Jorullo? 6. Rivers? 7. 
Peninsulas? 8. Climate? 9. Soil? 10. Productions? 11. 
Mines ? 


8* 




84 


MEXICO. 


annually ten times as much silver as all the mines in Eu¬ 
rope. Some of these mines are regarded as curiosities ; 
and one of them is excavated 8 miles in length, and 1,640 
feet in depth. 

12. Some religious monuments of the ancient Mexicans 
are still to be seen in the country, of which the most cele¬ 
brated is the Pyramid of Cholula. It is constructed of un¬ 
burnt bricks, consisting of four stories or terraces, with a 
base of 1,423 feet broad, and is 177 feet high. 

13. Mexico, the capital, is situated near a lake, in a 
beautiful valley, elevated almost 7,500 feet above the level 
of the ocean, and surrounded by naked and majestic moun¬ 
tains. It is remarkable for the regularity and width of its 
streets, for the splendor of its edifices, and for the largest 
mint in the world. 

14. Pue'bla is a regular and beautiful city, the second in 
population, and is finely situated on a plain, nearly as elevat¬ 
ed as that of Mexico ; Guadalaxd'ra (guad-a-la-ha'ra) and 
Qiieretd'ro are also large and handsome towns. 

15. Guanaxud'to (gwan-a-hwa'to) and Zacate'cas are fa¬ 
mous for their rich silver mines ; and Xald'pa or Jald'pa, 
for giving name to the medicinal root called jalap. 

16. Mexico has but few good harbors ; some of the best 
and most frequented are Ve'ra Cruz' and Tampi'co on the 
gulf of Mexico, and Acapul'co and San Bias on the Pacific 
ocean. Vera Cruz is the port through which most of the 
commerce between Mexico and Europe has been carried 
on. 

17. Less than one quarter of the inhabitants of Mexico 
ar e whites: more than a third consist of subdued Indians , 
and about as many of mixed races. The only religion tolerat¬ 
ed is the Catholic. 


12. What is said of the Pyramid of Cholula? 13. Mexico? 14. 

Puebla, &c.? 15. What other towns, and for what noted? 

16. What is said of the harbors ? 17. Inhabitants ? 


See Map of North America. — How is Mexico bounded? How is 
California situated? Yucatan? The gulf of Mexico? 
Gulf of California? Gulf of Tehuan'tepec ? Campeachy 
bay ? What rivers flow into the gulf of Mexico ? What 
ones into the gulf of California ? What ones into the Pacific 
ocean ? How is Orizaba mountain situated ? What moun¬ 
tains extend north ? In what part of Mexico are most of the 
principal towns ? How is the city of Mexico situated ? 
Puebla? Zacatecas? VeraCruz? Acapulco? Tampico? 
Santa Fe ? San Bias ? Guadalaxara ? Cholula ? Durango ? 
Cinaloa? Guaxaca (gw’a-ha'ca) ? What towns in the neigh¬ 
borhood of Mexico ? 




MEXICO. 


85 


18. In 1521, the Spaniards under Cortez subdued Mexico, 
which was, at that time, under the government of the em¬ 
peror Montezuma ; and, in 1821, the Mexicans declared 
themselves independent of Spain. 

GUATEMALA, or CENTRAL AMERICA. 

L Guatemala consists of a long isthmus, forming the 
southernmost part of North America, and lying between 
the Caribbean sea and the Pacific ocean. It was formerly 
subject to Spain, but was declared independent in 1821 ; 
and it has since been named, from its situation, the Repub¬ 
lic of Central America. 

2. The country is extremely mountainous, and has many 
volcanoes, some of which are liable to frequent eruptions ; 
and it is much subject to earthquakes. 

3. The soil is very fertile ; the productions similar to 
those of Mexico ; and the part of the country bordering on 
the bay of Ho?idu'ras is celebrated for mahogany and log¬ 
wood. 

4. The climate is very various ; on the coast and low coun¬ 
try, hot and unhealthy ; in the elevated parts, agreeable ; 
on the mountains, cold. 

5. The rivers are numerous, and often partake of the na¬ 
ture of torrents, but are not large. — The principal lake is 
that of JYicard'gua. 

6. Guatemala, the capital, is situated near the Pacific 
ocean, and has a good harbor, and some magnificent edi¬ 
fices. 

7. Some of the other principal towns are San Salvador, 
Chiquimu'la, Leon', Cart'd'go, and Chia'pa; also Omo'a, not¬ 
ed as a port. 

8. Balize' is an English settlement on the bay of Hon¬ 
duras, and is noted for its trade in mahogany. 


18. What notice of the history ? 

Guatemala. — 1. What is said of Guatemala ? 2. What is said 
of the country ? 3. Soil? 4. Climate? 

5. What is said of the rivers? 6. The city of Guatemala? 7. 
What other towns ? 8. What of Balize ? 


See Map of North America. — How is Guatemala bounded ? « 
How is the hay of Honduras situated? Lake Nicaragua? The 
Mosquito Shore ? The city of Guatemala? Chiapa? Le¬ 
on ? Omoa ? Balize ? Chiquimula ? San Salvador ? Car- 

tag 0 ? 





86 


WEST INDIES 


WEST INDIES. 

1. The West Indies consist of a long chain of islands* 
lying between North and South America, and extending 
from the coast of Florida to the mouth of the Orinoco ; the 
Bahama Islands being the most northern, and Trinidad 
and Margarita the most southern. 

Tabular View of the Principal West India Islands. 


Name. 

Belonging to 

| Sq. M. 

Pop. 

Chief Towns. 


Bahamas. 



Bahama, ) 





Providence, > 

G. Britain , 

5,500 

19,000 

Nassau. 

Abaco, &c. ) 






Great Antilles. 


Hayti, 

Independ't, 

28,000 

935,000 

Port Republican. 

Cuba, 

Spain. 

50,000 

704,000 

Havannah. 

Porto Rico, 

do. 

4,000 

324,000 

St. Juan. 

Jamaica, 

G. Britain , 

6,400 

350,000 

Kingston. 


Caribbean Islands. 


Martinique, 

France , 

370 

120,000 

St. Pierre. 

Guadaloupe, 

do.' 

675 

120,000 

Basse Terre. 

Mariegalante, 

do. 

90 

12,000 

Basse Terre. 

Barbadoes, 

G. Britain , 

166 

103,000 

Bridgetown. 

Trinidad, 

do. 

1,700 

45,000 

Port of Spain. 

Antigua, 

do. 

93 

35,000 

St. John’s. 

Grenada, 

do. 

110 

28,000 

St. George. 

St. Vincent, 

do. 

130 

27,000 

Kingston. 

St. Christopher’s, 

do. 

70 

25,000 

Basse Terre. 

Dominica, 

do. 

29 

19,000 

Roseau. 

St Lucia, 

do. 

225 

18,000 

Carenage. 

Tobago, 

do. 

140 

15,000 

Scarborough. 

Nevis, 

do. 

20 

11,000 

Charlestown. 

Montserrat, 

do. 

78 

8,000 

Plymouth. 

Tortola, 

do. 

90 

7,000 

Road Harbor. 

Anguilla, 

do. 

30 

3,000 


Santa Cruz, 

Denmark , 

100 

34,000 

Christiansladt. 

St. Thomas, 

do. 

40 

11,000 


St. John’s, 

do. 




St. Eustatia, 

Holland, 

22 

12,000 

The Bay. 

Curatjoa, 

do. 

600 

12,000 

Williamstadt. 

St. Martin, 

do. 

90 

6,000 


St. Bartholomew, 

Siceden, 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia. 

Margarita, 

Venezuela , 

350 

15,000 

Ascension. 


West Indies. -*-l. What is said of the West Indies ? 

























WEST INDIES. 


87 


2. These islands form the part of America that was first 
discovered by Columbus ; and they were named by him the 
West Indies, because he supposed they were connected with 
India, in the southeast of Asia. 

S. The West Indies comprise several groups of islands, 
namely, the Baha'mas, the Great Antilles and the Caribbean 
Islands. Of the Caribbees, Martinique, and all to the south 
of it, are called Windward Islands; and Domini'ca and all 
that lie between it and Porto Rico are called Leeward Is¬ 
lands ; and a part of these lying to the east of Porto Rico, 
are also called Virgin Islands. 

4. I hese islands, with the exception of Hay'ti which is 
independent, and Margari'ta which belongs to Venezuela, 
are owned by different European states, chiefly by Great 
Britain, Spain, and France. 

5. The four Great Antilles, namely, Cu'ba, Hay'ti, Jamai'- 
ca, and Por'to Ri'co, are the largest alid most important. 
Some of the most considerable of the Caribbee Isles, are 
Guiidaluupe', Martinique', or Martinico, and Barba'does. 

6. The Bahama Islands are numerous, but not very im¬ 
portant. One of them, now called Cat Island, is noted for 
being the first land in America that was seen by Columbus. 

7. The West Indies have been heretofore a great mart for 
that disgraceful traffic, the slave trade ; and as many as 
four fifths of the inhabitants are blacks, who were, till re¬ 
cently, most of them slaves ; but the slaves in the British 
islands, and in British Guiana, amounting to upwards of 
800,000, have been recently liberated. 

8. The surface of the West India Islands, in the interior, 
is generally mountainous ; but there are numerous rich and 
beautiful valleys. The soil of most of them is very fertile. 

9. These islands lie chiefly within the tropic of Cancer, 
and have a climate which is apt to prove fatal to northern 
constitutions. There are but two seasons, the wet and the 
dry; and in August and September, tremendous hurricanes 
are common. 


2. What of their discovery and name ? 3. What groups of islands 
do they comprise ? 4. What is their political condition ? 

5. What are some of the most important islands ? 6. What is said 
of the Bahamas ? 7. What is said of the inhabitants of the 

West India islands ? 8. Surface and soil ? 

9. What is said of the Climate ? 


Tabular View. — Which are the Bahama Islands? The An¬ 
tilles ? The Caribbean ? To whom dg the Bahamas belong ? 
The Antilles ? Which of the Caribbean islands belong to 
France ? Great Britain, &c. ? s ■ • 





88 


WEST INDIES. 


10. The exports are very valuable, and consist of sugar , 
rum , coffee , indigo , cotton , tobacco, and various other tropical 
productions. 

11. Cuba, the largest and most important of the West 
India islands, has a fertile soil, and among its productions 
are tobacco , esteemed the best in America, also sugar and 
coffee. 

12. Havan'nah or Havan'a , the capital of Cuba, is the 
largest and most commercial city in the West Indies, and 
is celebrated for its admirable harbor. 

13. Hayti was formerly called Hispanio'la and St. Domin’- 
go , and was divided between France and Spain. It is a 
very fertile island, and next to Cuba in size. Here the 
first European colony in America was established by Co¬ 
lumbus ; and here also the first independent state formed 
by African slaves, has been founded. 

14. The principal towns of Hayti are Port Republican , 
Cape Hay'tien , and St. Domingo. 

15. Kingston , in Jamaica, is the largest and most com¬ 
mercial town in the British islands ; as is St. Pieire (peer), 
in Martinique, of the French islands. 


10. What is said of its exports ? 11. Cuba? 12. Havannah? 13. 

Hayti? 14. What are the principal towns? 15. What are 
the principal towns of the English and French islands? 


See Map of North America .— Where are the Bahama islands? 
The Caribbee islands? Cuba? Jamaica? Hayti or St. 
Domingo? Porto Rico? Trinidad? Guadaloupe? Bar- 
badoes ? Martinique ? How is Havannah situated ? Kings¬ 
ton ? Cape Haytien ? Port au Prince ? What other towns 
on Hayti ? What ones on Cuba ? 




SOUTH AMERICA. 


89 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


Chimborazo . 



1. South America may be regarded as a vast peninsula ; 
and it is a highly favored part of the globe, compared with 
the other great divisions, as it respects the salubrity of its 
climate, the fertility of its soil, and the value of its natural 
productions. 

2. But little has been done to turn to good account its 
vast natural resources, as it is very thinly peopled, and the 
most of it uncultivated ; and there is, in all parts, a great 
want of works of internal improvement, such as roads, 
bridges, and canals. 

3. The western part consists chiefly of elevated table 
land, crowned by chains of majestic mountains ; to the east 
of this high land, there is an expanse of country, two or 
three times as broad, composed of marshy and sandy 
plains ; and still further east, there is another elevated re¬ 
gion extending nearly to the Atlantic coast, but not so high 
as that in the west. 


South America. — 1. What is said of South America? 

2. What is its state of improvement ? 3. What is said of the surface. 















90 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


4. The most striking natural features of South America 
consist in its mountains and rivers. It differs from the north¬ 
ern part of the continent, in being but little indented with 
inland seas and gulfs, and in having few large lakes. 

5. The Andes are an immense chain of mountains run¬ 
ning throughout South America, at a distance varying from 
60 to 150 miles from the western coast ; and they have 
been seen at sea at the distance of 180 miles from the 
shore. They are composed, in great part, of porphyry, 
and abound in precious metals. 

6. They are the most elevated mountains on this conti¬ 
nent, and have a considerable number of summits that are 
volcanic, and a great many that are always covered with 
snow. They abound in natural wonders, such as stupendous 
precipices, impetuous torrents, picturesque cataracts, and 
frightful chasms. The torrents and chasms are often cross¬ 
ed by rope bridges. 

I. The highest summits have an aspect of unrivalled sub¬ 
limity, their elevation carrying them above the region of 
the clouds ; and below their snowy tops the storm is seen 
to burst; and the exploring traveller hears the thunder roll, 
and sees the lightning dart beneath his feet. 

8. Between the different ridges there are extensive plains 
of great fertility and beauty, well cultivated and populous. 

9. The three great rivers of South America are the Am'- 
azon, La Pld'ta, and Orino'co. These rivers, with ^their 
tributaries, water most of South America. 

10. The Amazon, called also the Mar'anon and Orelld'na, 
is the largest river in the world ; and some of its tributaries 
are equal in length and size to the largest rivers in Europe. 
It is upwards of 4,000 miles long, and 180 miles wide at its 
mouth ; and the tide flows up more than 500 miles. It is 
navigable, to the junction of the Ucay'a-le with the Tungu- 
ra'gua, for vessels of 400 tons. 

II. The La Plata, together with the Parana', its princi¬ 
pal branch, is about 3,000 miles long, and 30 miles wide at 
Buenos Ayres, 200 miles above its entrance into the ocean ; 
and it is navigable throughout the greater part of its course. 

12. The Orinoco, which is much inferior to the other 
two, is about 1,800 miles long, and navigable 700. A 
water communication is formed between this river and the 
Amazon by the Cassiquid'ri and the Negro. 

4. What are the most striking features? 5. What is said of the 
Andes ? 6. What is said of their elevation, &c. ? 

7. What of the highest summits ? 8. What is found between the 
different ridges ? 9. What are the three great rivers ? 

10. What is said of the Amazon? 11. The La Plata? 12. The 
Orinoco ? 



SOUTH AMERICA. 


91 


13. Some of the principal islands are Ter'ra del Fue'go , 
the Falkland Islands, and the island of Chilo'e. 

14. The climate in the south is cold; in other parts, on 
the low plains, it is hot, and in many places unhealthy ; on 
the elevated plains, it is salubrious and delightful, free from 
great heat in summer and from severe cold in winter. 

15. Many parts of South America are extremely subject 
to earthquakes, and for the sake of greater security, the 
houses, in these parts, are commonly built with only one 
story. 

16. South America abounds in valuable productions ; 
some of those for which it is most celebrated are gold, sil¬ 
ver, platina, mercury, diamonds, and cinchona or Peruvian 
hark. 

17. The Andes are a great nursery of birds. Among 
these the condor is the most remarkable, and is reputed the 
largest bird that has the faculty of flying in the air. Its 
wings, when extended, measure from 12 to 16 feet; and it 
soars to the height of more than 20,000 feet. 

18. The inhabitants of South America consist of various 
races, as whites, civilized or subdued Indians, negroes, mes¬ 
tizoes, mulattoes, samboes, and independent Indians. The 
mestizoes are descendants of the wnites and Indians ; the 
samboes, of the Indians and negroes. The whites are 
mostly of Spanish and Portuguese descent, and of the Cath¬ 
olic religion. 

19. In all the countries in America that were colonized 
by the Spaniards, the white inhabitants are divided into 
two classes ; the first, those born in Spain, who are called 
Chapetones ; the second, those born in America, who are 
called Creoles. 

20. The independent Indians inhabit Patagonia and the 
interior parts of the continent. 

21. The most of South America was, till within a few 
years past, in the possession of Spain and Portugal; but 
all the countries which belonged to these two European 
states, have become independent ; and all the Spanish prov¬ 
inces have established republican forms of government, but 
have suffered much by political contention and disorder. 
The only colonies now remaining are those in Guiana , be¬ 
longing to the English, Dutch, and French. 

13. What islands ? 14. What is the climate ? 

15. What is said respecting earthquakes ? 16. Productions? 

17. What is said respecting birds ? 18. Inhabitants? 

19. How are the whites in Spanish America divided ? 20. Where 
are the independent Indians? 21. What is said of the politi¬ 
cal condition of South America ? 

9 




92 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


22. South America comprises the following countries; 
namely, New Grenada, Venezuela, Equator, and Guid'na 
(ge-a'na), in the north ; Brazil', in the east ; the United 
Provinces of La Plata, Paraguay, and Uruguay , in the 
southeast; Patago'niu, in the south; and Chili (che'le), 
Boliv'ia , and Peru', in the west. 

COLOMBIA. 

1. The republic of Colombia, which comprised all the 
northwestern part of South America, was formed, in 1819, 
by the union of New Grenada and Venezuela (ven-e- 
zwa'la), which had previously been provinces of Spain. 

2. This extensive republic was, for several years, under 
the government of Simon BolPvar, the celebrated South 
American general. 

3. Since 1831, it has been divided into three republics, 
New Grenada, Venezuela, and Equator. 


22. What countries does it comprise ? 

Colombia. — 1. What is said of Colombia? 2. By whom was 
it governed ? 3. What republics have been formed from it ? 


See Map of South America. — What ocean lies on the east of South 
America ? What ocean on the west ? What sea on the 
north? What is the most northern cape of South America? 
What the most eastern ? Southern ? Western ? 

What island lies at the south extremity of South America ? 

What island at the northeast of Terra del Fuego ? 

What strait separates Terra del Fuego from Patagonia? Where is 
the island of Chiloe ? Masafuero and Juan Fernandez? 

What islands on the north of Venezuela? W T hat mountains ex¬ 
tend the whole length of South America, towards the west 
side ? Where does the Rio de La Plata empty ? What are 
its principal branches ? 

What countries does South America include ? 

In what country do the Paraguay, Parana, and Uruguay rise ? 

Where does the Amazon empty ? What are some of its principal 
branches ? 

Where does the Orinoco empty ? The Magdalena ? 

What country lies in the north of South America? What one in 
the south ? What countries in the west? In the east? 

What countries lie chiefly between the equator and the tropic of 
Capricorn ? What countries lie south of the tropic of Capri¬ 
corn ? What north of the equator? How is New Grenada 
bounded? Venezuela? Equator? How English, Dutch, 
and French Guiana ? Brazil? Peru? Bolivia? The United 
Provinces? Paraguay ? Uruguay? Chili? Patagonia? 




NEW GRENADA. 


93 


NEW GRENADA. 

1. The republic of New Grenada consists of what was 
formerly the Spanish viceroyalty of the same name, and 
comprises the northwest part of South America, embracing 
the isthmus of Panama' or Darien. 

2. The face of the country is greatly diversified by low 
and elevated plains and stupendous mountains. 

3. The principal river is the Magdale'na , which is navi¬ 
gable to Honda, 700 miles. 

4. The cataract of Tequendama ', on the river Bogota', 15 
miles from the city of Bogota, is one of the most extraordi¬ 
nary in the world. The water rushes down a perpendicu¬ 
lar rock, at two bounds, from the height of 574 feet. 

5. The climate on the coast and low plains is very hot, 
and in many parts unhealthy ; on the elevated plains, mild 
throughout the year. 

6. Much of the soil is fertile, producing grain, cotton, 
cocoa, coffee, sugar, cinchona, and various fruits. 

7. The mountains are rich in gold and silver ; and have 
also mines ofplatina, copper, lead, and emeralds. 

8. Bogota', or Santa Fe de Bogota', the capital, is a 
well built city, situated on one of the elevated fertile plains 
of the country, and is 8,700 feet above the level of the sea. 

9. Popayan', is a handsome town in the interior ; and 
Carthage'na, Panama 1 , and Buenaventvlra are some of the 
principal seaports. 

VENEZUELA. 

1. The republic of Venezuela comprises the country 
which was formerly a Spanish province, known by the 
name of the Captain-generalship of Caraccas. 

2. The country is watered by the great river Orino'co 


New Grenada. — 1. Of what does New Grenada consist? 

2. What is said of the face of the country ? 3. The Magdalena ? 
4. The cataract of Tequendama ? 5. Climate ? 6. Soil and 

productions? 7. Minerals? 8. Bogota? 

9. What other towns ? 

Venezuela. — 1. What does Venezuela comprise ? 

2. By what is it watered ? 


See Map of South America. — How is New Grenada bounded? 
How is the bay of Panama situated ? The gulf of Darien ? 

What is the course of the Magdalena? How is Santa Fe de Bogota 
situated ? Panama ? Carthagena ? Buenaventura ? Po¬ 
payan ? Porto Bello ? Pamplona ? Honda ? 




VENEZUELA. 


94 

and its branches ; and it includes the large lake of Mara- 

caU'bo. . . , . 

3. Some portion of the country is mountainous ; but tne 
general character of it is that of a plain of immense extent. 

4. The climate is hot, and the productions such as belong 
to a tropical region. Some of the principal are cocoa, reck¬ 
oned the best in the world, cotton, sugar, coffee, and tobac¬ 
co ; also cattle, horses, and mules. 

5. C arac 'c as, the capital, is a considerable city, but has 
suffered much by earthquakes. La Guay'ra. its port, is 

7 miles distant. _ , 

6. Some of the other principal towns are Maracay'bo , 

Valen'cia, Cumand', and St. Thomas. 

EQUATOR. 

Cotopaxi. 



3. What is said of the surface ? 4. Climate and productions ? 
5. Capital ? 6. What other towns ? 


See Map of South America. — How is Venezuela bounded ? By 
what river is it watered ? What are some of the tributaries 
of the Orinoco ? How is lake Maracaybo situated ? Carac- 
cas ? La Guayra ? Curnana ? Maracaybo ? Valencia ? 
St. Thomas? Varinas? What towns on the coast? What 
one in the interior ? 





EQUATOR. 


95 


1. This new republic, which comprises the country which 
was once known by the name of the Spanish Presidency of 
Quito, is intersected by the equator, and derives its present 
name from its situation. 

2. It includes the most celebrated summits of the Andes, 
among which are Chimbord'zo and Cotopax'i ; and, though 
situated in the middle of the torrid zone, many of its moun¬ 
tains are always covered with snow, and its elevated plains 
enjoy a mild climate throughout the year. 

3. Chimbord'zo , a little more than 4 miles high, was as¬ 
cended by Humboldt to the height of 19,300 feet, supposed 
to be a greater elevation than was ever before attained by 
man. This mountain has heretofore been considered the 
highest mountain in America, but some summits further 
south have been found to be more elevated. 

4. Cotopaxi , the most tremendous volcano in the world, 
rises in a regular and beautiful cone. It sometimes sends 
up its burning entrails nearly 3,000 feet above its summit ; 
and its roarings are said to have been heard at Honda, 600 
miles distant. 

5. Quito (ke'to), the capital, is remarkable for its great 
elevation, being situated on the skirt of the volcanic moun¬ 
tain Pinchincha, 9,500 feet above the level of the sea. It is 
one of the largest cities in South America, and has many 
magnificent edifices. 

6. Guay'aquil (gwl'a-keel), is the principal port; and 
Cuenca (kwen'sa) and Riobam'ba are considerable towns in 
the interior. 

GUIANA. 

1. The name of Guiii'na (ghe-a'na) was formerly applied 
to a large country extending from the Orinoco on the north, 
to the Amazon on the south ; but Spanish Guiana now 
forms a part of Venezuela, and Portuguese Guiana a part 
of Brazil. The rest of the country belongs to the English , 
Dutch , and French. 


Equator. — 1. What does Equator comprise, and by what is it in¬ 
tersected ? 2. What is said of the country ? 3. Chimborazo ? 
4. Cotopaxi? 5. Quito? 6. What other towns ? 

Guiana. — 1. What is said of Guiana? 


See Map of South America. — How is Equator bounded ? 

On which side of the equator does most of it lie ? What rivers rise 
from its mountains ? How are Chimborazo and Cotopaxi 
situated? Quito? Guayaquil? Cuemja? 

What towns on the coast ? What ones in the interior ? 

9* 




96 


GUIANA. 


2. The surface is generally very level; the climate hot 
and unhealthy ; the soil very fertile. 

3. The productions are similar to those of the West In¬ 
dies, and consist chiefly of sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, 
maize, and indigo. 

4. English Guiana contains three small colonies, name¬ 
ly, Essequi'bo, Demard'ra, and Berbice'. The principal 
town is Std'brbek. 

5. Dutch Guiana, is also called Surinam', from the prin¬ 
cipal river by which it is watered. The capital is Para¬ 
maribo, which is a very pleasant town, situated on the 
Surinam. 

6. French Guiana is also called Cay-enne' , and is noted 
for the production of Cayenne pepper. Cay-enne', the 
chief town, is situated on an island. 

PERU. 

Silver Mines. 



2. What of the surface, climate, and soil ? 3. Productions ? 

4. What is said of English Guiana? 5. Dutch Guiana? C. French 
Guiana ? 


See Map of South America. — How is English Guiana situated ? 
Essequibo ? Demarara? Berbice? Stabroek ? 

IIow is Dutch Guiana situated ? What river intersects it ? 

How is Paramaribo situated? How is French Guiana situated? 
Cayenne ? 













PERU. 


97 


1. Peru, before its conquest by the Spaniards, was the 
seat of the celebrated empire of the Incas, famous for its 
civilization, and for its abundance of the precious metals ; 
but the most valuable silver mines have been detached 
from the country, which now retains the name of Peru. 

2. The country lying between the Andes and the Pacific 
ocean, is called Low Peru , and consists chiefly of sandy 
deserts and plains, having no vegetation except on the bor¬ 
ders of the rivers; and much of it has little or no rain. 

3. High Peru, which lies to the east of Low Peru, is 
composed of lofty mountains, interspersed with fertile val¬ 
leys and plains. 

4. Peru, like other countries in South America, is very 
thinly peopled, and suffers for want of roads, bridges, and 
canals ; and goods are transported on the backs of mules 
and lamas. 

5. Some of the most noted productions are gold, silver, 
mercury, and cinchona or JesuiVs hark. 

6. Lima (le'ma), the capital, 7 miles from Calld'o, its 
port, was formerly a city of great opulence and splendor ; 
but it is now much reduced. 

7. Cuz'co, formerly the seat of the empire of the Incas, is 
still a large town, and contains monuments of its former 
splendor. 

8. Some of the other principal towns are Arequi'pa and 
Guaman'ga; also Guan'ca Vel'ica, more than 12,000 feet high, 
and noted for mines of quicksilver ; and Ayacu'cho, for a 
celebrated battle. 


BOLIVIA. 

1. This country, which once formed a part of Peru and 
afterwards a part of Buenos Ayres, was, in 1825, formed 


Peru. — 1. What is said of Peru ? 2. What is said of Low Pe¬ 
ru ? 3. High Peru ? 4. What of the condition of the coun¬ 
try P 5. Noted productions ? 6. What is said of Lima? 7. 

Cuzco ? 8. What other towns ? 

Bolivia. — 1. What is said of the formation of the republic of 
Bolivia ? 


See Map of South America. — How is Peru bounded ? What riv¬ 
ers rise in it? What mountains are there? How is Lima 
situated? Cuzco? Arequipa? Callao? Guamanga ? Guan- 
caVelica? Caxamarca? Ayacucho? What towns on the 
coast south of Lima ? What ones north ? 




98 


BOLIVIA. 


into an independent republic, and named Bolivia, in honor 
of General Bolivar. 

2; It is mostly an elevated and mountainous country, 
containing stupendous summits of the Andes, some of 
which, according to recent measurements, are higher than 
Chimborazo. 

3. Bolivia contains rich silver mines, the most celebrated 
of which are those of Potosi, which were formerly the 
most productive mines in America. 

4. Some of the principal towns are La Pla'ta or Chu- 
q.uisa'ca (chu-ke-sa'ka), the capital ; Potosi, famous for its 
silver mines and great elevation ; La Paz and Cochabam'ba , 
large towns ; and Cobi'ja, the only port. 

BRAZIL. 

Diamond Washing. 



L Brazil is one of the largest empires in the world in ex- 


2. What of the country ? 3. Mines? 4. Towns? 
Brazil. — 1. What does Brazil comprise ? 


See Map of South America. — How is Bolivia bounded ? What 
rivers rise in it? Where is lake Titicaca? What part of 
Bolivia borders on the ocean ? How is Chuquisaca situated ? 
Potosi? Cochabamba? La Paz ? Cobiia? Charcas 5 Oro- 
pesa ? 





































BRAZIL. 


99 


tent of territory, comprising the eastern and central parts 
of South America ; but the greater portion of it is unin¬ 
habited except by Indians. 

2. it has a great variety of surface, soil, and climate ; 
comprising mountainous regions and plains of vast extent, 
some of them barren, and others very fertile ; and its natu¬ 
ral resources are great. 

3. It has an abundance of valuable productions, as cotton , 
sugar, coffee, grain, tobacco, an d fruits; also gold and diamonds. 
Great numbers of cattle are raised, and the forests abound in 
valuable timber. 

4. Some of the great rivers are the Amazon, Madeira, 
Topa'jos, Xin'gu, St. Francis'co, Paraguay', and Parana. 

5. Ri o Janeiro, the capital, has an excellent harbor, 
and is the most populous and commercial city in South 
America. 

6. St. Salvador or Bdh'ia, and Pernambu'co, are large sea¬ 
port towns, and have an extensive commerce. 

7. Cuy&'ba, Villa Rica, and Villa Boa, in the interior, are 
noted for gold mines ; Teju'co, for the most celebrated dia*- 
mond mines in America. 

UNITED PROVINCES. 

1. This country once formed the Spanish Viceroyalty of 
Rio de la Plata. In 1816 it was declared independent, and 
assumed the name of the United Provinces of South America, 
in 1825, the United Provinces of Ln Plata, and, in 1826, the 
Argentine Republic ; it is also often called Buenos Ayres 
(bwa'nos-a'e-rez), from the name of the chief city. 

2. It is watered by the great river La Plata and its bran¬ 
ches, the two principal of which are the Paraguay 1 and 
Parana!. 


2. What is said of the country? 3. Productions? 4. Rivers? 
5. Rio Janeiro? 6. What other towns? 

United Provinces. — 1. By what name has this country been 
known ? 2. By what is it watered ? 4 


See Map of South America. — How is Brazil bounded ? On which 
side of the equator is the most of it ? What part is in the 
Southern temperate zone? What are the course and termi¬ 
nation of the Amazon ? What rivers flow into the Amazon on 
the north side ? What ones on the south side? What riv¬ 
ers in the south part of Brazil? What rivers of Brazil flow 
into the Atlantic ? How is Rio Janeiro situated ? St. Salva¬ 
dor? Pernambuco? Maranham? Para? Tejuco? Villa Boa? 
Villa Rica? Cuyaba? What towns on the coast north of 
St. Salvador? What ones south ? 




100 


UNITED PROVINCES. 


3. The northern and western parts are mountainous ; but 
the country is mostly a plain, and a great portion of it is 
formed of the immense basin or valley of the La Plata, and 
much of the portion bordering on the river is liable to in¬ 
undation. 

4. In the southern parts are found immense Pampas or 
plains , which are more than 1000 miles long and 500 broad. 
They resemble the prairies of North America, and are 
destitute of trees, and covered with high grass, which af¬ 
fords pasture to vast numbers of cattle and wild horses. 

5. The climate is various but generally healthy ; much of 
the soil very fertile, but little cultivated ; and the country 
abounds in cattle, horses, and mules, and in mines of gold, 
silver, copper, and lead. 

6. Buenos Ayres, the capital, and much the largest city, 
is the outlet of almost all the commerce of the country, but 
the navigation to it is difficult. It derives its name from 
the salubrity of its climate. 

7. Some of the other principal towns are St. Juan , Men- 
do'za , and Cordova. 

PARAGUAY AND URUGUAY. 

1. These are two small republics formed within a few 
years from territories which formerly belonged to the Unit¬ 
ed Provinces. 

2. Paraguay, which lies between the rivers Paraguay 
and Parana, is generally a very level and fertile country, 
abounding in various productions ; but famous especially 
for the small plant called matte or Paraguay tea, which is 
used very extensively in South America, as the tea of Chi¬ 
na is with us. 


3. What is said of the surface of the country ? 4. Pampas ? 5. 
Climate, soil, and productions? 6. Buenos Ayres? 7. 
What other towns ? 

Paraguay and Uruguay. — 1. Of what are these republics form¬ 
ed ? 2. What is said of Paraguay ? 


See Map of South America. — How are the United Provinces 
bounded? What are the two principal branches of the La 
Plata? Where do they unite? W T hat rivers flow into the 
Parana? What rivers southwest of the La Plata? What 
is the course of the Uruguay? Where are the Pampas? 

How is the country of Paraguay bounded? Uruguay? How is 
Buenos Ayres situated ? Cordova? St. Juan ? Mendoza? 
Assumption? Monte Video? Maldonado? What towns 
on the west towards Chili ? What towns in the north ? 




PARAGUAY AND URUGUAY. 


101 


8. Assumption, the capital of Paraguay, is a considerable 
town, on the river Paraguay, 1200 miles above Buenos 
Ayres. 

4. Uruguay, formerly called Banda Oriental , is a fertile 

and healthy country, situated between the river Uruguav 
and the Atlantic ocean. e J 

5. Monte Video, the capital of Uruguay, is situated on 
the La Plata, and has the best harbor on the river, and 
considerable commerce. 


CHILI. 

1. Chili (che'le) is a long and comparative!v narrow 
country, lying chiefly between the Andes and the Pacific 
ocean. 

2. Its general aspect is that of an inclined plane, rising 
gradually from the Pacific ocean to the Andes , which extend 
along the eastern side, presenting many elevated summits, 
some of which are volcanoes. 

3. The country is watered by numerous small rivers , 
which descend, with rapid currents, from the mountains to 
the ocean. 

4. The climate is generally very healthy and pleasant; 
though in the northern part, in the country bordering on the 
coast, rain seldom or never falls. 

5. Much of the soil is very fertile, and the country 
abounds in vegetable 'productions and in cattle , and has also 
rich mines. 

6. The Araucanians, a celebrated tribe of independent 
Indians, possess a large tract of country in the southern 
part of Chili. 

7. The most considerable island is that of Chilo'e. — Ju¬ 
an' Fernan'dez, a desert island off the coast of Chili, is fa¬ 
mous for the lonely residence of Alexander Selkirk, a Scotch 
sailor ; a circumstance which gave rise to the celebrated ro¬ 
mance of Robinson Crusoe. 

8. Santia'go or St. Ja'go, the capital of Chili, is situated 
on a beautiful plain, about 90 miles from Valparaiso, and 
its houses are built of unburnt bricks. 

9. Some of the other principal towns are Valparaiso, 


3. What is said of Assumption? 4. What is said of Uruguay ? 
5. Monte Video? 

Chili. — What is said of Chili ? 2. What is said of the aspect 
of the country ? 3. What is said of the rivers ? 4. Climate? 
5. Soil? 6. The Araucanians? 7. Islands? 8. Santiago? 

9. What other towns ? 



102 


CHILI. 


the most frequented port, Conception, Valdivia, and Coquim'- 
bo. 


PATAGONIA. 

1. Patagonia, a large country, comprising the southern 
parts of South America, is cold, uncultivated, and of dieary 
aspect, the western part being mountainous, and the east¬ 
ern having extensive plains. , 

2 It is entirely in the possession of native Indians, who 
are represented as of large stature, abounding in horses, and 

being excellent horsemen. . . . 

3. Tedra del Fue'go, separated from Patagonia by the 
straits of Magellan, is a large dreary island, having its moun¬ 
tains always covered with snow. 


See Map of South America. — How is Chili bounded ? In what 
zone is it? How is the island of Chiloe situated ? Juan Fer¬ 
nandez? The Araucanians ? Santiago? Valparaiso? Con¬ 
ception? Coquimbo? Valdivia? What towns north of 
Santiago ? What ones south ? 

Patagonia. —1. What is said of Patagonia? 2. Inhabitants? 
3. Terra del Fuego ? 

See Map of South America. — How is Patagonia bounded ? What 
gulfs on the west side ? What bays on the east? How is 
Terra del Fuego situated ? The Falkland Islands ? Where 
is the strait of Magellan ? What rivers in Patagonia ? 




y 

EUROPE. 


1. Europe, though much the smallest of the four quarters 
of the globe, is far the most important and powerful ; and 
it governs a great part of the others. 

2. It lies almost wholly within the northern temperate 
zone, and is distinguished for the excellence of its climate, 
its useful productions, its commercial enterprise, its mili¬ 
tary power, and its civilization, science, and literature. 

8. Europe contains the following countries, namely, Lap- 
land, Norway, Sweden, and Russia, in the north ; Great 
Britain, France, Netherlands (Holland and Belgium ), Den¬ 
mark, Poland, Prussia, Germany, Austria, Hungary, and 
Switzerland, in the middle ; Portugal, Spain, Italy, Tur¬ 
key, and Greece, in the south. 

4. The political divisions of Europe are the three empires 
of Russia, Austria, and Turkey ; the 16 kingdoms of Sioe- 
den, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Great Britain, Prussia, 
Hanover, Saxony , Bavaria, Wurtemberg, France, Spain, 
Portugal, Sardinia, Two Sicilies, and Greece; and 41 
other states, mostly very small, republics, duchies, princi¬ 
palities, &c. 

5. The five most powerful states of Europe, called the 
Great Powers, are Russia, Great Britain, France, Austria, 
and Prussia. The nations most distinguished in science 
and literature, are the British, French, and Germans. 

6. The established or prevailing religion of all Europe, 
with the exception of Turkey, is Christianity. The Prot¬ 
estant religion prevails in the north ; and the Roman Cath¬ 
olic in the south. The Greek Church is the religion of 
Russia, Greece, and of the Christian inhabitants of Tur¬ 
key. The Turks are Mahometans. Jews, are found in 
almost all parts, but especially in Poland. 

7. The six principal ranges of mountains are the Alps, 
the Pyrenees, the Apennines, the Carpathian, Dofrejield, 
and tfra'lian mountains. 


Europe. — 1. What is said of Europe ? 2. For what is it distin¬ 
guished ? 3. What countries does it contain ? 

4. What are the political divisions ? 

5. Which are the most powerful states, and which nations are most 

distinguished for literature ? 6. What is the religion of 

Europe ? 7. What mountains ? 

10 




104 


EUROPE. 


8. The Alps, which separate France, Switzerland, and 
Germany, from Italy, are the most elevated range of moun¬ 
tains in Europe, and have many summits which are always 
covered with snow ; and the elevated valleys abound in 
magnificent glaciers. The two highest summits are Mont 
Blanc and Mont Rosa. 

9. The Pyrenees divide France from Spain ; the Apen¬ 
nines extend through Italy ; the Carpathian Mountains lie 
on the north and east of Hungary ; the Dofrejield or Dof- 
rine Mountains are between Norway and Sweden ; and the 
Uralian Mountains are in Russia, between Europe and 
Asia. 

10. The four celebrated volcanoes in Europe, are Et'na , 
in Sicily ; Vesu'vius , near the city of Naples ; Strom'boli, 
on one of the Lip'ari islands, and Hec'la , in Iceland. 

11. The seven most noted capes are North Cape , the 
Naze, Cape Clear, Cape Finisterre ', Cape Or'tegal , Cape St. 
Vin'cent , and Cape Matapan'. 

12. Some of the most important islands are Great Brit¬ 
ain, Ire'land, and Ice'land, in the Atlantic ; Sicily, Sar¬ 
dinia, Corsica, and Can'dia, in the Mediterranean. 

13. Europe is much indented by seas and gulfs, which 
afford great facilities for commerce. The principal seas 
are the Mediterranean, Archipelago, Mar'mora, Black, 
Azof, North, Bdl'tic, and White seas. 

14. The Mediterranean, which is 2,000 miles long, is the 
largest and most celebrated sea in the world, and is sur¬ 
rounded by countries that have always been famous in his¬ 
tory. The eastern coasts of it are styled the Levant'. 

15. The three largest gulfs are those of Venice, Fin¬ 
land, and Both'nia ; and the only large bay is that of 
Bis'cay. 

16 . The most considerable lakes are Lado'ga, One'ga , 
and Peipus, in Russia ; Wen'ner and Wet'ter , in Sweden ; 
Gene'va and* Con'stance, in Switzerland and on its borders. 

17. The three most important rivers are the Vol'ga, 
Dan'ube , and Rhine. 

18. The Volga, the largest river in Europe, is upwards of 
2,000 miles in length. It has its whole course in Russia, and 
flows into the Caspian sea, by several mouths. It is navi¬ 
gable to Tver, and is connected with the Neva by a canal, 
thus forming a communication between the Caspian and 


8. What is said of the Alps ? 9. Where are the other mountains? 
10. What are the volcanoes? 11. Capes? 12. Islands? 13. Seas? 
14. What is said of the Mediterranean ? 15. What are the gulfs ? 
16. Lakes? 17. Rivers? 18. What is said of the Volga ? 



EUROPE. 


105 


Baltic seas ; and also with the northern Dwina, forming a 
communication with the Arctic ocean. 

19. The Danube , which, though not so long as the Volga, 
has a greater volume of water, rises in the neighborhood 
of lake Constance, and flows into the Black sea. It has a 
rapid current, and is of but little importance with respect to 
foreign commerce. 

20. The Rhine, though much smaller than the Danube, 
is superior to it in sublime scenery, and in its importance 
to commerce. It rises in the Alps, flows into the North 
sea, in Holland, and is navigable to the Falls of Schaffhau- 
sen , in Switzerland. Great quantities of timber are con¬ 
veyed down the Rhine, from the upper parts of Germany 
to Dort, in Holland. 


19. What is said of the Danube ? 20. The Rhine ? 


See Map of Europe. — What countries lie in the north of Europe ? 
What ones in the south ? In the east? In the west? 

What ones in the central parts ? What islands are west of Europe ? 

What ones in the Baltic ? In the Mediterranean ? 

What seas lie in and about Europe ? Where is the gulf of Both¬ 
nia ? The gulf of Finland ? The gulf of Riga ? The gulf 
of Venice? The gulf of Tarento ? The Archipelago ? The 
Bay of Biscay ? 

Where are the Straits of Gibraltar ? The British Channel ? St. 

George’s Channel ? The Skager Rack ? Cattegat ? 

Where is North Cape? The Naze ? Cape Clear? Cape Matapan? 

Cape Finisterre ? Cape St. Vincent ? 

What rivers flow into the White Sea ? What ones into the Baltic ? 
Into the North Sea? Into the British Channel? Into the 
Bay of Biscay ? Into the Mediterranean ? Into the Black 
sea ? Into the sea of Azof? Into the Caspian sea ? 

Where are the Alps ? The Pyrenees ? The Carpathian moun¬ 
tains ? The Dofrefield mountains ? The Uralian mountains ? 
How is Russia bounded ? Sweden ? Norway ? England ? Den¬ 
mark? Prussia? Austrian Dominions ? Holland ? Bel- 
’ Switzerland? France? Spain? Portugal? Italy? 



? Greece ? 


Which way from Paris is London ? Which way from Paris to 
Madrid? To Rome? To Vienna? To St. Petersburg? 





106 


LAPLAND. 


LAPLAND. 

The Reindeer. 



1. Lapland, a cold and dreary country, comprising most 
of that part of Europe which lies in the frigid zone, belongs 
partly to Norway, partly to Sweden, and partly to Russia. 

2. It is very thinly peopled, for though it is about three 
fourths as large as France, it contains only about 60,000 
inhabitants ; and it has no towns larger than small villages. 

8. The Laplanders are of low stature and swarthy com¬ 
plexion, rude and ignorant. The reindeer is their most 
valuable possession, which supplies them with food and 
clothing ; and by means of which they make rapid jour¬ 
neys, drawn in sledges. 


Lapland. — 1. What is said of Lapland P 
2. How extensive is it, and how is it peopled ? 3. What is said of 
the Laplanders and the reindeer ? 






NORWAY. 


107 


NORWAY. 

The Maelstrom. 



1. Norway, a long and proportionally narrow country, 
very thinly inhabited, and extending from the Naze to 
North Cape, derives its name, which signifies Northern 
Way, or Country to the North , from its northern situation. 

2. It is, next to Switzerland, the most mountainous coun¬ 
try in Europe, abounding in sublime and picturesque scene¬ 
ry ; and its long line of seacoast presents, in many parts, 
a rugged and grand aspect of elevated rocks. 

3. The principal range of mountains are the Dofirefield 
or Dofrine Mountains, which extend between Norway and 
Sweden, and have many summits always covered with 
snow ; the highest is SneehaVta. 

4. The rivers, which are numerous, are so rapid as fre¬ 
quently to partake of the nature of torrents, and abound in 
cataracts. The largest is the Glomme. 

5. The climate is severe ; the soil, particularly in the 
north, barren ; but in the south it affords good pasture. 

6. The forests abound in pine, fir, and ash, and timber is 
the principal article of export. The mines, fisheries, and 
cattle are the other principal sources of wealth and subsist¬ 
ence. 


Norway. — 1. What is said of Norway ? 2. Surface ? 3. Moun¬ 
tains ? 4. Rivers? 5. Climate and soil? 6. Productions? 

10* 









108 


NORWAY. 


7. The Mael'fitrdrn, on the coast of Norway, is a cele¬ 
brated and formidable whirlpool, which is so violent as 
sometimes to draw in and swallow up ships and whales 
that come near it. 

8. The Norwegians are a frugal people, robust and 
healthy, accustomed to a plain, and often to a coarse and 
scanty fare. 

9. Christiania, the capital, is noted for its trade in deal 
timber. Bergen and Drontheim (dron'tlm), the other prin¬ 
cipal towns, have considerable commerce. 

10. Norway, once an independent kingdom, was annex¬ 
ed to Denmark in 1397, and to Sweden in 1814. 

SWEDEN. 

1. Sweden consists of three parts, Gothland in the south, 
Sweden Proper in the middle, and Norland in the north. 
Norland comprises more than half the territory, but only 
about one tenth of the population. 

2. Sweden is encompassed on the west and north by high 
mountains ; but it is generally a very level country, and 
one of the least fertile and least populous in Europe. 

3. The greater part of the country is covered with for¬ 
ests, which abound in pine, spruce, and fir ; and timber is 
one of the chief articles of export. 

4. The most striking feature in the appearance of the 
country consists in its numerous and extensive lakes, 
which are sheets of pure, transparent water, abounding in 
fish. Some of the largest are lakes Wen'ner, Wet'ter, and 
Ma'lar. 

5. The rivers are numerous, but mostly small. The 
Ddhl is the largest. The Lu'lea has a cataract which is 
400 feet in height, and one eighth of a mile in width ; and 
it is one of the greatest in Europe. 


7. What is said of the Maelstrom? 8. The Norwegians? 9. Towns? 
10. What is said of the history ? 

Sweden. — 1. Of what three parts does Sweden consist ? 

2. What is said of the country ? 3. By what is it mostly covered ? 
4. What is said of its lakes ? 5. Rivers ? 


See Map of Europe. — How is Norway bounded ? 

What capes on the north and south end of Norway ? 

What sea separates it from Denmark ? What islands on the north¬ 
west coast? Where is the Maelstrom? The Dofrefield 
mountains ? IIow is Christiana situated ? Bergen ? Dron¬ 
theim ? Roraas ? W T hat towns south of Bergen ? 




SWEDEN. 


109 


6. The climate is severe. The winter is long and very- 
cold, the summer short and hot ; and spring and autumn 
are scarcely known. 

7. Sweden is famous for its iron, which is esteemed the 
best in the world ; and it forms the most important article 
of export. Other considerable articles are copper, alum, 
tar, and timber. 

8. The Swedes on account of their vivacity and address 
have been styled the French of the north. They have gen¬ 
erally a fair complexion, a ruddy countenance, and light 
flaxen hair ; and are accustomed to a plain diet and few 
indulgences. 

9. Stockholm, the capital, is a commercial city, remark¬ 
able for its picturesque situation on several islands, and is 
built partly on piles, near the junction of lake Malar with 
the Baltic. It has one of the finest royal palaces in Eu¬ 
rope. 

10. Got'tenburg is noted as the second town in population 
and commerce ; Carlscro'na, as the chief station for the na¬ 
vy ; Up'sal, for its university ; Fah'lun, for copper mines ; 
Danemo'ra, for iron mines ; Cal'mar, for a treaty, styled the 
“ Union of Calmar.” 

11. Finland, a large country lying east of the gulf of 
Bothnia formerly belonged to Sweden ; but, in 1808, it was 
ceded to Russia. 


RUSSIA. 

1. The empire of Russia (rush'e-a or ru'she-a), which 
includes the most of the north of Europe, and all the north 
of Asia, is the most extensive empire on the globe, and is 
more than twice as large as all Europe ; but the principal 
part of it is very thinly inhabited. 

2. The Asiatic part is far the larger in extent; but the 
European part is far the more populous ; though this is 
much less populous than the middle and South of Europe. 

6. What is said of its climate ? 7. Exports ? 8. Swedes ? 9 

Stockholm? 10. What other towns? 11. What is said of 
Finland ? 

Russia. — 1. What does the Russian empire include ? 2. What 
is said of the two parts ? 

See Map of Europe. — How is Sweden bounded ? What islands 
in the Baltic near its coast? What rivers flow into the gulf 
of Bothnia ? What lakes in Sweden ? How is Stockholm 
situated? Gottenburg? Carlscrona ? Upsal? Fahlun? 
What other towns further north than Stockholm? What 
ones south ? 





110 


RUSSIA. 


3. European Russia, formerly called Muscovy , compris¬ 
es almost one half of the territory of Europe, but less than 
a quarter of the population. It is generally a level country, 
and the greater part of it is covered with forests. 

4. The principal mountains are the Uralian chain, which 
forms the boundary between Europe and Asia, and is about 
1,400 miles in length. 

5. Russia is watered by some of the largest rivers of Eu¬ 
rope. The principal ones are the Volga or IVol'ga, Don , 
Dniester (nees'ter), Dnie'per (ne'per), Duri'na, One'ga, 
Northern Dwi'na , and Petcho'ra. 

6. The largest lakes are those of Lado'ga, One'ga , and 
Pel'pus or Tchuds'koe. — Ladoga is 140 miles long, and 75 
broad, and is the largest lake in Europe. 

7. The climate in the southern part is temperate ; in the 
middle and northern, extremely cold. 

8. The soil in the southern part is generally fertile ; but 
in advancing north, it becomes less so. Agriculture is in a 
backward state. 

9. Russia is distinguished for its extensive inland naviga¬ 
tion. By means of rivers and canals, communications are 
opened both from the Baltic sea and Arctic ocean to the 
Black and Caspian seas. 

10. Some of the principal exports are hemp,Jlax, iron, 
timber, tallow , grain , and leather. The Russian leather is 
esteemed the best in Europe. 

11. St. Petersburg, the metropolis of Russia, was 
founded by Peter the Great, in 1703 ; and it is situated at 
the east end of the gulf of Finland. It has an extensive 
commerce, is regularly laid out, and is the most magnifi¬ 
cently built city in Europe. 

12. Mos'cow, the ancient capital, is situated in the central 
part of European Russia, and exhibits a singular contrast 
of splendid edifices and miserable hovels. It is famous for 
its great conflagration, at the time of the invasion of the 
country by Bonaparte, when nearly three fourths of it were 
burnt. 

13. The principal seaports are St. Petersburg , Ri'ga, 
Odes’sa , and Archan’gel. Odessa is noted for the export of 
grain ; Archangel , for being the most northerly considerable 
town in Europe ; Cron'stadt , on an island, in the gulf of 
Finland, for being the chief station of the Russian navy. 

3. What is said of European Russia? 4. What are the principal 
mountains? 5. Rivers? 6. Lakes? 7. What is said of the 
climate ? 8. Soil ? 9. Inland navigation ? 10. Exports ? 

11. What of St. Petersburg ? 12. Moscow? 

13. What are the principal ports ? 



RUSSIA. 


Ill 


14. Tu'la is famous for hardware ; Novgorod, for its for¬ 
mer greatness ; Ri'ev, for having anciently been the capital 
of Russia ; Wil'na, for having been formerly the capital of 
Lithuania ; Kazan', for having once been the capital of a 
large part of Tartary. 

15. Narva and Poltava are noted for battles between Pe¬ 
ter the Great and Charles XII. : Smolensk' and Borodi'no, 
for battles between the French and Russians ; Is'mail, Benl- 
der, and Cho&zim (kot'zim), for military operations in the 
wars with the Turks. 

16. Cher'son (ker'son) is famous for the death and tomb 
of Howard the philanthropist; Tag'anrock, for the death of 
the emperor Alexander ; Tcherkask!, as the chief place of 
the Don Cosacks. 

17. This empire contains people of different religions 
and languages. But the Russians, properly so called, who 
form the great majority, are a Sclavonic nation, and of the 
Greek church. They are robust and brave ; but are one 
of the most illiterate nations in Europe. A great majority 
of them are in a state of miserable servitude, and are 
bought and sold with the land which they cultivate. 

18. The Cosacks, inhabiting the frontiers of Russia, are 
a military people, of singular character and habits ; and 
they have been distinguished in the Russian wars. The 
principal division of them are styled Don Cosacks, from 
their inhabiting on the river Don. 

19. At the beginning of the last century, Russia was in a 
state of barbarism, and little thought of among European 
nations. The foundation of its greatness was laid by Peter 


14. What is said of Tula, Novgorod, &c. ? 15. What places are 

noted for military events? 1C. What is said of Cherson, 
Taganrock, and Tcherkask ? 17. What is said of the inhab¬ 
itants? 18. The Cosacks? 19. What notice of the history 
of Russia? 


See Map of Europe. — How is Russia in Europe bounded ? 

What seas lie on the south of it ? What ones on the west and 
north ? Where are the principal lakes ? 

How is Ladoga lake situated ? What rivers of Russia flow into 
the Black sea? Into the Caspian ? Into the Baltic ? Into 
the White sea ? Into the Arctic ocean ? How is St. Peters¬ 
burg situated? Moscow? Riga? Archangel? Abo? 
Wilna ? Kiev? Odessa? Tcherkask? Tula? Poltava? 
Smolensk ? Borodino ? 

What towns are on the gulf of Finland ? The 
Black sea? The sea of Azof? The 
The Dnieper? The Dniester? 


gulf of Riga? The 
Volga? The Don? 





112 


RUSSIA. 


the Great ; it has been further enlarged and improved by 
Catharine II. and Alexander; and it has now the most formi¬ 
dable land army in Europe. 

POLAND. 

1. Poland was formerly one of the largest kingdoms in 
Europe ; and the country, with regard to surface, is one of 
the most level; consisting chiefly of a vast plain, in many 
parts marshy. 

2. In 1795, this country was divided between Russia, 
Austria, and Prussia ; and in 1815, the central part, com¬ 
prising less than a fifth of ancient Poland, was erected into 
a kingdom, which was subject to Russia ; and which has 
since been incorporated into the Russian empire. 

3. The only considerable river is the Fis'tula, which runs 
through a level country, and is navigable as far as Cracow. 

4. The soil is naturally fertile, but is miserably cultivated. 
Grain is the most important production. 

5. The Poles are of Sclavonic origin, mostly Catholics, 
and are one of the most illiterate nations in Europe. The 
peasantry are in a state of miserable servitude. 

6. There are more Jews within the limits of ancient Po¬ 
land than in all the rest of Europe ; and most of the trade 
of the country is in their hands. 

7. War'saw, the capital, and the only large town in the 
kingdom of Poland, is situated on the Vistula, and has an 
extensive inland trade. Pultusk is famous for a battle be¬ 
tween the French and Russians ; Ra'kcw , for having been 
the chief residence of the Polish Unitarians. 

Cra'cow, on the southwest border of the country, was 
anciently the capital of Poland, and is now,a free city, which, 
together with a small district, is styled the Republic of Cra¬ 
cow. 


Poland. — 1. What is said of Poland? 2. What has happened 
to it ? 3. What is said of the Vistula ? 4. The soil ? 5. 

The Poles ? 6. The Jews ? 7. Warsaw, Pultusk, and Ra- 
kow ? 8. Cracow ? 


See Map of Europe —How is the kingdom of Poland situat¬ 
ed ? In what direction does the Vistula cross Poland ? How 
is Warsaw situated ? Cracow ? What other towns in 
Poland ? 




DENMARK 


113 


DENMARK. 

Copenhagen. 



1. Denmark is a small kingdom composed chiefly of the 
peninsula of Jutland , with the German duchy of Hol'stein , 
and several islands in the Baltic, the largest of which are 
Zealand and Funen. The large island of Iceland and the 
Fa'roe Islands also belong to Denmark. 

2. It is favorably situated for commerce, is one of the 
most level countries in Europe, and has no large rivers, but 
many small streams, lakes, and marshes. 

3. The climate is healthy, and temperate for the latitude ; 
though the atmosphere is moist and cloudy. Much of the 
soil is sandy and poor ; yet a considerable proportion of it 

16 ^The Canal of Kiel , 22 miles in length, extends from 
the Baltic to the Ei'der, forming a communication from the 
Baltic to the North sea, and admits vessels of 9 feet 

dl 5. U 1?oPENHA , GEN, the capital, a well built city, is situated 
on the east coast of the island of Zealand, has a good har¬ 
bor and an extensive commerce, and is the seat of all the 
great establishments of the kingdom. 

Denmark. — 1. What is said of Denmark P 2. What of the sit¬ 
uation and surface ? 3. Soil and climate ? 4. The canal of 

Kiel ? 5. Copenhagen ? 










114 


DENMARK. 


6. Al'tona , in Holstein, on the Elbe, near Hamburg, is 
noted as the second town in Denmark, in population and 
commerce ; Elsineur', a seaport on the north end of the is¬ 
land of Zealand, as the place where all vessels passing into 
and out of the Baltic, pay toll or duty, as a compensation to 
the king of Denmark for the light-houses on the coast. 


Iceland. 

1. Iceland, a large island, belonging to Denmark, receiv¬ 
ed its name from the ice with which it abounds. It is cele¬ 
brated for its natural wonders, and, with regard to soil and 
climate, it is one of the least favored countries on the globe. 

2. It is composed, in great part, of masses of volcanic 
mountains ; its surface is in the highest degree rugged the 
soil mostly barren ; and no considerable trees are to be seen, 
but only stunted birches, willows, and other shrubs. It is 
very thinly inhabited, and has few villages, and no consid¬ 
erable town. 

3. Mount Hec'la, one of the most celebrated volcanoes on 
the globe, is subject to the most dreadful eruptions, though 
its summit is always covered with snow ; and it is said to 
have thrown matter to the distance of more than 100 miles. 

4. The Gey'sers , or Hot Springs, are reckoned among the 
greatest wonders of the world. They throw into the air 
jets of boiling water to the height of 100 or 200 feet, ac¬ 
companied with a noise like that of a cannon, and a trem¬ 
bling of the adjacent ground. Stones are also thrown up 
much higher than the water. 


6. What is said of Altona and Elsineur ? 

Iceland. — 1. What is said of Iceland ? 
and soil ? 3. What is said of Mount 
sers ? 


See Map of Europe. — How is Iceland situated ? On what part 
of it is Hecla? Reikiavik? W'here are the Faroe Islands? 
By what waters is Denmark surrounded ? How is Copenhagen 
situated ? Elsineur ? ( See Map VIII.) Kiel ? Tonningen ? 
Altona? 


2. What of the surface 
Hecla ? 4. The Gey- 




GREAT BRITAIN 


115 


GREAT BRITAIN, or THE BRITISH ISLES. 

London. 





1. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland 
comprises the two large islands of Great Britain and Ire¬ 
land, together with many small- ones, which are advanta¬ 
geously situated in the Atlantic ocean, to the west of the 
continent of Europe. 

2. The proper or legal name of this kingdom is the United 
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; yet it is very common¬ 
ly styled the British Empire, or simply Great Britain, from 
the name of the principal island ; and England, from the 
most important division of the island. 

8. This kingdom, with regard to population, ranks among 
the European states as only the 4th, and with regard to 
extent of territory, as only the 7th ; yet it surpasses all other 
empires on the globe, in respect to manufactures, com¬ 
merce, naval strength, and in the extent and importance of 
its foreign possessions. 

4. Besides the islands above mentioned, Great Britain 
possesses the fortress of Gibraltar and the islands of Malta 


Great Britain. —1. What is said of the kingdom of. Great 
Britain and Ireland ? 2. What of the name ? 3. What of 
its rank and importance ? 4. What of its foreign possessions ? 

11 



















116 


GREAT BRITAIN. 


and Heligoland , in Europe ; and has very extensive pos¬ 
sessions in America , Asia, and Africa. Among other pos¬ 
sessions in Asia, is the rich and populous country of Hin- 
dostan. 

5. The island of Great Britain , the most important island 
on the globe, the largest in Europe, and the largest that 
was known to the ancients, is divided into England , Wales, 
and Scotland. 

ENGLAND. 

St. Paul’s Church. 



1. England, which comprises the largest, most fertile, 
and most populous part of the island of Great Britain, is 
separated from Scotland by the river Tweed, the Cheviot 
Hills, and Soltvay Frith ; and it is divided into 40 counties. 


5. What of the island of Great Britain and its divisions ? 
England.— 1. What is said of England ? 


See Map of the* British Isles. — How is Scotland situated with 
regard to England ? Wales? Ireland? 

Where are the Hebrides or Western Islands ? The Orkneys ? The 
Shetland Islands ? 

What channel and sea separate England from Ireland ? 

What islands are in the Irish Sea? Where is the English channel ? 
British channel ? Tlfe Straits of Dover ? Solway Frith ? 












































ENGLAND. 


117 


2. The surface of England is beautifully diversified with 
mountains of moderate height, hills, valleys, and plains. 

3. There are no very high mountains ; but, towards the 
western side, ranges extend throughout most of the coun¬ 
try, from north to south. Crossfell, Helvellyn, and Skid- 
daw, in the north of England, and some other summits, are 
more than 3,000 feet high ; but Snowdon in Wales is the 
highest in the island south of Scotland. 

4. The most important rivers are the Thames (temz), 
which is navigable to London for ships of 700 or 800 tons ; 
the Trent and the Ouse (ooz), which unite to form the 
estuary, called the Hum'ber ; the Sev'ern , which flows into 
Bristol Channel ; and the Mer'sey , near the mouth of which 
is Liverpool. Win 1 dermere, Der'wentwater , and Ulls'wa- 
ter are picturesque lakes in the north of England. 

5. England is celebrated for its extensive and excellent 
inland navigation, by means of several navigable rivers and 
numerous canals ; and transportation is also facilitated by 
railroads. 

6. The climate is healthy, though very variable, and lia- 
hle to frequent and sudden changes, and the atmosphere is 
damp ; but the extremes of heat and cold are less than in 
most other countries in the same latitude. 

7. The soil is generally fertile, particularly in the middle 
and southern parts ; but in the northern counties, much of 
it is sterile ; and in other parts there are barren heaths and 
marshes. 

8. Agriculture , in England, is in a highly improved state ; 
and no other country in Europe is under so good cultiva¬ 
tion, except perhaps Belgium and Lombardy. 

9. The four most important productions of agriculture 
are grain , wool, cattle , and horses 

10. The mineral productions are very valuable, particu¬ 
larly coal, copper, tin , iron, and lead. 

11. England is famous for manufactures. The six prin, 
cipal articles are woollens, cotton goods, silk, hardware- 
earthenware, and glass. 

12. Education among the higher and middle classes is 
much attended to ; but with regard to the lower classes it 
was much neglected, till since the institution of Sunday 
schools and schools of mutual instruction. 


2. What is said of the surface ? 3. Mountains ? 4. Rivers and 
lakes ? 5. What is said of inland navigation ? 6. Climate ? 
7. Soil? 8. Agriculture? 9. Productions? 10. Mineral 
productions? 11. Manufactures? 12. Education? 




118 


-ENGLAND. 


13. England has but four universities , those of Oxford 
and Cambridge , the most richly endowed in Europe, and 
those of London and Durham recently established. 

14. The government is a limited monarchy, the supreme 
power being vested in a king and parliament. 

15. The Parliament is composed of two houses, namely, 
a House of Lords , consisting of hereditary peers, or nobil¬ 
ity of five different ranks, namely, dukes , marquises, earls, 
viscounts , and barons ; and a House of Commons , compos¬ 
ed of 658 representatives, elected by the people. 

16. The established religion is that of the church of 
England, which has two archbishops, those of Canterbury 
and York, and 25 bishops ; but Dissenters are numerous, 
consisting chiefly of Independents, Presbyterians , Baptists , 
Methodists, Roman Catholics, Unitarians, and Quakers. 

17. London, the metropolis of the British empire, is sit¬ 
uated on the Thames, 60 miles from its mouth, and is*the 
most populous city in Europe, and the most opulent and 
commercial one on the globe. It is not greatly distinguish¬ 
ed for splendid edifices. The two most remarkable are St. 
Paul’s Cathedral and Westminster Abbey. 

18. The three ports which rank next to London in com¬ 
merce, are Liv'erpool, largely concerned in the American 
trade, and noted for its docks ; Bris'tol, formerly the second, 1 
now the third commercial town, and noted for its hot wells ; 
and Hull, for its trade to the Baltic, and the whale fishery. 

19. Some of the smaller commercial ports are Newcastle, 
Sun'derland, Whitby, and Whiteha'ven, noted for the coal 
trade ; Fal'mouth, for packets to Spain, Portugal, and the 
West Indies ; Do'ver , for packets to France ; Yar'mouth, 
for the herring fishery. 

20. Portsmouth, Phjm'outh,, and Chatham are distin¬ 
guished as the chief naval stations. 

21. Some of the principal manufacturing towns are Man¬ 
chester, famous for cotton goods ; Birmingham, for hard¬ 
ware ; Leeds, Wake'field, Ex'eter , and Nor'wich (nor'rij), 
for woollen goods ; Sheffield, for cutlery ; Kid'derminster , 
for carpets ; Nottingham and Leicester (les'ter), for stoek- 
ings ; Cov 1 entry for watches and ribands ; Gloucester (glos'- 
ter), for pins; Worcester (woos'ter), for porcelain ; New'- 
c as tie-under-Line, for pottery ; Bur 1 ton , for ale. 


13. What is said of universities? 14. Government? 15. Parlia¬ 
ment? 16. Religion? 17. London? 

18. What are the three ports next to London in commerce ? 

19. What are some of the other commercial ports ? 20. What are 

the naval stations? 21. What are some of the manufactur¬ 
ing towns ? 




ENGLAND. 


119 


22. Ox'ford and Cambridge are famous for their univer¬ 
sities ; E'ton, for its college ; Green'wich , for its observa¬ 
tory ; Wind'sor and War'wick (wor'ik), for their castles. 

23. Can'terbury was formerly noted for pilgrimage to the 
tomb of Thomas Becket, now as the first archbishopric ; 
York , for its minster or cathedral, and for being the second 
archbishopric. 

24. Bath and Cheltenham, two of the most elegant towns 
in England, are noted for mineral waters and for being 
great resorts of valetudinarians and votaries of pleasure ; 
Tun'bridge, Bux'ton, Har'rowgate, Leam'ington, Scarbor¬ 
ough, and Ep'som, are also noted as watering-places ; 
Brighton, Rams'gate, and Mar’gate, for sea-bathing ; New'- 
market, for horse-races. 

25. Hast'ings, Bar'net, Tewks'bury, Nase'by, Foth'erin- 
gay, Bos'worth, Tow'ton, and Flod'den, are small places, 
noted in the history of England. 

26. Britain was invaded by Julius Ccesar, 55 years before 
the Christian era. The Saxons became masters of the 
country in the 5th century, and William of Normandy, 
styled the Conqueror, in the 11th ; and from him the pres¬ 
ent royal family are descended. 


22. What is said of Oxford, Cambridge, &c. ? 23. Canterbury and 
York ? 24. What towns are noted as watering-places and 
for sea-bathing ? * 

25. What are some of the places noted in English history ? 

26. What notice of the history of England ? 


See Map of the British Isles. — What is the southwest extremity 
of England called ? What small islands are near it ? 

What is the course of the Thames? Where is the Wash? The 
Humber ? What rivers flow into the Humber ? 

Where are the Tees and Tyne ? The Mersey and Dee ? 

What rivers flow into Bristol Channel ? 

How is London situated ? Canterbury ? Portsmouth ? Plymouth ? 
Exeter ? Bristol ? Bath ? Oxford ? Cambridge ? Green¬ 
wich ? Norwich? Leicester? Yarmouth? Birmingham? 
Kidderminster? Liverpool? Manchester? York? Hull? 
Leeds ? Wakefield ? Whitby ? Sunderland ? Newcastle ? 
Durham? Carlisle? Whitehaven? 

What are some of the towns on the south coast ? On the east ? 
How is Wales bounded ? How is Cardigan bay situated ? Swan- 
sey ? Merthyr Tydvil ? Caernarvon ? Beaumaris ? St. 
Asaph ? St. David’s ? Bangor ? 




120 


ENGLAND. 


Wales. 

27. Wales, a mountainous country, abounding in pictur¬ 
esque scenery, has a less fertile soil than that of England, 
arid is not so well cultivated. Its mineral productions are 
abundant, particularly iron. 

28. The two largest towns are Mer'thyr Tyd'vil, noted 
for iron works ; and Swdn'sey , for commerce and sea¬ 
bathing. 

SCOTLAND. 


FingaVs Cave. 



1. Scotland, a country consisting of two parts, the High¬ 
lands and Lowlands , lies to the north of England, and is 
much more mountainous, and far less fertile and populous ; 
and it has a much colder climate. 

2. The Highlands, which comprise the northern and the 
larger, but much the less fertile and populous part, consist 
mostly of barren and dreary mountains, with some tolerably 
fertile valleys. 

3. The Lowlands comprehend the country which lies 
south and east of the Grampian mountains. This division 


27. What is said of Wales? 28. What towns ? 

Scotland. — 1. What is said of Scotland ? 

2. What is said of the Highlands? 3. The Lowlands? 









































SCOTLAND. 


121 


is agreeably diversified with hills and plains ; and the east¬ 
ern portion rivals England in fertility and cultivation. 

4. The Grampian Mountains are the most considerable 
range in Scotland, and the summit of Ben Ne'vis is the 
highest in Great Britain. 

5. The western coast of Scotland is much indented by 
inlets, and the country abounds in fine lakes, called lochs. 
Loch Lo'mond, the largest, is 30 miles long, and is one 
of the most beautiful lakes in Europe. Loch Kat'erine, 
which is bordered by the mountains called the Tros'achs, is 
famous for being the scene of Scott’s “ Lady of the Lake.” 

6. The six principal rivers are the Forth, Tay, Tweed, 
Clyde, Spay, and Dee. The rivers abound with salmon, 
and the inlets and bays with herring. 

7. The two principal canals are the Caledonian Canal 
and the Forth and Clyde Canal, each of which intersects 
the island. 

8. The islands belonging to Scotland are numerous, com¬ 
prising the three clusters of the Heb'rides or Western Isl¬ 
ands, the Ork'neys, and the Shetland Islands. 

9. The little island of Io'na, one of the Hebrides, is famous 
for having been a seat of learning in the middle ages ; and 
Staffa, another little island, is remarkable for Fingal's 
Cave, the sides of which are formed by perpendicular 
ranges of basaltic columns ; and it is regarded as a great 
natural curiosity. 

10. The Scotch have extensive manufactures, of which 
the most important are cotton goods, linen, woollens, and 
iron. 

11. There are four universities, those of Edinburgh, 
Glasgow, St. Andrew's, and Aberdeen. Parish schools are 
established throughout most of the country. 

12. The established religion is Presbyterianism, which 
was introduced by John Knox, the celebrated Scotch re¬ 
former. 

13. The Scotch are enterprising, industrious, and tem¬ 
perate, and, as a nation, among the best educated in Eu¬ 
rope. — The Highlanders are a brave, hardy, warlike race, 
living generally in miserable cottages, and enjoying but few 
of the comforts of life ; though their condition and habits 
have been of late much improved. 

14 . Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland, has a command- 


4. What is said of mountains? 5. Lakes? 6. Rivers? 7. Ca¬ 
nals? 8. Islands? 9. Iona and Staffa? 10. Manufactures? 
11. Universities? 12. Religion? 13. The Scotch and the 
Highlanders ? 14. Edinburgh ? 



122 


SCOTLAND. 


ing and picturesque situation, near the Frith of Forth, and 
is surrounded on all sides, except the north, by lofty hills. 
It is one of the best built and most elegant cities in Great 
Britain, the chief seat of the law courts of Scotland, and 
one of the most celebrated seats of learning in Europe. 

15. Glas’gow, on the Clyde, the largest city in Scotland, 
and the first with regard to commerce and manufactures, is 
noted particularly for cotton goods. Pais'ley, Perth, and 
Dunferm'line, for cotton and linen manufactures ; Kilmar 
nock, for carpets ; Car'ron, for iron-works. 

16. The principal ports are Gree'nock and Port Glasgow, 
on the Clyde ; Leith , the port of Edinburgh ; Aberdeen', 
Dundee', and Montrose', on the eastern coast; and Inver¬ 
ness', the metropolis of the Highlands. 

17. Fal'kirk is noted for cattle fairs ; Melrose' and Kel'so 
for ruins of fine abbeys ; Gretna Green, for the marriages 
of fugitive lovers from England ; Ban'nockburn, for a great 
victory over the English ; Cullo'den Moor, near Inverness, 
for the final overthrow of the English Pretender. 

18. The crowns of England and Scotland were united in 
1603. 


IRELAND. 

1. Ireland is a pleasant, fertile, and populous island, 
forming a striking contrast to Scotland, being mostly level, 
or moderately uneven, and having few mountains ; and 
these are chiefly in the northern and western parts. 

2. It is divided into four provinces ; Ulster, in the north, 
Leinster in the east, Mun'ster, in the south, and Con'naught, 
in the west; and it is subdivided into 32 counties. 


15. What is said of Glasgow and other manufacturing towns ? 

16. What are the principal ports? 17. What other places are men¬ 

tioned, and for what noted ? 

18. When were the crowns of England and Scotland united ? 
Ireland. — 1. What is said of Ireland ? 2. How is it divided ? 


See Map of the British Isles. — Which side of Scotland is most 
indented by inlets ? What friths are there on the eastern 
coast ? On the western ? 

What islands north of Scotland ? What ones west ? 

Where are Iona and Staffa ? Where the Caledonian Canal? 

Where does the Clyde empty ? What rivers flow into the North 
Sea on the east ? How is Edinburgh situated ? Glasgow ? 
Greenock ? Paisley and Kilmarnock ? Leith and Falkirk ? 
Dundee ? Perth ? Montrose ? Aberdeen ? Inverness ? 
What towns are near the borders of England ? 




IRELAND 


123 


8. The western coast is much indented by inlets ; and one 
of the most striking features of Ireland is the extent of bogs 
or marshes , which disfigure the country. 

4. The largest river is the Shan’non ; and the largest lakes. 
called loughs (loks), Lough Neagh (ne'ah) and Lough Earn. 
I he small lake of Killar’ney , in the southwest of Ireland, 
is greatly admired for its picturesque beauty. 


The Giant’s Causeway. 



5. The greatest natural curiosity is the Giant's Causeway , 
which is situated on the north coast, and consists of many 
thousand columns of basaltic rock, rising from 200 to 400 
feet perpendicular from the water’s edge. These columns 
are composed of joints or lengths, curiously articulated into 
each other, like a ball into a socket. 

6. The climate is humid and often foggy, but healthy and 
temperate, the winters being warmer and the summers 
cooler, than in England. 

7. Though the country is generally fertile, and one of 
the most populous in Europe, yet its agriculture is in a back¬ 
ward state. 

8. Ireland is celebrated for the abundance and excellence 
of its potatoes, which, together with oats , form the principal 


3. What is said of inlets and bogs? 4. Rivers and lakes? 5. 
The Giant’s Causeway ? 6. Climate ? 7. What is said of 
agriculture ? 8. Productions ? 















124 


IRELAND. 


articles of food for the great mass of the people. Grass 
and also flax are important productions. 

9. The principal manufacture is linen ; and the chief ex¬ 
ports are linen and provisions. 

10. The established religion is the same as that of Eng¬ 

land ; but more than three fourths of the people are Roman 
Catholics. . 

11. Ireland has but one university, that of Dublin; and a 
Catholic college at Maynooth'. Education among the lower 
classes is lamentably neglected. 

12. The Irish are ingenious and courageous ; ardent in 
all their affections ; but less industrious, frugal, and tem¬ 
perate, than the Scotch. The great mass of the people 
live in miserable cabins, constructed of mud walls, and are 
sunk in ignorance and poverty to a degree rarely witnessed 
in a civilized country. 

13. Dub'lin, the capital of Ireland, which is finely situ¬ 
ated near the head of a very beautiful bay, ranks as the 
second among the British cities, is one of the most beau¬ 
tiful in Europe, and contains many magnificent edifices. 

14. Cork , the second city in population, has an excellent 
harbor, and is the great emporium of the south of Ireland, 
as Belfast' is of the north. 

15. Some of the other principal towns are Lim'erick , 
Wd'terford , Drog'heda , and Londonderry; also Armagh (ar- 
ma')j noted as the first archbishopric ; Kildare' , for horse¬ 
races ; Bal'inasloe', for cattle fairs. 

16. Ireland was conquered by England, in 1172, and its 
union with England was carried into effect in 1801. 


9. What is said of manufactures and exports? 10. Religion? 11. 

Education ? 12. The Irish ? 13. Dublin ? 14. Cork and 

Belfast? 15. What other towns? 16. When was Ireland 
conquered by, and when united with, England? 


See Map of the British Isles. — What cape is on the south of Ire¬ 
land ? What bays on the west? Where is Valentia island? 
What is the course of the Shannon ? What are some of the other 
rivers? What lakes? Where is the Giant’s Causeway? 
How is Dublin situated ? Cork ? Waterford ? Limerick ? 
Killarney ? Galway ? Belfast ? Londonderry ? Armagh ? 
Kildare ? Kinsale ? What towns on the east coast, north of 
Dublin ? What ones south ? 




HOLLAND 


125 


HOLLAND. 

Treck-Shuit. 



1. Holland , or the Seven United Provinces, and Belgium 
were united, in 1814, into one kingdom, under the name of 
the JVetherlands; but, in 1830, the people of Belgium sepa¬ 
rated themselves from Holland, and established a separate 
government. The king of Holland, however, retains his 
title as King of Netherlands. The term JVetherlands has 
heretofore been applied to the Belgic JVetherlands, to Hol¬ 
land and Belgium united, and now to the Kingdom of Hol¬ 
land, or the Batavian JVetherlands. 

2. Holland is the most level country in Europe, the gen¬ 
eral aspect being a continued flat, without either mountain 
or hill. Much of it is lower than the surface of the sea at 
high water, resembling a large marsh that has been drained ; 
and it is supposed to have once formed the bed of the 
ocean. 

3. The country is protected from being overflowed by 
dikes, or mounds of earth, which shut out the waters of the 
sea and the rivers, and which have been formed and are 
kept in repair with great labor and expense. The dikes 


1. What is related of Holland, Netherlands, and Belgium ? 

2. What is said of the surface of Holland ? 3. How is it protect¬ 

ed, and what is said of the dikes? 


















126 


HOLLAND. 


are furnished with sluices, so that the country can be laid 
under water on the approach of an enemy. 

4. Some parts of the country are sandy and barren, and 
others marshy ; but much of the soil is very fertile, and the 
country is noted for its rich pasture, and for its excellent 
butter and cheese. 

5. The climate is often unhealthy, and the air damp and 
chilling. 

6. The three principal rivers of this country and Bel¬ 
gium, are the Rhine, Meuse (muze), and Scheldt (shelt). 

7. Canals are numerous, and serve the same purpose as 
roads in other countries. The common mode of travelling 
is along a canal in a covered boat, called a treck-shuit, 
drawn by horses. 

8. The inhabitants, styled Dutch, have been long noted 
for commerce, and are distinguished for gravity of man¬ 
ners, industry, the neatness and elegance" of their cities and 
towns, and the general cleanliness of their habits. They 
are generally well educated, and mostly of the Reformed 
religion. 

9. Amsterdam, in North Holland, much the largest 
city in the kingdom, and one of the most commercial in 
Europe, is situated among marshes, on an arm of the Zuy- 
der Zee, and the foundation of its buildings is formed by 
piles driven into the ground. It is a rich and elegantly built 
city, and the royal palace, formerly the stadthouse, is one 
of the noblest structures in the world. 

10. The Hague, the residence of the royal court, is noted 
for its elegance. Rot'terdam, on the Meuse, the second com¬ 
mercial city, is noted for the birth and statue of Erasmus. 

11. Ley'den (li'dn), Utrecht, (u'treht) and Gron'ingen are 
noted for their universities, Utrecht also for a famous treaty 
of peace in 1713; Hadlem, for its famous organ, and its 
trade in flowers, particularly tulips ; Dort, as the place of 
the landing of timber-floats on the Rhine, and for the synod 
which condemned Arminianism. 


4. What is said of the soil? 5. Climate? 6. Rivers? 7. Canals? 
8. What is said of the inhabitants? 9. Amsterdam? 10. The 
Hague and Rotterdam? 11. What other towns, and for 
what noted ? 


See Map No. VITI. — How is Holland bounded ? Where is the 
Zuyder Zee? Where Texel island? Walcheren island? 
What rivers flow through Holland and Belgium ? How is 
Amsterdam situated? Rotterdam? The Hague and Ley¬ 
den? Dort? Utrecht? What towns in the north of Hol¬ 
land ? In the south ? In the east ? 





BELGIUM. 


127 


BELGIUM. 

1. Belgium comprises the Belgic Netherlands or Low 
Countries , a term applied to the country on account of its 
low situation ; although, with the exception of the western 
part, which lies near the sea, it is more elevated and less 
level than Holland, and the air less damp. 

2. Much of the soil is fertile, and highly cultivated, pro¬ 
ducing large quantities of grain, flax, hemp, and fruits ; 
and the country is the most populous in Europe. 

3. The inhabitants, who are styled Belgians, Walloons, 
or Flemings, are mostly Catholics, generally speak the 
French language, and resemble the French more than the 
Dutch. 

4. This country has long been distinguished for manu¬ 
factures ; and it boasts an eminent school of painting, 
called the Flemish. 

5. Brus'sels, the capital, and one of the most elegant 
cities in Europe, contains a royal palace, and is famous for 
the manufacture of lace, camlets, and carpets. 

6. AnVwerp, on the Scheldt, is noted for commerce ; 
Ghent, for manufactures, and a treaty of peace between 
the United States and England ; Liege, for iron-works and 
fire-arms ; Louvain', for its university : Mech'lin (mek'lin), 
for lace, and as the first archbishopric ; Spa, for mineral 
waters. 

7. No part of Europe, of the same extent, has been the 
scene of more numerous and important warlike operations, 
within a few centuries past, than Belgium. Some of the 
places which have been rendered memorable by battles or 
sieges, are Ostend', Oude'narde (ood'nard), Ypres, (e'pr), 
Tournay', Fontenoy', Ramillies (ram-e-leez'), and Waterloo. 

GERMANY. 

1. Germany is a large country situated in the central part 
of Europe, extending from the Baltic on the north to the 


Belgium. — 1. What is said of Belgium? 2. Soil and produc¬ 
tions? 3. The inhabitants? 4. For what is the country 
distinguished ? 5. What is said of Brussels ? 6. What other 
towns, and for what noted ? 7. What places are memorable 

for battles ? 

Germany. — 1. What is said of Germany ? 


See Map No. VIII. — How is Belgium bounded ? How is Brus¬ 
sels situated ? Antwerp? Ghent? Liege? Spa? 

What towns in the west? In the south ? In the east ? 

12 




128 


GERMANY. 


f ulf of Venice on the south. It is somewhat larger than 
'ranee, and contains a greater number of inhabitants, who 
belong to various political states. 

2. Before the French revolution Germany was an em¬ 
pire, divided into 9 circles, namely, Up'per Sax'ony, Low'- 
er Sax'ony, and Westpha'lia, in the north ; Up'per Rhine, 
Low'er Rhine , and Franco'nia, in the middle ; Swa'bia, 
Bava'ria, and Aus'tria, in the south. Bohe'mia, Mora via, 
and Sile'sia, which were not included in the 9 circles, form¬ 
ed also a part of the German empire. 

3. The empire of Germany was also subdivided among 
upwards of 300 sovereign princes, each independent in his 
own territory but subject to the emperor as head, who was 
chosen by 9 electors ; but this division has been discontinu¬ 
ed, and Germany is no longer an empire. 

4. The country of Germany now comprises about one 
third of the empire of Austria ; the greater part of the 
kingdom of Prussia ; Hoi stein and Lau'enburg , belonging 
to the kingdom of Denmark ; Lux'emburg, belonging to 
Holland ; the kingdoms of Bava'ria, Sax'ony, Han'over, 
and Wur'temberg , together with the 26 smaller states, and 
the 4 free cities. 

5. The states are all united under the Germanic Confed¬ 
eration, whose affairs are intrusted to a Federative Diet, 
which meets at Frankfort on the Mayne. 

6. Germany is divided into two parts by the difference of 
the surface. Low Germany, forming the northern division, 
is mostly level ; High Germany , the middle and southern 
parts, which are greatly diversified with ranges of moun¬ 
tains, hills, and plains. 

7. The southern part is traversed by ranges of the Alps ; 
and the middle, by the Sudetic Mountains and other smaller 
ranges. 

8. The 6 largest rivers are the Dan'ube, Rhine, Elbe, 
O der, We'ser, and Mayne. 

9. The largest lake in Germany is the beautiful lake of 
Constance, which lies on the borders of Switzerland. 

10. The climate is rather cold in the north, but mild in 
the south ; and the air salubrious, except in the marshy 
parts. 


2. How was it divided before the French revolution ? 

3. How was it subdivided and governed? 4. What does it now 

comprise ? 5. How are these states united ? 

6. How is Germany divided by surface ? 7. What mountains ? 
8. Rivers? 9. Lakes? 10. Climate? 



GERMANY. 


129 


11. Much of the country has a fertile soil ; though sandy 
plains, barren heaths, and marshes abound in the north ; 
and in the south large portions are rugged and mountain¬ 
ous. 

12. The Protestant religion prevails in the north of Ger¬ 
many, and the Catholic in the south. The Catholics com¬ 
prise rather more than half of the population. 

13. Germany, particularly the northern part, is distin¬ 
guished for literature and science ; and in no other country 
is authorship so extensively made a business for life. 

14. Germany contains 24 universities , some of which 
have a high reputation, and are resorted to by students 
from other countries. Some of the most distinguished are 
those of Got'tingen, BerlinHal'le, Leip'sic, Jena, and 
Vienna. 

15. The principal states in the north of Germany, are 
Prussia, Hanover, Mecklenburg, and Oldenburg ; in the 
middle, Saxony, Hesse-Cassel, Hesse-Darmstadt, Nassau, 
and Saxe- Weimar ; in the south, Austria, Bavaria, Wur- 
temberg, and Baden. 


PRUSSIA. 

1. Prussia (prush'e-a or pru'she-a), formerly a small 
state, but now a powerful kingdom, consists chiefly of two 
parts, entirely separated from each other, the larger one 
lying in the northeast of Germany, and the smaller one in 
the west. 

2. The kingdom is divided into 10 provinces. The two 
provinces of East Prussia and West Prussia comprise 
Prussia Proper ; the province of Posen is formed of the 


11. What is said of the soil? 12. Religion? 13. Literature? 
14. Universities ? 15. What are the principal states ? 

Prussia. — 1. What is said of Prussia? 2. What of the differ¬ 
ent divisions ? 


See Map JYo. VIII. — Note. Germany includes the countries rep¬ 
resented on this Map, which lie to the east of Holland , Belgium , 
France , and Switzerland. 

What part of Germany is embraced by Prussia ? How is the king¬ 
dom of Hanover situated ? Holstein ? Mecklenburg ? Ol¬ 
denburg? Hesse-Cassel? Hesse-Darmstadt? Nassau? 
What part of Germany is included in the Austrian dominions ? 
How is Saxony bounded ? Bavaria? Wurtemberg? Baden? 
What rivers are there in the north of Germany ? In the south ? 
Where is the Mayne ? 








130 


PRUSSIA. 


Prussian part of Poland ; the other seven provinces are all 
included within the limits of the late German Empire. 
The western part of the kingdom includes the three prov¬ 
inces of Westphalia, Cleves-Berg, and Lower Rhine ; the 
eastern part, the other seven. 


Provinces. Chief Towns. 
East Prussia, Konigsberg. 
West Prussia, Dantzic. 
Brandenburg, Berlin. 
Pomerania, Stettin. 

Posen, Posen. 


Provinces. Chief Towns. 
Silesia, Breslau. 

Saxony, Magdeburg. 

Westphalia, Munster. 
Cleves-Berg, Cologne. 

Lower Rhine, Aix-la-Chapelle. 


3. The Prussian territories are generally very level, 
abounding in small lakes, marshes, and rivers of a slow 
current. 

4. The principal mountains are the Rie'sengebirg, a part 
of the Sudet'ic chain, which separates Silesia from Bohe¬ 
mia and Moravia. 

5. The country is well supplied with navigable rivers ; 
the principal of which are the Nie'men, Vis'tula, O'der, 
and Elbe , in the eastern part, and the Rhine. in the western. 

6. The soil is in some parts good, and highly cultivated ; 
but not generally fertile, being often sandy and covered 
with heath. 

7. The most remarkable mineral production is amber, 
which is found in large quantities on the shores of the 
Baltic. 

8. Prussia is rather an agricultural than a trading or 
manufacturing country ; yet it has considerable commerce, 
and some districts are much employed in manufactures, 
particularly Silesia and Westphalia, which are noted for 
their linens. 

9. Nearly two thirds of the inhabitants are Protestants, 
and one third Catholics ; but all religions are tolerated and 
on an equal footing. 

10. There are flourishing universities at Berlin’, Hal'le, 
Kon'igsberg, Bres'lau and Bonn. The Prussian govern¬ 
ment is distinguished for patronizing learning, and the king¬ 
dom is one of the best educated in Europe. 

11. Berlin', the capital of the kingdom, is situated in a 
level and sandy district, on the river Spree, and is the sec¬ 
ond city in Germany in population, and one of the most 
regular and beautiful in Europe. 


3. What of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 5. What of the rivers ? 
6. Soil? 7. Mineral production? 8. Agriculture and trade? 
9. Religion? 10. Universities and education ? 11. Berlin? 




PRUSSIA. 


131 


Berlin. 



12. The three principal commercial ports are Kon'igs- 
berg, formerly the capital of Prussia ; Dant'zic, famous for 
the export of grain ; and Stet'tin , which is the chief port 
for the commerce of Berlin. Other ports are El'bing , 
Stral'sund, and Mem’el. 

13. Some of the principal trading towns in the interior 
are Bres'lau , the capital of Silesia, the second city in popu¬ 
lation, and famous for its fairs and manufactures ; Frank '- 
fort , on the Oder, also noted for its fairs ; Mag'deburg 3 on 
the Elbe, for its strong fortifications ; Cologne (ko-lon')} on 
the Rhine, for trade, Cologne water, and the invention of 

gunpowder. , 

14. Aix-la-Chapelle' (ais'-la-sha-peV) is famous for hav- 


13. What trading 


12. What is said of the commercial ports ? 
towns in the interior ? 

See Map of Europe. - On what sea does Prussia border ? 

What rivers flow through Prussia into the Baltic ? Through what 
corner of Prussia does the Niemen flow? How is Konigs- 
berg situated? Dantzic ? Elbing? Tilsit ? Memel ? Ey au? 
[See Map No. VIII ] How is the island of Dsedorn situated ? 
, What branches of the Elbe are in Prussia? Of the Oder? 

Of the Rhine? _ . 3 . 

How is Berlin situated ? Breslau ? Posen ? Magdeburg? HaHe ? 
Potsdam ? What towns in Prussia are on the Elbe . The 
Oder? The Vistula? The Rhine? The Baltic Sea? 

How is Aix-la-Chapelle situated ? Coblentz ? Treves . Munster . 
12 * 

















132 


PRUSSIA. 


ing been the residence of Charlemagne,. for treaties of 
pe^ce, and for its warm baths ; Mun'ster, for a treaty call¬ 
ed the Peace of Westphalia ; Pots'dam, for its splendid 
edifices and the palace of Sans Souci ; Hal'le, for its uni¬ 
versity and salt-works ; Wittenberg, for the commence¬ 
ment of the Reformation by Luther ; Thorn, as the birth¬ 
place of Copernicus ; LuVzen, for a battle in which Gusta- 
vus Adolphus was killed ; Kun'nersdorf, for the defeat of 
Frederick the Great; Ey'lau, for a battle between the 
French and Russians ; Til'sit, for a treaty between France 
and Prussia. 

15. Prussia, first erected into a kingdom in 1701, was 
much distinguished in the history of Europe in the last 
century, during the reign of Frederick the Great; and it 
has gradually acquired a great accession of territory. 

HANOVER. 

1. The kingdom of Hanover lies in the northwest part 
of Germany, comprising a part of the late circles of Lower 
Saxony and Westphalia ; and it encloses the free city of 
Bremen, and almost surrounds the grand duchy of Olden¬ 
burg. 

2. The country is advantageously situated, and well wa¬ 
tered by the Elbe, Weser, Leine, and Ems ; but the soil of 
most of it is sandy and poor. 

3. Hanover consists chiefly of an immense plain, with 
gentle undulations, except a tract in the south, which is 
traversed by the Hartz mountains. 

4. The Hartz Mountains abound in mines of silver, cop¬ 
per, lead, iron, Sic. They are covered with forests, and 
are remarkable for their picturesque scenery. Brocken, 
the most celebrated summit, is much visited by travellers 
on account of its curiosities. 


14. What other towns, and for what noted ? 15. What notice of 
the history of Prussia ? 

Hanover. — 1. What is the situation of Hanover ? 

2. What is said of the country? 3. What is the surface? 

4. What is said of the Hartz mountains? 


See Map No. VIII. — What river bounds Hanover on the north¬ 
east ? What rivers water the country ? 

What small country is nearly surrounded by it ? How is the city 
of Hanover situated ? Gottingen ? Emden ? Luneburg ? 
Osnaburg ? 




HANOVER. 


133 


5. Han'over, the capital, is situated on the Leine, and is 
noted chiefly as the residence of the court ; Got'tingen, for 
its university ; Em'den, for being the principal port; Os'- 
naburg, for its coarse linens, called osnaburgs ; Lu'neburg, 
for its salt-works and trade in horses. 

SAXONY. 

1. Saxony, situated in the central part of Germany, and 
comprising a portion of the late circle of Upper Saxony, is 
the smallest kingdom in Europe. 

2. It is watered by the Elbe and its branches ; has a finely 
diversified surface ; is one of the most fertile and best culti¬ 
vated portions of Germany, and is distinguished for its 
manufactures , and for education and literature. 

3. The Erz’gebirg Mountains , a part of the Sudetic 
chain, which separates Saxony from Bohemia, contain cel¬ 
ebrated mines of silver, tin, lead , copper , See. 

4. Dres'den, the capital, is delightfully situated on the 
Elbe, and is one of the handsomest towns in Europe, and 
noted for its polished society, its collections in the fine 
arts, and its manufacture of porcelain. 

5. Leip’sic , on the Pleisse, is famous for its university 
and its fairs, and for being the greatest place for book¬ 
selling in Germany. — Leip’sic and Dres'den, and likewise 
Baut'zen , are noted for great battles during the late Euro¬ 
pean war. 

6. Frey'berg is noted as a mining town ; Mels'sen, for 
porcelain ; and Herrn'hut, as the principal settlement of the 
Moravians. 

Free Cities. 

1. Germany had formerly a large number of commercial 
towns, that were associated together under the Hanseatic 
League ; but the title of Hanse Towns has of late been con¬ 
fined to Lubeck', Hamburg, and Brem'en, which, together 


5. What towns are there, and for what noted ? 

Saxony. — 1. What are the situation and extent of Saxony ? 

2. What is said of it? 3. What of the Erzgebirg mountains? 
4. Dresden? 5. Leipsic ? 6. What other towns, and for 
what noted ? 

Free Cities. — 1. What is said of the Hanse Towns and Free 
Cities ? 


See Map No. VIII. — What river crosses Saxony ? By what is 
it separated from Bohemia ? How is Dresden situated ? 
Leipsic ? Freyberg ? Meissen ? Bautzen and Herrnhutj* 




134 


FREE CITIES. 


with Frankfort on the Mayne , are now the four Free 
Cities of Germany. 

2. Ham'burg, on the Elbe, about 70 miles from its mouth, 
is noted as the first commercial city in Germany. Lubeck 
for having once been the head of the Hanse Towns ; Brem,'- 
en, for commerce ; and Frankfort on the Mayne, for trade 
and fairs, and for being the seat of the Germanic Diet. 

SMALL GERMAN STATES. 

Tabular View of the Small German States. 


State. 

Title. 

Pop. 

Sq. M 

Capital. 

Baden, 

G. Duchy. 

1,240,000 

5,933 

Carlsruhe. 

Hesse-Darmstadt, 

Mecklenburg-Schwe- 

do. 

765,000 

3,744 

Darmstadt. 

rin, 

M’ecklenburg-Strelitz, 

do. 

472,000 

4,746 

Schwerin. 

do. 

85,000 

765 

Strelitz. 

Oldenburg, 

Saxe- Weimar-Eise- 

do. 

260,000 

2,622 

Oldenburg. 

✓ 

nach, 

do. 

243,000 

1,418 

Weimar. 

Hesse-Cassel, 

Electorate. 

699,000 

4,228 

Cassel. 

Nassau, 

Duchy, 

372,000 

2,183 

Wisbaden. 

Brunswick, 

Saxe-Coburg-Gotha, 

Saxe-Meiningen-Hild- 

do. 

250,000 

1,520 

Brunswick. 

do. 

132,000 

1,036 

Gotha. 

burghausen, 

do. 

146,000 

884 

Meiningen. 

Saxe-Altenburg, 

do. 

114,000 

496 

Altenburg. 

Anhalt-Dessau, 

Anhalt-Bernburg, 

do. 

57,000 

360 

Dessau. 

do. 

45,000 

339 

Bernburg. 

Anhali-Cothen, 

do. 

36,000 

318 

Cothen. 

Lippe-Detmold, 

Schwartzburg-Rudol- 

Principal. 

79,000 

436 

Detmold. 

stadt, 

Schwartzburg-Sonders- 

do. 

64,000 

466 

Rudolstadt. 

hausen, 

do. 

54,000 

487 

Sondershausen. 

Waldeck, 

do. 

56,000 

459 

Corbach. 

Reuss, Younger Line, 

do. 

69,000 

688 

Lobenstein. 

Reuss, Elder Line, 
Hohenzollern-Sigmar- 

do. 

30,000 

148 

Greitz. 

ingen, 

Hohenzollern-Hechin- 

do. 

42,000 

429 

Sigmaringen. 

gen, 

do. 

21,000 

95 

Hechingen. 

Schauenburg-Lippe, 

do. 

26,000 

195 

Buckeburg. 

Hesse-Homburg, 

do. 

24,000 

106 

Homburg. 

Lichtenstein, 

do. 

6,000 

53 

Vadutz. 

Hamburg, 

Free City. 

153,000 

133 

Frankfort, 

do. 

56,000 

90 


Bremen, 

do. 

58,000 

75 


Lubeck, 

do. 

46,000 

116 



2. What is said of Hamburg, Lubeck, Bremen, and Frankfort? 














SMALL GERMAN STATES. 


135 


1. The religion of the principalities of Hohenzol'lern- 
Sigmaringen, Hohenzol 1 lern-Heeh'ingen , and Lichtenstein, 
and of the majority of the inhabitants of the grand-duchy 
of Baden, is the Catholic ; the prevailing religion of the 
other states is the Protestant. 

2. The government of Oldenburg and Hesse-Homburg is 
an absolute monarchy ; of the free cities, republicanism ; 
and of the other states, limited monarchy. 

3. The grand-duchy of Baden, the most considerable of 
the small states, is watered by the Rhine and Neckar ; has 
generally a good soil and a diversified surface ; and the 
southern part is traversed by the Black Forest or Schwarz- 
wald. 

4 . The principal towns are Carlsruiie (karlz-roo'a), the 
capital of Baden, a handsome town, famous for its being 
built in the form of an open fan, the streets proceeding as 
radii from the palace as the centre ; Man'heim, noted as a 
beautiful town ; Hei'delberg, for its university and the ruins 
of a magnificent castle ; Con'stance, for the council which 
condemned John Huss and Jerome of Prague. 

5. Mentz, in Hesse-Darmstadt, is an ancient town, fa¬ 
mous for the invention of printing and its strong fortifica¬ 
tions ; Wei'mar, in Saxe-Weimar, as a seat of learning, 
and Jena, for its university, and for a great battle between 
the French and Prussians ; Wisbaden and Seltzer, in Nas¬ 
sau, for mineral waters ; Bruns'wick, the capital of the 
duchy of Brunswick, for fairs. 

WURTEMBERG. 

1. Wurtemberg, a small kingdom, situated in the south¬ 
west part of Germany, comprising a part of the late circle 


Small German States. — 1. What is said of the religion of 
these states? 2. Government? 3. The grand-duchy of 
Baden ? 4. Towns ? 5. What towns of other states are 

mentioned ? 

Wurtemberg. — 1. What is said of Wurtemberg? 

See Map No. VIII. — How is Baden situated ? What rivers and 
mountains ? How is Mecklenburg situated ? Holstein ? 
Oldenburg ? Hesse-Cassel ? Hesse-Darmstadt ? Nassau ? 
How is Hamburg situated ? Lubeck ? Schwerin ? Rostock ? 
Strelitz ? Bremen? Brunswick? Weimar? Jena? Gotha? 
Meiningen? Rudolstadt? Hildburghausen ? Sondershau- 
sen ? Coburg? Cassel ? Frankfort? Marburg? Hanau ? 
Wisbaden? Seltzer? Hockheim ? Giesen ? Darmstadt? 
Manheim ? Worms ? Mentz ? Carlsruhe ? Heidelberg ? 
Freyburg ? Rastadt ? Baden ? 




VVURTEMBERG. 


136 

of Swabia, is watered by the head branches of the Danube 
and by the Neckar ; 'and the southern parts are traversed 
by the Black Forest and the Swabian Alps. 

2. The surface of the country is agreeably diversified ; 
and it is one of the most fertile, populous, and best culti¬ 
vated parts of Germany. 

S. The principal towns are Stutt'gard, the capital ; 
Ulm, noted for its strong fortifications ; Tu'bingen, for its 
university. 

4. Near the south ofWurtemberg are the small states ot 
Hohenzol'lern-Hech'ingen and Hohenzol'lern-Sigmaringen. 

BAVARIA. 

1. Bavaria, a kingdom of considerable size and impor¬ 
tance, is situated towards the southwest part of Germany, 
and is composed of most of the late circles of Bavaria and 
Franconia. 

2. A small portion of the kingdom, entirely separated 
from the rest, lies on the west side of the Rhine, and is 
composed of a part of the late Palatinate of the Rhine. 

3. Bavaria is separated from Tyrol on the south, and 
from Bohemia on the northeast, by rugged mountains ; but 
the most of the country is nearly level or moderately un¬ 
even, and the soil generally fertile. 

4. The country is watered by the Dan'ube and its 
branches, the Inn, I'ser (e'ser), ll'ler , Lech (lek), and 
Mayne. 

5. Mu'nich (moo'nik), the capital, situated on the Iser, 
is one of the handsomest cities in Europe, and is distin¬ 
guished for its university and a celebrated museum cf an¬ 
tiquities and other curiosities. 

6. Augs'burg, one of the principal trading towns in the 
interior of Germany, is remarkable for being the place 
where the Lutheran Confession of Faith was presented to 


2. What is said of the surface and soil P 3. What are the principal 
towns? 4. What small states are near the south of Wur- 
temberg ? • 

Bavaria. — 1. What is said of Bavaria? 2. What portion is 
separated from the rest? 3. What is said of the surface and 
soil ? 4. Rivers ? 5. What is said of Munich ? 6. Augs¬ 
burg and Nuremberg ? 


See Map No. VIII. — On what lake does Wurtemberg border ? 
By what rivers is it watered ? How is Stuttgard situated r 
Ulm? Tubingen? Hechingen ? Sigmaringen? 




BAVARIA 


137 


Charles V. in 1530 ; Nuremberg, for trade and for manu¬ 
factures, particularly of toys, and also of watches which 
were first invented here. 

7. Rat isbon is noted for having long been the place of 
the meeting of the Diet of the German empire ; Passau’, 
for a Religious Peace, in the time of the Reformation ; 
Spire, for the Protest of the Protestants ; Deux-Ponts (du- 
pong'), for its editions of the classics ; Blen'heim, Det'tin - 
gen , Hohenlin'den , and Eck'muhl , for battles. 

AUSTRIA. 

Vienna. 



1. Austria was erected into an empire in 1804, and is 
composed of various states or countries situated towards 
the south of Europe. 

7. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

Austria. — 1. What is said of Austria ? 


See Map No. VIII. — What part of Bavaria is intersected by the 
Danube ? What rivers in Bavaria flow into the Danube ? 
What part is crossed by the Mayne ? What lake is there in the 
southeast? How is Munich situated? Augsburg? Pas¬ 
sau? Nuremberg? Ratisbon ? Wurtzburg? 

What towns are on or near the Danube ? What ones to the south ? 
What ones to the north ? 
















138 


AUSTRIA. 


2. The Archdukes of Austria were, during several centur¬ 
ies, successively elected emperors of Germany; but in 1804, 
Francis II. assumed the title of Hereditary Emperor of Aus¬ 
tria ; and in 1306, he resigned his title of Emperor of Ger¬ 
many, and the German empire was dissolved. 

3. The Austrian Dominions comprise about one third 
part of Germany; the kingdom of Hungary; Transylvania, 
Dalmatia , Sclavonia , and Croatia; a part of Poland styled 
Galicia; and the Lombardo-Venetian kingdom , in the north¬ 
east of Italy. 

4. The inhabitants of the empire consist chiefly of four 
races or nations, namely, Germans , Sctevonians, Hungarians 
or Magarians, and Italians. 

5. The government is an hereditary monarchy, nearly ab¬ 
solute ; except in Hungary and Transylvania, where the 
power of the emperor is limited by constitutional provis¬ 
ions. 

6. The established religion is the Roman Catholic , but all 
others are tolerated ; and in Hungary and Transylvania the 
members of the Protestant and Greek churches are numer¬ 
ous. 

7. The principal rivers are the Danube , Drave, Save , 
Theis (tls), Po, and Ad'ige. 

8. In the Italian territories are found the fine lakes of 
Maggiore (ma-jo'ra), Como , Ise'o, and Garda; and in Car- 
niola is the remarkable lake of Cirknitz, which has subter¬ 
ranean cavities, through which its waters, at certain seasons, 
disappear, and again flow in. 

9. The state of agriculture in the Italian territory is high¬ 
ly improved ; in the German territories, indifferent; in the 
other parts, very backward. 

Austrian German Territories. 

10. The Austrian Dominions in Germany consist of the 
Archduchy of Aus'tria, Stir'ia , Tyrol', and the Illyrian prov¬ 
inces of Carin'thia and Carnio'la (all included in the late 
circle of Austria), together with Bohe'mia, and Mora'via. 

11. The surface is diversified, but much of it is mountain¬ 
ous. Ranges of the Alps traverse the southern parts. 
Bohemia consists of a valley encompassed by mountains. 


2. What is said of the archdukes of Austria and of Francis II. ? 

3. What do the Austrian dominions comprise? 4. Of what races 

do the inhabitants consist? 5. What is the government? 6 
Religion ? 7. Rivers ? 8. Lakes ? 9. Agriculture ? 

10. What do the Austrian dominions in Germany comprise? 

11. What is said of the surface? 



AUSTRIA. 


139 


12. The soil of a great portion is fertile, particularly of 
the archduchy of Austria, Bohemia, and Moravia; but 
much of the other parts is mountainous and unproductive. 

13. Vien'na, the metropolis of Austria, and the largest 
city in Germany, is situated on the Danube, in a spacious 
valley, and is subject to inundation. It is the centre of the 
trade of Austria, and is a gay and splendid city, with beau¬ 
tiful environs. 

14. Lintz , on the Danube, is noted for woollen manufac¬ 
tures ; Salz'burg , for its situation among mountains, and for 
hardware ; Hal'ltin, for salt-works ; JVag'ram, a village near 
Vienna, for a battle between the French and the Austrians. 

15. Gratz , the capital of Stiria, has considerable manu¬ 
factures ; Tri-este', in Illyria, is the principal commercial 
port in the Austrian Dominions ; and Id'ria has the most 
celebrated quicksilver mines in the world. 

16. In Tyrol are Ins'pruck, the capital; Trent, noted for 
a famous council ; Bolzalno , for its fairs. 

17. In Bohemia are Prague , much the largest town, and 
having considerable trade and manufactures ; Ta'bor, noted 
for having been the chief place of the Hussites ; Carls'bad 
and Top'litz , for mineral waters. 

18. In Moravia are Brunn, the capital ; Ol'mutz, noted 
for the imprisonment of Lafayette ; Aus'terlitz, for a great 
victory of Bonaparte. 


Hungary. 

19. Hungary, a large country, entitled a kingdom, forms 
almost a third part of the empire of Austria, and is famous 
for grain, cattle, wine, and mines of gold, silver, copper, 
lead, iron, and opal. 

20. The Carpathian Mountains extend along on the north¬ 
east border ; but the surface of the country is generally 
level or moderately uneven ; and much of the soil is fertile. 

21. Bu'da, the capital, situated on the Danube, is noted 
for its hot-baths ; Pest, opposite to Buda, as the largest and 
most commercial town ; Pres'burg for having been the for¬ 
mer capital ; Debret'zin and Zeg'edin, for trade and manu¬ 
factures ; Schem'nitz and Krem'nitz, for gold and silver 
mines ; JYew'sokl, for copper mines ; Tokay*, for wine. 


12. What is said of the soil and agriculture? 13. Vienna? 14. 
Lintz, Salzburg, &c. ? 15. What is said of Gratz, Trieste, 

andldria? 16. What towns in Tyrol? 17. Bohemia? 18. 
Moravia? 19. What is said of Hungary ? 20. What of its 
surface? 21. Buda and other towns? 

13 



140 


AUSTRIA. 


Transylvania. 

22. This country which lies on the east of Hungary, is 
called Transylvania , which signifies beyond the woods , be¬ 
cause it lies to the east of a woody tract of country in 
Hungary ; and it has a diversified surface and a fertile soil. 

23. The principal tow'ns are Her'manstadt , the capital, 
Clau'senburg, and Cron'stadt. 

Galicia. 

24. Galicia, which lies to the northeast of the Carpathian 
mountains, formerly constituted a part of Poland, and con¬ 
sists chiefly of an immense plain, and has a fertile soil. 

25. The principal towns are Lem'berg , the capital ; Bro'- 
dy, noted for trade ; and Wieliczfka , for the most famous 
salt mines in the world. 

Austrian Italy. 

26. Austrian Italy, called the Lombardo-Venetian kingdom , 
consists of the northeast part of Italy, which lies north of 
the Po , and east of the Ticino. It comprises a large part 
of what was anciently called Cisalpine Gaul , and afterwards 
Lombardy. 

27. With the exception of the parts that border on 
Switzerland and Germany, it is generally very level, com¬ 
posed chiefly of large and beautiful plains, of such fertility 
and high cultivation, that it has been styled the Garden of 
Europe. 

28. Mil'an, the capita] of Austrian Italy, is situated in a 
beautiful plain, and is distinguished for its magnificent edi¬ 
fices, particularly its cathedral. It has an extensive trade, 
and is one of the principal seats of Italian literature. 

29. Ven'ice , situated near the head of the gulf of Venice, 
on 72 little islands, seems, at a distance, to float on the sur¬ 
face of the water. It has canals instead of streets; and 
boats, called gondolas, instead of coaches. It was once the 
capital of a celebrated republic, and the most commercial 
city in the world ; and it has still some trade, though great¬ 
ly declined. 

30. Vero'na is noted for the remains of its great ancient 
amphitheatre ; Pad'ua and Pavia, for their universities; 


22. What is said of Transylvania ? 23 What are the principal 
towns? 24. What is said of Galicia? 25. What towns? 
26. What does Austrian Italy comprise ? 27. What is said of it? 
28. What is said of Milan ? 29. Venice ? 

30. What other towns, and for what noted ? 



AUSTRIA 


141 


Bres'cia , (bres'sha) for fire-arms ; Cremo'na and Ber'gamo, 
for silks ; Man'tua , for its fortifications ; Lo'di , for the cheese 
called Parmesan'. 


SWITZERLAND. 

The Glaciers. 



1. Switzerland is the most mountainous country in Eu¬ 
rope, abounding, more than any other, in grand and pictur- 


Switzerland. — 1. What is said of Switzerland ? 


See Mav of Europe. — What river flows through the central part 
of the Austrian dominions? What rivers flow into the 
Danube within these dominions? Where are the Carpa¬ 
thian mountains ? , , 

How is Vienna situated ? Buda and Pest ? Lemberg and Brody ? 
Wieliczka ? Temeswar? Hermanstadt and Clausenburg ? 
Ragu'sa and Catta'ro ? What towns are on the There ? 
SpeMnnJYo VIII. — What river separates the Austrian domin- 
Toxfs from the rest of Italy on the south ? What river and 
lake separate them from Piedmont? What lakes are in the 
southwest part of the Austrian dominions? Where does the 
Adige empty? What rivers in the central and northern part 
of the Austrian dominions ? What towns are on the Danube ? 
The Adige? How is Venice situated? Milan? Brescia? 
Mantua? Trieste? Gratz ? Inspruck ? Lintz? Salzburg? 
Prague? Carlsbad? Brunn? Olmutz? Austerlitz? Pres- 
burg ? Schemnilz and Kremnitz ? 












142 


SWITZERLAND. 


esque scenery, such as is composed of stupendous moun¬ 
tains, valleys, glaciers, precipices, cataracts, and lakes ; 
and on account of these, it is much visited by travellers. 

2. It is traversed by ranges of the Alps, which lie chiefly 
to the south and east. Some of the principal summits in 
Switzerland are Cervin, Jungfrau, Simplon, St. Bernard, 
and St. Gothard; and close upon its borders are the elevated 
summits of Mont Blanc and Mont Rosa. 

3. Mont Blanc, in Savoy, on the borders of Switzerland, 
is the highest mountain in Europe, and receives its name, 
which signifies White Mountain, from the immense mantle 
of glaring white snow, with which its summit and sides 
are always covered. 

4. On the north side of Mont Blanc is the celebrated 
vale of Chamou'ni (sha-moo'ne), which is greatly admired 
for the beauty and grandeur of its scenery. 

5. Mount Simplon, between Switzerland and Piedmont, 
is famous for the magnificent road made over it by Bona¬ 
parte, the most elevated point of which is more than 6,000 
feet high. 

6. Between the two principal summits of Mount St. Ber¬ 
nard, is one of the principal passages from Switzerland to 
Italy ; and at the height of 8,038 feet, the most elevated 
point in the passage, there is a Benedictine monastery and 
hospital, which is the highest inhabited spot in Europe. 

7. The Glaciers, which abound in the elevated hollows, 
between the peaks of the high mountains, are fields or lakes 
of glittering ice and snow ; extending, in some instances, 
15 or 20 miles in length, and often presenting the most fan¬ 
tastic forms. 

8. Avalanches are immense masses of snow and ice, 
which occasionally detach themselves from the glaciers, 
and are precipitated down the mountains, as sheets of snow 
down the roof of a house. 

9. The Rhine and the Rhone, two of the largest rivers of 
Europe, and also the Inn, a head branch of the Danube , 
rise in the mountains of Switzerland. The Aar (ar) is the 
largest river that has its whole course within the country. 

10. Cataracts are very numerous, and small streams are 
often precipitated from a great height. About 40 miles to 
the southeast of Berne, is the famous cascade of the Staub'- 
bach, which is nearly 1,000 feet perpendicular. 


2. What mountains? 3. What is said of Mont Blanc ? 

4. What is said of Chainouni ? 5. Simplon? 6. St. Bernard? 
7. The Glaciers ? 8. Avalanches ? 9. Rivers ? 10. Cat¬ 

aracts ? 



SWITZERLAND. 


143 


11. The Falls of the Rhine, near Schajfhau' sen, form the 
most noted cataract in Europe, and are much visited by 
travellers. The river here dashes headlong from a height 
of about 50 feet. 

12. Switzerland is celebrated for its numerous and beau¬ 
tiful lakes . The largest is the lake of Gene'va, which is es¬ 
teemed the most beautiful lake in Europe. Some of the 
others are the lakes of JYeufchatel' (nu-sha-tel'), Lu-cerne', 
and Zu'rich (zu'rik). 

13. The climate of Switzerland is healthy, but severe in 
the elevated parts. 

14. The soil is not generally fertile, and much of the 
country is rugged and sterile ; but the productive parts are 
cultivated with great care. The breeding of cattle forms 
the principal source of subsistence. 

15. Switzerland is divided into 22 cantons, in 9 of which 
the Catholic religion prevails, in 8 the Protestant, and 6 are 
divided ; but the Protestants comprise a good deal more 
than half of the w hole population. 

16. The prevailing language is the German ; but French 
is spoken in the cantons w'hieh border on France, and the 
Italian in the cantons which border on Italy. 

17. Switzerland is a republic, or a confederacy of 22 little 
republics. The cantons are independent, having their re¬ 
spective constitutions, some of which are democratic, but 
most of them oligarchic. But the general concerns of 
the confederacy are intrusted to a general diet, which 
meets, by rotation, at Lucerne, Zurich, and Berne. 

18. Gene'va, the most populous town in Switzerland, has 
a very picturesque situation, at the southwest end of the 
lake of Geneva, embracing the most magnificent views of 
mountain scenery, including the summit of Mont Blanc. 
It is famous for the manufacture of watches, as a seat of 
learning, and for having been the centre of the Reformed 
religion. 

19. Bale or Bas'il, on the Rhine, is distinguished for trade 
and its university ; Berne, on the Aar, as the most beautiful 


11. What is said of the Falls of the Rhine ? 12. Lakes ? 13. Cli¬ 
mate ? 14. Soil? 15. Religion? 16. Language? 17. What 
is said of the government ? 18. Geneva ? 19. What other 

towns? 

See Map No. VIII. — How is Switzerland bounded ? How is the 
lake of Geneva situated? Lake Constance? What rivers 
rise in Switzerland ? _ 

How is Berne situated? Geneva? Bale? Zurich? Schaffhau- 
sen ? Lausanne? Lucerne? Neufchatel? 

13* 




144 


SWITZERLAND 


town in Switzerland ; Zu'rich , for its delightful situation, 
for learning, and for the cultivation of flowers ; Lausanne 1 
(lo-zan'), for its picturesque situation on the lake of Gene¬ 
va ; Gruyeres (gru-yare'), for cheese. 

FRANCE. 


Paris. 



1. France, a fine country, advantageously situated to the 
west of the central part of Europe, has, during the last 
thousand years, been one of the leading states in that quar¬ 
ter of the globe. 

2. Before the French Revolution, France was divided 
into 32 provinces, some of the most important of which 
were Brit tany, Nor'mandy, Pic'ardy, and the Isle of 
France, in the northwest ; Champagne ' (sham-pan'), Lor¬ 
raine 1 , Al-sace 1 , Franche Comte (fransh kong'ta), and Bur 1 - 
gundy, in the northeast ; Pro-vence', Dau'phiny, Langue¬ 
doc', Gas'cony, and Guienne' (ghe-en'), in the south. 

3. The kingdom, including the island of Cor'sica, is now 
divided into 86 departments, which are named from the 
principal rivers by which they are watered, or from other 
natural features. 

4. France is favorably situated for commerce, being 


France. — 1 . What is said of France ? 2. What of its divisions 
before the Revolution ? 3. What of its present divisions ? 

4. What of its commercial advantages? 








FRANCE. 


145 


bounded on the west by the Atlantic ocean, or Bay of Bis¬ 
cay, on the northwest by the British Channel, and on the 
southeast by the Mediterranean. It is also watered by 
many fine rivers, and has numerous canals; though its 
inland navigation is much less complete than that of Eng¬ 
land. 

5. The four largest rivers which have their course chiefly 
in France, are the Seine, which flows through Paris, and 
is navigable for vessels of 200 tons to Rouen, and for boats 
to Troyes (trwa); the Loire (lwar), the navigation of 
which is connected by canals with the Seine and Saone 
(son) ; the Ga-ronne', which is navigable to Toulouse, 
where it is connected with the Mediterranean by the Lan¬ 
guedoc canal, 140 miles long ; and the Rhone , which is 
navigable to Seyssel. 

6. The surface in the northern part is level ; in the mid¬ 
dle, agreeably diversified ; and in the south and east, moun¬ 
tainous. 

7. The principal ranges of mountains are the Pyrenees, 
in the south ; and the Alps, in the southeast. Inferior 
ranges are those of Ce-vennes', Can’tal, Jura, and Vosges 
(vdzh). 

S. The climate is one of the finest in the world, being 
warmer, drier, and less changeable than that of England ; 
but it is much colder in the north than in the south. 

9. With regard to soil, France is a favored country. 
Though there are many large tracts that are unproductive, 
yet a great proportion is fertile. 

10. Some of the most important productions in the north¬ 
ern part are wheat, barley, oats, pulse, and potatoes ; in the 
southern, wine, maize, silk, and olive oil. 

11. The mineral productions are valuable, consisting 
chiefly of iron, copper, tin, lead, and coal. 

12. Some of the principal exports are wine, brandy, silks, 
linen, cotton, and woollen goods. 

13. The French have been long distinguished for their 
manufacture of silk, woollen, and linen goods ; the cotton 
manufactures are of comparatively recent introduction. 

14. Education is formed into one comprehensive system, 
styled the University of France, which embraces not only 
26 academies, that are constituted on a plan similar to the 
universities of other countries, but also all other institutions 


5. What is said of its rivers? 6. Surface? 7. Mountains? 8. 
Climate? 9. Soil? 10. Productions? 11. Mineral produc¬ 
tions? 12. Exports? 13. Manufactures? 14. Seminaries 
of education ? 



146 


FRANCE. 


for imparting education, down to the lowest schools ; and 
at the head of the whole is the “ Minister of Public Instruc¬ 
tion.” 

15. The French have always, since the revival of modern 
literature, ranked among the most literary nations of Eu¬ 
rope ; and they excel in the belles lettres, mathematics , 
astronomy , and chemistry. The education of the lower 
classes has heretofore been much neglected, but is now 
more attended to. 

16. The French language , which is derived from the 
Latin, is one of the most polished of the modern languages j 
and it is more used than any other in European courts. 

17. The government of France is a limited monarchy, 
and the constitution resembles that of Great Britain. The 
legislature is composed of the king ; of a chamber of peers, 
formerly hereditary, but now nominated for life by the 
king ; and of a chamber of deputies elected by the people. 

18. All religions are tolerated in France, and are on an 
equal footing ; but the great mass of the people are Roman 
Catholics. 

19. Paris, the capital, situated on the Seine, in the 
northern part of the kingdom, is the second city in Europe 
in population, and the first as a centre of gayety, luxury, 
and fashion. It is inferior to London in size, and in the 
width and commodiousness of its streets, but greatly supe¬ 
rior in public libraries, galleries of painting, magnificent 
palaces, and other public edifices. 

20. Ly'ons, finely situated at the conflux of the Rhone 
and Saone, is the second city in France, and distinguished 
for trade and for its extensive manufactures, particularly 
its silks and gold and silver stuffs. 

21. The five largest commercial ports are Marseilles' 
(mar-salz), noted as the first commercial port of France ; 
Bordeaux' (bor-do'), for its wines ; Nantes, for its brandy 
and for an edict respecting the Protestants; Hd'vre-de- 
Grace, as the port of Paris ; Rouen (ro'ang), for cotton 
manufactures and its magnificent cathedral. 

22. The principal naval stations are Brest and Tou'lon 
(too'long), the two largest ; also Roche'fort (rosh'fort), 
L’Orient (lo're-ang), and Cherbourg (sher'burg). 

23. The other most important seaports are Bay-onne ', 
noted for its trade with Spain, its fisheries, and the inven- 


15. What is said of the French ? 16. French language ? 17. Gov¬ 
ernment? 18. Religion ? 19. Paris? 20. Lyons? 

21. Which are the five principal commercial ports? 

22. What are the naval stations ? 23. What other seaports? 



FRANCE. 


147 


tion of bayonets ; Rochelle' (ro-shel'), for having been the 
stronghold of the Protestants, and for its long siege ; Dun’- 
kirk, for its distinction in history, and its importance as a 
place of strength ; Boulogne’ (boo-lon), Di-eppe’, and St. 
JYLci’lo. 

24. Lille or Lisle, Dbu’ay (doo'a), Valenciennes (val-an- 
se-en'), Cambray, and Metz (mas), have all considerable 
manufactures, and are noted for their fortifications ; Stras’- 
burg , for its fortifications, trade, manufactures, and cathe¬ 
dral ; Rheims (remz), as the place of the coronation of 
French kings. 

25. Some of the towns distinguished for manufactures, 
besides those already mentioned, are Am’iens, noted for a 
treaty of peace ; Or’leans, for sieges and the exploits of 
Joan of Arc ; Tours (toorz), for silks ; St. Eti-enne ', (con¬ 
nected with Lyons by a railroad) for fire-arms and hard¬ 
ware ; Cognac ’ (con-yak'), for brandy. 

26. Toulouse (too-looz') is noted for having been the cap¬ 
ital of the Goths ; Av'ignon (av'in-yon), for having been the 
residence of the pope ; Montpellier , for its salubrity and its 
medical school; Nismcs (neemz), for its amphitheatre and 
other Roman antiquities ; Aix , for its trade in oil ; Beau- 
caire (bo-kare'), for its fairs. 

27. Versailles' (ver-salz), is noted for its magnificent royal 
palace ; Fon'tainebleau (fon'ten-blo), for its royal castle 
and forest ; Poitiers , also the villages of Ag'incourt and 
Crecy (cres'se), for battles between the French and Eng¬ 
lish ; Ajac'cio (a-yat'cho), the capital of Corsica, as the 
birthplace of Bonaparte. 


24. What places are noted for fortifications, &c. ? 

25. Which are some of the other towns noted for manufactures ? 

26. What is said of Toulouse, Avignon, &c.? 27. Versailles, Fon 

tainebleau, &c. ? 


See Map No. VIII. — How is France bounded P 

On what waters does France border ? What part: of its boundary is 
formed by the Rhine ? What is the course of the Rhone, 
and where does it empty ? The Seine? The Loire ? The 
Garonne ? The A-dour' ? 

What mountains separate France from Spain ? What ranges of 
mountains are there in France, and where situated ? 

How is Paris situated ? Lyons? Marseilles? Bordeaux? Nantes? 
Rouen? Havre-de-Grace ? Lille? Strasburg? Metz? 
Orleans? Toulouse? Rheims? Amiens? 

What towns are on the Straits of Dover and English Channel ? 

What ones on the bay of Biscay ? The Mediterranean ? The 
Rhone ? The Garonne ? The Loire ? The Seine P The 
Rhine ? The Moselle ? 




148 


FRANCE 


28. The French Revolution, the greatest political convul¬ 
sion of modern times, commenced in 1789 ; and in 1793, 
Louis XVI. was beheaded. 

29. Bonaparte was crowned emperor in 1804, and in 
1815 his power was overthrown at the battle of Waterloo , 
and Louis XVIII. was placed on the throne. 

30. In 1830, a new revolution took place in France, by 
which Charles X. and his family were excluded from the 
throne, and Louis Philippe was declared King of the French, 
and a freer system of government was established. 

SPAIN. 


Bull-Fight. 



1. Spain comprises the most of a large peninsula, which 
is situated in the southwest of Europe, and is separated 
from the rest of the continent by the Pyr'enees, which di¬ 
vide it from France. 

2. It is one of the most mountainous countries in Eu¬ 
rope, and a great part of it has an elevated surface ; but it 
is finely variegated with rivers and valleys ; and in the 
southeast and south, there are extensive plains. . 


23. What is said of the French Revolution ? 29. What of Bona¬ 
parte ? 30. What revolution has since taken place ? 

Spain. — 1 . What does Spain comprise ? 2. What is said of the 
surface ? 




























SPAIN. 


149 


3. The Pyr'enees, form the northeastern barrier, and are 
connected with the Cantabrian chain, which extends through¬ 
out the north of Spain, parallel to the bay of Biscay ; and 
the country is traversed by four other ridges, which extend 
from west to east between the large rivers. The highest 
of these ridges is the Sier'ra Neva'da. 

4. Montserrat' , about 20 miles northwest of Barcelona, is 
a singular mountain, nearly 4,000 feet high, consisting of 
an assemblage of conical hills, and is remarkable for its 
hermitages and Benedictine monastery. 

5. The five largest rivers are the Ta'gus, Due'ro or 
Dou'ro, E'bro, Guadid'na, and Guadalquiv'ir ; but, on ac¬ 
count of the mountainous character of the country, they do 
not afford great facilities for navigation. 

6. Spain has three considerable islands in the Mediterra¬ 
nean, namely, Major'ca Minor'ca, and Iv'ica. 

7. The soil is various ; in the southern provinces, gen¬ 
erally very fertile ; but in the central parts much of it is 
dry and unproductive. 

8. The climate is generally mild and pleasant, and the 
air is much refreshed by sea-breezes ; but in the south, it 
is hot, at some seasons unhealthy, and is subject to the 
scorching wind called Sold'no ,• and in the elevated parts 
the winters are cold. 

9. Spain has a great variety of vegetable and mineral 
productions ; and it is famous for its wool, reputed the best 
in Europe ; also for its silk, wine, oil, an d fruits. 

10. It is advantageously situated, and has great natural 
resources ; but it suffers for the want of canals and good 
roads ; and agriculture, manufactures, and education are 
in a backward state. Catalonia, in the northeast, is the 
part of the country most distinguished for manufacturing 
and commercial activity. 

11. Spain, though now comparatively weak, was esteem¬ 
ed two hundred years ago the most formidable power in 
Europe ; and she has been distinguished for her very ex¬ 
tensive and rich possessions in America, most of which 
have now become independent. 

12. The favorite national amusement of the Spaniards is 
Bull-Fighting, a barbarous exhibition, which is attended by 
great numbers of both sexes, and to which there are amphi¬ 
theatres appropriated in the principal towns. 


3. What is said of the mountains? 4. Montserrat? 5. Rivers? 

C. Islands? 7. Soil? 8. Climate? 9. Productions? 

10. What is the state of the country ? 11. What is said of its his¬ 
tory ? 12. What is their favorite amusement? 





150 


SPAIN. 


13. Madrid', the capital of Spain, is situated on a branch 
of the Tagus, near the centre of the kingdom, and is the 
most elevated capital in Europe, being about 2,000 feet 
above the level of the sea. 

14. The two most considerable commercial ports are 
Barcelo'na, in the northeast, which exports wine, brandy, 
and the manufactures of Catalonia ; and Ca'diz , in the 
southwest, which is the centre of the American trade. _ 

15. The other principal ports are Mal'aga and Al'icant , 
noted for wines and fruits ; Carthage'na , for its good har¬ 
bor ; Bilbo'a or Bilbd'o, for wool and iron ; also Fer'rol and 
Corun'na, in the northwest corner of Spain. 

16. Seville' or Sev'ille , on the Guadalquivir, was form¬ 
erly much larger than at present, and the most commercial 
town in the kingdom ; Grand'da, styled the Paradise of 
Spain, and Cor'dova, noted for a kind of leather called Cor¬ 
dovan, are famous for having been the seats of Moorish 
power and magnificence. 

17. Saragos'sa, is famous for its sieges ; Valen'cia,f or its 
fine situation and for silk ; Xe'res, for the wine called 
Sherry ; Tole do, as the first archbishopric, and for sword- 
blades ; Sego'via, for woollen manufactures ; Salaman'ca, 
for its university ; Valladolid', for having been a royal resi¬ 
dence ; Compost el'la, for pilgrimage to the supposed tomb 
of St. James ; the village Escu'rial, for its magnificent royal 
palace ; Cape Trafalgar', for a great naval battle, in which 
Lord Nelson was killed. 

18. Gibraltar is a celebrated promontory, more than 
1,400 feet high, at the southern extremity of Spain, belong¬ 
ing to Great Britain. It has a remarkable fortress, so de¬ 
fended by nature and art, as to be accounted the strongest 
in the world. 


13. What is said of Madrid ? 14. What are the two principal ports ? 
15. What are the other ports? 16. What is said of Seville, Gra¬ 
nada, and Cordova? 17. What other places, and for what 
noted ? 18. What is said of Gibraltar ? 


See Map of Europe. — By what waters is Spain bordered ? 

By what mountains ? What strait separates it from Africa ? 

What capes on the coast? What rivers of Spain flow into the 
Atlantic ocean ? What ones flow into the Mediterranean ? 
How is Madrid situated ? Cadiz? Barcelona? Bilboa ? Seville? 
Granada? Saragossa? Cordova? What towns are on the 
Mediterranean ? What ones on the northwest of Spain ? 
What ones on the Tagus ? The Ebro ? 





PORTUGAL. 


151 


PORTUGAL. 

1. Portugal is a small kingdom, lying between Spain and 
the Atlantic ocean, and is the most westerly of all the Eu¬ 
ropean states. 

2. It is advantageously situated for commerce, and was 
formerly distinguished as a maritime power ; but its pros¬ 
perity has long since declined, and agriculture, manufac¬ 
tures, and education are all in a backward state. 

3. The three principal rivers are the Tagus , Dut'ro or 
Dou'ro, and Guadia'na. 

4. The surface is much diversified by mountains, valleys, 
and plains ; the soil of a considerable part is fertile, but 
miserably cultivated ; the climate pleasant and healthy. 

5. Portugal has a deficiency of grain ; but it abounds in 
xvine, olives , oranges , and other fruits. 

6. Lis'bon, the capital, is delightfully situated near the 
mouth of the Tagus, has an excellent harbor, and ranks 
among the first commercial cities of Europe. It is famous 
for the export of the wine called Lisbon, and for its partial 
destruction by a great earthquake in 1755. 

7. Opor'to, near the mouth of the Duero, is famous for 
Port wine ; Coim'bra is noted for its university ; St. Ubes 
or Set'uval, for salt ; Bragan'za, for giving a title to the 
present reigning family of Portugal. 

ITALY. 

1. Italy is a beautiful country, consisting of along pen- - 
insula, extending into the Mediterranean, in the form of a 
boot, and separated from Switzerland and Germany on the 
north, by the Alps. 

2. It is of great celebrity in history, and is noted for the 
excellence of its climate, the fertility of its soil, the beauty 


Portugal. — 1. What is the situation of Portugal ? 2. What is 

said of it? 3. Rivers? 4. Surface, soil, and climate? 5. 
Productions? 6. What is said of Lisbon? 7. Oporto, Co- 
imbflfc) St. Ubes, and Braganza? 

Italy. — 1. What is said of Italy ? 2. For what is it noted ? 


See Map of Europe. — What cape is on the southwest part of 
Portugal ? What rivers flow through it ? 

How is Lisbon situated ? Oporto ? Coimbra ? What towns in 
the northern part ? What ones in the southern ? 

14 





152 


ITALY 


Mount Etna. 



of its natural scenery, and the numerous and superb mon¬ 
uments of ancient art, which it still exhibits. 

3. The surface is finely diversified with mountains, hills, 
valleys, and plains ; but it is mostly a mountainous country. 

4. The Alps lie on the north; the Apennines extend 
throughout the whole length of the peninsula ; and the 
three celebrated volcanoes , Et'na, Vesuvius, and Strom'boli , 
belong to Italy. 

5. Of the Italian islands, Sip'ily, a large and fertile is¬ 
land, is the most important. "The other islands are Sar¬ 
dinia, which gives name to the kingdom of Sardinia ; Cor¬ 
sica, a mountainous island which belongs to France; 
Mdlia, which belongs to Great Britain, and is celebrated for 
its fortifications ; El'ba and the Lip'ari islands. 

6. The river Po and its branches water most of the 
northern part of Italy. The other principal rivers are the 
Adige, Ar'no, and Tiber. 

7. The river Teveroiie has a celebrated and beautiful 
cataract of nearly 100 feet perpendicular, at Tiv’oli; and 5 
miles from Telni, the small river Veli'no has three fine cas¬ 
cades, one of which is about 300 feet perpendicular. 


3. What is said of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 5. Islands ? G. 
Rivers ? 7. Cataracts ? 





ITALY. 


153 


8. The climate is esteemed the finest in Europe, but it va¬ 
ries in different parts. In some places, particularly in a 
district on the southwest coast, extending from Leghorn to 
Terraci'na, 47 miles southeast of Rome, it is unhealthy; 
and in the south, the country, at some seasons, is annoyed 
by the wind called Sirocco. 

9. The soil is generally fertile, and is well cultivated in 
the northern parts ; but in the middle and south the culti¬ 
vation is backward. 

10. The most important productions are grain, wine, olive 
oil, silk, cattle, cheese, fruits, and marble. 

11. The Italians excel in the fine arts ; and the country 
abounds in splendid specimens of painting, sculpture, and 
architecture. 

12. Italy comprises the following divisions or states, 
namely, the Lombardo-Venetian kingdom, or Austrian Italy 
[see Austria], in the northeast; the Sardinian territories, in 
the northwest ; the States of the Church, the grand-duchy of 
Tus'cany, the duchies of Par'ma, Mo'dena, and Luc'ca, and 
the republic of St. Marino, in the middle ; and the kingdom 
of the Two Sicilies, consisting of JYaples and the island of 
Sicily, in the south. 

Kingdom of Sardinia. 

13. The kingdom of Sardinia comprises Pied'mont, Gen'- 
oa, Savoy 1 , and the island of Sardin'ia. 

14. Pied'mont, which signifies *' c the foot of the moun¬ 
tains, 55 is bordered by mountains on the north, west, and 
south, but the central part is composed of fertile and highly 
cultivated plains ; Gen'oa, is a mountainous district lying 
along the gulf of Genoa, and is noted as the native country 
of Columbus ; Savoy, one of the most mountainous districts 
of Europe, resembles Switzerland on which it borders, and 
includes the mountain of Mont Blanc; and Sardinia is a 
large and fertile island, but very ill cultivated. 

15. Turin', the capital of Piedmont and of the kingdom 
of Sardinia, finely situated on the Po, is noted as a beau¬ 
tiful city ; Alexan'dria, as a strong town ; and near it is 
Maren'go, famous for a great victory of Bonaparte. 

16. Gen'oa, the capital of the province of Genoa, and 
formerly the capital of a celebrated republic, and one of 
the most commercial cities in the world, is built on the de¬ 
clivity of a hill, and is remarkable for its splendid edifices, 


8. What is said of the climate? 9. Soil? 10. Productions? 11. 

Italians ? 12. What are the divisions or states? 

13. What does the kingdom of Sardinia comprise ? 14. What is 

said of these several parts ? 15. Turin &c. ? 16. Genoa ? 




154 


ITALY 


and for the magnificent view which it presents on approach¬ 
ing it. 

Parma, Modena, and Lucca. 

17. The duchies of Parma , Mo'dena, and Lucca , com¬ 
prise small but highly cultivated and populous districts. 

18. Parma gives name to the famous Parmesan cheese ; 
and Carrd'ra, which belongs to Modena, is famous for its 
fine marble. 

Tuscany. 

19. The grand-duchy of Tuscany has a finely diversified 
surface , and its soil is generally fertile, and highly culti¬ 
vated. 

20. Flor'ence, the capital, situated in a delightful vale, 
on the Arno, and one of the most beautiful cities in Europe, 
is distinguished for the fine arts, and has one of the most 
eminent academies of painting in the world. 

21. Leghorn is noted as the most commercial town in It¬ 
aly ; Pi'sa, for its former commercial importance and its 
leaning tower. 

States of the Church. 


St. Peter’s Church. 



22. The States of the Church comprise a considerable 
country in the central part of Italy, which is under the gov- 


17. What is said of Parma, Modena, and Lucca? 18. Parma and 
Carrara? 19. What is said of Tuscany? 20. Florence? 
21. Leghorn and Pisa? 22. What is said of the States of 
the Church ? 

































ITALY. 


155 


ernment of the Pope, who is invested with absolute power 
in these States, both temporal and spiritual. 

28 . Rome, the capital, and the residence of the Pope, is 
situated on the Tiber, 15 miles from its mouth. It was, for 
a long time the most powerful, populous, and magnificent 
city in the world ; and, though greatly reduced, it still con¬ 
tains many remarkable monuments and splendid edifices, 
among which are the Colise'um or Amphitheatre of Vespa¬ 
sian, constructed for the cPmbats of gladiators and wild 
beasts, and St. Peter's Church, the most superb structure of 
modern times. 

24. Bologna (bo-lon'ya) is noted for its university, col¬ 
lections of paintings, tower, and silks ; Anco'na and Civ'i- 
ta Ve&chia, (vek'e-a) as seaports ; Faen'za, for its potteries j 
Tiv'oli, for its fine water-fall. 

Naples or the Two Sicilies. 

25. This kingdom, which comprises the country of JYaples 
and the island of Sicily, is advantageously situated, and has 
a fertile soil ; but agriculture, commerce, and manufactures 
are all in a backward state. 

26. This kingdom contains three of the most famous 
volcanoes in the world, Et'na, Vesu'vius, and Strom'boli. 

27. Et'na, on the island of Sicily, is the most celebrated 
volcano on the globe, and has been, from remote antiquity, 
subject to dreadful eruptions. Large stones are said to 
have been thrown to the height of 7,000 feet, and are fre¬ 
quently projected to the distance of 30 miles. 


23. What is said of Rome ? 24. What other towns ? 

25. What is said of the kingdom of Naples or Two Sicilies? 

26. What volcanoes ? 27. What is said of Etna ? 


See Map of Europe. —Where is the gulf of Tarento? How is 
the island of Sicily situated ? Sardinia ? Corsica ? Elba ? 
Malta ? The Lipari islands ? In what part of Sicily is 
Etna? Where is Vesuvius? How is Naples situated? 
Palermo ? Messina ? Catania ? Syracuse ? Reggio (red'jo) ? 
Brindisi ? Beneven'to ? 

See Map No. VIII. — Where is the Gulf of Genoa? 

How are the States of the Church situated ? Tuscany ? Modena? 

Parma ? Genoa ? PiedrrtontY Savoy ? 

How is Rome situated ? Bologna? CivitaVecchia? What towns 
on the Gulf of Venice 5 How is Tuscany situated ? Leg¬ 
horn ? Pisa ? What other towns in Tuscany ? How is Tu¬ 
rin situated? Genoa? Alexandria? Pignerola? Cham- 
berry ? Nice? Parma? Placentia? Modena ? Lucca? 
Carrara ? 


14# 




156 


ITALY 


Vesuvius and Naples. 



28. Vesuvius, which is 7 miles from Naples, and less 
than a third part as high as Etna, has had many tremen¬ 
dous eruptions. 

29. Strom'boli, on one of the Lipari islands, emits flames 
that are visible in the night at the distance of 100 miles, 
and is styled the lighthouse of the Mediterranean. 

30. Naples, the capital of the kingdom, is the largest 

city in Italy, and famous for its delightful situation on one 
of the finest bays in the world. Its approach from the sea 
is esteemed more beautiful than that of any other city in 
Europe. J 

31. Pale/mo, the capital of the island of Sicily, is noted 
for the magnificence of its churches ; Messi'na , for com¬ 
merce ; Catd'nia, for frequent earthquakes ; Syracuse and 
Girgen'ti , for their ancient greatness. 


28. What is said of Vesuvius? 29. Stromboli? 30. Naples ? 
31. What towns in Sicily ? 


























TURKEY 


157 


TURKEY. 


Constantinople. 



1. The Turkish or Ottoman Empire is composed of 
Turkey in Europe and Turkey in Asia ; and for several 
hundred years it also included Egypt in Africa ; but some 
years since Mohammed Ali, Pacha of Egypt, made him¬ 
self independent of the sultan. 

2. The countries included in this empire comprise most 
of those parts of the world which were most celebrated in 
ancient history and which were, in ancient times, the finest 
countries in the world, the seats of civilization, learning, 
and the arts ; but they are now, oVving to the despotism and 
bad policy of the Turks, comparatively desolate and miser¬ 
able. 

TURKEY IN EUROPE. 

3. Turkey in Europe is composed of the following prin¬ 
cipal divisions, namely, Moldavia, Walla'chia, Bulgaria, Ser'- 
via, and Bos'nia in the north ; Roume'lia and Alba'nia , in 
the south. 

4. The piovinces of Molda'via, and Walla'chia, which lie 

Turkey. — 1 What is said of the Turkish empire? 2. The 
countries composing it? 3. What are the divisions of 
Turkey in Europe ? 

4. What is said of Moldavia aud Wallachia? 
















158 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 


Mosque of St. Sophia. 



north of the Danube, are not under the immediate govern¬ 
ment of the Turkish sultan, but are governed by hospodars, 
who are of the Greek Church, and tributary to the sultan. 

5. The northern provinces are mostly level or moderate¬ 
ly uneven ; the southern are mountainous. 

6. The Balkan Mountains , anciently called Hcemus and 
Rhod'o-pe are the principal range in Turkey, and extend 
from the gulf of Venice to the Black sea. 

7. The Danube is much the largest river. Some of the 
other most considerable rivers are the Pruth , Marizfza, and 
Dri'no. 

8. The climate is generally excellent, though unhealthy 
in some parts ; and the soil of a great portion of the coun¬ 
try is fertile, but miserably cultivated. 

9. Some of the most important productions are wheat , 
maize, rice, cotton, silk, urine, and fruits. 

10. About one third of the inhabitants of this country are 
Turks, who are Mahometans. The rest are composed of 
various nations, but are mostly Christians of the Greek 
Church. They are in an oppressed condition, and in a 
backward state, as it regards education and the arts of civ¬ 
ilized life. 


5. What is said of the face of the country ? 6. Mountains ? 7. 
Rivers? 8. Climate ? 9. Productions? 10. Inhabitants? 

























































TURKEY IN EUROPE. 


159 


11. The Turks, who are a Tartar nation, originally from 
Asia, and one of the most illiterate in Europe, took posses¬ 
sion of Constantinople, and put an end to the Eastern or 
Greek Empire, in 1453. 

12. The Turkish government is one of the most despotic 
m the world. The emperor, who is styled sultan or grand 
seignior , is the sole fountain of office and honor, and abso¬ 
lute master of the lives and property of his subjects. 

13. The prime minister, who is next to the sultan in 
power, is styled the grand vizier ; the governors of the 
provinces, pachas ; and the court of the sultan is called the 
Porte or the Sublime Porte, from the gate of the palace. 

14. Turkish cities , by means of the domes and minarets 
of the mosques, often make a splendid appearance at a dis¬ 
tance ; but, on entering them, one commonly finds them to 
be meanly built, and the streets narrow and dirty. 

15. Constantinople, the metropolis of the Turkish 
empire, situated on the west side of the Bos'phorus, be¬ 
tween the Black sea and the sea of Mar'mora, has one of 
the most advantageous situations and one of the finest har¬ 
bors in the world, and it presents a magnificent view at a 
distance ; but, on entering it, like other Turkish cities, it 
disappoints expectation. Some of the most remarkable 
objects in the city are the seraglio , which includes a vast 
assemblage of palaces, inhabited by the sultan and his 
court ; and the mosque of St. Sophia. 

16. Adriano'pie, on the Merizza, is noted as the second 
city in rank ; Saloni'ca, the capital of Macedonia, for com¬ 
merce ; Joan'nina or Yan'ina, the capital of Albania, as the 
residence of the late Ali Pacha (a-le' pa-shaw') ; Gallip'oli , 
on the strait of the Dardanelles', as the residence of the 
Capudan' Pa^ha', the Turkish chief admiral. 

17. Bucharest' , a large, but meanly built city, is noted as 


11. What is said of the Turks ? 12. Government? 

13. What are the prime minister and court styled? 14. What is 
said of Turkish cities? 15. Constantinople? 16. What of 
Adrianople, Salonica, Joannina, and Gallipoli? 

17. What other towns, and for what noted ? 


See Map of Europe. — What seas and gulf border on Turkey ? 
Where is the sea of Marmora ? Where the Dardanelles? 

What part of Turkey is crossed by the Danube? Where does the 
Pruth empty ? The Marizza ? The Drino ? 

How is Constantinople situated ? Adrianople? Salonica? Joan¬ 
nina ? Sophia ? Jassy ? Bucharest ? Belgrade ? 

What towns on the Danube ? On the Black sea ? 




160 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 


the capital of Wallachia ; Sophi'a, for its hot-baths ; Bel¬ 
grade' , Fiddin ', Nicop'oli, Brd'hilow, Silis'tria , and Shum'- 
la, for their fortifications and military importance. 

GREECE. 

1. The kingdom of Greece consists of what was anciently 
styled Greece Proper , comprising Attica, Bceotia, Megaris, 
Phocis, Doris, Locris, iEtolia, and Acarnania ; Peloponne'- 
sus or More'a ; the island of Euboea or Ne'gropont; and the 
cluster of islands anciently called the Cyc'lades, which lie 
east of the Peloponnesus. 

2. The general aspect of this small but celebrated coun¬ 
try is rugged and mountainous ; but it abounds in beauti¬ 
ful scenery ; and the climate is excellent, and much of the 
soil fertile. 

3. It has many considerable mountains , which are inter¬ 
esting for their classical associations ; and its little rivers , 
which now appear comparatively insignificant, have been 
rendered famous by the Greek poets. 

4. This country, which was once very populous, and 
abounded in flourishing cities and magnificent edifices, is 
now miserably cultivated, and thinly peopled. It contains 
no large towns, and its villages are composed of miserable 
cottages or dwellings of only one story, and without chim¬ 
neys. 

5. The Modern Greeks are a handsome people, active, 
lively, and courageous ; having generally little education, 
but a good deal of genius. One of their chief employments 
is commerce. 

6. Ath'ens, the capital, once a splendid city, is now 
greatly reduced, but is noted for the Parthenon and other 
ancient monuments ; Lepan'to, for a great battle, in which 
Cervantes lost his hand ; Missolon'ghi , for its siege and the 
death of Lord Byron. 


Greece. — 1. Of what does Greece consist ? 

2. What are its aspect, climate, and soil ? 3. What is said of its 

mountains and rivers ? 4. What is its present condition ? 

5. What is said of the modern Greeks ? 6. What of Athens, Le- 
panto, and Missolonghi ? - 


See Map of Europe .— How is Greece situated? Morea? The 
island of Candia P Negropont ? Cerigo ? Corfu ? Cepha- 
lonia ? Zante ? Cape Matapan' ? Athens ? Corinth ? Le- 
panto ? Missolonghi ? Navarin ? What other towns in 
the Morea? 

How is Corfu situated ? Cerijo ? Cephalonia ? Zante ? 




GREECE. 


161 


7. Some of the principal towns in the Morea are Ar'gos, 
Tripolizza, Mis'itra, and Patras ; also Nap'oli ,, noted for 
its citadel ; Malvasi'a, for Malmsey wine ; Cor'inth , for its 
former greatness, and currants, to which it gave name ; 
Navari'no or Nav'arm, for a great naval battle. 

8. The Greeks revolted from the Turkish government in 
1821 ; in 1883, Otho, the son of the king of Bavaria, was 
elected king, and a hereditary constitutional monarchy was 
established. 


THE IONIAN REPUBLIC. 

1. The Ionian Republic , or the Republic of the Seven Isl¬ 
ands, a small republic under the protection of Great Brit¬ 
ain, comprises the seven following small islands lying near 
the west coast of Greece ; namely, Corfu', Cephalo'nia , 
Zan'te, St. Mau'ra , Ith'aca, and Cert'go. 

2. These islands have an uneven surface, with rugged 
coasts, and a mild climate. Olive oil and currants are two 
of the principal productions. 

3. Corfu, on the island of Corfu, is the seat of govern¬ 
ment. 


7. What towns on the Morea, and for what noted ? 8. What is 
related of the history ? 

Ionian Republic. — 1. Of what does the Ionian Republic con¬ 
sist P 2. What is said of these islands ? 3. Capital ? 




ASIA 


Caravan. 



1. Asia is remarkable for being the quarter of the world 
in which the human race were first planted ; and for hav¬ 
ing been the seat of the Assyrian , Babylonian, and Persian 
empires, and the residence of the Israelites. 

2. In this quarter of the globe the Jewish, Christian, and 
Mahometan religions had their origin, as well as several 
systems of Paganism, which extensively prevail. 

3. Asia includes the following countries, namely, Siberia, 
in the north ; Tar'tary and Thibet', in the middle ; Tur¬ 
key, Arabia, Persia, Beloochistan', Afghanistan', Hindostan', 
Chin-India or Farther India, China, Corea, and Japan, in 
the south and southeast. 

4. The two great ranges of mountains are the Himmd'leh 
and the Alta'i mountains. 

5. The Alta'i or Altd'ian Mountains are a chain about 
5,000 miles in length, extending almost across Asia, on the 


Asia. — 1. What is said of Asia? 2. What religions had their 
origin in Asia ? 3. What countries does it include ? 

4. What ranges of mountains? 5. What is said of the Altai moun¬ 
tains ? 














ASIA. 


163 


borders of Siberia and Tartary, and contain valuable mines 
of gold, silver, copper, iron, &c. 

6. The Himma'leh or Himalaya Mountains , which sep¬ 
arate Hindostan from Thibet and Tartary, extend about 
1,400 miles in length, and are supposed to be the highest 
mountains on the globe. The most elevated summits may 
be seen at the distance of 230 miles. 

7. Some of the largest rivers are the O'by, Yenisei (yen- 
e-se'), and Le'na , in the north ; the Amour (a-moor'), Ho'- 
ang-Ho'y and Ki'ang-Ku ', in the east; the Cambo'dia or 
Mecon', Irrawad'dy, Brahmapootra, Gan'ges, In’dus, Eu¬ 
phrates, and Tigris, in the south. 

8. The largest lakes or inland seas are the Cas'pian , 
A'ral, and B'd'ikal. 

9. The soil in the northern and central parts is mostly 
sterile ; but in the southern parts, with the exception of 
the sandy deserts in the southwest, it is, for the most part, 
extremely fertile. 

10. The climate embraces every variety ; and it is ex¬ 
tremely cold in the north, and hot in the south. The transi¬ 
tion from a hot to a cold climate, is very sudden, owing to 
the great elevation of the central parts, and to the ranges 
of high mountains. 

11. The islands connected with Asia are very numerous 
and important. Those which lie to the southeast of the 
continent have been classed in three great divisions, name¬ 
ly, the Eastern Archipel'ago, Australia, and Polynesia ; 
and they have also been considered as forming a fifth divis¬ 
ion of the globe by the name of Ocean'ica. 

12 In the early ages, Asia was superior to the other 
parts of the globe in military strength ; but, in the time of 
Alexander the Great, Europe obtained the ascendency, 
which it has ever since possessed, and Asia has continued 
comparatively weak. 

13. Asia is, however, esteemed the most fruitful and the 
richest part of the globe, and it contains more inhab¬ 
itants than all the other divisions. Yet the central and 
northern parts, including more than half of the continent, 
are mostly sterile, and very thinly inhabited. These parts 
have but little communication with the civilized world, and 
are, comparatively, but little known. 

14. The southern parts and islands furnish to the other 


6. What is said of the Himmaleh mountains ? 7. What rivers ? 
8. Lakes? 9. Climate? 10. Soil? 11. Islands? 

12. What is said of the ancient and present condition of Asia ? 

13. What of its riches and population ? 14. Productions ? 

15 




1G4 


ASIA. 


portions of the world a variety of luxuries, as spices, tea, 
coffee, fruits, diamonds , and other precious stones. Of 
these parts some of the most useful vegetables are rice and 
the bamboo. 

15. Asia is particularly distinguished for certain animals, 
as the elephant, camel, rhinoceros, and tiger. The elephant 
is trained to various kinds of service ; and the camel is 
very important to the Asiatics in performing the most ardu¬ 
ous journeys. 

16. The foreign commerce of this quarter of the globe is 
chiefly carried on by European nations and the United 
States. The internal trade is conducted mostly by cara¬ 
vans, which often consist of many thousands of merchants, 
and a still greater number of camels. 

17. The prevailing government is despotism ; but in some 
parts, particularly among the Arabs and other wandering 
tribes, the patriarchal form is in use. 

18. The two prevailing religions are Paganism and Ma¬ 
hometanism. 

19. Mahometanism is the prevailing religion of Turkey, 
Arabia, and Persia ; and it is widely diffused in Tartary, 
Hindostan, and many of the islands ; but far the greater 
part of the Asiatics adhere to Paganism, which here exists 
m various forms, as Bramanism, and Buddhism, including 
the religion of Fo and Shamanism, or the worship of the 
Grand Lama. 

20. Though Christianity had its origin in Asia, yet it is 
now found here only in a very limited degree, and mostly 
in a very corrupted form. It exists chiefly under the de¬ 
nomination of the Greek and Armenian churches, in the 
Russian and Turkish dominions. It has also been intro¬ 
duced, to some extent, into the European colonies ; and 
great exertions have of late been made to extend its bless¬ 
ings to the natives by means of missionaries, and the diffu¬ 
sion of the Scriptures. 

21. The Asiatics, with regg^d to their manners and cus¬ 

toms, differ in many particulars from the Europeans. They 
are less active and enterprising ; more effeminate in their 
character and habits ; more remarkable for a warm im¬ 
agination, for a figurative style of writing, qjid for the use 
of hyperbolical language. .J 

22. Instead of the..close dress of Europeans, they com- 


15. What of its animals ? 16. Commerce? 17. Government? 

18. What of its religion? 19. What is said of the prevalence of 
each ? 20. YVhat is said respecting Christianity in Asia? 

21. What is said of the Asiatics J 22. What of their dress ? 




ASIA. 


165 

inonly wear loose and flowing garments, and itmkc use of 
turbans instead of hats. 

23. The want of wood for building has obliged the wan¬ 
dering and pastoral tribes of Arabia and the central parts 
of Asia, to lodge in tents , formed of skins or stuffs, which 
are the produce of their herds. 

24. Most of the Oriental nations make no use of chairs, 
but sit cross-legged upon their heels, on the ground or 
floor ; and, in the houses of the wealthy, on carpets or 
sofas. 

25. In eating, they generally make no use of high tables or 
of knives and forks. But their food is placed upon the floor 
in large vessels, round which the guests sit upon their heels, 
or recline upon sofas or couches, and feed themselves 
chiefly by the use of their fingers, which are sometimes 
assisted by some simple instrument. 

26. The condition of women among Mahometans and 
Pagans, is far less favorable than among Christian nations. 
In most Oriental countries, they are very much confined, 
and are permitted to see little or no company, except their 
relatives ; nor are they allowed to go abroad without hav¬ 
ing their faces covered. 

27. Polygamy is generally permitted among the Asiatic 
nations. Marriage is not generally founded on the mutual 
affection of the parties, as women are commonly sold for 
wives, and are not permitted to exercise any choice of their 


23. What is said of the habitations of the pastoral tribes ? 24. Man¬ 
ner of sitting ? 25. Of eating ? 26. Condition of the wo¬ 
men ? 27. What is said respecting marriage ? 


See Map of Asia. ^ What ocean lies north of Asia ? 

What seas on the west? On the south ? On the east ? 

What three large rivers flow into the Arctic ocean ? What are the 
three l|rgest in the east j>f Asia? What rivers in the south? 

Where are the Altai mountains The Himmaleh mountains ? 

What three large islands are croslea by the Equator ? 

What are some of the other principal islands to the southeast of 
Asia? What is the southernmost point of the continent of 
Asia ? Wh5.t strait is at the northeast point? What one at 
the southWcst ? Where is Asia joined to Africa? 

Where is Kamtschatka ? Corea ? Nova, Zembla ? The Japan 
islands ? What country lies in the north of Asia ? 

What countries in the east? In the south ? In the west? In the 
central part ? How is Siberia, or Russia in Asia bounded ? 
Independent Tartary ? Chinese Tartary ? Turkey? Ara¬ 
bia? Persia? Afghanistan ? Beloochistan ? Thibet? Hin- 
dostan ? Birman Empire ? Malacca 4 Siam? Laos? Cam¬ 
bodia? Cochin-China? Tonquin ? China? Corea? 




166 


ASIA. 


own. They are treated rather as the slaves, than as the 

companions, of their husbands. 

28. At funerals , it is now common, among Oriental na¬ 
tions, as it was in ancient times, to employ mourning wo¬ 
men for the purpose of making lamentation, and showing 
various outward expressions of grief and sorrow. 

TURKEY IN ASIA. 

Jerusalem. 



1. Turkey in Asia comprehends several fine countries, 
which were of great celebrity in ancient history, both sacred 
and profane, and were the scenes of most of the events 
recorded in the Scriptures. 

2. The principal modern divisions are Nato'lia , Syr'ia , 
Arme'nia, Kurdistan ', Diarbe'kir , and Ir'ak-Ar'abi or Bag'- 
dad. 

3. The surface of Nattdia, Syria, and Diarbekir, is 
greatly diversified; Armenia and Kurdistan are very moun¬ 
tainous ; and Irak-Arabi is generally level or moderately 
uneven. 

4. The two great rivers are the Euphrates and Ti'gris ; 
the smaller ones are Kizil'ermak, Oron'tes, and Mein'der. 


28. What is said respecting funerals ? 

Turkey in Asia. — 1 . What is said of Turkey in Asia ? 2. Sur¬ 
face ? 3. Divisions ? 4. Rivers and lakes ? 










TURKEY IN ASIA. 


167 


Lake Van is the largest lake ; but the Dead Sea, or lake 
Asphalti'tes, is the most noted. 

5. The greatest range of mountains is that of Taurus. 
Mount Lib'anus, is in Syria ; Mount Olym'pus, south of the 
sea of Marmora ; Mount Ida, near the Dardanelles : Mount 
Ar'arat, on the borders of Turkey and Persia. 

6. The principal islands are Cy'prus and Rhodes, which 
are fertile, and were anciently very populous ; also ScVo, 
Samos, and MeVelin. 

7. The most important productions of Asiatic Turkey are 
wheat, barley, cotton, tobacco, silk, wine, olives, and fruits ; 
the most noted manufactures, carpets and leather. 

S. Natolia. — The name of Natolia is now often appli¬ 
ed to the whole country which was anciently called Asia 
Minor, and which is a large peninsula, lying between the 
Mediterranean and the Black Sea. 

9. Kmtd'jah is the capital of Natolia, but Smyr'na is the 
largest town, and is noted for commerce ; Tocat', as the 
centre of an extensive interior trade ; Ango'ra, for goats’ 
hair and shawls ; Bur'sa or Bru'sa, for hot-baths. 

10. Syria. — Syria lies between the Mediterranean sea 
and the river Euphrates, and includes, in the south, the 
country of Palestine. 

11. Alep'po, the largest city of Asiatic Turkey, is noted 
for its manufactures of silk and cotton, and for its com¬ 
merce ; Damascus, for its great antiquity and for trade and 
manufactures ; An'tioch, for its ancient greatness ; Bal'bec 
and Palmy'ra, for their magnificent ruins of temples and 
other edifices ; Acre (a'ker), in the history of the crusades 
and of Bonaparte. 

12. Jerusalem, anciently the capital of Palestine or Ju- 


5. What of its mountains ? 6. Islands ? 7. Productions ? 

8. What is said of Natolia? 9. Towns? 10. Syria? 11. What 
is said of Aleppo, Damascus, &c. ? 12. Jerusalem ? 


See Map No. X. — How is Turkey bounded ? What seas border 
on it? How is Natolia situated? Armenia? Syria? Kur¬ 
distan ? Irak-Arabi ? 

How is the island of Cyprus situated ? Rhodes ? Metelin ? 

What is the course of the Euphrates and Tigris ? What river flows 
into the Black sea ? The Archipelago ? The Mediterranean ? 

How is Smyrna situated ? Bursa? Kiutajah ? Angora? Tocat? 
Sinob? Amasia? Erzerum? Diarbekir? Aleppo? Mosul? 
Van ? Bagdad ? Bassorah ? Damascus ? What towns on 
the Mediterranean ? On the sea of Marmora ? The Black 
sea ? The Meinder ? The Orontes ? The Euphrates ? The 
Tigris ? 


15* 







TURKEY IN ASIA. 


168 

dea, is remarkable chiefly in modern times as a place of 
pilgrimage for Jews, Christians, and Mahometans. Chris¬ 
tian pilgrims resort to it to visit the tomb of our Savior, 
and Mahometans to visit the famous mosque of Omar. 

13. Irak Arabi. — Bag'dad, on the Tigris, once the re¬ 
nowned seat of the Mahometan or Saracen caliphs, and 
one of the most splendid cities in the world, is said to have 
contained 2,000,000 inhabitants. It is now a considerable 
city, though greatly reduced. 

RUSSIA IN ASIA. 

1. Russia in Asia is a vast country, including all the 
north of Asia, and is almost twice as large as all Europe. 

2. The most fertile and populous portion is the south¬ 
west part, which borders on the Caspian and Black seas, 
and is watered by the rivers Volga , Don, Ural, and Kur, 
embracing the countries of Circassia and Georgia, and in¬ 
cluding the range of the Caucasian Mountains. 

3. Circas'sia and Geor'gia are celebrated particularly for 
the beauty of their women, who are often made an object 
of traffic, and are purchased to supply the eastern sera- 
glios. 

4. Astracan', situated on the Volga, is the largest town in 
Asiatic Russia, and is distinguished for commerce ; Teflis, 
the capital of Georgia, for warm-baths ; B'd'ku , for foun¬ 
tains of naptha or pure rock oil, which, by its inflammabili¬ 
ty, exhibits the phenomenon called the everlastingJirt. 

5. Siberia. — Siberia forms the principal part of Asiatic 
Russia, and is one of the most forlorn and desolate regions 
on the globe, having a cold climate, and generally a barren 
soil. 

6. The Uralian Mountains form the western limit, the 
Altd'i or Alta'ian Mountains the southern ; and the moun¬ 
tainous and dreary peninsula of Kamtschatfka is in the east¬ 
ern part. 

7. A characteristic feature of the country consists in its 
immense steppes, or vast elevated plains, which constitute a 
great part of its surface, and are often sandy and often 
marshy, and abound in salt lakes. 


13. What is said of Bagdad ? 

Russia in Asia. — 1. What is said of Russia in Asia? 

2. Which is the most fertile and populous part? 3. What is said 
of Circassia and Georgia? 4. Astacan, &c. ? 5. Siberia? 
(j. Mountains ? 7. Characteristic feature ? 



RUSSIA IN ASIA. 


169 


8. The three great rivers O'by, Yenesei' (yen-e-se'), and 
Lena, are some of the largest in Asia ; but these, as well as 
the other principal rivers, flow into the Arctic ocean, the 
shores of which are barred by almost perpetual ice. This 
country is, therefore, by its situation, excluded from much 
communication with the improved parts of the world. 

9. The principal lake is that of Bd'ikal, which is enclosed 
by rugged mountains, and surrounded by the most pictur¬ 
esque and sublime scenery. 

10. Tobolsk', the capital, is famous for its fur trade, and 
as a place of banishment for Russian state prisoners and 
criminals ; Kiakh'ta, on the borders of Russia and China, is 
noted as the centre of trade and communication between 
the two empires. 

ARABIA. 

1. Arabia, a large peninsula, situated in the southwest 
corner of Asia, and connected with Africa by the isthmus 
of Suez, consists chiefly of vast, barren, sandy deserts, 
having little water, and no large rivers or lakes. 

2. The ancients divided Arabia into three parts, namely, 
Jlra'bia Petros'a or the Stony, in the northwest, paitly rocky 
and mountainous ; Jlra'bia Fe'lix or the Happy, in the south, 
the most fertile part; Jlra'bia Deser'ta, or the Desert, in the 
middle and north, consisting mostly of deserts of sand. 

8. The modern divisions are Heds'jas, Ye'men, Hadra - 
mauf, Oman, JVedsjed, and Lach'sa (lak'sa). 


8. What is said of the rivers? 9. What lake? 10. Tobolsk and 
Kiakhta ? 

Arabia. — 1. What is said of Arabia? 2. What were its ancient 
divisions ? 3. Modern divisions ? 


See Map of Asia. — How is Russia in Asia bounded ? What part 
of it does Siberia form? What island lies northwest of 
Siberia? What cape on the north? What strait on the 
northeast ? What seas on the east ? Where is Kamtschat- 
ka? Lake Baikal ? 

What rivers flow into the Arctic ocean ? What rivers and seas are 
in or on the borders of the southwest part of Russia in Asia? 

What mountains are on the south of Siberia ? What ones on the 
•west ? What portion of Siberia lies in the frigid zone ? 

What towns are on the Oby ? The Yenisei ? The Lena ? How is 
Kiakhta situated ? Irkoutsk ? Kolivan'? Tobolsk? Oren¬ 
burg ? Astracan ? 

See Map No. X. — Where are the Caucasian mountains ? 

How ia Teflis situated ? Erivan' ? What towns on the Caspian 
sea ? 





170 


ARABIA. 


Mecca. 



4. The general aspect of most of Arabia is that of a 
vast, dry, barren desert of sand, interspersed occasionally 
with o'ases or fertile spots, and intersected by some moun¬ 
tains of moderate elevation. 

5. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reb, which are summits of the 
same range, are situated between the two north branches 
of the Red sea, and are memorable for events recorded in 
the Bible. 

6. The Bahrein! islands, in the Persian gulf, on the east 
coast of Arabia, have been long noted for their pearl fish¬ 
ery. 

7. The climate in the sandy deserts is excessively hot, 
and subject to a pestiferous wind called the Sa'miel or Si¬ 
moom', which often causes suffocation and death. Whole 
caravans are sometimes buried by moving clouds of sand 
agitated by wind. 

8. Some of the most celebrated productions of Arabia are 
coffee, dates, gum arabic, balsam, frankincense, and myrrh. 

9. The most noted animals are the horse and the camel. 
The Arabian horses are celebrated for their swiftness and 
beauty ; but the most useful animal is the camel, which has 


4. What is the aspect of the country ? 5. Mountains ? 6 

Islands ? 7. Climate ? 

8. What is said of its productions ? 9. Animals ? 








ARABIA. 


171 


been styled the “ ship of the desert,” and can carry 800 or 
1,000 pounds’ weight, and travel 6 or 8 days without water. 

10. The Arabs , who boast of their descent from Ishmael, 
are of middle stature and brown complexion. They have 
a grave and melancholy air. In the middle ages, they were 
called Saracens , and were distinguished for learning ; but 
they are now illiterate and barbarous. 

11. The genuine Arabs of the desert, who are styled 
Bedouins', Bedoweens, or Bedouin' Arabs , dwell in tents, 
lead a wandering life, and are much addicted to robbery ; yet 
they are distinguished for their hospitality to those who 
confide in their friendship and honor. 

12. The Arabic language is copious and expressive, and 
is one of the most extensively diffused languages in the 
world, being spoken throughout a large part of Asia and 
Africa. 

13. Mec'ca, the most celebrated city of Arabia, is situat¬ 
ed in a dry, barren country, about 40 miles from the Red 
sea. It is famous for being the birthplace of Mahomet, 
and for being a resort of pilgrims from all parts of the Ma¬ 
hometan world. 

14. Medi'na is noted for containing the tomb of Maho¬ 
met, and Sd'na, as the most populous town of Arabia. 

15. The principal commercial ports are Mo'cha, famous 
for coffee ; Mus'cat, the chief town of Oman ; Jid'da, the 
port of Mecca ; Jam'bo, the port of Medina. 

INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 

1. Independent Tartary is an extensive country, compris¬ 
ing the western part of Central Asia, and extending from 
Chinese Tartary on the east, to the Caspian sea on the west, 
and including Great Bukha'ria, Turkestan ', and Cha'rasm. 

10. What is said of the Arabs? 11. Bedouin Arabs? 12. Arabic 
language? 13. Mecca? 14. Medina and Sana? 15. What 
are the principal ports ? 

Independent Tartary. — 1. What is said of Independent Tar¬ 
tary ? 

See Map No. X. — How is Arabia bounded ? What seas and 
gulfk border on it? Where is the strait of Babelmandel? 
Where Cape Rasalgat? The Bahrein islands? The river 
Aftan? Where is Arabia Petrsea? Arabia Felix ? Arabia 
Deserta? Where is Yemen ? Hadramaut? Oman? Lach- 
sa? Hedsjas? Mount Sinai? How is Mecca situated? 
Medina? Muscat? Mocha? Sana? Jidda? Jambo ? 
What towns on the Red sea ? What ones on the southeast coast ? 






172 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 


2. A great part of it consists of immense steppes or ele¬ 
vated sandy deserts ; though it contains some very fertile 
districts. 

3. The Caspian sea, which lies on the west, is upwards 
of 600 miles in length, and the sea or lake of Aral, 250. 
They have no communication with the ocean, and their 
waters are salt. 

4. The two principal rivers are the Jihon and the Sir or 
Sihon. 

5. The inhabitants consist of various tribes of Tartars, 
as the Us'becks, Kir'ghises, Cal'mucs, Turcomans, See., who 
are Mahometans , and a great part of whom lead a wander¬ 
ing and pastoral life. 

6. Bukha'ria or Bok'ara, styled by the Orientals the Sci¬ 
entific, the capital city of Great Bukharia, is noted as a seat 
of Mahometan learning. 

7. Samarcandf, a city now almost in ruins, is famous in 
history, as the capital of the great conqueror Tamerlane or 
Timur Bee, whose tomb is still to be seen here. 

PERSIA. 

1. Persia formerly extended from the river Tigris on the 
west, to the Indus on the east; but it is now much reduced 
in size, as large countries in the eastern part have been 
separated from it; and considerable districts in the north¬ 
west have been annexed to Russia. 

2. It is generally an elevated and mountainous country, 
having few rivers, and much of it suffers for want of wa¬ 
ter. The middle and southern parts are almost entirely 
destitute of trees. 

3. Nearly one third of the country has been computed 
to consist of deserts, salt lakes, and marshes, and another 
third of barren mountains. 


2. What is said of the surface ? 3. Seas or lakes ? 4. Rivers ? 

5. Inhabitants? 6. What is said of Bukharia? 7. Samar- 
cand ? 

Persia. —1. What is said of the extent of Persia? 

2. What is said of the country? 3. What proportion of it is cov¬ 
ered with deserts and mountains ? 


See Map No. IX. and X. — How is Tartary bounded ? What sea 
lies west of it ? 

Where is the sea or lake of Aral ? What rivers flow into it? 

What mountains are between Independent Tartary and Chinese 
Tartary ? How is Bukharia situated ? Sarnarcand ? Tash- 
kund ? What towns are on the Sihon ? The Sir ? 




PERSIA. 


173 


4. Several of the deserts are of great extent; and the 
Great Salt Desert, in the central part, is more than 300 
miles in length. 

5. The soil of the parts that are well watered is very 
fertile ; and some of the plains, particularly those of Shi¬ 
raz and Ispahan, are celebrated for th£ir beauty and luxuri¬ 
ance. The country in the north is also very fertile. 

6. The climate in the south is very hot; in the elevated 
and northern parts, cold. 

7. Some of the principal productions and exports are corn, 
rice, tobacco, silk, cotton, carpets, pearls, drugs, delicious fruits 
and wines. 

8. The Persians are reputed the most polite and most 
learned of the Oriental nations ; but are represented as 
greatly addicted to dissimulation and flattery, and as being 
exceedingly treacherous and avaricious. 

9. The cities of Persia are generally surrounded by a 
mud wall ; the streets very narrow and dirty ; the houses 
mostly mean, of only one story, and without windows ; 
those of the common people built of mud or clay ; and 
those of the higher orders of brick. Most of the cities 
that were once celebrated for their size and splendor, are 
now in a state of decay. 

10. Teheran', or Teh-raun', the present capital, has a 
low situation and mean appearance, and contains no edifice 
of much importance, except the royal palace. 

11. Ispahan', the late capital, and a celebrated city, was 
formerly one of the largest and most splendid in the east. 
Though greatly reduced, it has now extensive manufac- 

I tures, and is the centre of the interior trade of Persia. 

12. Shiraz' is celebrated for its delicious wine, and for 
the tomb of the Persian poet Hafiz; Tab'ris or Tau'ris, for 

i having once been the capital of Persia ; Mesckid, for the 
i tomb of the caliph Haroun al Raschid, and as a place of 
l pilgrimage; Yezd, as an emporium of trade ; Hamadan', 


\ 4. What is said of the Great Salt Desert? 5. What is said of the 
soil ? 6. Climate ? 7. Productions and exports ? 8. Per¬ 

sians? 9. Cities? 10. Teheran? 11. Ispahan? 

! 12. What other cities, and for what noted ? 


See Map No. X. — How is Persia bounded ? What sea lies on 
the north of it? What gulfs on the south? What rivers 
flow into the Caspian sea ? Into the Persian gulf? What 
lakes, and where situated ? Where is the Great Salt Desert ? 
How is Teheran situated ? Ispahan ? Shiraz ? Tabris ? 
Hamadan? Yezd? Meschid ? Casbin? Shuster? 

What towns on the Persian gulf? On the Caspian sea? 







174 


PERSIA. 


for occupying the supposed site of the ancient Ecbat'ana ; 
Sulta'nia, as the summer residence of the king; Cas'bin 
and Cashan', as places of considerable manufactures and 
trade. 

13. The two principal seaports are Bushire', and Gom¬ 
broon' ; but a considerable part of the foreign commerce of 
Persia is carried on through Basso'rah; the principal com¬ 
mercial intercourse with the country, however, is by cara¬ 
vans. 


AFGHANISTAN or CABULISTAN. 

1. This is a modern division of Asia, formed of the east¬ 
ern part of Persia, the western part of Hindostan, and the 
southern part of Tartary; and it is sometimes called East¬ 
ern Persia , or the kingdom of Candahar', or of Cd'bid. 

2. It comprises countries which have been known by dif¬ 
ferent names, and the inhabitants consist of various tribes 
or nations, the principal of which are Hindoos, Afghans, 
Par sees, Tartars, and Belooches. 

3. The surface is greatly diversified by extensive sandy 
deserts, mountains, fertile valleys, and plains. 

4. Ca'bul, the capital of Afghanistan and of a province 
of the same name, carries on an extensive trade ; but the 
houses are meanly built of rough stones and clay or unburnt 
brick. 

5. Cashmere, the capital of a country of the same name, 
is situated in an extensive and delightful valley, which has 
been styled the Terrestrial Paradise, and is famous for 
beautiful shawls. 

6. La-hore! is noted for being now the capital of the- Seiks, 
and for having once been the capital of Hindostan ; Can¬ 
dahar', as the former capital of Afghanistan and for trade ; 
Bamian', (styled the Thebes of the East,) for its apartments 
carved out of a rock, in the side of a mountain ; Herat, cap- 


13. What are the principal ports? 

Afghanistan. — 1. What is said of Afghanistan ? 

2. What is said of the inhabitants ? 3. Surface? 4. Cabul ? 5. 
Cashmere ? 6. What other cities, and for what noted ? 


See Map No. X. — How is Afghanistan bounded ? Beloochistan ? 
What rivers water the eastern part of Afghanistan ? 

What ones the western part? What ones in Beloochistan ? 

Where is the great desert ? How is Cabul situated ? Candahar ? 
Cashmere ? Lahore ? Moultan' ? Pesha'wur ? Bamian ? 
Herat ? Balk ? Kelat ? 




AFGHANISTAN 


175 


ital of a state, and styled the City of Roses, for commerce; 
Balk , for having anciently been the capital of the Persian 
empire. 


Beloochistan. 

7. Beloochistan' lies to the south of Afghanistan, with 
which it is connected, and of which it is often considered 
as forming a part. 

8. The surface is diversified by mountains, plains, and ex¬ 
tensive sandy deserts.— The chief town is Kelaif. 

HINDOSTAN. 

Banian Tree. 






1. Hindostan', or Hindoos'tan, comprises, in its most exten- 
| sive sense, all the country south of the Himmaleh moun- 

I tains, and east of the river Indus ; and it consists, in great 
|j part, of a large peninsula, having the bay of Bengal' on the 

II east, and the Arabian sea on the west. 

2. It consists of four great divisions ; 1st, Northern Hin- 
| dost an x which comprises Cash'mere and Lahore' on the west, 


Beloochistan. — 7. What is said of Beloochistan ? 

8. What is its surface and chief town ? 

Hindostan._ 1. What are the extent and limits of Hindostan ? 

2. Of what four divisions does it consist ? 

16 




















176 


HINDOSTAN. 


and Bootan' and JVepaul' on the east, with the intermediate 
provinces ; 2dly, Hindostan Proper , which extends as far 
south as the river Nerbuddah on the west side, and nearly 
to the town of Bala-sore' on the east; 3dly, the Dec'can , em¬ 
bracing the country between the Nerbuddah and the Kist- 
na ; 4thly, Southern Hindostan or the Peninsula , including 
the part south of the Kistna. 

3. These limits embrace a number of independent states, 
which are governed by Hindoo chiefs ; but the most of the 
country is in the possession of the British. 

4. Hindostan is esteemed the richest and most beautiful 
country of Asia, and is, next to China, the most populous. 
It contains many large cities, and abounds in various im¬ 
portant productions. 

5. It is separated from Thibet on the north, by the Him- 
ma'leh Mountains; and mountainous ranges, called Eastern 
and Western Ghauts , extend on both sides of the peninsu¬ 
la, towards the south. 

6. The three great rivers are the Gan'ges, Brahmapootra , 
and In'dus. Other considerable rivers are the Cauve'ry , 
Kist'na, Godav'ery, Nerbud'dah , Set'ledge, and the branches 
of the Ganges. 

7. The Ganges , the largest river of Hindostan, and one of 
the largest in Asia, rises in the Himmaleh mountains, and, 
after a course of more than 2,000 miles, flows into the bay 
of Bengal by many mouths. The Delta of the river, or the 
country bordering on its mouths subject to inundation, is 
about 220 miles long, and 200 broad. 

8. The Brahmapootra, or Burrampoo'ter, rises near the 
source of the Ganges, flows on the other side of the moun¬ 
tains, and is about as long as the Ganges. These rivers, 
after having separated from each other to the distance of 
1,200 miles, unite their waters, and flow together into the 
bay of Bengal. 

9. The In'dus is the great river of the western part of 
India, and it is from this river that the name of India is de¬ 
rived. 

10. The surface in the northern part bordering on the 
Himmaleh chain, is mountainous ; but the rest of the coun¬ 
try, with the exception of the mountainous ranges towards 
the south, is generally very level, or moderately uneven ; 
and the soil of a great proportion exceedingly fertile. 


3. What is their political condition ? 4. What is said of Hindos¬ 
tan ? 5. What mountains? 6. Rivers? 7. What is said 

of the Ganges? 8. Brahmapootra? 9. Indus? 10. Sur¬ 
face ? 



HINDUSTAN. 


177 


11. The climate in the northern parts is temperate ; but, 
in the middle and southern, heat predominates, and, dur¬ 
ing a part of the year, it is very great. 

12. Rice is the article of produce which is most exten¬ 
sively cultivated, and which affords the principal article of 
food to the inhabitants. 

13. Some of the principal articles of produce and export, 
besides rice, are cotton, indigo, saltpetre, opium, silk, sugar, 
precious stones , and fruits. 

14. The diamond mines, particularly those of Golcon'da, 
have been long celebrated ; but they have now ceased to be 
very valuable. 

15. The staple manufacture is that of cotton ; other prin¬ 
cipal manufactures are those of silk, wool, leather, and salt¬ 
petre. 

16. The commerce is very great, and is carried on chiefly 
1 the English, and to some extent by the people of the 

lited States. 



17. Some of the most useful trees in Hindostan are the 
cocoa-nut tree, which affords an important article of food, 
and the bamboo, of which a great part of the houses and 
furniture in India are made. The betel is a plant exten¬ 
sively used as an article of luxury. 

18. The Banian Tree , or Indian fig-tree, is one of the 
most curious and beautiful of the productions of nature. 
The branches strike down roots, and thus form stems or 
trunks, so that each tree is itself a grove. On an island in 
the Nerbuddah, near Baroach, there is a famous tree of this 
species, which has 3,000 trunks or stems, many of them 
large, and it is said to afford room for 7,000 people to re¬ 
pose under its shade. 

19. The great mass of the inhabitants are Hindoos ; about 
one eighth part are computed to be Mahometans ; and there 
are also some Parsees, Jews, and Christians. 

20. One of the most striking features in the character 
of the Hindoos is the permanency of their religion and 
customs, in which there has been little alteration since the 
state of India was first known. Their food consists chiefly 
of rice, milk, and vegetables. 

21. They are divided into four castes, namely, 1st, Bra- 
mins or priests ; 2d, soldiers ; 3d, agriculturists and mer- 


11. What is said of the climate? 12. Rice? 13. Productions? 

1 14. Diamond mines? 15. Manufactures? 16. Commerce? 

17. What useful trees? 18. What is said of the banian tree ? 
19. Inhabitants? 20. Hindoos? 21. Castes? 






178 


HINDOSTAN. 


chants ; 4th, laborers. These castes are kept entirely dis¬ 
tinct, and are not permitted to intermarry. 

22. The religion of the Hindoos is a cruel and degrading 
superstition, which is artfully interwoven with almost every 
action of life. Ablution in the Ganges and other rivers 
which are esteemed holy, and pilgrimage to holy places, 
are much practised as religious duties. 

23. The practice of burning widows on the funeral piles 
of their deceased husbands, is one of the barbarous rites of 
the Hindoo religion. These sacrifices, which are called 
Suttees , were abolished, in 1830, by an act of the English 
government. 

24. Hindostan abounds, more than almost any other coun¬ 
try, in houses appropriated to religious uses, which are 
called pagodas or temples , and most of which have a miser¬ 
able appearance ; but some of them are large and splendid. 

25. The pagoda of Jug'gernauth, the most celebrated 
place of Hindoo worship, is said to be visited annually by 
as many as a million of pilgrims, a great part of whom die 
on their pilgrimage. 

26. The cities of Hindostan are generally built on one 
plan, having very narrow and crooked streets, with numer¬ 
ous gardens and reservoirs for water. Some of the houses 
are of brick, others of mud, and more of bamboos and 
mats. 

27. Calcut'ta, the capital of Bengal and of all British 
India, is situated on the Hoogly, one of the mouths of the 
Ganges, about 100 miles from the sea, and is a place of 
great commerce. The houses belonging to the English are 
splendidly built of brick ; but the most of the houses of the 
natives are mud cottages. 

28. Bombay', on an island near the western coast, and 
Madras', on the southeastern coast, are the two other prin¬ 
cipal seats of British power and commerce. 

29. Del'hi and Agra were each of them formerly the 
capitals of the Mogul empire, and very large and populous ; 
but they are now greatly reduced from their ancient mag¬ 
nificence. 

30. Bend'res, which is rich, populous, and commercial, is 
noted as a holy city of the Hindoos, and the chief seat of 
their learning ; Allahabad', as the most celebrated place of 
Hindoo ablution ; Surat', for commerce ; Oojein', as the 
first meridian of Hindoo geographers ; Poo'nah, as the 


22. What is said of religion ? 23. Burning of widows ? 

24. What is said of the pagodas and temples? 25. Juggernaulh? 
26. Cities? 27. Calcutta? 28 Bombay and Madjas? 29. 
Delhi and Agra ? 30. What other towns ? 




HINDUSTAN. 


179 


capital of the Mahratta chief; Dac'ca, for muslins ; Serin- 
gapatam for the splendid mausoleum of Hyder Ali. 

31. Ceylon (se-lon 7 , or selon), a large and valuable 
island lying near the south end of Hindostan, belongs to 
Great Britain, and is celebrated for cinnamon. 

32. Some of the principal towns are Colom'bo , Pointe de 
Galle , Trincomalee' , and Can'dy. 

CHIN-INDIA, or FARTHER INDIA. 


The Elephant. 



1. Chin-India, or Farther India, is an extensive region, 


31. What is said of Ceylon ? 32. What towns ? 

Chin-India. — 1. What are the situation and boundaries of 
Chin-India? 


See Map No. X. — How is Hindostan bounded ? How is the isl¬ 
and of Ceylon situated ? Cape Comorin ? The Laccadive 
islands ? On which side of Hindostan is the coast of Mala¬ 
bar ? Coromandel ? 

What gulfs on the west side of Hindostan ? Where are the Him- 
maleh mountains ? The Ghauts ? What is the course of 
the Ganges ? The Indus ? The Brahmapootra ? 

What other rivers flow into the bay of Bengal ? What rivers of 
Hindostan flow into the Arabian sea ? What are the princi¬ 
pal branches of the Ganges ? How is Calcutta situated ? 
Delhi? Benares? Dacca? Agra? Bombay? Surat? 
Madras? Goa? Poonah ? Oojein ? Aurungabad? Nag- 
poor ? Hydrabad ? Pondicherry ? 

'What towns in the southwest part of Ceylon ? What ones in the 
north ? What towns on the Ganges ? What ones on the 
■astern coast of Hindostan ? On the western ? 

16* 






ISO 


CHIN-INDIA. 


which lies in the southeast of Asia, having Thibet and 
China on the north, the Chinese sea east, and the strait of 
Malacca, the bay of Bengal, and Hindostan, southwest. 

2. This region has been designated by various terms, as 
the Peninsula beyond the Ganges, the Farther Peninsula , 
India beyond the Ganges, and Farther India ; and by 
Malte-Brun, it is styled Chin-India , being an India resem¬ 
bling China, or having Chinese features. 

3. It comprehends the Birman Empire, the peninsula of 
Malac'ca, and the kingdoms of Siam, Cambo'dia, Co'chin- 
Chi'na, and Tonquin'. 

4. This region is less cultivated and populous than Hin¬ 
dostan and China, and is little known, except along the 
coast; but it seems to be formed of several parallel ridges 
of mountains, extending from north to south, with spacious 
intervening valleys, which border on the large rivers. 

5. The three great rivers are the Irrawad 1 dy or Jl'va, the 
Mei'nam, and the Mecon', which is also called Meikong', 
Cambo'dia, and Japanese’ river. 

6. The low country bordering on the rivers, is liable to 
inundation ; and the climate, on the coast and in the low 
plains, is humid and subject to great heat. 

7. This region abounds in magnificent forests, which con¬ 
tain valuable kinds of trees, as the teak-tree, much esteem¬ 
ed for ship-timber ; eagle-wood and sandal-wood, used as 
perfumes; also the iron-tree, ebony, and the banian or 
Indian jig. 

8. It is also very rich in aromatic, medicinal, and other 
useful plants, among which are ginger, cardamoms, cinna¬ 
mon, betel, jalap, aloes, camphor , banana, cocoa, sago-palm, 
and sugar-cane ; also rice, which is the principal article of 
food. 

9. Some of the most remarkable animals are the elephant, 
rhinoceros, tiger, leopard, and orang-outang. Elephants, 
both wild and tame, abound here, as well as in Hindostan, 
and are used as beasts of burden both in peace and war. 

10. The religion of Buddha prevails over the whole 
country, with the exception of Malacca, which is inhabited 
by Malays', who are Mahometans. 

11. The inhabitants of Chin-India resemble the Chinese 
more than the Hindoos ; but they are less civilized than 
either; and less advanced in agriculture and the other use¬ 
ful arts. 


2. By what names has it been known? 3. What countries does 
it comprehend ? 4. What is said of this region ? 

5. What are the rivers ? 0. Climate ? 7. Forests ? 8. Plants ? 

9. Animals? 10. Religion? 11. Inhabitants? 



CHIN-1NDIA. 


181 


12. Birman Empire —The Birman Empire, which is 
much the largest and most important state of Chin-India, 
comprises the ancient kingdoms of Ava, Pegu', and Cas'say 
or Meck'ley. 

13. The elevated parts have a temperate climate; arid 
the country is rich in both vegetable and mineral produc¬ 
tions. 

14. It contains valuable mines of gold, silver, iron, tin , 
lead, and a variety of precious stones. 

15. The government is completely despotic ; and the em 
peror is the sole proprietor of all the elephants in his do¬ 
minions. 

16. The Birmans are lively, impatient, and irascible ; 
fond of poetry and music ; and they excel in the art of 
gilding. 

17. Ummerapoo'ra, the modern capital of the Birman 
empire, is situated on a lake near the Irrawaddy, about 400 
miles from its mouth. It has a few houses built of brick, 
and the abundance of gilding on the roofs and domes of 
the religious edifices, gives it an extraordinary degree of 
splendor. 

18. A'va, 4 miles distant from Ummerapoora, now in 
ruins, is noted as the former capital ; Rangoon', as the 
principal port. 

19. Siam. — The kingdom of Siam consists chiefly of a 
spacious and fertile valley, situated between two ridges of 
mountains, and intersected by the river Mei'nam. The 
chief city is Bankok. 

20. Malacca, or Malaya. — Malacca, or Malaya, a 
peninsula about 700 miles long, is traversed throughout by 
a chain of lofty mountains, and is covered with a thick 
forest. The Malays are a ferocious and vindictive race, 
greatly addicted to piracy. 

21. Cambodia. — Cambodia, a country watered by the 
river of the same name, but little known, is noted for gam¬ 
boge gum. The chief town is Saigon. 

22. Cochin-China. — Cochin-China, a country composed 
partly of mountains and partly of plains, has many valu- 


12. What does the Birman empire comprise? 13. What is said of 
the climate ? 14. Mineral productions? 15. Government? 

16. Birmans? 17. Ummerapoora? 18. Avaand Rangoon ? 
19. What is said of Siam ? 20. What of Malacca ? 21. Cambodia? 
22. Cochin-China ? 




182 


CHIN-1NDIA. 


able natural productions, and abounds in the salangan swal¬ 
low , which forms an edible nest, that is much esteemed by 
the Chinese. The capital is Hue. 

23. Tonq,uin. — Tonquin', a country much subject to 
hurricanes, has valuable mineral and vegetable produc¬ 
tions, and its oranges are said to be the best in the world. 
Cach'd’o, or Kesh'o, is the capital. 

CHINA. 


Gathering Tea. 



1. The Chinese Empire, in its most extensive sense, in¬ 
cludes the country of China, Chinese Tartary, Thibet', and 
Core'a ; and, with regard to population, it exceeds all other 
empires in the world, and, in extent of territory, is second 
only to the Russian empire. 

2. China, properly so called, is a large, fertile, highly 
cultivated, and populous country, extending from the Great 
Wall on the north, to the gulf of Tonquin on the south. 


23. What is said of Tonquin ? 

China. —1. What is said of the Chinese empire ? 2. What are 
the limits of China proper ? 


See Map of Asia. — Where is the strait of Malacca ? The gulf 
of Siam P The gulf of Tonquin ? The island of An'daman ? 
What is the course of the river Irrawaddy, and where does it empty ? 
The Meinam ? The Mecon ? How is the peninsula of Ma¬ 
lacca situated ? The Birman empire ? Laos? Siam? Cam¬ 
bodia? Cochin-China? Tonquin? How is Ummerapoora 
situated? Pe<iu? Rangoon? Malacca? Pat'any ? Siam? 
Saigon ? Cachao ? 

















CHINA. 


183 


3. The surface is much diversified by mountains, hills, 
valleys, plains, and marshes ; and it is watered by numer¬ 
ous rivers, and has many considerable lakes. 

4. The two great rivers are the Ho'ang-Ho' or Yellow 
River , and Ri'an-Ku 1 or Yang'-tse-ki-ang', which are two 
of the largest in Asia. 

5. The principal islands are Hainan, Formo'sa, and the 
Loo-choo> islands. 

6. The climate is generally healthy; in the south hot, 
and in the north, cold, — more so than in countries under 
the same parallel in Europe. 

7. The Great Wall , which bounds China on the north, 
is about 1,500 miles in length, and is the most enormous 
fabric on the globe. It is built of stone and brick, is nearly 
SO feet high, and 14 broad at the top, and has towers with 
cannon placed in them, at the distance of about 100 paces 
from each other. 

8. China is celebrated for inland navigation, by means of 
rivers and canals. The Imperial Canal , which extends 
from Pekin to Hang-tcheou', about 600 miles in length, is 
the greatest work of the kind in the world. 

9. The most celebrated and peculiar production of China 
is tea, which is the leaf of a small shrub, and is exported in 
great quantities to those parts of the globe where this lux¬ 
ury is used. 

10. The principal exports, besides tea , are silk, nankins, 
porcelain, sugar, cinnamon, and camphor. 

11. The interior trade carried on between different parts 
of the empire, by means of rivers and canals, is very exten¬ 
sive ; but foreign commerce with Europeans is limited to 
two places, namely, the port of Canton, in the south of 
China, and Kiakhta, on the borders of Siberia, the empo¬ 
rium of the overland trade of Russia. 

12. Agriculture is in high estimation ; and the emperor 
annually, at the vernal equinox, performs the ceremony of 
holding the plough. But though the cultivation of the soil 
is attended.to with great care, it is much less skilfully con¬ 
ducted than in Europe. The most important article of 
produce in the southern parts is rice. 

13. Travellers who have visited this empire agree in as¬ 
serting the appearance of a crowded population ; but there 
has been a great difference in the statements of the number 

o 


3. What is said of the surface? 4. What rivers? 5. Islands? 
6. What is said of the climate ? 7. Great Wall ? 8. Canals? 
9. Tea? 10. Exports? 11. Commerce? 12. Agriculture? 
13. Population? 



184 


CHINA. 


of inhabitants, both of the country and the principal cities. 
Some make the population of China 360,000,000; and some 
reduce it to less than half this number. 

14. The government is patriarchal and despotic, but not 
violent. The Chinese style their country “The Celestial 
Empire,” and the emperor “ The Holy Son of Heaven, sole 
Euler of the Earth, and Great Father of his People.” His 
person is adored, and his subjects prostrate themselves in 
his presence. 

15. There is no religion in China established or support¬ 
ed by government ; yet temples and pagodas are every¬ 
where common, and priests, styled bonzes, are numerous. 
The prevailing system is the religion of Fo, which is a 
species of Buddhism. The sect called Taotse are also nu¬ 
merous ; and there are many professed followers of Confu¬ 
cius , the famous Chinese philosopher. 

16. The Chinese are represented as remarkably vain, 
timid, artful, and vindictive ; but very free from the vice 
of drunkenness. 

17. Women in this country are uniformly sold in mar¬ 
riage, and are held in a state of the greatest degradation. 
The beauty of a woman, according to the notions of the 
Chinese, consists in the smallness of her eyes, the protu¬ 
berance of her lips, the lankness and blackness of her hair, 
and especially in the extreme smallness of her feet. 

18. The Chinese architecture is inelegant and clumsy, and 
altogether different from that of Europe. Their houses are 
generally only of one story, and those of the peasantry are 
miserable cottages. 

19. Pekin', the capital, is situated in the northeast part 
of China, and is supposed by many to be the most popu¬ 
lous city on the globe. The streets are straight and wide, 
and the houses of only one story. 

20. Nankin situated on the Kian-Ku, at the junction of 
the great canal, is the first city with regard to manufac¬ 
tures, and is noted for nankins, crapes, and silks ; and also 


14. What is said of the government? 15. Religion? 16. The 
Chinese ? 17. Condition of women and idea of female 

beauty? 18. Architecture ? 19. Pekin ? 20. Nankin ? 


See Map of Asia. — What sea divides China from Corea? 

How is the island of Hainan situated ? Formosa? Loo-choo ? 
What are the rivers of China? Where is the Chinese wall? 

How is Pekin situated ? Nankin? Canton? Singan? Hang-tcheou? 
How is Corea situated ? What separates it from China ? 

How is Kingkitao situated ? 




CHINA. 


185 


for its Porcelain Tower, which is a fine specimen of orien¬ 
tal pagodas, and is ascended by 884 steps. 

21. Canton , in the southern part, is noted for being the 
only port in China to which European and American ves¬ 
sels are admitted, and for the export of tea. Near Canton 
is the Boat Town, a kind of floating city, which is com¬ 
posed of barks ranged upon the water in the form of streets, 
and computed to contain from 100,000 to 800,000 people. 

22. Corea, a country little known, consisting of a pen¬ 
insula, is dependent on China. 

THIBET. 

The Grand Lama. 






1. Thibet', or Tibet', a country dependent on China, is 
remarkable for its great and general elevation, and for be¬ 
ing the most mountainous country in Asia, and the centre 
of the Shaman religion. 

2. It has been styled the Switzerland of Asia, on account 
of its resemblance to Switzerland in Europe, in its situa¬ 
tion, in the extremely rugged and mountainous aspect of 
the country, and in being the region in which several great 
rivers have their rise. 


21. What is said of Canton ? 22. Corea ? 

Thibet. —1. What is said of Thibet ? 2. Why has it been * 
styled the Switzerland of Asia ? 

See Map No. X. — How are the Himmaleh mountains situated ? 
What river flows through Thibet ? What lakes are there ? 

How is Lassa situated ? [See Map of Asia.] What rivers rise in 
Thibet P 























186 


THIBET. 


3. Himma'leh or Himalaya Mountains, reputed the high¬ 
est in the world, and having numerous summits that are 
always covered with snow, lie in the southern part. 

4. Thibet abounds in animals, and is noted for the bushy- 
tailed bull, the deer which produces musk, and especially 
for the goat which affords the material used for the manu¬ 
facture of Cashmere shawls. 

5. Las'sa, the capital of Thibet, is situated on a branch 
of the Brahmapootra, and is celebrated chiefly as the resi¬ 
dence of the Grand Lama, the head of the Shaman religion, 
on account of which the place is resorted to by numerous 
devotees. 


CHINESE TARTARY. 

1 Chinese Tartary is a vast country of Central Asia, 
cold and generally barren, extending from Independent 
Tartary to the Pacific ocean, and comprising Mongo'lia 
and Little Bukha'ria in the west, and Mandshu'ria in the 
east. 

2. A remarkable feature of this country is its great eleva¬ 
tion. It consists mostly of steppes or elevated plains, sup¬ 
ported like a table by the Altai mountains on the north, 
and the Himma'leh range on the southwest. 

3. The vast desert of Cobi or Shd'mo , situated in the 
central part of Asia, is about 2,000 miles long, and is cov¬ 
ered with a dark-colored sand, which is not, however, 
movable like that in the deserts of Arabia. 

4. This region is inhabited by various pastoral and wan¬ 
dering tribes, some of the principal of which are the Mon- 
guls, Mandshurs or Mantchoos, Kalkas, and Eluths, who 
are mostly of the Shaman religion. 

5. Some of the principal towns are Cash'gar, Yarkund', 
and Our'ga (oor'ga). 


3. What mountains ? 4. Animals? 5. Lassa? 

Chinese Tartary. — 1. What are the situation and division of 
Chinese Tartary ? 2. What is said of it ? 3. What of the 
desert of Cobi ? 4. Inhabitants? 5. What towns? 


See Map of Asia. — What seas and channel lie east of Chinese 
Tartary ? What islands ? What is the course of the Amour ? 
How is the Desert of Cobi situated ? Little Bukharia ? Mongolia? 
Mandshuria? Cashgar ? Yarkund? Ourga? 




JAPAN. 


187 


JAPAN. 


1. The empire of Japan'is composed of several islands 
which lie to the east of Asia, the largest of which is JYV- 
phon. The islands Xi'mo and Xico'co form a part of the 
empire ; and Jes'so is dependent upon it. 

2. These islands have a diversified surface and a varia¬ 
ble climate ; they are very rich in mineral productions ; 
and are highly cultivated, and very populous. 

3. The Japanese' have made considerable advancement in 
the sciences, and excel in agriculture and some manufac¬ 
tures ; and their varnish is unrivalled. 

4. Jed'do, the capital of Japan, is situated on a bay in 
the island of Niphon, and is one of the most populous and 
magnificent cities of Asia. 

5. Mea,'co , the ecclesiastical capital, is noted for manufac¬ 
tures ; jyangasack!i, as the only port to which foreigners 

are admitted. 


OCEANICA, 



OR 


ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC OCEAN 


1. Ocean'ica is a term applied to a vast number of is¬ 
lands which are widely dispersed in the Pacific ocean, lying 
chiefly to the southeast of Asia ; and they are considered as 
forming a fifth grand division of the world. 

2. These islands have commonly been divided into three 
classes, namely, the Eastern Archipel'ago or Asiatic Islands , 
Australia , and Polynesia. 


Japan. — 1. What is said of Japan? 2. What is said of the is¬ 
lands? 3. The Japanese ? 4 Jeddo? 5. Meaco and Nan- 
gasacki? 

Oceanica. — J. What is said of Oceanica? 2. How are these 
islands divided ? 


See Map of Asia. — By what are the Japan islands separated from 
Asia? How is Niphon situated ? Ximo? Xicoco ? Jesso? 
Jeddo ? Meaco ? Nangasacki ? 


17 







188 


OCEANICA. 


3. Most of them are situated within the torrid zone, and 
are generally exposed to great heat; but there is a wide dif- 
erence of temperature among them, and many of them en¬ 
joy a delightful climate. 

4. They present all varieties of surface, but many of 
them are mountainous, and some of them have mountains 
of great elevation. No other part of the globe so much 
abounds in volcanoes ; and many of the islands are sup¬ 
posed to be of volcanic origin. 

5. The low islands generally have for their base a reef 
of coral rocks, by which they are supposed to have been 
originally formed, and to have been gradually augmented 
and elevated, by the slow accumulation of light bodies 
drifted to them by the sea. 

6. Most of the animals of the south of Asia are found in 
these islands, and there are many varieties peculiar to this 
part of the globe. The orang-outang most abounds in Bor¬ 
neo ; the beautiful birds of paradise in New Guinea ; and 
the kanguroo is found in New Holland. 

7. The cocoa-nut tree and the family of the palm trees, 
which are very beautiful and highly useful, abound in most 
of the islands. Many of them also furnish sandal-wood , 
which is burnt in the houses of Oriental nations, for its fra¬ 
grant odor. 

8. The bread-fruit tree is another remarkable and most 
useful production of many of the islands. It grows to the 
height of 40 or 50 feet, and produces a nutritious fruit of 
the size of a child’s head, and in such abundance, that the 
produce of three trees will support a man for a year. 

9. These islands produce various spices and abound in 
rice, coffee, sugar, cotton, benzoin, camphor, bananas, sago, and 
a variety of tropical fruits. 

10. The Islanders consist chiefly of two races, 1st, the 
Malay race, who are widely dispersed throughout the East¬ 
ern Archipelago and Polynesia; and 2dly, the Negro or 
Papuan race, who form the principal part of the population 
of Australia, and are also found in many of the other 
islands. 

11. The islanders of the Malay race are of a tawny or 
dark olive complexion, and exhibit considerable diversity in 
their condition and character, some of them being some¬ 
what advanced in the arts of civilized life, while others are 


3. What is said of their situation and climate ? 4. What is said 
of the surface? 5. Low islands ? 6. Animals? 

7. What trees abound ? 8. What is said of the bread-fruit tree ? 

9. What productions? 10. What races of inhabitants ? 

11. What is said of the Malay race ? 




OCEANIC A. 


189 


extremely ba r b ar °iis 3 and in some instances, cannibals. 
I he inhabitants of Polynesia are pagans ; those of the East¬ 
ern Archipelago, partly pagans and partly Mahometans. 

12. The Papuan race are smaller than the African ne¬ 
groes, and not so black. They are the most degraded of 
the human species; and seem incapable of acquiring the 
habits and feelings of civilized men. 

Eastern Archipelago. 

Orang- Outang. 



13. The islands of the Eastern Archipelago, which are 
also called the Asiatic Islands , the East India Islands , and 
Northwest Oceanica , comprise five divisions or clusters, 
namely, the Sunda or Sumatra Islands, Borneo, the Philip¬ 
pine Islands, Celebes, and the Moluccas. 

14. These islands supply other parts of the world with 
various spices , or aromatic luxuries, as pepper, cinnamon, 
cloves, and nutmegs. Some of the other productions are rice, 
sugar, cotton, coffee, camphor, benzoin, sago, cocoa, cassia, and 
edible birds’ nests. 

15. Sunda Isles. — Suma'tra, the largest of the Sunda 
Isles, is fertile, but mountainous, and contains the elevated 
mountain of Ophir. 

16. This island is chiefly in the possession of the natives ; 
but the English have a small settlement at Bencoo'len . 


12. The Papuan race? 13. What does the Eastern Archipelago 
comprise ? 14. What are some of their noted productions? 

15. What is said of Sumatra ? 16. In whose possession is it ? 













OCEAN 1C A. 


190 

17. Ja'va, the other great island of this cluster, belongs 
to the Dutch, and is so fruitful in rice, that it has been 
sometimes styled the Granary of the East. 

18. The interior is mountainous ; but the coasts are low 
and marshy; and the climate here is very unhealthy. 

19. Bata'via , in the northwest part of Java, is the capital 
of all the Dutch East India possessions, and, on account of 
its former splendor and great commerce, was styled the 
Queen of the East. 

20. Bein'ca, an island lying east of Sumatra, also belongs 
to the Dutch v and is noted for its rich tin mines. 

21. Borneo. Bor'neo, the largest island in the world, ex¬ 
cept New Holland, and perhaps also New Guinea, is 800 
miles long, and 700 broad j but it has been little explored, 
and is little known. 

22. It is noted for a species of ape called the orang¬ 
outang, an animal which bears a strong resemblance to the 
human species. 

23. Philippine or Manilla Islands. — The Philippine 
Islands belong to Spain. The two largest are Luzon! and 
Mindanao, both of which are very fertile ; and the former is 
remarkable for volcanoes. 

24. Manilla , on the west coast of Luzon, is the capital 
of the Spanish East India possessions, and has heretofore 
been a place of much commerce. 

25. Celebes. — Celebes, a large island, remarkable for its 
irregular form and fine scenery, belongs partly to the na¬ 
tives, and partly to the Dutch. 

26. The Moluccas. — The Moluccas, called also the 
Spice Islands, belong to the Dutch. The most important 
islands are Gilo'lo and Ceram', the two largest; Amboi/na, 
noted for cloves ; Ban'da, for nutmegs. 

Australia. 

27. Australia or Australasia, called also Central Oceanica, 
comprises New Holland, Pap'ua or New Guin'ea, Van Die'- 
men’s Land, New Brit'ain, New Ire'land, New Caledo'nia, New 
Heb'ri-des, New Zea'land , and other smaller islands. 

28. New Holland, which is about three fourths as large 
as Europe, and is sometimes styled a continent, was first 


17. What is said of Java? 18. What of the surface and climate ? 

19. Batavia? 20. Banca? 21. Borneo? 

22. For what is it noted? 23. Philippine islands? 24. Manilla? 
25. Celebes? 26. Moluccas? 27. What does Australia 
comprise ? 28. What is said of New Holland ? 



0CEAN1CA. 


191 


The Kanguroo. 



29. The natives of New Holland, as well as of most oth¬ 
er parts of Australia, are the most degraded and barbarous 
of the human species. They wear little or no clothing, 
have no form of government, and are destitute of all the 
comforts of civilized life. 

SO. The coasts are extremely diversified ; and the for¬ 
ests are said to be inferior in majesty to those of America, 
and in variety and elegance to those of Asia. 

31. The quadrupeds are different from those of any other 
part of the world, and are mostly of the opossum species. 
One of the largest and most celebrated is the kanguroo , an 
elegant animal, which is sometimes 6 feet long, and is re¬ 
markable for the shortness of its fore legs, and for the 
abdominal pouch of the female, for the protection of its 
young. 

32. New Holland is celebrated chiefly for the English 
Colony , in New South Wales , in the southeast part, formed 
by the transportation of convicts from Great Britain. 

S3. This colony was begun, in 1787, and contained, in 
1836, 70,000 inhabitants, about two fifths of whom were 
convicts. 

34. The climate of the country occupied by the colony, 


29. What of the natives ? 30. What of the coasts and forests ? 

31. Quadrupeds, and kanguroo? 32. For what is New Holland 
chiefly celebrated ? 33. What is said of this colony ? 

34. What of the climate and soil? 

17* 









192 


OCEANICA. 


is temperate and healthy ; and much of the soil is fertile ; 
and agriculture and other useful arts have made considera¬ 
ble progress. 

35. Sydney, the capital of the colony, is situated on the 
bay of Port Jackson, has an excellent harbor, is a consid¬ 
erable and flourishing town, and has many useful establish¬ 
ments. 

36. A similar colony has been established on Van Die'- 
men’s Land, of which the capital is Hobart Town. 

37. The great island of New Guinea or Papua, which is 
about 1,200 miles in length, and 350 in breadth, is but little 
known, and is noted for the birds of paradise , which are of 
several kinds, and are among the most beautiful of the 
feathered creation. 

38. New Zealand, which consists of two large islands, has 
a temperate climate, and a luxuriant vegetation. 

39. One of the productions peculiar to New Zealand, is 
a beautiful and valuable species of flax, which resembles 
silk, and has been found to succeed in the climate of 
France. 


Polynesia. 

Branch of the Breadfruit Tree. 



35. What is said of Sydney ? 36. What other similar colony? 

37. What is said of New Guinea? 38. New Zealand ? 39. What 
of the productions ? 







OCEAN1CA. 


193 


40. Polynesia, or Eastern Oceanica, comprises the fol¬ 
lowing groups or clusters of islands, namely, the Pelew 
Islands, La-drone' Islands, Caroli'nas, Sandwich Islands , 
Marquesas', Society Islands, Friendly Islands, Fejee' Isl¬ 
ands, and Navigator's Islands. 

41. These are all comparatively small islands, widely 
dispersed in the Pacific ocean, and many of them are much 
nearer to the western coast of America, than to the east¬ 
ern coast of Asia. 

42. The inhabitants of Polynesia are of the Malay race, 
of tawny or dark olive complexion, and some of them are 
distinguished for fine forms, regular features, and pleasing 
countenances. 

43. The custom of tattooing prevails generally among 
them. It is performed by pricking the skin, and staining 
the punctured spots with a dark-colored substance, and 
thus forming lines and figures upon the body. 

44. A great part of these islands have been discovered 
since the middle of the last century. When first discover¬ 
ed, the inhabitants were all pagans, many of them extreme¬ 
ly barbarous, and even cannibals ; but they have, in some 
instances, shown great readiness in adopting the improve¬ 
ments of civilized life ; and in no other part of the world 
have the labors of Christian missionaries been attended 
with greater success. 

45. The Sandwich Islands, which are 11 in number, are 
one of the most important of the clusters of Polynesia, and 
are interesting on account of the progress which the natives 
have made in the arts of civilized life, and the great suc¬ 
cess which has attended the labors of the American mis¬ 
sionaries among them. 

46. Hawai'i (ha-wi'e), formerly called Owhy'ee, one of 
the Sandwich Islands, and the largest island in Polyne¬ 
sia, is 97 miles long, and 78 broad, and is noted for the 
death of the celebrated navigator captain Cook. 

47. Many parts of it are fertile and populous, but a por¬ 
tion is mountainous ; and it has peaks so elevated as to be 
always covered with snow. 

48. The Society Islands have attracted much notice, and 
the inhabitants, through the influence of the English mis- 


40. What does Polynesia comprise? 41. What is said of these 
islands ? 42. Inhabitants r 43. What of the custom of tat¬ 

tooing ?•■ 44. What is said of the discovery of the islands, 
and the condition of the inhabitants ? 

45. What is said of the Sandwich Islands ? 46. Hawaii ? 47. Soil 
and surface ? 48. Society Islands ? 




194 


OCEANICA. 




sionaries, have been persuaded to renounce idolatry and 
embrace Christianity. 

49. Otahei'te, or Tahi'ti (ta-he'te), the largest of the So¬ 
ciety Islands, is about 100 miles in circumference, and has 
an uneven and mountainous surface, but is very fertile. 

50. Pitcairn's Island , a small island, southeast of the So¬ 
ciety Islands, is remarkable for having been settled by Eng¬ 
lish mutineers, and for the interesting character of their 
descendants. 


49. What is said of Otaheite ? 50. Pitcairn’s Island ? 


See Map of Asia. — What are the principal islands in the Eastern 
Archipelago ? What ones are crossed by the equator ? 

How is Borneo situated? Sumatra? Java? Celebes? Luzon? 

Mindanao? Gilolo ? Amboyna? Banca ? 

Where is the strait of Malacca ? Strait of Sunda ? Macassar strait ? 
How is the town of Batavia situated ? Bencoolen ? Manilla ? 
Macassar ? How does the tropic of Capricorn intersect New 
Holland ? 

Where is New South Wales ? The gulf of Carpentaria ? Torres 
Straits ? Bass’s Straits ? Port Jackson and Botany Bay ? 
Sydney? Van Diemen’s Land? Papua or New Guinea? 
New Britain ? New Ireland ? Pelew Islands ? Ladrone 
Islands ? Carolinas ? 

1 

See Map of the World. — How is New Zealand situated ? 

What straits divide the two islands of New Zealand ? 

How is New Caledonia situated ? New Hebrides ? 

Which of the islands of Polynesia are nearest to America ? 

How are the Sandwich Islands situated ? The Society Islands ? 
The Marquesas ? The Friendly Islands? Navigator’s Isl¬ 
and ? Mulgrave’s Islands? Hawaii? Otaheite? Pitcairn’s 
Island ? 





AFRICA. 


Cleopatra's Needle. 


Pompey's Pillar. 



1. Africa has been known and peopled from the remotest 
antiquity ; and it includes Egypt, which has been styled 
the Cradle of Learning; yet, notwithstanding its ancient 
celebrity, and its vicinity to those parts of the world which 
are most famous in history, it is far the least known, the 
least civilized, and the least important of the four quarters 

of the globe. ...... 

2. It consists of a vast peninsula, connected with Asia by 
the low, sandy isthmus of Suez, which lies between the 
Mediterranean and the Red Sea, and is 75 English miles 

W1 3. e *Some of the principal causes which have prevented 
its bein* better known and more civilized, will be found 
in its natural form and features : it has few large and navi- 

Africa. — 1. What is said of Africa? 2. Of what does it consist? 

3. What causes have prevented its being more known and civilized? 





























196 


AFRICA. 


gable rivers, or good harbors ; no gulf or inland sea pene¬ 
trates into the interior ; and the extent of its deserts, and 
nature of its climate, as well as the savage character of its 
inhabitants, render it difficult to be explored. 

4. As much as three fourths of Africa lie in the torrid 
zone ; and it is distinguished as the hottest portion of the 
globe. 

5. The most remarkable capes are Cape Bon and Cape 
Serra in the north, Guar'dafui in the east, the Cape of 
Good Hope in the south, and Cape Verd in the west. 

6. The two most celebrated rivers are the Nile and the 
Niger (ni'jer); others of less note are the Sen'egdl, Gam¬ 
bia, Zaire or Congo, Orange, and Cua’ma or Zambese. 

7. The Nile, the most celebrated river on the globe, is 
formed by two principal branches, one of which rises in 
Abyssinia, and the other in the country to the southwest. 
It passes through Nubia and Egypt, and after a course of 
about 2,500 miles, it flows into the Mediterranean by two 
principal mouths. It is only about a third of a mile in 
width ; and after the junction of the Tacaz'ze, it flows 
about 1,000 miles without being joined by any large stream. 

8. The Ni’ger rises near the sources of the Senegal and 
Gambia, and after a course of about 3,000 miles, flows into 
the gulf of Benin by several mouths. The termination of 
this river, which was long a mysterious and difficult prob¬ 
lem in geography, was ascertained by two Britons of the 
name of Lander, in 1830. 

9. The principal islands are Madagascar, Soco’tra , 
Mauri’tius, and Bbur’bon, on the east; the Cana’ries, Ma¬ 
deira, the Azores', Cape Verd Islands, and St. Hele'na, on 
the west. 

10. The most noted mountains are the Atlas Mountains 
in the north, the Mountains of the Moon and the Kong 
Mountains in the central part, Table Mountain near the 
south end, and the Peak of Teneriffe on one of the Canary 
islands. 

11. A remarkable feature of Africa consists in its im¬ 
mense sandy and barren deserts, which abound in different 
parts ; but the desert of Sah'ara, or Zd'ara, is the largest 
and most celebrated. 

12. Africa has few lakes, and a great part of it suffers for 


4. What portion lies in the torrid zone ? 5. What capes ? 

6. What rivers? 7. What is said of the Nile ? 8. Niger? 

9. What islands? 10. Mountains? 11. What forms a remarkable 
feature ? 12. What of lakes and soil? 



AFRICA. 


197 


want of water ; but the soil of those parts which are well 
watered is exceedingly fertile. 

IS. The leading object of European nations, in their in¬ 
tercourse with Africa, during the last three centuries, has 
been the prosecution of that iniquitous and cruel traffic, the 
slave-trade. 

14. The principal articles of commerce obtained from 
Africa, besides slaves, are gold and ivory. 

15. Africa abounds in wild animals; and here only are 
the lion, the king of animals, and the ostrich , the largest of 
birds, found in their perfect state. Other distinguished 
animals, are the elephant, giraffe or camelopard, hippopot¬ 
amus, camel, zebra, buffalo, and crocodile. 

16. The inhabitants, who are mostly in the savage or 
barbarous state, consist of various tribes ; but most of 
them may be divided into two great classes, namely, the 
Moors and Negroes; T>ut the Caffres are considered by 
some as forming a third great class, distinct from the Ne¬ 
groes. 

17. The Moors are found chiefly in the northern part, 
and are Mahometans. They are of swarthy or copper com¬ 
plexion ; of barbarous habits and manners ; and of perfidi¬ 
ous and sanguinary character. 

18. The Negroes are chiefly pagans, and have the usual 
habits of barbarous or savage life. They are possessed of 
less activity, information, and vigor of mind than the 
Moors ; but are more gentle, faithful, and affectionate. 

19. Africa may be comprised under the following general 
divisions : Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, in the northeast ; 


13. What has been the leading object of Europeans in their inter¬ 
course with Africa? 14. What are the chief articles of 
commerce? 15. What is said of the animals ? 16. Inhab¬ 

itants? 17. What is said of the Moors? 18. The Negroes? ** 
19. What divisions does Africa comprise ? 


See Map of Africa. — What oceans and seas border on Africa ? 

What straits ? Where is the island of Madagascar ? The Comorro 
Islands ? Canary Islands ? Madeira ? St. Helena ? 

What islands in the gulf of Guinea? What is the southern cape 
of Africa ? The eastern ? The northern ? The western ? 
What is the course of the Nile ? The Niger ? 

What rivers are in the west ? What ones in the southeast ? 

Where are the Atlas mountains ? The Mountains of the Moon ? 
The Kong mountains ? Where is lake Tchad ? Lake Ma- 
ravi ? Lake Dembea ? How is the Desert of Sahara situ¬ 
ated ? What countries are in the north of Africa ? In the 
east ? The south ? The west ? The central part ? 


/ 




198 


AFRICA. 


the Barbary States, in the north ; Western Africa ; Cen¬ 
tral Africa; Southern Africa ; Southeastern Africa ; and 
the African Islands. 


EGYPT. 

Cairo. 



1. Egypt, celebrated for its great antiquity, and for hav¬ 
ing preceded all other countries in civilization, and in im¬ 
provement in the arts, has been styled the Cradle of Learn¬ 
ing ; and it still contains numerous monuments of its early 
magnificence and refinement. 

2. It is divided into Upper Egypt and Lower Egypt; the 
former lies south of Cairo ; and the latter is situated be¬ 
tween Cairo and the Mediterranean, and is called the 
Delta. 

3. The term Delta (the name of the fourth letter of the 
Greek alphabet, which is of the shape of a triangle), is 
applied to an alluvial tract of land, of a triangular form, 
overflowed and fertilized by the Nile, which here divides 
itself into several channels. 

4. The valuable part of Upper Egypt is a belt of land not 
generally more than four or five miles wide, lying on both 


Egypt. — 1. What is said of Egypt? 2. How is it divided ? 

3. What is the Delta ? 4. Of what does the valuable part of Upper 
Egypt consist ? 










EGYPT. 199 

sides of the Nile, enclosed between two ridges of moun¬ 
tains, which are bordered by deserts. 

5. The only river of Egypt is the celebrated Nile, which 
forms the most remarkable feature of the country, and to 
which it owes nearly all its fertility. 

6. This river annually passes its banks, and overspreads 
the alluvial land bordering upon it like a sea, carrying with 
its waters a fertilizing mud ; and almost all the country 
that is not thus inundated, is barren, and a great part of 
it consists of sandy deserts. 

7. The lands which are inundated are celebrated for 
their fertility, are cultivated with great ease, and produce 
corn and rice in equal perfection. 

8. Some of the principal productions besides rice, wheat , 
and other kinds of grain, are sugar-cane, cotton, flax, indigo , 
and a variety of fruits, particularly dates, which afford the 
chief subsistence to a great many of the inhabitants. 

9. The climate is peculiarly characterized by an almost 
entire absence of rain, the falling of even a few drops being 
a rare occurrence. The temperature and appearance of 
the country at some seasons are delightful; yet the sum¬ 
mers are very hot, and the ravages of the plague frequent. 

10. The Great and Little O'ases, which are fertile tracts 
in the midst of the desert, are situated to the west of Siut 
and Dendera. 

11. The inhabitants are much subject to the ophthalmia, a 
severe disease affecting the eyes ; and in the spring they 
are often annoyed by the simoom or samiel, a hot, suffocat¬ 
ing wind from the desert. 

12. The language chiefly spoken in Egypt is the Arabic ; 
and about two thirds of the inhabitants are Arabs, who are 
Mahometans. The other inhabitants are Copts, who are 
descended from the ancient Egyptians, and profess Chris¬ 
tianity ; also Turks and Jews, who are found mostly in the 
cities. 

13. Egypt has been considered, in modern times, as form¬ 
ing a part of the Turkish or Ottoman empire ; and it has 
been governed by a pacha in the name of the Porte ; but 
Mohammed Ali Pacha, some years since, renounced allegi¬ 
ance to the sultan. 


5. What river in Egypt? 6. What is said of its inundation ? 

7. What of the lands inundated? 8. What is said of the produc¬ 
tions? 9. Climate? 10. Great and Little Oases? 

11. By what are the inhabitants afflicted ? 

12. What are the language and inhabitants? 13. How is Egypt 

governed ? 


18 







200 


EGYPT. 


14. Egypt abounds in stupendous monuments of antiquity, 
ns pyramids, obelisks, temples, and catacombs. 

15. The pyramids, which were accounted by the ancients 
one of the seven wonders of the world, are the most re¬ 
markable monuments of ancient art that now exist, and are 
alike famous for their size and antiquity. History furnishes 
no authentic information respecting the time or the object 
of their erection. 

16. Cai'ro, or Grand Cai'ro, the capital of modern 
Egypt, is the largest city in Africa, and carries on an ex¬ 
tensive trade with the interior of the continent, and with 
Asia, by means of caravans. The streets are very narrow 
and dirty, and the houses mostly very mean ; but there 
are many magnificent mosques. 

17. Alexandria, once a great city, and distinguished as a 
seat of learning and commerce, and famous for its Pharos 
or light-house, is now greatly reduced. It exhibits inter¬ 
esting remains of ancient grandeur, as Pompey’s Pillar, 
Cleopatra^s Needles, and the Catacombs. 

18. Damiet'ta and Roset'ta, on the two principal mouths 
of the Nile, are noted for commerce ; Abukir ', for the vic¬ 
tory of Lord Nelson ; Suez, for its situation at the north 
end of the Red Sea, on the isthmus to which it gives name. 

19. Gir'ge is noted as the capital of Upper Egypt ; Cos- 
seir', on the Red Sea, for its former commercial impor¬ 
tance ; Siut (se-oot'), As'na, and Ed'fu, as considerable 
towns ; Sye'ne, as the one farthest south ; Thebes , Den'- 
dera, and many other places, for magnificent ruins. 

NUBIA. 

1. Nubia is an extensive country, watered by the Nile 
and its branches ; and it comprises several kingdoms or 
states, of which the principal are Sennaar 1 and Dongo'la. 

2. The country is but little known, and its boundaries are 
not well defined ; but it contains some magnificent remains 
of temples and other ancient monuments. 


14. In what does it abound? 15. What is said of the Pyramids? 
16. Cairo? 17. Alexandria? 18. Damietta, Rosetta, Abu¬ 
kir, and Suez ? 19. What towns in Upper Egypt ? 

Nubia. — 1. What is said of Nubia? 2. What is mentioned of 
the country ? 


See Map No. X. — How is Egypt bounded ? How does the Nile 
intersect it ? How is Cairo situated ? Alexandria ? Dami¬ 
etta ? Rosetta? Suez? Cosseir ? Syene? The Pyramids ? 
Thebes ? Girge ? What other towns on the Nile ? 




NUBIA. 


201 


3. The soil on the borders of the rivers is fertile ; but 
most of the country consists of barren, sandy, and stony 
deserts ; and the climate is very hot. 

4. Dong o'la is noted as the capital of the kingdom of the 
same name ; Shen'dy, as a considerable town ; Ebsam'bul , 
for an ancient temple cut out of solid rock. 

5. Sennaar', the capital of the kingdom of Sennaar, was 
formerly a large city, but it is now almost in ruins ; Sua'- 
kem, once a large commercial port, is now greatly reduced. 

ABYSSINIA. 

1. Abyssinia, which lies west of the Red Sea and the 
straits of Babelmandel, and contains the eastern sources of 
the Nile, is a country of considerable celebrity, though it 
has been visited by few modern travellers, and is but little 
known. 

2. It is an elevated and mountainous country, and much 
of it is well watered and fertile ; and it is rich in animal 
and vegetable productions. 

3. The climate , on account of the elevation of the coun¬ 
try, the streams of water, and rains, is much cooler than 
that of Egypt. 

4. The Jlbyssinians have professed Christianity from an 
early period, and are of the Eutychian sect; but they are 
extremely ignorant; the art of printing is not in use among 
them ; and copies of the Bible are very rare. They are of 
a dark olive complexion, and are noted for their singular 
and barbarous customs. 

5. Besides the Christians of Abyssinia, the country is 
inhabited by several pagan nations, as the Gallas and Shan- 
gallas, who are far more noted for their ferocious manners 
and savage customs. 

6. Gon'dar, the chief town of Abyssinia, is situated on 


3. What is said of the soil and climate ? 4. Dongola, Shendy, and 
Ebsambul? 5. Sennaar and Suakem ? 

Abyssinia. — 1. What is said of Abyssinia? 2. What of the 
surface and soil? 3. What is said of the climate? 4. The 
Abyssinians ? 5. What other inhabitants of the country ? 

6. What is said of Gondar, &c. 


See Map No. XI. — What is the situation of Nubia ? The country 
of Dongola ? Sennaar? By what river is Nubia watered ? 
How is the town of Dongola situated? Sennaar? Ebsambul? 
Shendy ? Suakem ? Ibrim ? 




ABYSSINIA. 


202 


the northeast part of lake Dembe'a, is said to contain 100 
churches. Ax'um is noted as the former capital; Mas uati , 
as the principal port. 


BARBARY STATES. 
Algiers. 



1. Barbary is a name given to an extensive country in 
the north of Africa, which is situated between the desert of 
Sahara and the Mediterranean Sea, and comprises Mo- 
roc'co, Algiers ', Tu'nis, Trip'oli , and Bar'ca. 

2. This country occupied a much more conspicuous place 
in the ancient world, than it has done in the modern : it 
contained the powerful and commercial state of Carthage, 
and several others of less importance ; but in latter times 
it has been noted as a seat of barbarism and piracy. 

3. Its most remarkable natural feature consists in the 
Atlas Mountains, a long and elevated range, which lies 


Barbary States. — 1. What does Barbary comprise ? 

2. What is said of its ancient and modern condition? 

3. What is said of the Atlas mountains ? 


See Map JYo. X. — How is Abyssinia situated ? Where is lake 
Dembea ? What branches of the Nile rise in Abyssinia ? 
What other river? How is Gondar situated? Masuah and Ar- 
ki'ko ? Axum ? Antalo ? What other towns ? 











BARBARY STATES. 


203 


north of the Great Desert, and which ancient fable repre¬ 
sented as the prop of the heavens. 

4. The cultivated part of Barbary comprises a tract of 
country from 50 to 200 miles wide, situated between the 
Atlas range and the sea, watered by numerous streams 
from the mountains, and distinguished for its fertility. 

5. The climate is temperate, pleasant, and generally 
healthy ; yet the country is exposed to the most calamitous 
visitations of the plague. 

6. Some of the principal productions and exports are 
maize , and other kinds of grain ; ivory , ostrich feathers, Mo¬ 
rocco leather, and fruits, particularly dates. 

7. The locust is a formidable insect of this country, and 
often appears in immense swarms, making the most de¬ 
structive ravages. 

8. The inhabitants consist of four classes ; 1st, Moors, 
who are the ruling people, and form most of the inhabi¬ 
tants of the cities ; 2dly, Jews, who live in the cities and 
have the management of the trade ; Sdly, Arabs, who lead 
a pastoral life ; 4thly, Berbers or Brebers, who live in the 
mountainous parts, and are supposed to be descended from 
the original inhabitants, and from whom the name of Bar¬ 
bary is said to be derived. 

9. The prevailing religion of Barbary is Mahometanism ; 
and the government a barbarous despotism. 

10. Morocco. — The empire of Morocco, which is much 
the largest of the Barbary States, and comprises a part of 
ancient Mauritania, lies in the northwest of Africa, and is 
noted for a kind of leather called morocco. 

11. Morocco, the capital, is situated upwards of 100 miles 
from the sea. It is the usual residence of the emperor, 
carries on a trade with Tombuctoo', and was once a very 
large and populous city, but is now decayed. Meq'uinez 
(mek'e-nez), further in the interior, is sometimes the resi¬ 
dence of the emperor. 

12. Fez, formerly the capital of the kingdom of the same 
name, is now noted as a considerable city ; Mogadore’, as 
the chief seat of European commerce ; Tangier as the 
residence of European consuls ; Ceu'ta, as a seaport be¬ 
longing to Spain ; Rabat', Larache' (la-rash 4 * * 7 ), and Tet'uan, 
as considerable ports. 


4. What is said of the cultivated part? 5. Climate? G. Produc¬ 

tions and exports ? 7. The locust ? 8. Inhabitants ? 9. 

Religion and government ? 

10. What is said of the empire of Morocco? 11. The cities of 
Morocco and Mequinez ? 12. What other towns ? 

18* 



204 


BARBARY STATES. 


13. Algiers. — The country of Algiers, which is now in 
the possession of France, has heretofore been the most no¬ 
ted of all the Barbary States for naval strength and for pi¬ 
racy. 

14. Algiers', the capital, a city long noted for pira¬ 
cy, and taken by the French in 1830, is built on the side of 
a hill, with the houses rising in the form of an amphithea¬ 
tre ; and it presents a fine spectacle from the sea. 

15. Constanti'na, the capital of the eastern province, and 
the second town in size, is noted for its capture by the 
French in 1837 ; Tremecen', as the capital of the western 
province ; Oran ', as a place of strength. 

16. Tunis. — The country of Tunis includes the site of 
ancient Carthage, and contains many monuments of an¬ 
cient magnificence. 

17. Tu'nis, the capital, situated near the site of ancient 
Carthage, is one of the largest cities in Africa, and the 
most commercial one in Barbary. 

18. Tripoli. — Trip'oli, the capital of the state of 
Tripoli, has a good harbor and considerable commerce, and 
is largely concerned in the caravan trade with the interior 
of Africa. 

19. Barca. — Barca contains the site of the ancient city 
of Cyre'ne ; but is mostly a desert. Its chief towns are Derne 
and Bingd'zi. 

20. Fezzan. — Fezzan', which lies south of Tripoli, is a 
small but fertile country, surrounded by deserts ; Mourzouk' 
(moor-zook'), the capital, is noted as a centre of the 
caravan trade of Africa. 


13. What is said of the country of Algiers? 14. What of the city ? 
15. What other towns? 16. What is said of the country of Tu¬ 
nis? 17. The city of Tunis? 18. What is said of Tripoli? 
19. Barca? 20. What is said of Fezzan and Mourzouk? 


See Map of Africa. — How is Morocco bounded ? Algiers ? Tu¬ 
nis? Tripoli? Barca? How is Fezzan situated ? Biledul- 
gerid ? Tafilet? Suz? What capes on the north of Tunis? 
What gulf on the east? Where is the gulf of Sidra? 
Where is the Desert of Barca ? What towns of Morocco 
are on the northwest coast? What ones near the straits of 
Gibraltar ? 

What towns of Algiers are on the Mediterranean ? Of Tunis ? Of 
Tripoli? Barca? How is the city of Morocco situated? 
Fez? Mequinez? Algiers? Constantina? Tunis? Trip¬ 
oli? Mourzouk? What is the situation of the Great Des¬ 
ert? Where is the Desert of Libya? Where is Berdoa? 
TheTibboos? The Tuarick ? Mongearts ? How is Auge- 
la situated ? Siwah ? Kuku ? Agades ? 




SAHARA, OR THE GREAT DESERT. 


205 


Sahara, or the Great Desert. 

1. Sah'ara, or Za'ara, or the Great Desert, which lies 
south of Barbary, is about 1,000 miles broad, and, reckon¬ 
ing from the Atlantic to the Nile, about 3,000 miles long; 
but the name is commonly limited to the main body, which 
lies west of Fezzan, and which is about 2,000 miles in 
length. 

2. It is raised but little above the level of the sea, and 
appears as a vast ocean of scorching sand, having here and 
there some oases or islatids , which afford water and vegeta¬ 
tion, and serve as resting and watering places to the cara¬ 
vans that travel over it ; and in some instances they sup¬ 
port a number of inhabitants. 

3. This vast and dreary abode of solitude and desolation, 
is traversed, for purposes of commerce, by caravans , that 
proceed from the towns of Barbary, and from Cairo in 
Egypt, conveying salt, cloths, and various kinds of Euro¬ 
pean goods to Tombuctoo, Bornou, and other places in 
Central Africa, and receiving, in return, slaves, gold, ivory, 
ostrich feathers, civet, and some other articles. 

WESTERN AFRICA. 

1. Western Africa comprehends all the countries on the 
coast, which lie between the desert of Sahara and Bengue'- 
la; and it is noted for being the principal theatre of that 
inhuman and disgraceful traffic, the slave-trade. 

2. This region includes many different countries and 
kingdoms. The kingdoms of Senegam'bia are in the north ; 
those of Guin'ea, in the middle ; and the countries of Lo~ 
an'go, Con'go, Ango'la , and Bengue'la , in the south. 

3. The principal rivers are the JViger, Sen'egal, Gam'bia, 
Grand , Mesur'd'do, and Zaire or Con'go. 

4. This region lies wholly within the torrid zone, and the 
climate is extremely hot, and to Europeans very unhealthy. 

5. Much of the soil is exceedingly fertile ; and the coun¬ 
try is covered with a luxuriant vegetation. 

*6. This part of Africa abounds in various animals, par¬ 
ticularly elephants, monkeys, and antelopes; it is also infested 


Sahara. — 1. What is the extent of Sahara? 2. What is said 
of the surface ? 3. What of the caravan trade ? 

Western Africa. — 1. What is said of Western Africa ? 

2 . What does it include ? 3. What are the rivers ? 

4. What is said of the climate ? 5. Soil ? 6. Animals ? 




206 


WESTERN AFRICA. 


Termites Ant-Hills. 



by venomous insects and reptiles ; and here is found that 
enormous serpent the boa constrictor. 

7. In many parts of this region, the ter'mites, sometimes 
called white ants, construct their singular habitations, 
which they raise in the form of a pyramid, in some instan¬ 
ces, to the height of 15 or 20 feet. 

8. The principal article of commerce consists of slaves; 
other articles are gold, ivory, and formerly Guinea pepper , 
called also grains of paradise; and from these, the different 
parts of the coast of Guinea were named the Gold , Ivory, 
Grain, and Slave coasts. 

9. Some of the principal towns are Teemboo', the chief 
town of the Foulahs; Coomassie', the capital of Ashantee'; 
Ab'otney, of Dahomey; Benin’, of Benin ; Caben’da, in 
Loango ; Elmifna, on the Gold coast, belonging to the 
Dutch ; and Cape Coast Castle, belonging to the English. 

10. The inhabitants consist of various tribes of negroes, 
some of the principal of which are the Fou'lahs , Jal'offsl 
Mandin'goes, and Feloups'. 

11. The most tremendous scourge by which the unhappy 
negroes are afflicted, is the slave-trade, which is the cause 
of the greatest enormities, and in consequence of which 


7. What is said of the termites ? 8. What articles of commerce? 

9. Towns? 10. Inhabitants? 11. Slave-trade? 



















WESTERN AFRICA. 207 

wars are incessantly undertaken to procure slaves for the 
market. 

12. Great exertions have been made, particularly by the 
English, to abolish this infamous traffic ; but philanthropy, 
equity, and penal statutes have hitherto been found but 
feeble barriers, when opposed to the cupidity of unprinci¬ 
pled traders ; and, to the reproach of Christendom, this 
trade in negroes is still carried on to a great extent. 

13. In Sier'ra Leo'ne , there is an English colony establish¬ 
ed for the benevolent purpose of colonizing free negroes, 
and promoting the civilization of Africa. 

14. In Libe'ria , a similar settlement was begun in 1821 by 
the American Colonization Society, of which the chief town 
is Monro'via. 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 

The Lion. 



1. Within the last fifty years great efforts have been made 
to explore the interior of Africa; and though much ex- 


12. What attempts have been made to abolish it ? 13. Sierra Le¬ 
one ? 14". Liberia ? 

Central Africa. — f. What is said respecting the discovery of 
the interior of Africa ? 


See Map of Africa. — Where are the rivers Senegal and Gambia ? 
The Mesurado P The Zaire or Congo ? 

What countries are situated on and near the Senegal and Gambia ? 

What countries lie north of the gulf of Guinea? What ones fur¬ 
ther south? Where is Kaarta ? Fooladoo? Benguela? Man- 
dingo? Benin? Congo? Sierra Leone ? Angola? Liberia? 
Ashantee ? Loango? Biafra? Dahomey? How are the 
Grain. Ivory, Gold, and Slave coasts situated ? How is the 
town of Benin situated? Teemboo? Coomassie ? Mon¬ 
rovia? Elmina ? Cape Coast Castle ? Cabenda? 








208 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 


pense has been incurred, and many lives sacrificed in these 
enterprises, yet a great part of it is still wholly unknown to 
the civilized world. 

2. European travellers have partially explored the coun¬ 
tries which lie north of the parallel of the 10th degree of 
north latitude ; but further south our knowledge is confined 
to the countries which border on the coast. 

3. Soudan', or Nigri'tia , is a name applied to an extensive 
region in the interior, which lies south of the desert of Sa¬ 
hara, and includes a number of countries and kingdoms, 
that are fertile and considerably populous. Some of the 
principal ones are Tombuctoo', Huus'sa, Bambar'ra, Cash'- 
na or Kassi'na, and Bornou'. 

4. The commerce of these countries is carried on by 
caravans with Cairo and the towns of Barbary ; and the 
exports consist chiefly of slaves, gold dust, ivory, ostrich 
feathers, and civet. 

5. The inhabitants consist of Negroes, Moors, and Arabs, 
and are mostly Mahometans, but partly Pagans. 

6. Tombuctoo', or Timbuctoo', situated near the Niger, is 
the commercial capital of Central Africa, and the point to 
which caravans proceed from the north. Many European 
travellers have lost their lives in attempts to visit this city ; 
and the object was first accomplished, in 1826, by Major 
Laing, who was assassinated soon after leaving the place. 

7. Sackatoo', or Soccatoo', a large town, is the capital of 
the warlike nation of the Felatahs ; Se-go, of the kingdom 
of Bambarra. 

8. Cash'na is the capital of Cashna or Kassina ; Bornou ; 
Kbu'ka, and Angornou are considerable towns in the large 
kingdom of Bornou ; Cob'be is the capital of Barfbur'. 


2. What has been effected ? 3. What is said of Soudan ? 4. Com¬ 
merce ? 5. Inhabitants? 6. Tombuctoo? 7. What is said 

of Sackatoo and Sego ? 8. What other towns are mentioned ? 


See Map of Africa. — How is the country of Soudan or Nigritia 
situated ? Bambarra ? Darfour ? Houssa ? Bornou ? Tom¬ 
buctoo ? Kanem ? What is the course of the river Niger ? 
Where is Lake Tchad ? 

How is the town of Sego situated ? Tombuctoo ? Sackatoo ? 

Kouka ? Cobbe ? Cashna ? Angornou ? 

What towns are on the Niger ? 





SOUTHERN AFRICA. 


209 


SOUTHERN AFRICA. 

1. This division of Africa lies mostly south of the tropic 
of Capricorn, and includes the country df Caffra'ria, and 
the English Colony of the Cape of Good Hope , or Cape 
Colony. 

2. The most of this region is but little known ; but it 
contains some fertile districts, and has extensive deserts. 

3. It is intersected by several ridges of mountains, some 
summits of which are always covered with snow ; and it is 
watered by a number of rivers, the largest of which is 
Orange River. 

4. The natives consist of various tribes of Caffres (kaf'- 
fers) and Hot'ientots. 

5. The Caffres are nearly black, but differ much in form 
and features from the African negroes; and they generally 
lead a pastoral life. 

6. The Hottentots are a more degraded race, of a yellow¬ 
ish brown complexion, and very deformed appearance ; but 
the labors of the Moravian missionaries among them have 
been very successful. 

7. Two of the principal towns of this region are Latta- 
koo' and Kurreechane'. 

8. The English Colony of the Cape , being situated on 
the route from Europe to India, is important on account of 
its affording refreshments to vessels on their long voyages. 

9. It is famous for the delicious Constantia wine , pro¬ 
duced from vines originally brought from Shiraz in Persia ; 
and also for a variety of the most beautiful plants, which 
now adorn many of the green-houses and gardens of Eu¬ 
rope and America. 

10. Cape Town, the capital of the Colony, is situated on 
Table bay, near the foot of Table mountain, 90 miles from 
the Cape, and is important as connected with the commer¬ 
cial intercourse of India. 


Southern Africa. — 1. What does southern Africa compre¬ 
hend? 2. What is said of it? 3. Mountains and rivers? 
4. Natives ? 5. Caffres ? 6. Hottentots ? 7. Towns ? 

8. What is said of the English Colony ? 9. For what is it famous? 
30. What is said of Cape Town ? 


See Map of Africa. — How does the Tropic of Capricorn cross 
this region ? What river flows west ? What rivers on the 
east ? How is Kurreechane situated ? Lattakoo ? 

What are some of the tribes of people ? How is Cape Colony sit¬ 
uated ? What capes and bays on the coast? 

How is Cape Town situated ? Stellenbosch ? Bethelsdorp ? 







210 


SOUTHEASTERN AFRICA 


SOUTHEASTERN AFRICA. 

1. This region, which extends from Caffraria to the straits 
of Babelmandel, has been partially colonized by the Portu¬ 
guese ; but it is less known than Western Africa, and much 
less visited for purposes of commerce. 

2. Some of the principal countries are Sofd'la, Monomot'- 
opa, Mozambique', Zanguebar', Magadox'a, Ajan, and 
Adel. 

3. The climate, soil, and inhabitants of this region resem¬ 
ble those of the western coast ; and the principal articles 
of commerce are the same, namely, slaves, gold, and ivory. 

4. Sofala abounds in gold ; and some learned men have 
supposed that this country is the same as the Ophir of the 
Scriptures. 

AFRICAN ISLANDS. 


Peak of Teneriffe. 



Southeastern Africa. — 1. What is said of southeastern Af¬ 
rica ? 2. What countries does it include ? 

3. What is said of this region P 4. What of Sofala ? 


See Map of Africa .— What channel separates Madagascar from 
Africa ? What rivers flow into the ocean between Caffraria 
and the straits of Babelmandel ? Where is lake Maravi ? 

How are the countries of Sabia and Sofala situated ? Ajan and 
Adel ? Mozambique ? Monomotopa ?' Zanguebar ? Mag- 
adoxa ? How is the town of Berbera situated ? Melinda ? 
Magadoxa? Quiloa ? Sofala? Mozambique? 









AFRICAN ISLANDS. 


211 


1. The principal islands on the eastern coast .of Africa 
are Madagascar, Soco'tra, Zanzibar', and the Comor'ro 
islands, chiefly in the possession of the natives ; Bbur'bon, 
belonging to France, and Mauri'tins, to Great Britain. 

2. The most important islands on the west of Africa are 
Madei'ra, the Azores, and the Cape Ferd islands, belong¬ 
ing to Portugal ; the Cana'vies, to Spain ; and St. Hele'na, 
to Great Britain. 

3. Madagascar, one of the largest islands in the world, 
has a mountainous surface and a fertile soil; and it is in¬ 
habited by various native tribes. 

4. The island of Bourbon is noted for being composed 
chiefly of two volcanic mountains, and for coffee. 

5. Mauritius, or the Isle of France, is less fertile than 
Bourbon, but is of commercial and military importance, on 
account of its good harbors. 

6. The island of Madeira is famous for its excellent 
wine. 

7. The Azores, about midway between Africa and Amer¬ 
ica, are supposed to be of volcanic origin, and are noted 
for wine, oranges, lemons, and other fruits. 

8. The Canaries , called by the ancients the Fortunate 
Islands, produce abundance of corn, wine, and fruits. 

9. Tcn'eriffe, the largest of the Canaries, is noted for its 
Peak, which may be seen at sea 120 miles distant; Fer'ro , 
for having formerly been the place from which longitude 
was reckoned. 

10. St. Hele'na, a small island surrounded by high 
precipices of basaltic rock, is regarded as a great natural 
curiosity, and is famous for having been the place of the 
imprisonment and death of Bonaparte. 


African Islands. — 1. What islands are east of Africa? 

2. What ones west ? 3. What is said of Madagascar ? 4. Bour¬ 
bon? 5. Mauritius? 6. Madeira? 7. The Azores ? 8. The 
Canaries? 9. TenerifFe and Ferro? 10. St. Helena? 


See Map of Africa. — How is Madagascar situated ? What part 
is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? By what is it sep¬ 
arated from Africa? How are the Comorro islands situ¬ 
ated? Zanzibar? St. Helena? What islands in the gulf 
of Guinea? Where are the Canary Islands ? Madeira? 

See Map of Asia. — How is the island of Bourbon situated ? 
Mauritius ? Socotra ? 

See Map of the World. — Where are the Azores ? Cape Verd 
Islands ? 


19 











PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


1. Physical Geography is the natural history of the globe, 
and embraces a view of the sea, the atmosphere, the struc¬ 
ture of the earth, together with its rivers, takes, mountains, 
minerals, vegetables, and animals. 

The Sea. 

2. This mighty element occupies considerably more than 
one half of the northern hemisphere, almost seven eighths 
of the southern, and nearly three fourths of the whole sur¬ 
face of the globe. 

3. The several oceans which are known by different 
names, are all connected with each other, and may be re¬ 
garded as forming only one vast and continuous expanse of 
water spread round the land ; and all the gulfs and inland 
seas, form only portions detached, but not entirely separat¬ 
ed from that universal sea, which we call the ocean. 

4. The sea is of vast importance in the economy of na¬ 
ture. It is the inexhaustible source of the element of water, 
which being exhaled by the sun, and condensed by the 
cold of the upper regions to which it ascends, falls down in 
showers, moistening the air, refreshing vegetable life, and 
furnishing to rivers that ample supply that feeds their ever- 
flowing streams. 

5. The ocean is the great highway of the globe, and is 
of immense advantage to mankind by facilitating the inter¬ 
course between different nations, bringing distant countries 
comparatively near to each other, and furnishing an easy 
mode of exchanging their various productions. 

6. The water of the sea is well known to be salt; but 
the cause of its saltness has never been satisfactorily ascer- 


Physical Geography. —1. What is Physical Geography ? 

2. What proportion of the globe is occupied by the sea ? 

3. How may the different oceans be regarded? 4. What is said 

of the importance of the sea in the economy of nature ? 

5. What of its uses ? 6. What respecting the causes of the saltness 
of its waters ? 








214 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


tained, though the inquiry respecting it has attracted the 
attention of philosophers from ancient times. Some have 
supposed that the saline substances formed a part of its 
original composition ; others, that they have been subse¬ 
quently dissolved in it. 

7. The degree of saltness is greatest near the equator, 
and it diminishes towards the poles. 

8. The greatest depth of the ocean has not been ascer¬ 
tained ; for it has not been sounded much deeper than a 
mile. As far as it has been explored, the bottom exhibits a 
striking resemblance to the surface of the dry land, pre¬ 
senting a varied scene of mountains, rocks, and valleys. 

9. Tides . — The tides are regular motions of the sea, 
according to which it ebbs and flows twice every twenty- 
five hours. They are caused chiefly by the attraction of 
the moon, modified, in some degree, by that of the sun. 

10. This movement differs greatly in different parts of 
the globe, and entirely ceases towards the poles. In land¬ 
locked seas, as the Mediterranean and Baltic, the tides are 
scarcely felt. 

11. The tides are strongest when they come from a great 
extent of ocean, upon an indented coast, where their force 
is concentrated. The Bay of Fundy, the English Channel, 
and the Gulf of Cambay, are remarkable for their strong 
and high tides. 

12. The greatest tide is called a spring-tide , which takes 
place at the time of new and full moon, as the attraction of 
the sun then acts in unison with that of the moon. 

13. The least tide is called a neap-tide , which takes place 
when the attraction of the sun tends to counteract that of 
the moon. 

14. The spring and neap tides, like the daily tides, suc¬ 
ceed each other in a regular series, diminishing, in 15 days, 
from the greatest to the least. 

The Atmosphere. 

15. The atmosphere, or common air, is an invisible, elas¬ 
tic fluid, which surrounds the earth, and which is essential 
to the maintenance both of animal and vegetable life. 

16. It is formed of two substances in very 'unequal pro- 

----- 

7. Where is the degree of saltness greatest? 8. What is said of 
its depth ? 9. What is said of the tides ? 

10. Where are the least tides? 11. Where the greatest ? 

12. What is said of the spring-tides ? 13. The neap-tides * 

14. How do they succeed each other? 15. What is said of the 
atmosphere ? 16. Of what is it composed ? 




PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


215 


portions ; namely, oxygen gas, or pure air, of which it con¬ 
tains 27 parts or hundredths, and azotic gas, or impure air, 
of which it contains 73 parts. 

17. It is the property of air to exert an equal pressure on 
all sides; and when its equilibrium is destroyed by means 
of a vacuum, it is found to press with the weight of about 
14 pounds upon every square inch of the surface of the 
earth. 

IS. The atmosphere rises to a considerable height above 
the surface of the earth. As we ascend into the higher re¬ 
gions, it is found gradually to diminish in density, till at 
length it becotnes unfit or insufficient for respiration. 

19. When Humboldt ascended Chimborazo to the height 
of 19,300 feet, he found ihe air reduced to half its usual 
density, and intensely cold and piercing. Respiration was 
difficult, and blood began to ooze from his eyes, lips, and 
gums. Gay-Lussac, who ascended in a balloon to the great 
height of 23,040 feet, or 4£ miles, experienced this same in¬ 
convenience from the extreme cold and tenuity of the air. 

20. Winds. — Wind is air putin motion. When its ve¬ 
locity is only at the rate of 2 miles an hour, it is but just 
perceptible ; at 4 miles an hour, it is a gentle breeze ; at 
30, a high wind ; at 50, a tempest; and at 100, a violent 
hurricane. 

21. On a great part of the globe, the winds are subject 
to much irregularity ; but between the tropics they are gov¬ 
erned by regular laws, and, in particular tracts and seasons, 
blow almost invariably in the same direction. 

22. The trade-winds are remarkable currents which blow 
from east to west, in the equatorial regions, throughout 
nearly the whole circumference of the globe. They are 
called trade-winds because they facilitate trading voyages. 

23. The prevalence of these easterly currents is supposed 
to be caused by the diurnal motion of the earth in an oppo¬ 
site direction, from west to east, and by the sun’s heat in 
rarefying the air within the tropics. 

24. To restore the equilibrium, a current of air rushes in 
from the north, and another from the south, upon the rare¬ 
fied tropical atmosphere ; and in consequence of this, and 
of the motion of the earth, the trade-wind, to the north of 

17. What is said of its pressure? 18. What is the state of the 
atmosphere*at ^distance above the surface of the earth? 

19. What is related or Humboldt and Gay-Lussac? 

20. What is wind, and what is said of its velocity? 21. What is 

said of the winds in different parts of the globe ? 

22. What of the trade-winds ? 23. By what are they caused ? 

24. What is the consequence of the currents of air from the north 
and south towards the equator, and the motion of the earth ? 

19* 






216 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


the equator, blows from the northeast, and south of the 
equator, from the southeast. 

25. The monsoons form a deviation from the trade-winds, 
and prevail chiefly in the Indian ocean. During one half 
of the year, from April to October, a strong wind, or mon¬ 
soon, blows from the southwest, bringing with it rain and 
tempest; during the other half of the year, a dry and 
agreeable wind blows from the northeast. The change 
from one monsoon to another, is accompanied by violent 
storms and tempests. 

26. Hurricanes are violent movements of the atmosphere, 
and are generally nothing more than whirlwinds, of which 
the progressive motion is not usually more than 15 or 20 
miles an hour. They rage only in particular countries. 
The West India islands, the island of Mauritius, and the 
countries of Chin-India and China, are particularly subject 
to these tremendous storms. The hurricanes which are 
common in the Chinese sea are styled typhoons. 

27. Sea and land breezes prevail particularly in the islands 
situated within the tropics. The sea-breeze, or breeze from 
the sea, blows during the day ; and the land-breeze, during 
the night. 

28. The winds generally serve to purify the atmosphere, 
by keeping up a perpetual agitation in it. But there are some 
winds which possess noxious qualities, as the samiel or si¬ 
moom, which blows over the burning sands of Africa and 
Arabia. In Egypt it is also called the kamsin; and it reaches 
Italy in a modified condition, where it is styled the sirocco. 

29. Temperature. —The temperature of everyplace de¬ 
pends chiefly on its distance from the equator and its height, 
above the level of the sea. 

30. The equator is the region of heat, which gradually 
diminishes towards the poles, where perpetual winter 
reigns, with its attendants, snow and ice. 

31. All places within the tropics which are not much ele¬ 
vated above the level of the sea, are exposed to great heat; 
but, in South America, there are many plains near the equa¬ 
tor, which, on account of their elevation, enjoy a mild and 
delightful climate. 

32. Water freezes throughout the year, under the equa¬ 
tor, at the elevation of about 16,000 feet above the level of 


25. What is said of the monsoons ? 26. HSjrricgnes ? 27. Sea and 
land breezes? 28. What is the effect of the winds, and 
what ones are noxious ? 29. On what does the temperature 
of any place depend ? 30. What is the region of heat, and 

what of cold ? 31. What is said of places within the tropics ? 

32. At what elevation does water freeze at the equator, and in the 
latitude of 40 degrees ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


217 


the sea ; and in the latitude of 40 degrees, at the elevation 
of about 9,000 feet. 

83. Clouds. — Clouds are composed of water raised by 
evaporation, and suspended in the atmosphere in small ves¬ 
icles or hollow spheres. These vesicles form a kind of 
middle state between water and invisible vapor. 

34. Rain. — The quantity of rain is most abundant with¬ 
in the tropics, and it decreases in proportion to the distance 
from the equator towards the poles. It is also subject to 
great variations from other causes; and the quantity which 
falls at different places in the same latitude, is often very 
different. 

35. Within the tropics, the rains, like the winds, occur 
regularly at certain seasons of the year. In the northern 
tropic they begin in April and end in September ; and this 
part of the year is called the rainy or wet season. The 
other six months are called the dry season, during which 
little or no rain falls. In the southern tropic, this arrange¬ 
ment of the seasons is entirely reversed. 

36. In some countries, particularly Egypt, Low Peru, 
and a part of Chili, there is little or no rain at any season. 

The Earth. 

37. When we cast our eyes upon a map of the world, 
we perceive two large, distinct masses of land, which we 
call continents , and numerous smaller masses, which we 
call islands , and which differ from the continents only in 
their dimensions. We see also small detached spots upon 
the land covered with water, which we call lakes. 

38. One of the circumstances respecting the distribution 
of land which first arrests the attention, is the immense 
preponderance of it found in the northern hemisphere. 

39. The. most striking natural features of the globe are 
its division into land and water, and the inequalities of its 
surface. These inequalities produce that agreeable diver¬ 
sity of scene and climate, which arises from mountain and 
valley, hill and dale. 

40. When we confine our observation to a small portion 
of the earth’s surface, the irregularities which prevail seem 

33. What are clouds? 34. What is said of the quantity of rain 
that falls in different places? 35. What is said of rains 
within the tropics ? 36. In what countries is there little or 

no rain ? 37. When we cast our eyes upon the map of the 

world, what do we perceive ? 38. What is said respecting 

the distribution of land ? 39. What are the most striking 

natural features of the globe ? 

40. What is said respecting the irregularities of the earth being in¬ 
consistent with its having the form of a sphere ? 



218 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


inconsistent with the fact that it is in the form of a sphere * 
but, by a more enlarged view, we soon perceive that the 
highest mountains are very insignificant, and dwindle al¬ 
most to nothing, in comparison with the magnitude of the 
earth, bearing no greater proportion to it than grains ol 
sand to an artificial globe ; and that the earth differs but 
little from the general form it would possess, if the solid 
parts were entirely covered with the waters of the ocean. 

41. The solid parts of the globe, so far as they come 
within the sphere of our examination, are composed bf 
different kinds of soil or earths, rocks, and other mineral 
substances ; but of the interior structure of the globe, be¬ 
yond a few hundred feet below its surface, we know noth- 
in<r ; and, if we consider its size, we shall perceive that the 
deepest excavations which have been made in it, can be 
compared to nothing more than slight scratches on an arti¬ 
ficial globe. 

Rivers. 

42. The water which is exhaled into the atmosphere by 
the sun, descends in the form of rain and snow, and gives 
rise to springs, brooks, rivers, and lakes, which diffuse 
beauty and fertility over the finest regions of the globe. 

43. Rivers, which constitute one of the most magnificent 
features of the globe, generally have their origin in the 
more elevated districts of any tract of country, and are 
formed by the union of smaller streams. 

44. The tract of country from which a river derives its 
supply of water, is called its basin or valley. 

45. All elevated ranges of mountains furnish sources of 
large streams. The Alps, the Andes, and the Himmaleh 
mountains give rise to many of the largest rivers on the 
globe. 

46. The more limited extent of Europe does not admit 
of such vast accumulations of water as are found in Amer¬ 
ica and Asia. The Amazon is supposed to carry to the 
ocean more than four times as much water as the largest 
river on the eastern continent, and as much as all the rivers 
of Europe united. 

47. A remarkable phenomenon is presented by rivers 
which, at certain seasons of the year, overflow their banks. 

41. What is said respecting our knowledge of the interior of the 
earth ? 42. What becomes of the water that is exhaled into 
the atmosphere by the sun ? 43. What is said of the origin 

and formation of rivers ? 44. What is the basin or valley 
of a river ? 45. What is said of elevated mountains ? 

46. Where are the largest rivers, and what is said of the Amazon ? 

47. What is said of rivers overflowing their banks ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


219 


This occurs chiefly in the tropical regions, which are peri¬ 
odically flooded by immense rains ; but the Mississippi, 
which has its whole course without the limits of the trop¬ 
ics is noted for its extensive annual inundations. 

43. Most of those great rivers which are subject to an¬ 
nual inundations, divide themselves into various branches, 
before reaching the sea; and the alluvial tract which is 
thus intersected and inundated, is called the Delta , a term 
which was first applied to the Nile; but it is now extended 
to other rivers, as the Ganges, Indus, Amazon, Mississippi, 
See. 

Lakes. 

49. Lakes are of two kinds ; 1st, fresh-ivater lakes, which 
uniformly communicate with the sea, or other bodies of 
water, by means of rivers; 2dly, salt-ivater lakes, which 
have no such communication or visible outlet. 

50. Fresh-water lakes are much the more common ; and 
the largest are found in North America. 

51. Lake Superior is the most extensive body of fresh¬ 
water on the globe ; some of the largest fresh-water lakes 
in the eastern continent, are lake Baikal, in Siberia, and 
lakes Ladoga and Onega, in European Russia. 

52. Salt-water lakes are found in Hungary, Mexico, 
South America, Africa, and particularly in Central Asia, 
Persia, and Turkey. 

53. The two largest of these salt lakes, or inland seas, 
are the Caspian Sea and the Sea of Aral. These lakes re¬ 
ceive the waters of several large rivers, but have no visible 
outlet ; the waters which they receive are supposed to dis¬ 
appear only by evaporation. 

Mountains. 

54. Mountains seldom stand alone, but are usually found 
in groups, or connected ranges or chains, traversing a great 
extent of country. 

55. Some of the most magnificent ranges are the Andes, 
which are connected with the Rocky Mountains, in Ameri¬ 
ca ; the Alps, in Europe ; and the Himmaleh and Altai 
mountains, in Asia. 

56. High mountains generally present a surface, more or 

48. What takes place with respect to those rivers which overflow 
their banks ? 49. What two kinds of lakes are there ? 

50. Which are the more common ? 51. What is said of lake Super¬ 
ior? 52. Where are salt-water lakes found? 53. Which 
are the two largest? 54. What is said of mountains? 

55. What are some of the most magnificent ranges ? 56. What is 
mentioned respecting high mountains ? 




220 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


less extensive, of naked rock. Those which rise above the 
point of perpetual congelation, have their summits always 
covered with snow and ice; and, in the elevated hollows 
and valleys, are often found magnificent glaciers. 

57. The most remarkable phenomenon relating to moun¬ 
tains is the volcano , which is an internal fire perpetually 
burning, and which occasionally bursts forth in eruptions, 
desolating the surrounding plains. 

58. These eruptions are accompanied by earthquakes, 
and by dreadful subterranean noises within the mountain. 
A black volume of smoke is then seen ascending, which is¬ 
sues with a stream of flame that illuminates the sky ; while 
ashes, dross, red-hot stones, and enormous fragments of 
rock, are projected in all directions, like brilliant fire-works, 
and sometimes to a great height. 

59. The vast crater of the mountain is, at the same time, 
filled with lava, a liquid and burning matter, resembling 
metal in fusion. At length a stream of this lava begins to 
flow, sometimes from the crater at the top, and sometimes 
from lateral openings, rushing down the sides of the moun¬ 
tain like a river of fire, destroying every thing in its course, 
and transforming fertile fields, and sometimes villages and 
towns, into a burning flame. 

60. Volcanoes are found in various latitudes and in all 
quarters of the world ; but they are most numerous in South 
America and the Asiatic islands. 

61. Earthquakes , which occur most frequently in volcanic 
countries, are intimately connected with volcanoes, and 
like them are supposed to be occasioned by subterranean 
fires. 

62. The effects of this alarming convulsion are a violent 
tremor of the earth, the overthrow of objects on its surface, 
the rushing of the sea, and sometimes the overwhelming 
of whole cities. Lisbon, Messina, and Catania, in Europe, 
and several cities in South America, have, at different pe¬ 
riods, been nearly swallowed up. 

Metals and Minerals. 

63. The metals which most deserve notice, are gold , sil¬ 
ver , iron , copper , lead , tin y and mercury. 

64. Gold is commonly found in a perfectly pure state, at 
the foot of large ranges of mountains, from which it is 


57. What is the most remarkable phenomenon respecting mountains ? 

58. By what are the eruptions accompanied? 59. What then takes 

place ? 60. Where are volcanoes found ? 61. What is said 
of earthquakes ? 62. What are their effects ? 

63. What are the most important metals ? 64. What is said of gold? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 221 

washed down by rivers. It occurs in all quarters of the 
world, but most abundantly in South America. 

65. Silver is generally found in veins, but is seldom seen 
pure. More than nine tenths of the silver of the world 
has, for some centuries past, come from Mexico and South 
America. 

66. /ron, the most useful of all the metals, is the most 
widely diffused. The most productive iron mines are in 
Great Britain, France, Russia, and Sweden. 

67. Copper , a very useful metal, is also extensively dis¬ 
tributed in different countries ; but the most abundant 
source of it is in Cornwall in England. 

68. Lead is found in various countries; but the most 
productive lead mines are in the country bordering on the 
Mississippi and in Great Britain. 

69. 'Tin is not so widely diffused as lead, but is found in 
great abundance in a few countries, particularly in Corn¬ 
wall in England, and the island of Banca in the East 
Indies. 

70. Mercury , or quicksilver , a metal of peculiar properties, 
is not found in many places. Some of the most noted 
mines of it are those of Idria in Austria, Almaden in Spain, 
and Guanca Velica in Peru. 

71. Two of the most important mineral substances are fos¬ 
sil coal and common salt. 

72. Coal is a most valuable species of fuel, and is of great 
importance both in common life, and in all great manufac¬ 
tories. It is found in inexhaustible quantities in various 
countries ; but the most celebrated coal mines are those of 
JYewcastle in England. 

73. Salt, which is widely diffused, is obtained from salt¬ 
mines, from boiling the water of salt-springs, and from the 
water of the ocean, by the evaporation of the sun. Salt¬ 
mines are found in various countries, but the most celebrat¬ 
ed are those of TVieliczka in Austrian Poland. 

74. The diamond is the most valued of all precious 
stones, and is found chiefly in Hindostan and Brazil. 

Vegetables. 

75. The empire of vegetation extends throughout the 
globe, yet with great diversity in different parts, varying, 
in different regions, according to the temperature. Some 


65. What is said of silver? 66. Iron? 67. Copper? 68. Lead? 
69. Tin? 70. Mercury? 71. What are two of the most 
important minerals ? 72. What is said of coal ? 73. Salt ? 
74. What is said of the diamond? 75. What is said of the em¬ 
pire of vegetation ? 






222 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


vegetables require a hot, some a temperate, and others a 
cold climate. 

76. Vegetable life seems to draw its chief nourishment 
from heat and moisture ; and as these are combined in the 
greatest degree in the torrid zone , it is here that the most 
luxuriant vegetation is found. 

77. The tropical regions produce the largest trees, and 
display the richest verdure and the greatest profusion of 
flowers ; they also abound in delicious fruits, nutritious 
food, aromatic plants or spices, and useful and ornamental 
kinds of wood. 

78. Though the temperate zone cannot vie, in luxuriance, 
with the tropical regions, yet it yields in abundance all that 
is necessary to the subsistence and comfort of man, abound¬ 
ing in the finest frufts, the most useful kinds of grain, and 
the richest pasture. 

79. In the frigid zone, the aspect of nature is gloomy and 
severe ; the vegetables are of stunted growth and limited 
to a comparatively few species ; and towards the poles, 
vegetation entirely fails. 

Animals. 

80. The torrid zone teems with the same luxuriance of 
animal as of vegetable life, and is prolific in insects, and 
reptiles; it is also the native region of those animals 
which are most distinguished for strength and ferocity, 
as the lion, the tiger, and the panther; and also for those of 
the most gigantic form, as the elephant, the rhinoceros, and 
the hippopotamus. 

81. Some of the birds of the torrid zone are of extraor¬ 
dinary size, as the ostrich, the cassowary, and the condor. 
The feathered tribe, in this zone, possess the most varied 
and brilliant plumage ; but they are generally less melodi¬ 
ous in their notes than those of the temperate zone. 

82. Some of the most useful animals, as the ox, the horse, 
the sheep, the goat, the hog, the dog, and the cat, are so con¬ 
stituted by Providence, as to bear any climate, and are thus 
enabled to follow man to the utmost limits of the globe ; 
but it is in the temperate zone, that the domestic animals 
are reared in the greatest abundance and perfection. 

83. The frigid zone and the countries bordering upon it 
abound in animals which are covered with a thick fur, 

76. What of vegetable life? 77. What of the productions of the 
tropical regions ? 78. Of the temperate zone ? 79. The 

frigid zone? 80. What is said of the animals of the torrid 
zone? 81. The birds? 

82. What of some of the most useful domestic animals ? 

83. What of the animals of the frigid zone? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


223 


which is much sought after by man, both for use and orna¬ 
ment. I he most useful animal of this region is the mn- 
oeer; and the most formidable one, the polar bear. 

84. Different regions of the globe, as well as different 
zones, have races of animals peculiar to themselves. Asia is 
the country of the tiger, the Indian elephant, the camel with 
two humps, the wild sheep, the wild ass, the elk, and the 
musk ; Africa, of the lion, the African elephant, the drom¬ 
edary, the buffalo of Caffraria, and the zebra ; America, of 
the jaguar, the lama, the great elk or moose deer, and a 
peculiar species of bison or buffalo. 

Man. 

85. Man is at the head of the animal creation, and forms 
only one species, in which, however, there are considerable 
varieties, with regard to stature, form, color of the skin, 
physiognomy, and nature of the hair. 

86. The human species are dispersed over the whole 
earth ; for it is a peculiarity of the human constitution, that 
it adapts itself to every climate. The temperate zones, 
however, are most favorable to human subsistence and im¬ 
provement; and here civilization has most prevailed, in the 
different ages of the world. 

87. With regard to complexion , the human species con¬ 
sist of two great classes, the ivhite and the black; but, in¬ 
cluding intermediate varieties, they are divided, by physiol¬ 
ogists, into the five following breeds or races. 

88. First; the Caucasian or White Race , which includes 
nearly all the Europeans, the Circassians, Georgians, Ara¬ 
bians, Turks, Persians, and Hindoos. 

89. Secondly; the Mongolian, Tawny , or Olive Race , 
which embraces the Monguls, Chinese, and the other in¬ 
habitants of the eastern and southern parts of Asia, except 
the Malays. 

90. Thirdly; the Malay or Dark Brown Race , found in 
the peninsula of Malacca, the Asiatic islands, and the is¬ 
lands of the Pacific ocean. 

91. Fourthly; the Ethiopian, Negi'o, or Black Race, 
which comprises the African Negroes, the Hottentots, Caf- 
fres, and the Papuans, or Negroes of Australia. 


84. What are some of the animals peculiar to the different parts of 

the globe ? 

85. What is said of man P 86. What is said of the human species 

as dispersed over the earth ? 87. How are they divided with 
regard to complexion ? 88. What does the Caucasian race 

include ? 89. The Mongolian ? 

90. What does the Malay race include ? 91. The Ethiopian ? 

20 




224 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


92. Fifthly ; the American or Coppor-colored Race, consist¬ 
ing of the American Indians. 

93. With respect to the State of Society, the human 
species "are savage, barbarous, or civilized. 

94. The savage state is the lowest in which man is found; 
and in this state he subsists by hunting, fishing, and the 
spontaneous productions of the earth. 

95. A dense population is never found in the savage 
state, for such a population cannot be supported by the food 
which the earth yields without cultivation. 

96. Savage life presents a melancholy view of human 
nature, with little happiness or morality. In this state, 
mankind are poor; often in extreme want; addicted to 
theft ; coarse and filthy in their habits ; remarkable for 
cruelty, and for the unrestrained indulgence of vindictive 
passions. 

97. A numerous class of nations are still in this condition ; 
the principal of which are the natives of New Holland and 
the neighboring islands, a great part of the African Ne¬ 
groes, and of the American Indians. 

98. In the barbarous state, mankind wander about with 
their flocks and herds, from which they chiefly derive their 
subsistence ; and they also pursue a rude sort of agricul¬ 
ture. 

99. This was generally the state of Europe during the 
middle ages ; and it is now the condition of the inhabitants 
of Barbary in Africa, the Arabs, the Malays, and the in¬ 
habitants of Central and Northern Asia. 

100. The inhabitants of China, Hindostan, Persia, and 
Turkey, are raised somewhat above barbarian shepherds, 
and may be regarded as half-civilized. In these countries, 
agriculture is much attended to, and many kinds of manu¬ 
factures are carried to a high degree of excellence ; but 
foreign commerce exists only in a very limited degree. 

101. The civilized state is the most improved form of hu¬ 
man society, and exists, though with considerable diversity, 
throughout the most of Europe, the United States, and 
some other parts of America, which have been settled by 
Europeans. 


92. What does the American race include ? 93. How are the human 
species divided with regard to state of society ? 94. What is 

said of the savage state ? 95. Why is a dense population 
never found in this state ? 96. What is said of savage life ? 

97. What nations are still in the savage state ? 98. What is said of 
the barbarous state ? 99. What nations are in this state ? 

100. What nations are half-civilized? 101. What is said of the 
civilized state ? 













NOTE . 


Most of the following Statistical Tables are form¬ 
ed on a graduated scale ; and they present to the eye a 
comprehensive view of the matters treated of. They 
will be useful not only for study and examination, but also 
for occasional reference. 

It will be found much easier to obtain and fix in the 
memory statistical information presented in this form, 
than it would be, if such information were dispersed 
through the volume in connection with the several differ¬ 
ent countries. 

A few questions are placed at the bottom of the pages, 
in order to facilitate the use of the Tables ; but it is ex¬ 
pected that teachers will not limit themselves to these 
questions, but will exercise their pupils on the Tables as 
much further as they think proper. 


UNITED STATES. 


Table I. — Population of the different States and Territories, 
according to Fire Enumerations. 


StateJt and 

Pop. 

Pop. 

j Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Territories. 

17y0. 

1?00. 

1610. 

1820. 

1830. 

Maine, 

96,540 

151.719 

226.705 

i 296,335 

399,955 

-V Hampshire, 

141,899 

163.762 

214.360 

244,161 

269.326 

\ ermont. 

85.416 

154,465 

217 713 

! 235,764 

260.652 

Mass. 

378,717 

423.245 

472,040 

i 523,267 

610,406 

{Rhode Island. 

69.110 

69.122 

77,031 

83,059 

97,199, 

Connecticut, 

238.141 

251.002 

262.M2 

275,202 

297,665: 

New York, 

340,120 

5?6./o6 

959,949 

11,372.612 

1,916.606 

New Jersey, 

1-4.139 

211,949 

249555 

277,575 

320,62:1 

Pennsylvania. 

434,373 

602.365 

610,091 

1.049,456 

1,348,233 

Delaware. 

59.096 

04.273 

72,674 

72,749 

76.746 

jMaryland, 

319.72? 

341,548 

380.546 

1 407,350 

447.040 

I Virginia. 

746.306 

860.200 

974.622 

!1,065,379 

1,211.405 

X. Carolina, 

393.751 

476.103! 

555,500 

638,829 

737,987 

S. Carolina, 

249.073 

345,591) 

415.115 

502.741 

561,165' 

Georgia, 

62,546 

162,101! 

252.433 

340,967 

516.623' 

Alabama, 

— 


20.845 

127:901 

309.527 

Mississippi, 

— 

8,850, 

40552 

75,446 

136.621 

Louisiana, 

— 

— 

76,556 

153.407) 

215,739 

Tennessee, 

35,791 

105,602; 

261.7271 

422.613 

661,904 

j Kentucky, 

73.0 < 4 . 

220.955, 

496,511 

564,317j 

687,917 

jOhio, 

— 

45,365: 

230.760 

561.4341 

937,903 

.Indiana, 

— 

4,? <5 

24,520 

147,176 

343,031; 

(Illinois, 

_ 


12,232 

55/211 

157,455; 

(Missouri, 

— 

_ 

20.845 

66,586 

140,445 

jMichigan Ter. 

_ 


4,762 

8,896 

31,639 

{Arkansas Ter. 

— 

— 

— 

14/273 

30:386 

JD. of Columb. 

— 

14,093 

24,023 

33,039 

39.634 

'Florida Ter. 

— 

— 

— 

— 

34,730j 

Total, 

3,929,827 

5,305.925 

7,239,614 

9,636,131 

12.866.920| 


Population of several States and Territories at later periods than 


Maine, 

1337, 

1830. 

485.451 Missouri, 1636, 

244.208 

Massachusetts, 

1837, 

701,331 

Michigan, 1537, 

174.169 

New York, 

1635, 

2.174.517 

Arkansas, 1835, 

58.138 

Mississippi, 

1637, 

272.427 

Wisconsin Ter. 16?8, 

16,149 

Illinois, 

1635, 

244.206 

i Iowa Ter. 1836, 

21.797 


The first complete Census of the United States was taken in 1790. 
The population of the Thirteen States at the time of the Declaration 
of Independence was not far from 2.600,000. 


Table I. — What was the population of the United States in 
1790 : In 1800, Ac.? 

20 * 






















228 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Table II.— The Population of the several States and Territories in 
1830, the Number of Square Miles , the Population to a Square Mile } 
the Number of Slaves in 1830, and Exports in 1837. 


Population. 

Square Miles. 

Pop. to 
Sq. Mile. 

Slaves. 

Exports in 1837. 

N.Y.l 

,918,000 

Va. 

66,000 

Mass. 

81 

Va. 

469,757 

La. $35,338,000 

Pa. 1 

,348,000 

Mo. 

63,000 

R.I. 

75 

S. C. 

315,401 

N.Y. 

29,338,000 

Va. 1 

;2u;ooo 

Geo. 

61,000 

Ct. 

62 

N.C. 

245,601 

S. C. 

11,220,000 

Ohio, 

938',000 

Mich 

60,000 

Md. 

41 

Geo. 

217,531 

Mass. 

9,728,000 

n:c. 

738j000 

Ill. 

59,000 

N. Y. 

40 

Ken. 

165,213 

Ala. 

9,658,000 

Ken. 

689,000 

Ark. 

55,000 

N. J. 

40 

Ten. 

141,603 

Geo. 

8,935,000 

Ten. 

682,000 

Ala. 

52,000 

Del. 

36 

Ala. 

117,549 

Pa. 

3,841,000 

Mass. 

610,000 

N. C 

50,000 

Pa. 

29 

La. 

109,588 

Md. 

3,789,000 

S. C. 

581,000 

N. Y. 

48,000 

N.H. 

28 

Md. 

102,294 

Va. 

3,702,000 

Geo. 

517,000 

Mp. 

48,000 

Vt. 

27 

Mp. 

65,659 

Me. 

955,000 

Md. 

447,000 

La. 

48,000 

Ohio, 

24 

Mo. 

25,081 

N. C. 

551,000 

Me. 

400,000 

Pa. 

47,000 

S.C. 

19 

Del. 

3,292 

Ct. 

532,000 

Ind. 

343,000 

Tenn 

.43,000 

Va. 

18 

N J. 

2,254 

R.I. 

488,000 

N. J. 

321,000 

Ohio, 

39,000 

Ken. 

18 

Ill. 

747 

D. C. 

469,000 

Ala. 

309,000 

Ken. 

38,000 

Ten. 

16 

Pa. 

403 

Mp. 

304,000 

Ct. 

298,000 

Ind. 

34,000 

N. C. 

15 

N. Y 

75 

Vt. 

138,000 

vt. 

281,000 

Me. 

32,000 

Me. 

12 

Ct. 

25 

Ohio, 

132,000 

N.H. 

269,000 

S.C. 

30,000 

Ind. 

10 

R. I. 

17 

FI. T. 

102,000 

La. 

216,000 

Md. 

11,000 

Geo. 

8 h 

Me. 

0 

Mich. 

70,000 

Ill. 

157,000 

Vt. 

10,200 

Ala. 

6 

N. H 

0 

N. J. 

44,000 

Mo. 

140,000 

N. H. 

9,500 

La. 

4 

Vt. 

0 

Del. 

40,000 

Mp. 

137,000 

N. J. 

8,000 

111. 

3 

Mass, 

0 

N. IJ. 

34,000 

R I. 

97,000 

Mass. 

7,500 

Mp. 

3 

Ohio, 

0 



Del. 

77,000 

Ct. 

4,800 

Mo. 

2 

Ind. 

0 



D Col. 40,000 

Del. 

2.100 

Mich 

h 

FI. T 

. 15,501 



FI. T. 

. 35,000 

II. I. 

1,300 

Ark. 

h 

D. C. 

6,113 



Mic. r 

V. 32,000 

Fl.T. 

55,000 


Ar. T. 4,576 



Ark. T. 30,000 

D. C. 

100 



Mich 

. T. 32 



12,867,000 





2 

,009,031 

i 



Value of the principal Exports in 1837. 


Cotton,.$63,000,000 

Tobacco,. 14,058,000 

Wheat, flour, rye, Indian corn, - - - 4,116,000 

Beef, pork, cattle, horses, &c. .... 2,366,000 

Rice,. 2,309,000 


Table II.— Which states have the greatest Population?— the 
greatest number of Square Miles? — the most Inhabitants 
to a Square Mile? — the greatest number of Slaves?— the 
greatest amount of Exports ? 

Which three states have each more than a million of inhabitants ? 

Which seven states have less than a million, but more than five 
hundred thousand ? Which states have less than one hun¬ 
dred thousand, &c. ? 



















UNITED STATES. 


229 


1 able III. Population of the principal Towns in the several States. 


Maine. 

Portland, 12,600 

Augusta, 4,000 

Hallowell, 4,000 

Bath; 3,800 

Saco, 3,200 

Belfast, 3,100 

Bangor, 2,900 

Eastport, 2,400 

AC Hampshire. 
Portsmouth, 8,100 
Dover, 5,400 

Concord, 3,700 

Exeter, 2,800 

Vermont. 

Burlington, 3,500 
Middlebury, 3,500 
Bennington, 3,400 
Windsor, 3,100 

Montpelier, 3,000 

Mass, in 1837. 
Boston, 80,300 

Lowell, 18,000 

Salem, 15,000 

New Bedford, 11,300 
Charleston, 10,100 
Springfield, 9,200 
Cambridge, 7,600 
Taunton, 7,600 

Worcester, 7,100 

Newburyport, 6,700 
Marblehead, 5,500 

Rhode Island. 
Providence, 16,800 
Newport, 8,000 

Bristol, 3,000 

Connecticut. 

New Haven, 10,600 
Hartford, 9,600 

Middletown, 6,900 
New London, 4,300 1 
Norwich, 3,100». 

Ne w York in 1835. 
New York, 270,000 
Albany, 28,100 

Brooklyn, 24,500 

Troy, 17,000 

Buffalo, 15,700 

Rochester, 14,400 

Utica, 10,200 

Poughkeepsie, 7,000 

Schenectady, 6,300 

Hudson, 5,500 

Syracuse, 5,100 

Auburn, 5,000 

New Jersey. 
Newark, 10,900 

Paterson, 7,700 

New Brunswick, 6,000 
Trenton, 4,000 

Elizabethtown, 3,500 

Pennsylvania. 
Philadelphia, 167,000 
Pittsburg, 17,400 

Lancaster, 7,700 

Reading, 5,900 

Harrisburg, 4,300 

York, 4,200 

Easton, 3,500 

Chambersburg, 2,800 

Carlisle, 2,500 

Pottsville, 2,500 

Delaware. 

Wilmington, 6,600 

Dover, 1,000 

Maryland. 

Baltimore, 80,600 

Frederick, 4,400 

Hagerstown, 3,400 

Annapolis, 2,600 

District of Columbia. 
Washington, 18,800 
Georgetown, 8,400 

Alexandria, 8,200! 

Virginia. 

Richmond, 16,100 

Norfolk, 9,800 

Petersburg, 8,300 

Wheeling, 5,200 

Lynchburg, 4,600 

Winchester, 3,500 

Fredericksburg, 3,300 
North Carolina. 
Newbern, 3,800 

Fayetteville, 2,900 

Wilmington, 2,600 

Raleigh, 1,700 

South Carolina. 
Charleston, 30,300 

Columbia, 3,300 

Georgia. 

Savannah, 7,800 

Augusta, 6,700 

Milledgeville, 2,100 

Alabama. 

Mobile, 3,100 

Mississippi. 
Natchez, 2,800 

Louisiana 

New Orleans, 46,300 

Tennessee. 

Nashville, 5,600 

Knoxville, 2,000 

Kentucky. 

Louisville, 10,100 

Lexington, 6,100 

Maysville, 2,000 

Frankfort, 2,000 

Ohio. 

Cincinnati, 24.800 

Zanesville, 3,100 

Dayton, 3,000 

Steubenville, 2,900 

Chillicothe, 2,800 

Columbus, 2,400 

Missouri. 

St. Louis, 5,900| 

The population of the above towns is given in round numbers, 
according to the Census n/1830, except in the cases in which a later 
date is mentioned, as with respect to those in Massachusetts and 
New York. 


Table III.— What are the principal towns of Maine? New 
Hampshire, &c. ? 


















230 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Table IV. — Population of the Twenty Largest Towns, in 1830. 


New York, 203,000 
Philadelphia, 107,000 
Baltimore, 80,600 
Boston, 61,400 

New Orleans, 46,300 
Charleston, 30,300 
Cincinnati, 24,800 


Albany, 24,200 

Washington, 18,800 

Pittsburg, 17,400 

Providence, 16,800 

Richmond, 16,100 

Salem, 13,900 

Portland, 12.600 


Brooklyn, 12,400 

Troy, 11,600 

Newark, 10,900 

New Haven, 10,600 

Louisyille, 10,100 

Rochester, 9,300 


Table V. — The Total Population , and the Number of Slaves , in the 
United Stales, at different Periods, with the respective Increase. 




Total Pop. 



Rate 

1st Census, 1790, 

3,929,827 


Increase 

pr. ct. 

2d 

do. 1800, 

5,305,925 

1790 to 1800, 

1,386,098 

35.1 

3d 

do. 1810, 

7,239,814 

1800 to 1810, 

1,933,899 

36.3 

4 th 

do. 1820, 

9,638,131 

1810 to 1820, 

2,398,317 

33.1 

5th 

do. 1830, 

12,866,920 

1820 to 1830, 

3,213,789 

33.4 



Slaves. 



1st Census, 1780, 

697,897 




2d 

do. 1808, 

893,041 

1790 to 1800, 

199,154 

28.7 

3d 

do. 1810, 

1,191,364 

1800 to 1810, 

298,695 

32.1 

4 th 

do. 1820, 

1,538,064 

1810 to 1820, 

346,700 

29.1 

5th 

do. 1830, 

2,009,031 

1820 to 1830, 

478,967 

30 6 


i 


Table VI. — Extent of the great American Lakes , as stated by the 
Michigan State Geologist. 


Lakes. 

Length. 

Mean 

Breadth 

Sq. Miles. 

Depth. 

Elevation. 

Superior, 

Michigan, 

Huron, 

Green Bay, 

Erie, 

Ontario, 

St. Clair, 

Miles. 

400 

220 

240 

100 

240 

180 

20 

Miles. 

80 

70 

80 

20 

40 

35 

14 

32,000 

22,000 

20,000 

2,000 

9,600 

6,300 

360 

Feet. 

900 

1,000 

1,000 

84 

500 

20 

Feet. 

596 

578 

578 

578 

565 

232 

570 

92,260 


Table IV. — What were the 7 largest towns in 1830 ? What was 
the population of New York, &c. ? 

Table V. — What was the population of the United States in 
1790, &c ? Number of Slaves in 1790, &c. ? Increase per 
cent, from 1790 to 1800, &c. ? 

Table VI. — What is the length of lake Superior ? Mean breadth ? 
Square Miles ? &c. 





















UNITED STATES. 


231 


Table VII. — List of some of the principal Railroads completed or 
in progress. 


Railroads. 

From 

To 

Miles. 

Auburn & Rochester, N. Y. 

Baltimore & Susqueh., Md. & P. 
Baltimore & Ohio, do. 

Boston, Providence, C Ms. R. I. 

& Stoninglm, £ & Ct. 

Boston, Worcester, C Mas. 

& Norwich, \ &Ct. 

Camden & Amboy, N. J. 

Catskill & Canajoharie, N.Y. 
Central, Geo 

Central, Mich. 

Columbia, Pa. 

Danville & Pottsville, do. 

Georgia, Geo. 

Lexington & Ohio, Ken 

Long island, N.Y. 

Madison & Lafayette, In. 

Mad River, Ohio, 

N. Jersey, Trenton C N.J. 

& Philadelphia, \ & Pa. 

New Orleans & ( La. Mp. 

Nashville, £ & Ten. 

New York & Erie, N. Y. 

Petersburg & Roan- ( Va. & 

oke, £ N. C. 

Philadelphia & C Pa. Del. 

Baltimore, ( &, Md. 

Philadelphia & Reading, Pa. 

Portsmouth & Roan- C Va. & 

oke, 1 N. C. 

Raleigh & Gaston, N. C. 

Richmond & Fredericksb’g, Va. 
South Carolina, S. C. 

Sunbury & Pottsville, Pa. 

Utica & Schenectady, N. Y 

^Western, Mass 

Williamsport & Elmira, ^ 

Wilmington, Weldon, ( N. C. 
Petersb’g& Richmond, ( &Va. 

Auburn, 

Baltimore, 

Baltimore, 

Boston, 

Boston, 

Camden, 

Catskill, 

Savannah, 

Detroit, 

Philadelphia, 

Schuylkill, 

Augusta, 

Lexington, 

Brooklyn, 

Ohio, 

Dayton, 

Jersey City, 

N. Orleans, 
New York, 
Petersburg, 

Philadelphia, 

Philadelphia, 

Portsmouth, 

Raleigh, 

Richmond, 

Charleston, 

Sunbury, 

Utica, 

Boston, 

Williamsp’t,, 

Wilmington, 

Rochester, 

York, 

Ohio River, 
Stonington, 

Norwich, 

A mboy, 

Canajoharie, 

Macon, 

L Michigan, 

Columbia, 

Susquehanna, 

Athens, 

Louisville, 

Green port, 

Wabash, 

Sandusky, 

Philadelphia, 

Nashville, 
Lake Erie, 
Blakely, 

Baltimore, 

Reading, 

Weldon, 

Gaston, 

Fredericksb’g, 

Hamburg, 

Pottsville, 

Schenectady, 

N. Y. Line, 

Elmira, 

Richmond, 

75 

59 

360 

89 

103 

61 

68 

200 

200 

814 

52 

114 

94 

98 

150 

160 

84 

560 

505 

59 

93 

54 

77£ 

86 

61 

136 

51 

84 

160 

74 

243 


In addition to the above, there are many shorter railroads al¬ 
ready completed ; and many more short and long ones are pro¬ 
jected, and some of them commenced. There were, in 1839, nearly 


* When the several railroads which are in progress, on this western line, 
through the states of Massachusetts and New York, are completed, there will 
be a railroad communication from Boston to Niagara Falls. 















232 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


2,000 miles of railroad completed in the United States, a far greater 
amount than in all the rest of the world. 

When the different railroads which are now in progress are com¬ 
pleted, there will be a railroad communication from the state of 
Maine to the gulf of Mexico, with diverging branches extending 
inwards in various directions. 


Table VIII. — List of some of the principal Canals in the United 
States that are completed or are in progress. 


Name. 

From 

To 

Miles. 

Central, In 

Champlain, N.Y. 

Chenango, do. 

•Chesapeake, & Ohio, Md. 
Delaware, Pa. 

Delaware & Hudson, N.Y. 
Erie, do. 

Farmington, Ct. & Ms. 
Genesee Valley, N.Y. 

Illinois & Michigan, Ill. 
James River, Va. 

Lehigh, Pa. 

Miami, Ohio, 

Morris, N. Y. 

Ohio, Ohio, 

t Pennsylvania, Pa. 

Penn. & Ohio, Pa. & O. 
Sandy & Little Beaver, 0. 
Schuylkill, Pa. 

Union, do. 

Wabash & Erie, In. 

White Water, do. 

Wabash & Erie 
Waterford, [Can. 
Utica, 

Georgetown, 

Easton, 

Kingston, 

Albany, 

New Haven, 

Rochester, 

Chicago, 

Richmond, 

Easton, 

Cincinnati, 

Jersey City, 

Portsmouth, 

Columbia, 

Newcastle, 

Bolivar, 

Philadelphia, 

Middletown, 

Lafayette, 

Lawrenceburg, 

Evansville, 

Whitehall, 

Binghampton, 

Pittsburg, 

Bristol, 

Honesdale, 

Buffalo, 

Northampton, 

Olean, 

Ottawa, 

Lynchburg, 

Whitehaven, 

Lake Erie, 

Easton, 

Cleveland, 

Pittsburg, 

Akron, 

Little Beaver, 
Port Carbon, 
Reading, 

Lake Erie, 
Wayne Co. 

290 

64 

97 

341 

60 

109 

363 

76 

107 
95 

150 

66 

265 

101 

307 

277 

82 

73 

108 
80 

187 

76 


In addition to the above canals there are many shorter ones com¬ 
pleted ; and many other long and short ones are projected, and some 
of them commenced. 

Middlesex Canal , which connects Boston harbor with the Merri¬ 
mack, at Chelmsford, 27 miles long, was completed in 1808, and 
it was the first large work of the kind executed in the United States. 


* The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal was, in 1839, completed from Georgetown 
137 miles towards Cumberland, in Maryland. 

t The total length of the Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad , from Philadelphia 
to Pittsburg, is 395 miles, 277 miles of canal, and 118 miles of railroad. 


( 


/ 











UNITED STATES. 


233 


JX. — Principal Religions Denominations. 


Denominations. 

Churches, 
or Con¬ 
gregates. 

Minis¬ 

ters. 

Members 
or Corainu 
nicants. 


Popula¬ 

tion. 

Baptists, - 

. 

6,319 

4,239 

452,000 


- Freewill, 

- 

753 

612 

33,876 ( 


- Seventh-Day, - 

- 

42 

46 

4,503 £ 

4,300,000 

- Six-Principle, 

- 

16 

10 

2,117 J 


Catholics, 

- 

443 

478 


800,000 

Christ-ians, 

- 

1,000 

800 

150,000 

300'000 

Congregationalists, 

- 

1,300 

1,150 

160,000 

1,400,000 

Disciples of Christ,(Campbellites) 





Dutch Reformed, 

- 

197 

192 

22,515 

450,000 

Episcopalians, 

- 

950 

849 


eoo'ooo 

Friends, - 

- 

500 



100,000 

German Reformed, 

- 

600 

180 

30 000 

Jews, - 

- 




15,000 

Lutherans, ... 

- 

750 

267 

62,266 

540,000 

Mennonites, ... 

. 

200 


30.000 


Methodists, ... 

. 


2,764 

650,103 



- Protestant, 

- 


400 

50,000 


3,000,000 

Moravians or United Brethren, 

24 

33 

5,745' 


12,000 

Mormonites, 

- 



12,000 

12, 00 

New Jerusalem Church, 

- 

27 

33 


5,000 

Presbyterians, 

- 

2,807 

2,225 

274,0841 



- Cumberland, 

- 

500 

450 

50,000 



- Associate, 

- 

183 

87 

16,000 


2,175,000 

- Reformed, 

- 

40 

20 

3,000 



- Associate Reformed, 

214 

116 

12,000 



Shakers, ... 

- 

15 

45 

6,000 

6,000 

Tankers, - - - 

- 

40 

40 

3,000 

30,000 

Unitarians, ... 

- 

200 

174 


180,000 

Universalists, ... 

- 

653 

317 


600,000 


X. — Theological Seminaries. 


Places. 

Stu. 

Libra¬ 

ries. 

Places. 


Stu. 

Libra¬ 

ries. 

Bangor, Me. Con. 

51 

4,000 

Newburg, 

N.Y. 

As. Ref. 



Gilmanton, N. H. do. 

16 

3,000 

Pittsburg, 

Pa. 

do. 

19 


Andover, Mass. do. 

100 

13,000 

Canonsburg, 

do. 

do. 



New Haven, Ct. do. 

87 


N. Brunswick 

, N J. 

Du. Ref. 

24 


East Windsor,do. do. 

36 

3,500 

York, 

Pa. 

Ger.Ref. 

20 


Cambridge, Mass. Unit. 

20 


Newton, 

Mass 

Baptist, 

42 

3,000 

Auburn, N. Y. Pres. 

47 

4,500 

Hamilton, 

N.Y. 

do. 

16 

2,250 

New York, do. do. 

53 


Richmond, 

Va 

- do. 

60 


Princeton, N. J. do. 

117 

7,000 

High Hills, 

s. c. 

do. 


1,000 

Allegheny T. Pa. do. 

33 

4,000 

Granville, 

Ohio, 

do. 

12 

500 

Pr. Edw. Co., Va. do. 

35 

3,200 

Upper Alton, 

11. 

do. 



Columbia, S. C. do. 

22 

1,800 

New York, 

N. Y. 

Pro. Ep. 

74 

6,000 

Maryville, Ten. do. 

22 

5.000 

Fairfax Co. 

Va- 

do. 

29 

3,000 

Cincinnati, Ohio, do. 

42 

10,000 

Gambier, 

Ohio, 

do. 

12 


Hudson, do. do. 

14 


Hartwick, 

N. Y. 

Luth. 

9 

1,000 

Oberlin, do. do. 

58 


Gettysburg, 

Pa- 

do. 

23 

7,000 

S. Hanover, In. do. 

23 


Lexington, 

S. C 

do. 


1,200 

Cornellville, 11. do. 



Columbus, 

Ohio. 

do. 



Palmyra, Mo. do. 









There are Catholic theological seminaries at Boston, Mass ; Philadelphia, Pa.; 
Baltimore, Emmittsburg, and Frederick, Md.; Charleston, S. C. ; near Bards- 
town, and at St. Rose, Ken.; Cincinnati, and Perry county, Ohio; the Bar¬ 
rens, and St. Stanislaus, Mo. ______ 

Table IX.— What are some of the principal religious denomina¬ 
tions ? How many congregations of Baptists ? Catholics ? &c. 


t 










































‘234 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 

Table XI. — Colleges in the United States. 


Name. 

Place. 

Foun¬ 

ded. 

Stud¬ 

ents. 

Vols. in 
College 
Lib’ries. 

Vols. in 
Stud’ts’ 
Lib’ries. 

Bowdoin, 

Waterville,* 

Dartmouth, 

University of Vermont., 
Middlebury, 

Norwich University. 
Harvard University, 
Williams, 

Amherst, 

Brown University,* 
Yale, 

Washington,! 

Wesleyan University,! 
Columbia,! 

Union, 

Hamilton, 

Hamilton Lit. and Th.* 
Geneva,t 

University ofN. Y T ork, 
College of N. Jersey, 
Rutgers, 

University ofPennsyl. 
Dickinson,! 

Jefferson, 

Washington, 

Allegheny,! 

Western University, 
Pennsylvania, 

Lafayette, 

Marshall, 

Newark, 

St. John’s, 

St. Mary’s,§ 

Mount St. Mary’s,§ 
Georgetown,§ 
Columbian,* 

William and Mary,! 
Hampden Sidney, 
Washington, 

University of Virginia, 
Randolph-Macon,! 
ITniv. ofN. Carolina, 
Davidson, 

College of S. Carolina, 
University of Georgia, 
Oglethorpe, 

University of Alabama, 
Lagrange,! 

Spring Hill,§ 

Jefferson, 

Oakland, 

Mississippi, 

Louisiana, 

Jefferson, 

Baton Rouge, 

Greeneville, 

Washington, 

Brunswick, Me. 

Waterville, do 

Hanover, N.H. 

Burlington, Vt. 

Middhbury, do. 

Norwich, do. 

Cambridge, Mass. 

Williamstown, do. 
Amherst, do. 

Providence, R. I. 

New Haven, Con. 

Hartford, do. 

Middletown, do. 

New York, N. Y. 

Schenectady, do. 

Clinton, do 

Hamilton, do. 

Geneva, do. 

New York, do. 

Princeton, N. J. 

New Brunswick, do 
Philadelphia, Penn. 
Carlisle, do. 

Canonsburg, do 

Washington, do. 

Meadville, do. 

Pittsburg, do. 

Gettysburg, do. 

Easton, do. 

Mercersburg, do. 

Newark, Del. 

Annapolis, Md. 

Baltimore, do. 

Emmitsburg, do. 

Georgetown, D. C. 
Washington, do. 

Williamsburg, Va. 
Prince Ed. Co. do 

Lexington, do. 

Charlottesville, do. 
Boydton, do. 

Chapel-Hill, N. C. 
Mecklenberg Co. do. 
Columbia, S. C. 

Athens, Geo. 

Midway, do 

Tuscaloosa, Ala. 

Lagrange, do. 

Spring Hill, do. 

Washington, Mp. 

Oakland, do. 

Clinton, do. 

Jackson, La. 

St. James, do. 

Baton Rouge, do. 

Greeneville, Tenn. 
Washington Co. do. 

1794 
1820 
1770 
1791 
1800 
1834 
1638 

1793 
1821 
1764 
1700 

1824 
1831 

1754 

1795 
1812 
1819 
1823 

1831 
1746 
1770 

1755 
1833 
1802 
1806 
1833 
1819 

1832 

1832 

1836 

1833 

1784 
1799 

1830 
1789 
1821 
1693 
1783 
1812 
1819 
1832 
1791 

1837 
1804 

1785 

1838 
1828 

1831 

1830 
1802 

1831 

1830 

1825 

1831 
1838 

1794 
1794 

114 

73 

301 

102 

123 

80 

216 

126 

189 

177 

411 

54 
139 
146 
257 

82 

65 

46 

226 

230 

76 

107 
94 

157 

56 
38 

57 
53 

52 

55 

108 
180 
103 
130 

40 

111 

60 

40 

230 

103 

145 

160 

127 

101 

144 

100 

50 

100 

60 

25 

138 

85 

43 

35 

8,000 

4.500 
6,000 
6.200 
2,330 
1.000 

44,000 

3,000 

4 300 
6,000 
10.500 
2,000 
3,000 
8,000 
5,350 

2.500 
1,600 
1,200 

7,000 

3,000 

2,000 

3,000 

1,000 

2,400 

8,000 

225 

500 

425 

600 

2,700 

12,000 

7,000 

12,000 

4,000 

3,600 

5,000 

1.500 
15,000 

3,000 

10,000 

4.500 

3.500 
200 

2,000 

1,000 

1,200 

1,000 

4,000 

500 

4.500 

1.500 

8.500 
3,000 
3,100 

4 500 
3,200 
6,250 
5,600 
15,000 

2.500 

6 000 
-€,920 
3,700 

1.500 

4,000 

3.500 
3,000 

5.500 

3.500 

600 

600 

2.500 

650 

3,200 

350 

7,000 

3.000 

1,000 

800 

250 














UNITED STATES 


235 


Name. 

Place. 

Foun¬ 

ded. 

Stud¬ 

ents. 

Vols. in 
College 
Lib’ries. 

Vols. in 
Stud’ls’ 
Lib’ries. 

University ofNashville, 

Nashville, 

do 

1806 

125 

2,200 

3,500 

East Tennessee, 

Knoxville, 

do. 

1807 

90 

3,000 

200 

Jackson, 

Near Columbia 

, do. 

1830 

100 

L250 


Transylvania, 

Lexington, 

Ken. 

1798 

62 

2,400 

2,000 

St. Joseph’s,§ 

Bardstown, 

do. 

1819 

110 

5^000 


Centre, 

Danville, 

do. 

1822 

66 

L600 


Augusta,]; 

Augusta, 

do 

1825 

75 

2,000 

500 

Cumberland, 

Princeton, 

do. 

1825 

72 

500 


Bacon * 

Georgetown, 

do. 

1836 

203 

1,200 


St. Mary’s,§ 

Marion Co. 

do. 

1822 




University of Ohio, 

Athens, 

Ohio, 

1821 

41 

1,300 

1,200 

Miami University, 

Oxford, 

do. 

1809 

141 

1,618 

2,671 

Franklin, 

New Athens, 

do. 

1825 

83 

500 

1,000 

Western Reserve, 

Hudson, 

do. 

1826 

69 

3,500 

'600 

Kenyon,f 

Garnbier, 

do. 

1826 

56 

4,643 

3,156 

Granville,* 

Granville, 

do. 

1832 

12 

3,000 


Marietta, 

Marietta, 

do. 

1832 

56 

3,000 

500 

Oberlin Institute, 

Oberlin, 

do. 

1834 

95 



Cincinnati, 

Cincinnati, 

do. 

1819 

84 



Woodward, 

do. 

do. 


10 


500 

Indiana, 

Bloomington, 

Ind. 

1827 

120 

600 

400 

South Hanover, 

South Hanover 

do. 

1829 

120 



Wabash, 

Crawfordsville, 

do. 

1833 

95 



Illinois, 

Jacksonville, 

Ill. 

1330 

64 

1,500 

500 

ShurtlefF,* 

Up. Alton, 

do. 

1835 

60 

1,000 


McKendreean,{ 

Lebanon, 

do. 

1834 

70 



McDonough, 

Macomb, 

do- 

1837 




Univer. of St. Louis,§ 

St. Louis, 

Mo- 

1829 

136 

7,500 


St. Mary’s,§ 

Barrens, 

do. 

1830 

97 

6,000 


Marion, 

Palmyra, 

do- 

1831 

26 

1,000 


Columbia, 

Columbia, 

do. 

1835 




St. Charles,i 

St; Charles, 

do- 


70 



Fayette, 

Favette, 

do. 


75 



Michigan University, 

Ann Arbour, 

Mich. 

1837 




Marshall, 

Marshall, 

do. 





St. Philip’s,§ 

Hamstramck, 

do. 


30 




The Colleges marked thus (*) are under the direction of the Baptists ; thus (f) 
Episcopalians ; thus (J) Methodists; thus (§) Catholics. 


XII. — Medical Schools in the United States. 


Name. 

Place. 

| Prof. 

Stud. 

Name. 

Place. 

| Prof. | 

Stud. 

Maine M. Sch. 

Brunswick, 

4 

77 

Med. Dep. U. Va. 

Charlottesville, 

3 

32 

N. II. Med. Sc. 

Hanover, 

3 

78 

Medical College, 

Richmond, Va. 

6 


Vt. Med. Coll. 

Woodstock, 

5 

65 

M. C. States. C. 

Charleston, 

7 

127 

Vt. Acad. Med. 

Castleton, 



Med. Coll. S. C. 

do. 

7 

110 

M. S. Har. Un. 

Boston, 

6 

87 

Sch. Prac. Med. 

do. 

6 


M. In. Wms.C. 

Pittsfield, 

5 

100 

Med. Col. La. 

New Orleans, 

7 

30 

M. Sc. Yale C 

New Haven, 

5 

48 

Med. Coll, of Ga. 

Augusta, 

7 

46 

C. Ph.S,N.Y 

New York, 

7 

106 

M. Col. Tr. Un. 

Lexington, Ken. 

6 

242 

C. P. S. W. I) 

Fairfield, 

6 

164 

LousvilleM. Col. 

Louisville, 

6 


Genev. M. Col. 

Geneva, 

6 

68 

Med. Col. Ohio, 

Cincinnati, 

6 

178 

M. Dep. U. Pa. 

Philadelp’ia, 

7 

401 

M. Dep. Cin.Col. 

do. 

7 

85 

M. D. Jeff. Col. 

do. 

7 

350 

WilloughbyM.C. 

Willoughby, 

5 

40 

M. D. Un. Md. 

Baltimore, 

6 

143) 

R. M. Col. Ohio, 

Worthington, 

5 


Wash. Med. C. 

do. 

6 

35'ILouisville M. Sc. 

Louisville, 




21 
































236 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


AMERICA. 


Table. 1. North America. 


United States, 
Mexico, 

Guatemala, 

Texas, 

British Possessions, 


Table. III. West Indies. 


Population. 

12,807,000 Hayti, (Independent) 
8,000,000Spanish West Indies 
2,000,000,British West Indies, 
100,000 French West Indies, 


Population. 

935.000 
1,028,000 
820,000 
262,000 


1,264,000 Dutch, Dan. Swe. W. I. 135,000 


Total 24,231,000 
Table. II. South America. 


Brazil, 

United Provinces, 
New Grenada, 
Peru, 

Bolivia, 

Chili, 

Venezuela, 

Equator, 

Guiana, 

Paraguay, 

Uruguay, 


Population. 

5,000,000 
2,000,000 
1,700,000 
1,600,000 
1,200,000 
1,000,000 
900,000 
600,000 
250,000 
300,000 
80,000 


Total 14,630,000 


Total 3,180,000 

Table IV. Slaves in America. 
Brazil, 3,000,000 

United States, 2,010,000 

Spanish W. I. 321,000 

French Do. 212,000 

Dutch & French Guiana, 70,000 


Total 5,613,000 
Table V. Different Races. 


Whites, 
Indians, 
Negroes, 
Mixed Races, 


13,471,000 

8,610,000 

6,433,000 

6,428,000 


Total 34,942,000 


Table VI. British North American Provinces. 


Pop. | 

Lower Canada, 550,000] 

Upper Canada, 336,000; 

Nova Scotia and C. Breton, 142,000] 

New Brunswick, 120,000 

Newfoundland, 75,000 

Prince Edward Island, 32,000 

Bermudas, 9,000 


Chief Towns. 
Quebec, 
Montreal, 
Toronto, 
Halifax, 
Frederickton, 
St. John’s, 

St. John’s, 
Charlottetown, 
St. George, 


Total 1,264,000 


Pop. 

22,000 

25,000 

10,000 

10,000 

3,000 

15,000 

11,000 

3,500 


The statement relating to Different Races, is an estimate made by 
Humboldt about 20 years since, and the aggregate is probably one 
quarter less than the present number. The greater part of the In¬ 
dians are subdued Indians. 


Table I. What is the population of the United States P Mexico ? &c. 
Table II. Brazil? &c. Table III. Hayti ? &c. 

Table IV. What number of slaves in Brazil ? &c. 

Table V. What is the number of whites in America ? Indians ? &c. 




















AMERICA. 


237 


Table VII. Population of the principal Towns in various 
American States. 


Mexico. 

Mexico, 150,000 

Puebla, 70,000 

Guadalaxara, 50,000 

Guanaxuato, 36,000 

Queretaro, 35,000 

Zacatecas, 33,000 

Guaxaca, 24,000 

Valladolid, 18,000 

Vera Cruz, 16,000 

Durango, 13,000 

Xalapa, 13,000 

Guatemala. 

Guatemala, 50,000 

San Salvador, 39,000 

Leon, 38,000 

Chiquimula, 37,000 

Cartago, 26,000 

Vera Paz, 12,000 

West Indies. 

Havannah, 130,000 

St. Juan, 40,000 

Kingston, 33,000 

St. Pierre, 29,000 

Port Republican, 25,000 

St. Jago de Cuba, 20,000 

Villa de Principe, 20,000 

Cape Haytien, 15,000 

New Grenada. 

Bogota, 50,000 

Popayan, 25,000 

Carthagena, 25,000 

Venezuela. 

Caraccas, 30,000 

Maracaybo, 22,000 

Cumana, 20,000 

Barcelona, 15,000 


Equator. 

Quito, 

70,000 

Riobamba, 

Guayaquil, 

20,000 

15,000 

Cuenca, 

15,000 

Guiana. 

Paramaribo, 

20,000 

Peru. 

Lima, 

60,000 

Cuzco, 

Arequipa, 

30,000 

30,000 

Guamanga, 

25,000 

Bolivia. 

Chuquisaca, 

30,000 

Charcas, 

30,000 

Potosi, 

25,000 

La Paz, 

20,000 

Brazil. 

Rio Janeiro, 

150,000 

St. Salvador, 

120,000 

Pernambuco, 

60,000 

Sergipe, 

St ? . Paul, 

Cuyaba, 

36,000 

30,000 

30,000 

Para, 

28,000 

Maranham, 

26,000 

United Provinces. 

Buenos Ayres, 

80,000 

Mendoza, 

20,000 

St. Juan, 

15,000 

Cordova, 

10,000 

Paraguay. 

Assumption, 

10,000 

Uruguay. 

Monte Video, 

10,000 


Table VII. What is the population of Mexico ? Puebla ? &c. 






238 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


EUROPE. 


Table I. — Government and Religion. 


States. 

Name 

Born. 

ACC, 

Title. 

Government. 

Religion. 

Austria, 

Ferdinand, 

1793 

1835 

Emperor, 

Absolute Mon. 

Catholic. 

Baden, 

Ch. Leopold, 

1790 

1830 

Gr Duke, 

Limited Mon. 

Protest’nt. 

Bavaria, 

Louis, 

1786 

1825 

King, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Belgium, 

Leopold, 

1790 

1831 

do. 

do. 

Protest’nt. 

Denmark, 

Frederick VI 

1768 

1808 

do. 

Absolute Mon. 

do. 

France, 

Louis Philippe, 

1773 

1830 

do. 

Limited Mon. 

Catholic. 

G, Britain, 

Victoria, 

1819 

1837 

Queen, 

do. 

Protest’nt 

Greece, 

Otho, 

1815 

1833 

King, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Hanover, 

Ernest, 

1771 

1837 

do. 

do. 

Protest’nt. 

Holland, 

William, 

1772 

1815 

do. 

do. 

do. 

Portugal, 

Maria II. 

1819 

1826 

Queen, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Prussia, 

Fred. Wm. III. 

1770 

1797 

King, 

Absolute Mon. 

Protest’nt. 

Russia, 

Nicholas, 

1796 

1825 

Emperor, 

do. 

Greek Ch. 

Sardinia, 

Charles Albert, 

1798 

1831 

King, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Saxony, 

Frederick, 

1797 

1836 

do. 

Limited Mon. 

do. 

Spain, 

Isabella II. 

1830 

1830 

Queen, 

do. 

do. 

States of Ch 

Gregory XIV. 

1765 

1831 

Pope, 

Absolute Mon. 

do. 

Sweden & N. 

Charles XIV. 

17t>4 

1818 

King, 

Limited Mon. 

Protest’nt. 

Turkey, 

Mahmoud II. 

1785 

1808 

Sultan, 

Absolute Mon. 

Mahom. 

Tuscany, 

Leopold II. 

1798 

1831 

Gr Duke, 

do. 

Catholic 

Wurtemberg, 

William, 

1781 

1816 

King, 

Limited Mon. 

Protest’nt. 


The King of Belgium is a Protestant , though most of his subjects are Catko 
lies ; the Kings of Saxony and Greece are Catholics , though the subjects of the 
former are mostly Protestants, and those of the latter of the Greek Church ; 
and the Grand-Duke of Baden is a Protestant , though about two thirds of his 
subjects are Catholics. 


Table II. — Population and Extent of the Principal States of Europe. 


Population. 


Russia, 

Austria, 

France, 

G. Britain, 
Prussia, 
Spain, 
Turkey, 

Two Sicilies, 

Sardinia, 

Bavaria, 

Belgium, 

Sweden & N. 

Portugal, 

Holland, 

States of Ch. 

Switzerland, 

Denmark, 

Saxony, 

Hanover, 

Wurtemberg, 

Tuscany, 

Baden, 

Greece, 


51,000,000 
34,000,000 
33,600,000 
25,300,000 
13.800,000 
12,000,000 
10,000,000 
7,600,000 
4,500,000 
4,300,000 
4,200,000 
4,100,000 
3,400,000 
2,800,000 
2,600,000 
2,100,000 
2,000,000 
1,700,000 
1,700,000 
1.600,000 
1,300,000 
1,200,000 
800,000 


Square Miles. 


Russia, l,7o0,000 
Sweden &N.290,00n 
Austria, 260,000 
France, 215,000 
Turkey, 190,000 
Spain, 180,000 

G. Britain, 118,0< >0 
Prussia, 108,000 
Two Sicilies, 42,000 
Portugal, 36,000 
Bavaria, 31,000 
Sardinia, 28,300 
Denmark, 21,000 
States of Ch. 17,000 
Switzerland, 17,000 
Hanover, 15,000 
Holland, 13,800 
Belgium, 12,100 
Greece, 10,200 
Tuscany, 8,300 
Wurtemberg, 7,60o 
Baden, 5,900 

Saxony, 5,800 


Pop. to Square Mile. 
Belgium, 347 

Saxony, 293 

G. Britain, 214 

Wurtemberg, 210 

Holland, 203 

Baden, 203 

Two Sicilies, 181 

Tuscany, 156 

France, 156 

Sardinia, 155 

States of Ch. 153 

Bavaria, 138 

Austria, 130 

Prussia, 127 

Switzerland, 123 

Hanover, 113 

Portugal, 95 

Denmark, 95 

Greece, 78 

Spain, 66 

Turkey, 52 

Russia, 3(> 

Sweden Norw. 14 




































EUROPE. 


239 


The population in the preceding Table is taken chiefly from the 
“Penny Cyclopaedia,” and computed for the year 1837; but with 
respect to some of the states, as Spain, Turkey, and Greece, the 
numbers are to be regarded only as approximations. 

Russia in the Table includes the kingdom of Poland, but not 
Asiatic Russia. Holland includes Luxemburg. Denmark is exclu¬ 
sive of Iceland and the Faroe Islands. 


Table. III.— The Population of the Principal Cities and Towns of 
the different Countries of Europe. 


Norway. 
Christiania, 21,000 

Bergen, 21,000 

Sweden. 
Stockholm, 81,000 

Gottenburg, 27,000 

Russia. 
St.Petersburg, 445,000 


Liege, 59,000 

Bruges, 41,000 

Tournay, 29,000 
Mons, 23,000 

England. 

London, 1,474,000 
Manchester, 187,000 
Liverpool, 165,000 
Birmingham, 147,000 


Dunfermline, 17,000 
Inverness, 14,000 
Ireland. 


Moscow, 335,000 

Riga, 59,000 

Odessa, 55,000 

Kiev, 40,000 

Tula, 38,000 

Wilna, 35,000 

Cronstadt, 30,000 

ijaroslavl, 28,01)0 

Kaluga, 26,000 

iKazan, 25,000 

Kursk, 25,000 

Tver, 24,000 

Poland. 

Warsaw, 135,000 

Cracow, 26,000 

Denmark. 

Copenhagen, 104,000 _ 

Altona, 25,000|y or k } 

Holland. Greenwich, 

Amsterdam, 201,000|Stockport, 


Leeds, 
Bristol, 
Norwich, 
Sheffield, 
Newcastle, 
Nottingham, 
Portsmouth, 
Hull, 

Devonport, 

Brighton, 

Leicester, 

Bath, 

Preston, 

Exeter, 

Bolton, 

Coventry, 

Blackburn, 


123,000 
104,000 
61,000 
59,000 
58,000 
51,000 
50,000 
49,000 
44,000 
41,000 
39,000 
38,000 
33,000 
28,000 
28,000 
27.000 
27,000 
25.000 
25,000 
25,000 


Dublin, 

Cork, 
Limerick, 
Belfast, 
Galway, 
Waterford, 
Kilkenny, 
Drogheda, 

Prussia 


204,000 

107,000 

67,000 

53,000 

33,600 

29,000 

24,000 

17,000 


Berlin, 

Breslau, 

Konigsberg, 

Cologne, 

Dantzic, 

Magdeburg, 


252,000 

86,000 

62,000 

61,000 

54,000 

40,000 


A.-la-Chapelle, 38,000 


Stettin, 
Dusseldorf, 
Posen, 
Halle, 
Potsdam, 
Erfurt, 
Elbing, 
Munster, 


Rotterdam, 72,000 

The Hague, 58,000 

Leyden, 35,000 

Utrecht; 34,000 

Groningen, 26,000 

Harlem, 22,000 

Belgium. 

Brussels, 102,000 

Antwerp, 74,000 

Ghent, 85,000 


31,000 
29,000 
26,000 
25,000 
24,000 
23,000 
19,000 
18,000 


Frankft (Oder) 16,000 
Hanover. 


Scotland. Hanover, 26,000 

Glasgow, 202,000 Emden, 12,000 

Edinburgh, 162,000 Saxony. 

Aberdeen, 58,000 Dresden, 64,000 

Paisley, 57,000 Leipsic, 43,000 

Dundee, 45,000 Free Cities. 

Greenock, 26,000 Hamburg, 120,000 

Leith, 26,000 Frankft, Maine 54,000 

Perth, 20,000'Bremen, 40,000 

Kilmarnock, 18,000|Lubeek, 22,000 


21* 




















240 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Small States. 


Switzerland. 


Brunswick, 

Mentz, 

Cassel, 

Carlsruhe, 

Manheim, 

Darmstadt, 


36,000 

27,000 

26,000 

21,000 

21,000 

20,000 


Wurtemberg 
Stuttgard, 25,000 

Ulm, 12,000 

Bavaria. 
Munich, 95,000 

Nuremberg, 41,000 

Augsburg, 31,000 

Ratisbon, 26,000 

Wurtzburg, 24,000 

Bamberg, 21,000 

Austria. 

Vienna, Ger. 320,000 

Prague, do. 102,000 

Trieste, do. 46,000 

Gratz, do. 40,000 

Brunn, do. 36,000 

Lintz, do. 20,000 

Lemberg, Gal. 55,000 
Pest, Hung. 57,000 
Debretzin, do. 45,000 
Presburg, do. 37,000 
Kelskemet, do. 32,000 
Zegedin, do. 32,000 
iBuda, do. 30,000 
Schemnitz, do. 20,000 
Cronstadt, Tr. 30,000 
Clausenb’g, do. 20,000 
Hermanst’t, do. 18,000 
Milan, Italy, 130,000 
Venice, do. 113,000 
Verona, do. 55,000 


Geneva, 

Berne, 

Bale, or Basil, 

Zurich, 

Lausanne, 

France. 


27,000 

20,000 

16,000 

14,000 

10,000 


Padua, 
Brescia, 
Bergamo, 
Vicenza, 
Cremona, 
Mantua, 
Pavia, 


do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 


35,000 

35,000 

32,000 

30,000 

27,000 

25,000 

22,000 


Paris, 

890,000 

Lyons, 

160,000 

Marseilles, 

116,000 

Bourdeaux, 

94,000 

Rouen, 

87,000 

Nantes, 

72,000 

Lille, 

70,000 

Toulouse, 

54,000 

Strasburg, 

50,000 

Metz, 

45,000 

Amiens, 

42,000 

Oi leans, 

40,000 

Nismes, 

39,000 

Caen, 

38,000 

Montpellier, 

36,000 

Rheims, 

35,000 

St. Etienne, 

31,0b0 

Avignon, 

31,000 

Toulon, 

31,000 

Clermont, 

30,000 

Angers, 

30,000 

Versailles, 

30,000 

Nancy, 

29.000 

Rennes, 

29,000 

Besan<jon, 

29,000 

Troyes, 

26,000 

Brest, 

26,000 

Limoges, 

26,000 

Dunkirk, 

25,000 

Montauban, 

25,000 

Dijon, 

24,000 

Aix, 

23,000 

Tours, 

21,000 

Havre de Grace ,21,000 

Spain 


Madrid, 

201,000 

Barcelona, 

100,000 

Seville, 

96,000 


Cadiz, 70,000 

Granada, 67,000 

Valencia, 60,000 

Malaga, 52,000 

Saragossa, 45,000 

Cordova, 35,o«»0 

Murcia, 35,000 

Valladolid, 3(*,000 

Reuss, 30,000 

Carthagena, 29,000 

Toledo, 25,000 

Portugal. 
Lisbon, 250,000 

Oporto, 80,000 

Coimbra, 15,000 

Km. of Sardinia. 
Turin, 121,000 

Genoa, 85,000 

Alexandria, 36,000 

Cagliari, 29,000 

Tuscany. 

Florence, 79,000 


Leghorn, 

70,000 

States of the Church. 

Rome, 

152,000 

Bologna, 

69,000 

Ancona, 

24,000 

Two Sicilies. 

Naples, 

359,000 

Palermo, 

174,000 

Messina, 

70,000 

Catania, 

55,000 

Trapani, 

24,000 

Turkey in 

Europe. 


Constanti’ple, 500,000 
Adrianople, 100,000 
Salonica, 
Bosna-Serajo, 
Bucharest, 


Sophia, 

Shumla, 

Yanina, 

Belgrade, 


70,000 
68.000 
50,000 
50,000 
40,0) >0 
30,000 
30,000 


Table III. — What are the chief towns of Norway? Sweden? 
&c. What is the population of Christiania ? Bergen ? &c. 








ASIA. 


241 


ASIA. 

/ 

Table I. — Population, Extent, and Religion of the different 
Countries of Asia. 


Countries. 

Pop. 

Sq. Miles. 

Pop. 

to 

Sq. M. 

Religion. 

Chinn, 

Chinese Tnrtary, ) 

Thibet, and Corea,) 
Hindostan, British, 
Hindostan, Independ. 
Chin-India, 

Japan, 

Turkey, 

Persia, 

Arabia, 

Afghanistan, 

Russia, 

Independent Tartary, 
Beloochistan, 

160,000,000 

25,000,000 

123,000.000 ? 
12,000,0005 
30,000,000 
25,000.000 
11,000 000 
10,000,000 
10,000 000 
10,000,000 
7,000,000 
4,000 000 
2,000,000 

1,300,000 
4,000 000 

1,200,000 

850.000 
260,000 
450 000 
470.000 
990,000 
340,000 
5,500,000 
690,000 
200,000 

123 

6 

111 { 
35 

96 

24 

21 

10 

29 

1 

6 

10 

Budd., Sham., Fo, &c. 
Shamanism. 

Bramanism; Mahom¬ 
etanism, &c. 
Buddism ; Bram., <fcc. 
Budd. ; Sham. ; Budso. 
Mahometan; Christ. 
Mahometanism, 
do. 

do. Bramanism. 
Gr. Cli.; Mahom., &c. 
Mahometanism, 
do. Bramanism. 

Total , 
Oceanica, 

429,000,000 

20,000,000 

16,250,000 



Total, 

449,000,000 





The population of scarcely any of the countries, and very few of the cities of 
Asia, is known with any considerable accuracy; the total amount is very 
uncertain, and is variously estimated from 240 to 600 millions. — The popula¬ 
tion of China is variously stated from 142 to 386 millions. 

Several of the countries in the above table are subdivided into a number of 
independent states. 

Table II. — Population of the Principal Cities in the different 
Countries of Asia. 


Turkey in 
Aleppo, 
Damascus, 
Smyrna, 
Erzerum, 
Bagdad, 
Tocat, 
Hamah, 
Bursa, 
Mosul, 
Diarbekir, 
Aphiom Ka- 
rahissar, 
Kiutajah, 
Bassorah, 
Ourfa, 
Amasia, 
Guzel-hissar, 

VaT 8 ’ 


Asia. 

200,000 

150,000 

130,000 

130,00<’ 

80,000 

80.000 

80,000 

60,000 

50,000 

50,000 

| 50,000 

J 50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
40,000 
40 000 
40,000 
40,000 


Tarsus, 
Jerusalem, 


30,000 

30,000 


Russia in Asia. 
tracan, 60,000 


Astracan, 
Tobolsk, 
Orenburg, 
Irkoutsk, 
Teflis, 

Arabia 

Sana, 

Mecca, 

Muscat, 

Mocha, 


23,000 

24,000 

20,000 

18,000 

40,000 

20,000 

15,000 

15,000 


Independent Tartary. 
Bukharia, 70,000 

Samarcand, 50,000 

Koukan, 40,000 

Tashkund, 30,000 


P C/TSXCL 

Ispahan, 200,000 


Teheran, 

Tabris, 

Shiraz, 

Casbin, 

Meschid, 

Hamadan, 

Kaui, 

Yezd, 

Reshd, 


100.000 

80,000 

50,000 

50,900 

50,00o 

45,000 

40,000 

35,000 

30,000 


Afghanistan. 


150,000 

100,000 

100,000 
100,000 

Beloochistan. 
Kelat, 20,000 


Cabul, 

Candahar, 

Peshawur, 

Herat, 


Table I. — What is the population of China ? &c. 


















242 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Hindostan. 

Calcutta, 600,000 

Benares, 580,000 

Surat, 450,000 

Madras, 300,000 

Lucknow, 300,000 

Patna, 300,000 

Dacca, 200,000 

Bombay, 200,000 

Hydrabad, 200,000 

Delhi, 150,000 

Moorshedabadl50,000 
Amedabad, 100,000 

Aurungabad, 100,000 


Poonah ,Mahr 180,000 
Lahore, Seiks, 150,000 
Oojein, Sind. 100,000 
Nagpore, Ma. 100,000 

Chin-India. 
Bankok, 400,000 

Ummerapooral00,000 
Rangoon, 30,000 

Prorne, 30,000 

Cachao, 40,000 

Saigon, 30,000 

China. 

Pekin, 1,500,000 


Hang-tcheoul ,000,000 

Nankin, 

800,000 

Canton, 

800,000 

Thibet. 


Lassa, 

30,000 

Chinese Tartary. 

Yarkund, 

80,000 

Cash gar, 

30,000 

Japan. 


Jeddo, 1,500,000 

Meaco, 

500,000 

Osacca, 

150,000 

Nangasacki, 

70,000 


AFRICA. 


Table I. — The principal Countries of Africa. 


States. 

Population. 

Sq. Miles. 

Capitals. 

Population. 

Morocco, 

5,000 000 

290,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Egypt, 

2,500,000 

130,000 

Cairo, 

259,000 

Abyssinia, 

2 ,000,000 

400,000 

Gondar, 

50,000 

Bornou, 

2 ,000,000 

300.000 

Bornou, or Birnie, 

30,000 

Felatah Empire, 

2 ,000,000 


Sackatoo, 

50,000 

Bambarra, 

1,5 >0,000 


Segoo, 

30,000 

Benin, 

1,500,000 


Benin, 

60 000 

Algiers, 

1,500,000 

90,000 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

1,500,000 

72,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Tripoli, 

1 ,000,000 

100,000 

Tripoli, 

25,000 

Ashantee, 

1 ,000,000 

14,000 

Coomassie, 

25,000 

Sennaar, 

900,000 

60,000 

Sennaar, 

16,000 

Dahomey, 

900,000 


Abomey, 

24.000 

Dar-four, 

200,000 

130,000 

Cobbe, 

6,000 

Fezzan, 

200,000 


Mourzouk, 

2,500 

Cape Colony, 

120,000 

118,000 

Cape Town, 

19,000 


Table II. — Population of Towns. 


Egypt. 

Morocco. 

Tunis. 


Cairo, 

259,000 

Fez, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Damietta, 

30,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Kairwan, 

40,000 

Siut, 

20,000 

Mequinez, 

70,000 

Cabes, 

30,000 

Rosetta, 

16 000 

Rabat, 

25,000 

Susa, 

20,000 

Alexandria, 

15,000 

Mogadore, 

20,000 

Sfax, 

20,000 

.ftlcrie.rs. 

Tetuan, 

15,000 

Bizerta, 

14,000 

& 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Sallee, 

Tangier, 

15,000 

15 000 

Tombuctoo. 

Constantina, 

50,000 



Tombuctoo, 

12,000 


Remark — The population of hardly any of the countries or cities of Africa is 
accurately known. The total amount is very uncertain, and it is very differ¬ 
ently estimated; some state it as high as 150 millions, while others reduce it 
to 31) millions. The true amount is doubtless between these numbers. 





























THE GLOBE. 


24B 


THE GLOBE. 


Table I. — Extent and Population of the Globe. 



According to Hassel. 

Balbi. 

Third 

Estimate. 

Asia, 

Europe, 

Africa, 

America, 

Oceanica, 

Total, 

Sq. Miles. 

17,354,000 

3,290,000 

10,848,000 

17,303,000 

3,377,000 

Population. 

586.525.400 

206.772.400 
104,430,100 

38,065,100 

2,628,000 

Population. 

390,000,000 

227,700,000 

60,000,000 

39,000,000 

20,300,000 

Population. 

440,000,000 

234,000,000 

60,000,000 

46,000,000 

20,000,000 

52,172,000 

938,421,000 

737,000,000 

800,000,000 


Remarks. — In the above statement according to Hassel, the isl¬ 
ands of the Eastern Archipelago and Polynesia are added to Asia, 
instead of being included, as they are by some other geographers, 
and in the other two statements of the population, in Oceanica. 

The total population of the globe is very uncertain, and is vari¬ 
ously estimated from 1,000,000,000 to less than half this number. 
The uncertainty pertains more especially to Asia, Africa, and 
Oceanica. The sum of the population of Europe and America does 
not probably vary much from 280 millions, as is stated above in the 
third estimate. 


Table II. — Number of the different Religions according to Hassel. 


Pagans, 561,820,300 

Christians, 252,565,700 

Mahometans, 120,105,000 

Jews, 3,930,000 

Total, 938,421,000 

Divisions of Christians. 
Roman Catholics, 134,732,000 

Greek Church, 56,011,000 

Protestants, 55,791,700 

Monophysites, 3,865,000 

Armenians, 1,799,000 

Nestorians, &c. 367,000 

Divisions of Protestants. 
Lutherans, 24,264,800 

Reformed, 12,759,900 

Episcopalians, 14,905,000 

M ?“: Bap 1 3 ' 862 ’ 000 

Total, 55,791,700 

Divisions of Mahometans. 
Sunnites, 99,704,000 

Shiites, 15,321,000 

Wahabees, 5,000,000 

Sofis, 80,000 

Total, 252,565,700 

Total, 120,105,000 


In the above statements all the inhabitants in the countries in 
which Christianity is the professed religion, except the Jews, are 
classed as Christians. 

The number of Methodists, Baptists , fyc., is stated by Hassel 
much too low. 

The sect of Mahometans styled Shiites are found chiefly in Persia; 
also in Afghanistan and Hindostan; the Wahabees in Arabia; the 
Sofis in Afghanistan. ___ 

Table I. — What number of square miles in Asia ? Europe P &c. 

Table II. — What number of Pagans ? Christians ? &c. 






















244 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Table III. — Varieties of the Human Species, according to Hasscl. 


I. Caucasian or White Race. 

1. Caucasians, Geor¬ 
gians, &c. 1,118,000 

2. Arabians, Moors, 

Jews, Abyssinians, 

Berbers, Armeni¬ 
ans, &c. 54,523,000 

3. Hindoos, Persians, 

Afghans Curds, 

&c. 143,353,000 

4. Tartar nations ; — 

Turks, Turcomans, 

Usbecks, Kirguses, 

&c. 17,095,000 

5. Greeks, 4,834,000 

6. Arnauts, 530,000 

7. Sclavoniannations; 

— Russians, Poles, 
Lithuanians, Cro¬ 
ats, &c. 68,255,000 

8. Teutonic or Ger¬ 
man nations ; — 

Germans, English, 

Swedes, Dutch, 

Danes, Norwegi¬ 
ans, &c. 60,604,000 

9. Roman or Latin 
nations; — French, 

Italians, Spanish, 

Walloons, Walla- 

chians, 75,829,000 

10. Celts or Caledoni¬ 
ans, Low Bretons, 

Basques, &c. 10,484,000 

Total, 436,625,000 

11. Mongolian , Tawny, or Olive 
Race. 

Mongul nations, Thi- 
betians, &c. 35,842,000 

Chinese, 256,200,000 

Birmans, Siamese, 

Anamese, &c. 33,850,000 

Japanese, 41,100,000 


Mandshurs or Mant- 
choos, 19,320,000 

Finns, Esthonians, 

Laplanders, &c. 2,878,000 

Esquimaux, Samoides, 
Kamtschatdales, &c. 185,700 


Total, 


389,375,700 


III. Malay or Dark Brown Race. 
Malays, inhabiting the 

peninsula of Malac¬ 
ca, the island of 
Ceylon, and the isl¬ 
ands in the Pacific 
Ocean, 32,800,000 

IV. Ethiopian , Negro, or Black 

Race. 

African Negroes, 62,983,300 

Caffres, 5,200,000 

Hottentots, 500,000 

Papuans, Negroes of 
Australia, 950,000 


Total, 


69,633,300 


V. American or Copper-colored 
Race. 

North American Indi¬ 
ans, 5,130,000 

South American In¬ 
dians, 5,140,000 

Caribbees, &c. 17,000 

Total, 10,287,000 


Caucasians, 436,625,000 

Mongolians, 389,375,700 

Malays, 32,500,000 

Ethiopians, 69,633,300 

Americans, 10,287,000 


Total , 


938,421,000 


Remark. — According to the computation of some other geogra¬ 
phers, the numbers of the Mongolian and Ethiopian races are con¬ 
siderably less than they are stated by Hassel. — For a few remarks 
on these different races, see page 223. 


Table III. — What nations are included in the Caucasian or 
White race ? The Mongolian ? &c. 












THE GLOBE. 


245 


Table IV. — Heights of Mountains. 

In the Atlas, which accompanies this work, may be seen a com¬ 
parative view of tlie Heights of some of the Principal Mountains, 
and ot the Lengths of the most celebrated Rivers on the Globe ; but 
there is much uncertainty respecting these matters, and a ’o-reat 
want of uniformity in the different measurements and authoiities 
relating to them. 


Name. 


Monadnock, 
Saddleback, 

Ascutney, 

Europe. 
Mont Blanc, 

Mont Rosa, 

Ortler Spitze, 
Mulahacen, 

Mont Perdu, 

Etna, 

Ruska Poyana 
Argentaro, 

Monte Corno, 
Lomnitz, 

Snehatta, 

Si. Bernard, Convent, 
Taygetus, 

Ida, 

Pindus, 

Cenis, Pass of, 
Olympus, 

Parnassus, 

Pelion, 

Hecla, 

Helicon, 

Ben Nevis, 

Vesuvius, 

Snowdon, 

Brocken, 

Stromboli, 


Alps, 
do 
do 
Spain, 
Pyrenees 
Sicily, 
Carpathian 
Balkan, 
Apennines, 
Carpathian 
Dofrefield, 
Alps, 
Morea, 
Crete, 
Greece, 
Alps, 
Greece, 
do. 
do. 

Iceland, 

Greece, 

Scotland, 

Naples, 

Wales, 

Hartz, 

Italy, 


H’ight. 


Name. 


North America. 

Mt. St. Elias, N. W. Coast, 
Popocatapetl, Mexico, 

Orazaba, do. 

Volcano of Guatemala, 
Fairweather Mt. N. VV. Coast 
Long’s Peak, Rocky Mts. 
High Peak, do. 

James’s Peak, do. 

Mexico City, Mexico, 

Black Mountain, N. C. 

Washington, White Mts. N II 
Kalahdin, Maine, 

High Peak of Essex, N. Y 

Moosehillock, N. H 

Mansfield, Green Mts. Vt. 

Otter Peak, Va 

Round Top, Catskill Mts. N.Y 
’ N. H. 

Mass. 
Vt 


Feet. 


South America. 


17,850 Nevada de Sorata, 
17,710 Illimani, 

17,371 1 Chimborazo, 
15,000;|Cotopaxi, 


14,900; 
13,575 
12,500 
11,3-20 
7,470 
6,476 
6,428 
5,623 
5,467 
4,636 
4,279 
3 953j 
3,804; 
3.718! 
3,580 
3,320 


Andes, 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


Pichincha, 

Antisana Farm House, Equal 
La Paz City, Bolivia, 

Guanca Velica, Town, Peru, 
Quito City, Equator, 

Bogota do. N. Grenada, 

Asia. 

Chumularee, Himmaleh, 
Dhawalagiri, do. 

Hindoo-Koosh, Afghanistan, 


Elburus, 

Petcha, 

Ararat, 
Kalitzkoi, 
Lebanon, 
Avatsha, 
Tanagai, 

15,680 jHermon, 

15,552 Taurus, 

15,430; Sinai, 

11,801 j j Olympus, 

11,283 Gargarus or Ida, 
10,954 
9,912 


9,600 

9,521 

8,640 

8,115 

8,038 

7,910 

7,674 


Ghauts, 

Carmel, 


Caucasus, 
Chinese Tartary, 
Armenia, 
Altaian, 
Syria, 
Kamtschatka, 
Uralian, 
Syria, 
Natolia, 
Arabia, 
do. 

Natolia, 
Hindostan, 
Syria, 


OCEANICA. 

Mouna Roa, Hawaii, 

Egmont, New Zealand, 


|Mount Ophyr, 
j Volcano, 
[Peak, 

7,673 Parmesan, 
6,776 j 


Sumatra, 
do 

Tahiti, 
Banca, 


6,522 

5,750 

5,115 

4,888 

4,500 

4,387 

3,731 

3,571 

3,486 

2,884 


Africa. 

Atlas, 

Peak of Teneriffe, 
Lamalmon, 

Gondar City', 
Volcano, Isl 

Pico, 

Table Mountain, 
Diana’s Peak, 


Barbary, 

Canaries, 

Abyssinia, 

do. 

. Bourbon, 
Azores, 
Good Hope, 
St. Helena, 


H’ight. 


25,200 
24,201) 
21,410 
18,891 
15,937 
14,275 
12,760 
12.308 
9,514 
8,694 


29,000 

28,500 

20,593 

17,786 

15,060 

12.700 

10,735 

10,000 

9.600 

9,061 

8,949 

7,7)5 

6,000 

5.500 
4,960 
4,000 

1.500 


17,416 

15,304 

13,842 

12,468 

10,895 

10,050 


12,500 

12,358 

11,300 

8,440 

7,680 

7,016 

3,520 

2,710 



































246 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Table V. — Comparative Lengths of Rivers . 

The lengths of the longest rivers are not so accurately ascertained 
as the elevations of the highest mountains. A great diversity is 
found in the different statements which are given by different per¬ 
sons. This diversity is owing, in a great measure, to the different 
principles upon which the estimates have been formed; some ex¬ 
pressing the lengths of the rivers according to the windings of their 
courses; others giving only the lengths of the valleys through 
which they flow. 

The lengths of the rivers of Europe are mostly given in the fol¬ 
lowing Table, as they are stated in the “ Edinburgh Geographical 
and Historical Atlas." The statements of the lengths of the rivers 
of America are accommodated more nearly to the windings of their 
courses, than those of the eastern continent. 


North America. 

Miles. 

Missouri, 4,400 
Mississippi, 3,000 
Arkansas, 2,100 
St. Lawrence, 2,000 
Mackenzie, 2,000 
Del Norte, 2,000 
Red River, 1,800 
Nelson, &c. 1,500 

Columbia, 1,500 
La Plate, 1,500 
Ohio, 1,350 

Kansas, 1,200 
White River, 1,200 
Tennessee, 1,100 
Alabama, 650 
Savannah, 600 
Potomac, 550 
Connecticut, 410 
Hudson, 324 

Delaware, 300 
South America. 
Amazon, 4,500 
La Plata, 3,000 
Madeira, 2,400 
Orinoco, 1,800 
Tocantins, 1,800 
Ucayale, 1,600 
St. Francisco, 1,500 
Paraguay, 1,400 
Magdalena, 1,000 


Europe. 


Volga, 

Miles. 

2,040 

Danube, 

1,710 

Don, 

1,080 

Dneiper, 

1,050 

Kama, 

780 

Rhine, 

670 

Elbe, 

570 

Loire, 

540 

Vistula, 

500 

Theis, 

495 

Dneister, 

Tagus, 

480 

480 

Dwina, North 

, 480 
450 

Oder, 

Niemen, 

450 

Dwina, or Duna,420 

Guadiana, 

420 

Rhone, 

390 

Pruth, 

390 

Po, 

375 

Ebro, 

370 

Duero, 

365 

Drave, 

360 

Meuse, 

360 

Garonne, 

345 

Seine, 

330 

Mayne, 

330 

Guadalquivir, 

300 

Thames, 

Tiber, 

180 

180 


Asia. 


Miles. 

Kian-Ku, 3,300 

Hoang-Ho, 2,900 

Lena, 2,470 

Amour, 2,360 

Oby, 2,260 

Yenisei, 2,150 

Ganges, 2,040 


Brahmapootra,2,040 


Irrawaddy, 2,040 

Cambodia, 2,000 

Euphrates, 1,820 

Meinam, 1,600 

Irtish, 1,500 

Indus, 1,450 

Jihon, 1,100 

Tigris, 1,000 

Sir, 900 

Godavery, 850 

Kistna, 800 

Nerbuddah, 750 

Jordan, 130 

Africa. 

Niger, 3,000 

Nile, 2,700 

Senegal, 1,300 

Gambia. 1,200 

Congo, 1,100 

Orange, 1,000 


Table V. — Which are some of the longest rivers in North Amer¬ 
ica ? In South America P In Europe ? In Asia ? In Africa ? 
What is the length of the Missouri ? &c. 





USE OF GLOBES. 


247 


USE OF GLOBES. 


A Sphere , or Globe, is a round body^every point of whose surface 
is equally distant from a point within the body, called the centre. 
A Hemisphere is a half globe. 

There are two kinds of artificial globes, the terrestrial and the 
celestial. 

The Terrestrial Globe is a representation of the earthy having the 
seas and different countries delineated on ife$ as they are situated on 
the surface of the earth. 

The Celestial Globe is an artificial representation of the heavens, 
having the fixed stars drawn upon it, in their natural situation. 

The Axis of a globe is an imaginary line passing through its cen¬ 
tre from north to south, around which it revolves. 

The Poles are the extremities of the axis, terminated by the sur¬ 
face of the globe. One is the north, and the other the south pole; 
and they are each 90 degrees from the equator. 

Great Circles are such as divide the globe into two equal parts. 
These are the equator or equinoctial , the horizon, the meridians, the 
ecliptic, and the two colures. 

The Less Circles are those that divide the globe into two unequal 
parts. These are four, the two tropics, and the two polar circles. 

The circumference of every circle is supposed to be divided into 
360 equal parts, called degrees; each degree into 60 equal parts, 
called minutes ; and each minute into 60 equal parts, called seconds. 
They are marked thus, 23° 28' 16 ,f ; i. e. 23 degrees, 28 minutes, 
and 16 seconds. 

The Equator is an imaginary great circle of the earth, equidis¬ 
tant from the poles, dividing the earth into the northern and south¬ 
ern hemispheres. 

The equator is divided by the principal meridian into two equal 
parts, of 180° each. 

Meridians are imaginary great circles passing through the poles, 
and perpendicular to the equator. 

The meridian of a place, or the 12 o’clock hour circle, is the 
meridian that cuts the horizon in the north and south points. The 
first meridian of any country is the meridian passing through the 
capital of that country. 

The Horizon is either sensible or real. The sensible horizon is a 
small circle which limits our prospect, where the sky and land or 
water appear to meet. The real horizon is a gr&it circle which di¬ 
vides the earth into the upper and lower hemispheres. 

The horizon is divided into four equal parts of 90° each, by the 
four cardinal points, East, West, North, and South- 

The wooden horizon of the artificial globe is divided into three 
parts; the innermost is marked with all the points on the mariner’s 
compass; the next has the names, characters, and figures of the 
twelve signs ; and the third is a calendar of months and days. By 
the last two is instantly seen the sign and degree the sun is in dur¬ 
ing every day in the year. 

22 


248 


USE OF GLOBES. 


The Ecliptic is an imaginary great circle in the heavens, in the 
plane of which the earth performs her annual revolution round the 
sun. 

The ecliptic is drawn on the artificial globe obliquely to the equa¬ 
tor, making with it an angle of 23° 28 1 . 

The twelve signs are the twelve equal parts into which the eclip¬ 
tic is divided, each consisting of 30°. 

The Zodiac is a broad belt in the heavens 16° wide, in the mid¬ 
dle of which is the ecliptic. 

The names and characters of the 12 signs, and the time of the 
sun’s entering them, are as follows: 


Latin. 

English. 

Characters. 

Time. 

1. Aries 

The Ram 


March 20th 

2. Taurus 

The Bull 

8 

April 

20th 

3. Gemini 

The Twins 

n 

May 

21st 

4. Cancer 

The Crab 

55 

June 

21st 

5. Leo 

The Lion 

SI 

July 

23d 

6. Virgo 

The Virgin 

TT£ 

Aug. 

23d 

7. Libra 

The Scales 

■n. 

Sept. 

23d 

8. Scorpio 

The Scorpion 

IB 

Octob. 23d 

9. Sagittarius 

The Archer 

-r 

Nov. 

22d 

10. Capricornus 

The Goat 


Dec. 

22d 

11. Aquarius 

The Waterman 

MV 

AW 

Jan. 

20th 

12. Pisces 

The Fishes 

X 

Feb. 

19th 


The first six are called northern signs, because they are north of 
the equator; the last six southern, because they are south of the 
equator. 

The Colures are two meridians ; one passing through the equi¬ 
noctial points, Aries and Libra, called the equinoctial colure; the 
other passing through the solstitial points, Cancer and Capricorn, 
called the solstitial colure. 

The Tropics are two less circles, drawn parallel to the equator, 
at the distance of 23° 28'; one north of the equator, called the tropic 
of Cancer ; the other south, called the tropic of Capricorn. These 
circles show the sun’s limits north and south of the equator. 

The Polar Circles are less circles, described round the poles, at 
the distance of 23° 28'. The northern is called the arctic circle, and 
the southern the antarctic. 

Zones are divisions of the earth’s surface, formed by the tropics 
and polar circles. They are five, one torrid, two temperate, and tico 
frigid zones. 

The torrid zone is included between the tropics; the temperate 
zones, between the tropics and polar circles; and the frigid, between 
the polar circles and the poles. 

The Latitude of a place is the distance from the equator, north or 
south, measured on a meridian towards either pole, reckoned in de¬ 
grees, minutes, and seconds. It cannot exceed 90°. 

The Longitude of a place is its distance from the first meridian, 
east or west, measured on the equator. It never exceeds 180°. 

A Climate, as used by astronomers, is a portion of the earth’s 
surface, included between two parallels of latitude, and of such a 
breadth that the longest day under the parallel nearest the pole, is 


USE OF GLOBES. 


249 

half an hour longer than under the other. There are 24 such cli¬ 
mates between the equator and each of the polar circles. 


PROBLEMS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 

Problem i. To find the Latitude of any Place. 

Turn the globe, and bring the place to the engraven edge of the 
brazen meridian ; and the degree on the meridian is the latitude, 
north or south, as it may be on the north or south side of the equator. 

Thus the latitude of London is 51^ degrees north; and of St. 
Helena nearly 16 degrees south. 

What is the latitude of Alexandria in Egypt? Athens ? Cape of 
Good Hope ? Cape Horn ? Constantinople ? Edinburgh ? Ispahan ? 
Madras? Moscow? Paris? Boston? Philadelphia? Prague? Stock¬ 
holm ? Teneriffe ? Vienna ? Botany Bay ? 

Problem ii. To find the Longitude of any Place. 

Bring the place to the brazen meridian, and the degree on the 
equator shows the longitude from London. 

Thus the longitude of Madras is 80 degrees east; of Lisbon, 9 
degrees west. 

What is the longitude of Amsterdam ? Archangel ? Babelman- 
del ? Dublin ? Gibraltar ? Jerusalem ? Quebec ? Syracuse ? Tunis ? 
Turin ? Upsal ? 

Problem iii. The Longitude and Latitude of any Place being given, 
to find that Place. 

Look for the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the brazen 
meridian, then under the given degree of latitude will be the place 
required. 

Thus the place whose longitude is 30° 17' east, and latitude 31° 
11 ; north, is Alexandria; and the place which has near 6° west 
longitude, and 16° south latitude, is St. Helena. 

What places are those that have the following longitudes and 
latitudes: 36° 17' east long., and 31° IV north lat. —113° 2' east 
long., and 23° 8' north lat. — 79° 50' west long., and 33° 22' north 
lat. — 8° 30' west, and 51° 54' north lat. — 4° 5' west, ^nd 56° 
(nearly) north lat. —76° 50' west long., and 12° south lat. — 8° 35' 
west long., and 40° 53' north lat. ? What place is that whose lon¬ 
gitude is nearly 78° west, but which has no latitude ? 

Problem iv. To find the Difference of Latitude of any two Places. 

If the places are in the same hemisphere, bring each to the me¬ 
ridian, and subtract the latitude of the one from that of the other: 
if in different hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to that of the 
other. 

Thus the difference of latitude between London and Madras is 
38° 28'; between Paris and Cape Horn is 104° 49'. What is the 
difference of latitude between Copenhagen and Gibraltar? — be¬ 
tween London and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Berlin and 
Bristol ? — between Bengal and St. Helena ? — between Madrid and 


250 


USE OF GLOBES. 


Moscow?—between Leghorn and Liverpool? — between Pekin 
and Philadelphia?—How many degrees further north is St. Pe¬ 
tersburg than Naples ? 

Problem v. To find the Difference of Longitude of any two Places. 

Bring one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its lon¬ 
gitude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and the number 
of degrees between its longitude and the first mark, is the differ¬ 
ence of longitude: thus the difference of longitude between Lon¬ 
don and Constantinople is 28° 53'; between Constantinople and 
Madras, 51° 54'. 

What is the difference of longitude between Athens and Batavia ? 

— between Brest and Cape Horn? — between Charleston in South 
Carolina and Cork in Ireland? — between Rome and Cape Finis- 
terre ? —between Canton and the most northerly point of the Orkney 
Islands ? — between Morocco and Thibet ? — between Cape Boja- 
dor in Africa and Port Jackson New Holland ? — between the most 
northerly point of Madagascar and Otaheite ? — between Mecca 
and Calcutta? 

Problem vi. To find the Distance of any two Places on the Globe. 

Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over both 
places, and the degrees between them, multiplied by 69£, will give 
the distance in English miles. Thus the distance between the Liz¬ 
ard point and the island of Bermuda is 46°, or 3147 miles; between 
London and Jamaica, 4691 miles. 

What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary and Pekin? 

— between Warsaw and Ascension Island? —between North Cape 
and Gibraltar ? — between Lisbon and Ispahan ? — between Rio Ja¬ 
neiro and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Madrid and Cairo ? 

— between Boston and Cayenne ? 

Problem vii. The Hour at any Place being given , to find what 
Hour it is at any other Place * 

Bring the place, where the hour is given, to the brazen meridian, 

* When the difference of longitude between any two places is 
known, it is easy to ascertain their difference of time by calculation. 
It is noon, or twelve o’clock, when any place on the globe is exactly 
towards the sun, and the succession of day and night, of morning, 
noon, and evening, may be beautifully shown by turning the Terres¬ 
trial Globe in the sunshine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to 
ascertain exactly the number of hours and minutes, by which, at the 
same moment of time, two places differ, it is necessary to divide the 
difference of longitude by 15, because every 15 degrees is equal to one 
hour of time; and, consequently, also, every degree is equal to four 
minutes of time. 

For example, when it is noon at London, it will be four o’clock in the 
afternoon at all places which have 60 degrees of longitude east of Lon¬ 
don, and 8 in the morning at all places which have 60 degrees west of 
London. 

At all places which have 180 degrees difference of longitude, it will 
be 12 o’clock at night, when it is noon at London. And in this manner, 
the hour in any part of the world may be calculated, by adding to the 
given hour, when the place is east, and by subtracting, when it is west. 



USE OF GLOBES. 


251 


and set the index of the hour circle to that hour, then turn the 
globe till the proposed place come under the meridian, and the in 
dex will point to the present hour at that place. 

Thus, when it is twelve o’clock at noon in London, it is nearly 
four in the afternoon at the island of Mauritius; but at Jamaica it 
is only about seven in the morning. 

When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time at 
Calcutta, Canton, Pelew Islands, Barbadoes, the western side of 
Lake Superior, Owhyhee, and Easter Island ? 

What o’clock is it at New York, Moscow, Cape Horn, Genoa, 
Syracuse, and Leghorn, when it is midnight at Lisbon ? 

How much are the clocks of Mexico behind ours ? 

When it is twelve at noon at Port Jackson, what time is it at 
Paris and Dublin ? 

Problem viii. To rectify the Globe for the Latitude , Zenith , and 

Sun's Place. 

1. For the latitude: Elevate the pole above the horizon, accord¬ 
ing to the latitude of the place. 

2. For the zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the meridi¬ 
an at the given degree of latitude, counting from the equator to¬ 
wards the elevated pole. 

3. For the sun’s place : Find the sun’s place on the horizon, and 
then bring the same place found on the ecliptic to the meridian, 
and set the hour index to twelve at noon. 

Thus, to rectify for the latitude of London on the 10th day of 
May, the globe must be so placed, that the north pole shall be 51£ 
degrees above the north side of the horizon; then51£ will be found 
on the zenith of the meridian, on which the quadrant must be 
screwed. On the horizon, the 10th of May answers to the 20th of 
Taurus, which find on the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridian, and 
set the index to twelve. 

Rectify the globe for London, St. Petersburg, Madras, Pekin, 
Oporto, Venice, Quebec, Washington, Vienna, Dantzic, and Ath¬ 
ens, for the 24th of February, the 27th of June, and the 6th of 
August. 

Problem ix. To find at what Hour the Sun rises and sets any Day 
in the Year , and also upon what Point of the Compass. 

Rectify for the latitude and sun’s place (Prob. vni.),and turn the 
sun’s place to the eastern edge of the horizon, and the index will 
point to the hour of rising; then bring it to the western edge of the 
horizon, and the index will show the setting. 

Thus, on the 16th of March, the sun rises a little after six, and 
sets a little before six in the evening. 

What time does the sun rise and set at St. Petersburg, Naples, 
Canton, Dublin, Gibraltar, TenerifFe, Boston, and Vienna, on the 
15th of April, the 4th of July, and the 20th of November ? 

Note. — On the 21st of March the sun rises due east, and sets 
due west; between this and the 21 st of September, it rises and sets 
to the northward of these points, and in the winter months to tire 
southward of them. When the sun’s place is brought to the east- 
29* 


252 


USE OF GLOBES. 


ern or western edge of the horizon, it marks the point of the com¬ 
pass upon which it rises or sets that day. 

Problem x. To find the Length of the Day and Night at any Time 

in the Year. 

Double the time of the sun’s rising, which gives the length of 
the night; double the time of his setting, which gives the length 
of the day. 

Thus, on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four 
o’clock, and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four, or 
eight hours; the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen hours. 

Problem xi. To find all the Places to which a Lunar Eclipse is 
visible at any Instant. 

Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and 
bring that place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper 
twelve; then turn the globe till the index points to the lower 
twelve, and the eclipse is visible to every part of the earth that is 
now above the horizon. 


THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 

As the Terrestrial Globe, by turning on its axis, represents the 
real diurnal motion of the earth, so the Celestial Globe, by turning 
or its axis, represents the apparent motion of the heavens. 

The nominal points of Aries and Libra are called the equinoctial 
points, because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the 
day and night are equal. 

The nominal points of Cancer and Capricorn are called solstitial 
points, because when the sun arrives at either of them, he seems 
to stand still, or to be at the same height in the heavens at twelve 
o’clock, at noon, for several days together. 

Definition. The latitude of the heavenly bodies is measured from 
the ecliptic, north and south. The sun, being always in the eclip¬ 
tic, has no latitude. 

Defi The longitude of the heavenly bodies is reckoned on the 
ecliptic, from the first point of Aries, eastward round the globe. 
The longitude of the sun is what is called, on the terrestrial globe, 
the sun’s place. 

PROBLEMS ON THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 

Problem i. To find the Latitude and Longitude of any given Star. 

Put the centre of the quadrant on the pole of the ecliptic, and its 
graduated edge on the given star ; then the arch of the quadrant, 
intercepted between the star and the ecliptic, shows its latitude; 
and the degree which the edge of the quadrant cuts on the ecliptic, 
is the degree of its longitude. 

Thus the latitude of Regulus is 0° 28' N., and its longitude 
nearly 147°. 



USE OF GLOBES. 253 

Problem ii. To find, any Place in the Heavens , by having its Lati¬ 
tude and Longitude given. 

Fix the quadrant, as in the last problem; let it cut the longitude 
given on the ecliptic; then seek the latitude on the quadrant, and 
the place under it is the place sought. Thus, if I am asked what 
part of the heavens that is, whose longitude is 66° 30', and latitude 
5° 30' S., I find it is that space which Aldebaran occupies. 

Def. The declination of any heavenly body is measured upon 
the meridian from the equinoctial. 

Problem iii. To find the Declination of the Sun or any Star. 

Bring the sun or star to the brazen meridian, and then as far as 
it is in degrees from the equinoctial is its declination. Thus the 
sun’s declination, April 19, is 11° 19' north. On the 1st of De¬ 
cember it is 21° 54' south. 

What is the declination of the sun on the 10th of February, and 
the 15th of May ? 

Def. The right ascension of any heavenly body is its distance 
from the first meridian, or that which passes through the first point 
of Aries, counted on the equinoctial. 

Problem iv. To find the Right Ascension of the Sun or of any Star. 

Bring the sun’s place, or that of the star, to the brazen meridian; 
and the number of degrees on the equator, between that meridian 
and the first point of Aries, is the right ascension. 

Thus the sun’s right ascension on April 19th is 27° 30'; on the 
1 st of December, 247° 30'. 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 

There are four methods of representing the Earth’s surface, viz. 
the Orthographic, the Stereographic , the Globular , and Mercator's 
Projections ; all of which have their respective advantages and de¬ 
fects. The two latter methods approach nearest the truth, and are 
most generally in use. 

Globular Projection. The Globular Projection of the Sphere ex¬ 
hibits its surface by means of curve lines called Circles of Longi¬ 
tude, and Parallels of Latitude. 

Mercator's Projection. Mercator’s Chart exhibits the projection 
of the two hemispheres, laid down upon a plane, with all the cir¬ 
cles of latitude and longitude projected into straight lines. The 
lines of longitude are all equidistant, and parallel to each other; 
the lines of latitude are also all parallel, but not equidistant. 

problems. 

1. To divide a given Line into two equal Parts. 

Let A B, fig. 1, be the given line. With the points A and B as 
centres, with any distance in the compasses greater than half A B, 
describe the arcs intersecting each other in m and n. 

Through the points of intersection draw the line m C n, and it 
will divide A B into two equal parts. 



254 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


2. To erect a Perpendicular on a given Point in a Line. 

Let A B, fig. 2, be the given line, and C the given point. 

On each side of point C measure off equal distances to a and b. 

From the centres a and b , with any distance greater than a C or 
b C, describe two arcs intersecting each other in c. 

Through C and c draw the line C c, and it will be perpendicular 
to the line A B. 

3. To let fall a Perpendicular from a given Point. 

This is the 2d problem reversed, and one figure may serve for 
both. 

From the given point D, at any distance, describe an arc, inter¬ 
secting A B in a and b. 

Proceed exactly as in problem 2d, only describing the arcs below 
the line A B, and the line D C E will be the perpendicular re¬ 
quired. 

Projection of Maps. 

I. To draw a Map of the World on the Globular Projection. 

(See plate I. fig. 3.) 

1st. Describe the circle NES W; and draw right lines cutting 
one another at right angles in the centre. N S will represent the 
axis of the earth, and W E the equator. 

2d. Divide each quarter of these right lines into nine equal parts, 
proceeding from the centre to the circumference ; each division 
will represent ten degrees, and may be numbered accordingly. 
Those on the axis will represent the latitude, and are to be num¬ 
bered from the equator towards the pole, 10, 20, &c. Those on the 
equator will represent the longitude, and are to be numbered so as 
to correspond with whatever point is fixed on as a first meridian. 
Figure 3 is supposed to be the western hemisphere, and London to 
be the first meridian ; and this, by the usual method of projecting 
maps of the world, will fix the axis as 110, from whence the num¬ 
bers are continued westward, 120, 130, &c. 

3d. Divide the four quarters of the outward circle into nine equal 
parts, respectively, proceeding from the equator to the poles, and 
number them 10, 20, &c. 

To draw the Parallels of Latitude. The general rule is, to guide 
the compasses so that the lines may pass through the divisions in 
the outward edges and axis respectively, from 80 to 90. This, 
however, is attended with some difficulty, because, the radii of 
the different lines being different, each requires a new centre. The 
centres can be easily found by the following process. Draw right 
lines from the divisions on the axis to those on the circumference 
respectively, as a — a, fig. 3. Divide these right lines into two 
equal parts, and from the middle, b , let fall perpendiculars to a right 
line extending from the axis south or north, as b b c; the places 
where they respectively cut, will be the centres, as c. 

To draw the Lines of Longitude. Guide the compasses so that the 
lines may respectively pass through the divisions in the equator 
and the poles. The central points are found exactly in the same 
way as the latitude. (See fig. 3 7 d d e ef ) 


PL 1 
















































*> 


PI u 




























































































































































CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


255 


II. To draw a Map of the World on the Polar Projection. 

(See plate I. fig. 4.) 

In the polar projection, the northern and southern hemispheres 
are projected on the plane of the equator, the poles being in the 
centre. It is but little used, as it exhibits the countries near the 
poles to the greatest advantage, while those near the equator, 
which are of more importance, are much distorted. 

It is extremely simple, and is executed by fixing one foot of the 
compasses in the poles, describing nine circles equidistant from each 
other, to represent the parallels of latitude, the circles being ten 
degrees apare. 

Divide the outer circle, or equator, into thirty-six equal parts, 
and draw lines from the pole to each point in the equator. These 
will represent the meridians of longitude. 

III. To draw a Map of the World on Mercator's Projection. 

(See plate II. fig. 5.) 

Lay out the map in any size that may be wanted. Draw the line 
E W to represent the equator, and the line N S, for a meridian of 
longitude. Draw right lines parallel to the line N S, east and west 
of it, to represent 10 degrees of longitude each. 

To draw the parallels of latitude, have recourse to the table of 
meridional parts, page 257, and graduate the scale between them 
agreeably to it. The principle on which this table is constructed 
is explained in a note prefixed to it. Its practical application is to 
add the meridional paits, over 60, to the scale of every degree of 
latitude, as you proceed north and south of the equator. Thus, in 
the first 10 degrees, there are only 3 meridional parts over GO; 
that is, 3 parts are to be added to 600. Between 10 and 20, 22 are 
to be added to 600; between 20 and 30, add 63; between 30 and 
40, add 135; between 40 and 50, add 251 ; between 50 and 60, add 
453; between 60 and 70, add 837; between 70 and 80, add 1809; 
the last is 9 more than 30 times 60, extending the scale between 70 
and 80 to more than 4 times that between 1° and 10°. The merid¬ 
ional parts increase so fast above 80 degrees, that it is not judged 
of importance to pursue the subject farther. 

The projection being made, the map is to be filled up with ap¬ 
propriate matter. The few places laid down in fig. 5, will serve as 
a specimen. Maps on this projection are usually shaded on the 
land side ; other maps on the water side. 

IV. To draw a Map on the Compound Projection. 

(See plate II. fig. 6. —fig 6. a. and fig. 6. h.) 

This is termed the compound projection, because it is composed 
of the polar projection, and plain projection. 

Having fixed upon your scale, measure off the number of miles 
agreeably to it between the southern extremity (supposing the 
map to be in the northern hemisphere), and the north pole. Take 
the polar point as -a centre (see fig. 6, a), in which fix one leg of 
the compasses, and with the other sweep the circular lines in fig. 
6 30 35, 40, 45. Lay off the line M L as your centre meridian. 
Look into the table of miles in a degree of longitude corresponding 







256 


CONSTRUCTION* OF MAPS. 


to every degree of latitude, page 257, for the distances at 30° and 
45° respectively. Adjust the corresponding distances to the scale 
of the map, and lay it off on the lines 30 and 45 to the east and 
west of M L, then draw right lines between them. The circular 
lines will represent the parallels of latitude, and the right lines me¬ 
ridians of longitude. In some maps on this projection, the meridi¬ 
ans of longitude are drawn from the pole towards the equator. But 
this method is very erroneous, as will be seen by the figure. Fig. 
C. 6, represents the circumference of the compound projection, an¬ 
swering to the equator, with the distances laid off on it agreeably 
to the scale; and the dotted lines running through the western part 
of fig. 6, represent the meridians, projected from thence to the cen¬ 
tre or polar point. When contrasted with the plain lines, which 
are laid down from measurement, they at once demonstrate the 
error. 

V. To draw a Map on the Plain Projection. 

(See Plate II. fig. 7.) 

Draw M L as a central meridian, and cross it at right angles with 
the lines 30 to 45. Look in the table of miles in a degree of longi¬ 
tude corresponding to every degree of latitude, for the distances at 
30° and 45° respectively. Adjust them, and lay them off as direct¬ 
ed in the compound projection, and draw right lines between them. 

It will be seen, that the compound projection and plain projection 
represent nearly the same space. Either of them answers very 
well for a small tract of country. When it is large, other modifi¬ 
cations, particularly the globular projection, and a compound of the 
globular projection and plain projection, are resorted to. 


Note .—The first Table on the following page is so constructed 
that the meridional parts may increase , as the distances between the 
meridians of longitude on the globe decrease. In this way, the de¬ 
grees of latitude and longitude are made to preserve their true pro¬ 
portions to each other, the former increasing on the map in the 
same ratio that the latter diminish on the sphere. In navigation 
books, there are tables showing the meridional parts for every mile, 
as well as every degree ; the parts in each degree, however, are 
sufficient to show the principle, as well as for constructing maps on 
Mercator’s projection. 



257 


TABLE 

of the Meridional Parts in a Degree of Latitude for every Degree of 
Longitude, calculating each part equal to a geographical mile at the 
equator , 60 miles to a degree. 


Deg. 

Mer. Parts. 

Deg. Mer. Parts. Deg. Mer. Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer. Parts, 

1 

60 

22 

1354 

43 

2863 

64 

5039 

2 

120 

23 

1419 

44 

2946 

65 

5179 

3 

180 

24 

1484 

45 

3030 

66 

5324 

4 

240 

25 

1550 

46 

3116 

67 

5474 

5 

300 

26 

1616 

47 

3203 

68 

5631 

6 

361 

27 

1684 

48 

3292 

69 

5795 

7 

421 

28 

1751 

49 

3382 

70 

5966 

8 

482 

29 

1819 

50 

3474 

71 

6146 

9 

542 

30 

1888 

51 

3569 

72 

6335 

10 

603 

31 

1958 

52 

3665 

73 

6534 

11 

664 

32 

2028 

53 

3764 

74 

6746 

12 

725 

33 

2100 

54 

3865 

75 

6970 

13 

787 

34 

2171 

55 

3968 

76 

7210 

14 

848 

35 

2244 

56 

4074 

77 

7467 

15 

910 

36 

2318 

57 

4183 

78 

7745 

16 

973 

37 

2393 

58 

4294 

79 

8046 

17 

1035 

38 

2468 

59 

4409 

80 

8375 

18 

1098 

39 

2545 

60 

4527 

81 

8739 

19 

1161 

40 

2623 

61 

4649 

82 

9145 

20 

1225 

41 

2702 

62 

4775 

83 

9606 

21 

1289 

42 

2782 

63 

4905 

84 

10137 


TABLE 

showing the Length of a Degree of Longitude for every Degree of 
Latitude in Geographical Miles. 


Deg. Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg. Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg. 

Lat. Miles. 

1 

59,96 

24 

54,81 

47 

41,00 

70 

20,52 

2 

59,94 

25 

54,38 

48 

40,15 

71 

19,54 

3 

59,92 

26 

54,00 

49 

39,36 

72 

18,55 

4 

59,86 

27 

53,44 

50 

38,57 

73 

17,54 

5 

59,77 

28 

53,00 

51 

37,73 

74 

16,53 

6 

59,67 

29 

52,48 

52 

37,00 

75 

15,52 

7 

59,56 

30 

51,96 

53 

36,18 

76 

14,51 

8 

59,40 

31 

51,43 

54 

35,26 

77 

13,50 

9 

59,20 

32 

50,88 

55 

34,41 

78 

12,48 

10 

59,18 

33 

50,32 

56 

33,55 

79 

11,45 

11 

58,89 

34 

49,74 

57 

32,67 

80 

10,42 

12 

58,68 

35 

49,15 

58 

31,70 

81 

09,38 

13 

58,46 

36 

48,54 

59 

30,90 

82 

08,35 

14 

58,22 

37 

47,92 

60 

30,00 

83 

07,32 

15 

58,00 

38 

47,28 

61 

29,04 

84 

06,28 

16 

57,60 

39 

46,62 

62 

28,17 

85 

05,23 

17 

57,30 

40 

46,00 

63 

27,24 

86 

04,18 

18 

57,04 

41 

45,28 

64 

26,30 

87 

03,14 

19 

56,73 

42 

44,95 

65 

25,36 

88 

02,09 

20 

56,38 

43 

43,88 

66 

24,41 

89 

01,05 

21 

56,00 

44 

43,16 

67 

23,45 

90 

00,00 

22 

55,63 

45 

42,43 

68 

22,48 



23 

55,23 

46 

41,68 

69 

21,51 











































* 






' 






































* 










\ 





















— 






























































































































































































m 








ELEMENTS 

OF 

ANCIENT CLASSICAL AND SCRIPTURE 

GEOGRAPHY. 


23 










NOTE. 

The following outlines of Ancient Classical and 
Scripture Geography, are designed to be used in con¬ 
nection with the Ancient and Scripture Atlas, which 
accompanies the work. The four larger maps in the 
Atlas relate to Classical and the six smaller ones to 
Scripture Geography. 

Some knowledge of Ancient Geography is necessary 
to every one who would read ancient history with ad¬ 
vantage ; and the following outlines have been prepared 
with an especial design of facilitating the study of his¬ 
tory. Those places which have an historical importance 
or celebrity are noticed, and the circumstances by which 
they have been rendered memorable are briefly men¬ 
tioned. 

Scripture Geography is, in a great measure, treated 
of in a chronological manner. This method seems 
the most natural; and it is also the most useful in illus¬ 
trating and facilitating the study of Sacred History. 





ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


Introductory Remarks. 

1. Ancient Geography is a description of the earth as it 
existed in ancient times, or of that part of it which was 
then known. 

2. Geography is a science, of slow growth. It comprises 
a vast number of facts, which have been gradually accumu¬ 
lating, by observation and inquiry, during a long series of 
ages. 

3. In early times, the earth was supposed to be, as it 
appears to the senses, an immense circular plain, surround¬ 
ed by an ocean of unknown extent, and by impenetrable 
darkness. 

4. Though mankind gradually acquired more correct 

Ancient Geography. — 1. What is ancient geography ? 

2. What is said of the science of geography? 3. What was the 
earth in ancient times supposed to be ? 

4. What is said of the knowledge of geography possessed by the 
Greeks and Romans ? 


Questions on the Map of the Roman Emfire. 

What sea separates Europe from Africa? How was the ASgsean sea 
situated? The Euxine ? The Propontis? The Palus 
Maeotis ? The Caspian sea ? The Red sea ? The Ionian 
sea? The Adriatic sea or gulf ? The Tuscan or Tyrrhene 
sea? The Aquitaine ocean? The Hibernian sea? The 
German ocean ? The Codanian sea or gulf? 

Where was the Gallic strait ? The strait of Hercules ? The Hel¬ 
lespont? The Thracian Bosphorus ? The Cimmerian Bos¬ 
phorus ? The Syrtis Major ? The Syrtis Minor ? 

What sea between Britain and Hibernia? What island south of 
Britain? What islands in the Hibernian sea? 

What islands east of Spain ? What ones southwest of Italy ? 
What one south of the ASgaean sea? What one in the eastern 
part of the Mediterranean? How was Hibernia situated? 
Britain ? Spain ? Gaul ? Helvetia ? Germany ? Scandina¬ 
via ? Sarmatia ? Scythia? Dacia and Mcesia? Rheetia ? 
Illyricum ? Pannonia? Noricum ? Italy? Greece? Mace¬ 
donia? Thrace? Asia Minor? Armenia? Colchis, 
Iberia, and Albania? Media? Syria? Mesopotamia? 
Phoenicia? Palestine? Arabia? AEgypt? Libya? Afri¬ 
ca Proper? Numidia? Mauritania? Gretulia? 

23 * 






2 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


ideas respecting the figure of the earth, and increased in¬ 
formation respecting the various divisions of it; yet the 
knowledge of geography possessed by the Greeks and Ro¬ 
mans, even during the period when those nations were most 
enlightened, was very imperfect, embracing less than half 
of the globe. 

5. It was limited chiefly to the southwestern part of Asia, 
the northern part of Africa, and the middle and south of 
Europe. The torrid zone was supposed to be uninhabita¬ 
ble by man. 

6. The Greeks and Romans knew little of that part of 
Europe which is north of Germany, the regions of Asia 
north of the Euxine and Caspian seas and east of the Gan¬ 
ges, and the portion of Africa lying south of the 10th de¬ 
gree of north latitude. 

7. The countries which were most celebrated in ancient 
history and most distinguished for civilization and litera¬ 
ture, border upon the Mediterranean sea; and they com¬ 
prise the part of the world of which ancient areography 
chiefly treats. 

8. The most distinguished of these countries, and those 
with which sacred and general literature is chiefly connect¬ 
ed, are Egypt, Palestine , Asia Minor, Greece, and Italy. 

9. The Map of the Roman Empire, in the Ancient Atlas 
which accompanies this work, comprises most of those 
parts of the world which were of much notoriety in ancient 
times. The principal omissions are some countries which 
were situated towards the southwest of Asia. 

10. The countries on this map, lying north of the Medi¬ 
terranean, and west of the iEgaean and Euxine seas, belong 
to Europe; those lying east of the Euxine, JEgaean, Medi¬ 
terranean and Red seas, to Asia; those south of the Medi¬ 
terranean, to Africa. 

Ancient Names of Countries, with their correspond¬ 
ing Modern Names. 

EUROPE. 

Ancient. Modern. 

Scandinavia Sweden and Norway. 

Chersonesus Cimbrica, Jutland (part of Denmark). 

5. To what parts of the globe was it limited ? 6. What parts 

were unknown? 7. How were the countries most celebrat¬ 
ed in ancient history situated ? 8. What are the most dis¬ 
tinguished of these countries ? 9. What is said of the 

Map of the Roman Empire ? 10. What countries on this 
map belong to Europe, what ones to Asia, and what ones 
to Africa ? 

What modern countries correspond to the ancient Scandinavia? 




ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


3 


Sarmatia, 

Britain, or Albion, 

Caledonia, 

Hibernia, 

Germany, 

Gaul, 

Helvetia, 

Spain, 

Lusitania, 

Rhaetia, 

Vindelicia, 

Noricum, 

Illyricuin, 

Pannonia, 

Dacia, 

Moesia, Thrace, 
Macedonia, Epirus, 
Greece, 
Peloponnesus, 


Poland, Russia. 

Great Britain. 

Scotland. 

Ireland. 

Germany north of the Danube. 
France, Netherlands, fyc. 
Switzerland. 

Spain. 

Portugal. 

Tyrol, fyc. 

Part of Bavaria. 

Part of Bavaria and of Austria. 
Part of Austria. 

Part of Austria and of Hungary. 
Part of Hungary and of Turkey. 

Part of Turkey. 

Greece and part of Turkey. 
The Morea. 


ASIA. 


Asia Minor, 

Syria, Phoenicia, Judea, &c. 
Armenia, Mesopotamia, ) 
Assyria, Babylonia, y 
Colchis, Iberia, and ) 
Albania, $ 

Arabia, 

Persia, Media, Parthia, 
Bactria, 

Sogdiana, 

Scythia, 


Natolia, Caramania, fyc. 

Part of Turkey. 

Part of Turkey. 

Georgia, Mingrelia, and part 
of Circassia. 

Arabia. 

Persia. 

Afghanistan. 

Part of Bukharia. 

Siberia, Tartary. 


JEgypt, 

Libya, 

Africa Proper, 

Numidia, 

Mauritania, 

Gaetulia, 

.Ethiopia, 


AFRICA. 

Egypt. 

Barca. 

Tripoli, Tunis. 

Tunis, Algiers. 
Algiers, Morocco. 
Biledulgerid. 

Nubia, Abyssinia, fyc. 


What modern country corresponds to Chersonesus Cimbrica ? What 
to Sarmatia ? To Britain ? To Caledonia P &c. 






EUROPE. 


The Romans divided Europe into nine general parts, 
namely, the Biitish Isles, Spain, Gaul, Germany , Sarmatia , 
Dacia, lllyr'icum, Italy, and Greece. 


BRITISH ISLES. 


1. The British Isles consisted of Britain or Albion, 
Hibernia now Ireland, and the Insula Minores , or Smaller 
Islands. 

2. The name of Albion was anciently applied to Britain, 
probably on account of the white rocky cliffs on the south¬ 
eastern coast. The northern part, now Scotland, was 
called Caledo'nia. 

8. Britain was little known to the rest of the world be¬ 
fore the commencement of its conquest by the Romans, un¬ 
der Julius Caesar, 55 years before the Christian era. 

4. The island was then inhabited by the Britons, who 
were a rude and barbarous people, consisting of a number 
of different tribes. 

5. Their religion, styled druidism, was a cruel supersti¬ 
tion ; and their priests, who were called druids, had great 
authority over the people. 

6. Two of the principal rivers were the Tam'esis, now 
Thames ; and Sabrina, now Severn. 

7. Some of the towns of most note in ancient times were 
Londi'num, now London ; Ebor'acum, now York ; Luguval 
lum, now Carlisle ; Aqua Solis, now Bath. 

8. The Romans, after they had conquered the Britons, 
built three walls across the island, to protect the people 


Into what parts did the Romans divide Europe ? 

British Isles. — 1. Of what did the British Isles consist? 

2. What name was anciently applied to Britain? 3. What is said 
of it? 4. By whom was it inhabited? 5. What was their 
religion ? 6. What the rivers of Britain ? 7. Towns ? 

8. What great works were built by the Romans ? 








BRITISH ISLES. 


5 

from the Caledonians, Scots, and Piets, from the north. 
I he first was built by Adrian, the second by Antoni'nus, 
and the third by Seve'rus. 

9.Tne Romans abandoned Britain in the 5th century of 
the Christian era ; and the island was afterwards conquer¬ 
ed by the Saxons and Angles from Germany. 

SPAIN. 

1* Spain, in Latin Hispa'nia, was called also Ibe’ria, and 
Hesperia , or Hespe'ria Ul'tiina . It was, in ancient times, 
famous for rich silver mines. 

2. The Romans had little knowledge of Spain till the 
second Punic war ; but at that period they became mas¬ 
ters of the country, and divided it into two provinces, His - 
pa'nia Cite'rior, or Hither Spain, and Hispa’nia Ulte'rior , or 
Farther Spain ; and afterwards into three provinces, Tar - 
raconen'sis, Bcet'ica , and Lusita'nia. 

3. The principal rivers were the Ta'gus; the Ibe'rus, now 
Ebro ; the Du'rius , now Duero ; the A'nas , now Guadia- 
na ; and the Bce'tis, now Guadalquivir. 

4. Tarraconensis was the largest of the provinces, and 
took its name from Tar’raco , now Tarragona, its capital, 
which was a very large and populous city ; and to the north 
of east of it was Bar'cino, now Barcelona. 

5. Sagun turn, now Morviedro, was famous for a siege by 
Hannibal, which was the cause of the second Punic war j 
Sego'via , for its aqueduct; ller'da , now Lerida, for a con¬ 
test between Caesar and the lieutenants of Pompey • JYii- 
man'tia and Calagu'ris, for memorable sieges ; Biibilis , as 
the birthplace of the poet Martial. 

6. Some of the other principal towns in Tarraconensis, 
were C<z'sar-Angus'ta, now Saragossa ; Pom'pelo , now 
Pampeluna ; Tole'tum, now Toledo ; Cartha'go JVo'va , now 
Carthagena ; and Velen’tia. 

7. The province of Bazt'ica included the southern part 
of Spain, and took its name from the river Baetis. 

8. Some of the towns of Baetica were Cor'duba , now Cor¬ 
dova, noted as the birthplace of the philosopher Seneca and 
the poet Lucan ; Ital'ica , as the birthplace of the emperor 
Trajan ; Munda, for a victory of Caesar over the sons of 


9. What afterwards happened to Britain ? 

Spain. — 1. What is said of Spain ? 2. How was it divided ? 
3. What were the rivers ? 4. What is said of Tarraconensis ? 

5. What is said of Saguntum, Ilerda, Numantia, &c. P 

6. What were some of the other towns of Tarraconensis ? 

7. What is said of Btetica? 8. What were some of its towns? 



SPAIN. 


Pompey ; His'palis , now Seville ; MaVaca, now Malaga ; 
Ga'des, now Cadiz. 

9. Cal'pe , now the rock of Gibraltar, and Ab'yla, on the 
opposite shore in Africa, were celebrated among the an¬ 
cients as the Pillars of Hercules. 

10. Lusita'nia embraced the country now called Portugal; 
some of its towns were Olisip'po , now Lisbon ; Cal'le , now 
Oporto, Conim'brica, now Coimbra.. 

GAUL. 

1. Gaul, which was called by the Greeks Gala'tia , and 
by the Romans, Gal'lia Transalpi'na, comprehended France, 
Holland, Belgium, Switzerland, and part of Germany. 

2. It was originally divided among three great nations, 
the Bel'gce, Celloe , and the Aquita’ni; and by the Romans, 
it was formed into the four following provinces, called the 
Four Gauls, namely, Gal'lia Bel'gica, Gal'lia Lugdunen'sis 
or Cel'tica, Aquita'nia , and Gal'lia Narbonensis or Provin'cia. 

3. The Gauls were a warlike, barbarous, and supersti¬ 
tious people. They offered human victims in sacrifice, 
and their priests, who were styled druids , possessed great 
power. 

4. The principal rivers were the Rhe'nus , now Rhine ; 
Mosel'la , now Moselle ; Mo'sa, now Meuse ; Scaldis, now 
Scheldt; Seq'uana, now Seine ; Li'ger , now Loire ; Garum'r- 
na, now Garonne ; Rhod'anus, now Rhone. 

5. Some of the principal towns in Gal'lia Bel'gica, were 
Augus'ta Trevo'rum , now Treves ; Colo'nia A grip pi'na, now 
Cologne ; Mogunti'acum, now Mentz. 

6. In Gallia Lugdunensis were Lugdu'nuvi , now Lyons ^ 
Bibrac'te, now Autun ; Ale'sia, famous for a siege ; Veson 1 - 


9. What of Calpe and Abyla? 10. What did Lusitania embrace, 
and what were some of its towns ? 

Gaui.. — 1. What is said of Gaul? 2 By what nations was it 
inhabited, and how divided? 3. What is said of the Gauls? 
4, What rivers ? 5. What towns in Gallia Belgica ? 6. In Gallia 
Lugdunensis? % 


See Map of the Roman Empire. — What mountains divided Spain 
from Gaul ? What islands were to the east of Spain ? What 
strait on the south ? What part of Spain was called Tarra- 
conensis ? Baetica ? Lusitania ? How was Tarraco situat¬ 
ed ? Saguntum ? Numantia? Toletum ? Gades ? Cor 
duba ? What towns in.the south? In the east? In the 
west ? 




GAUL. 


7 


tiOf now Besancon ; Lute'tia, now Paris ; Rotom'agns , now 
Rouen : in Helvetia were Aventicam , now Avenches and 
Tigurum , now Zurich. 

7. Some of the towns of Aquitaine were Burdig'ala, now 
Bordeaux ; Avari'cum, now Bourges ; Limo'num , now Poi¬ 
tiers. 

8. In Gallia Narbonesis were JVemau'sus, now Nismes, 
famous for a Roman amphitheatre, remains of which are 
Uill to be seen ; Tolo’sa , now Toulouse ; MassiVia , now 
Marseilles ; Arela'te, now Arles ; Viert'na , now Vienne ; 
Narbo, now Narbonne, which gave name to the province; 
Fo'rum Ju'lii , now Frejus, the birthplace of Agricola. 

GERMANY. 

1. Ancient Germany extended from the Rhenus or Rhine 
to the Vistula, and from the Codanian or Baltic sea to the 
Ister or Danube. 

2. The ancient Germans consisted of various tribes or 
nations, and were a rude, superstitious, and warlike people. 

8. Some of the principal nations were the Sue'vi, Hermi 1 - 
ones, IstfEv'ones, Vin'dili or Vandals , Fris'ii or Frisons, Ale¬ 
man'ni, Sax'ons , Angles , and Cimbii. 

4. The principal rivers were the ls'ter, now Danube ; the 
Al'bis, now Elbe ; the Visur'gis , now Weser ; the Vi’adrus , 
now Oder; and the Vis'tula. 

5. A large portion of Germany was anciently covered by 
the Hyrcinian Forest, which was of great extent, and in¬ 
cluded part of Switzerland and Transylvania. The Thu- 
ringian Forest , in the central part of Germany, now embra¬ 
ces a small part of it. 


7. What towns in Aquitaine ? 8. In Gallia Narbonensis ? 

Germany. — 1. What was the extent of ancient Germany? 

2. What is said of the ancient Germans ? 3. What were some of 
the principal nations? 4. Rivers? 5. What is said of the 
Hyrcinian Forest? 


See Map of the Roman Empire. — In what part of Gaul were the 
Belgse ? In what part Narbonensis? Aquitaine? Lugdun- 
ensis ? Helvetia? What ocean was west of Gaul? How 
was Colonia Agrippina situated? Lugdunum ? Lutetia? 
Burdigala ? Massilia ? 

What rivers bounded Germany on the east, west, and south ? What 
rivers flowing to the north? What nations resided in the 
northern part ? In the southern ? In the eastern ? In the 
western ? 

B 




8 


SARMATIA. 


SARMATIA. 

1 . Sarmatia, a country anciently inhabited by various 
barbarous tribes, lay north of Dacia and the Euxine sea, 
and east of Germany. 

2. The principal rivers were the Vis'tula, the Borys'thenes , 
now Dnieper ; the Tan'ais, now Don 3 the Rha , now Vol¬ 
ga ; and the Rubo , now Dwina. 

3. Some of the towns were Taphrcs, now Perekop; Cher - 
sone'sus, now Cherson 3 Theodo'sia, now Caffa. 

DACIA. 

1 . Dacia included Mcesia in the south, and Jaz'yges in the 
west; and it was traversed by the Carpathian mountains in 
the north. 

2 . The principal rivers were the Is'ler , now Danube ; the 
Tibis'cus, now Theis ; the Pyre'tus, now Pruth ; and the 
Ty'ras, now Dniester. 

3. Some of the principal towns were Ul'pia Traja’na, now 
Varhel ; Singidu'num, now Belgrade ; Na-is'sus , now Nis- 
sa, noted as the birthplace of Constantine the Great 3 
Sar'dica, famous for a council ; Pons Traja'ni , or Bridge of 
Trajan 3 Nicop'olis, now Nicopoli. 

ILLYRICUM. 

1 . Illyricum was divided into Panno'nia, Libur'rtia , and 
Dalmatia , and it had on the northwest JYo/icum, Rhce'tia, 
and Vindeli'cia , which are sometimes considered as belong¬ 
ing to Germ my. 

2 . The principal rivers were the Is'ter , now Danube ; the 
Dra'vus , now Drave 3 and the Sa'vus , now Save. 


Sarmatia. — 1. What is said of Sarmatia? 2. What rivers? 3. 
Towns ? 

Dacia. — 1. What did Dacia include? 2. What rivers? 3. 
Towns ? 

Illyricum. — 1. How was Illyricum divided? 2. What rivers? 

See Map of the Roman Empire. — How is Sarmatia bounded ? 
Where wasTaurica? What towns in Taurica? What rivers in 
Sarmatia ? 

See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Dacia bounded ? 
How was Moesia situated ? Jazyges? Getae ? What rivers flowed 
through the southern part of Dacia ? What rivers flowed 
into the Jster? How was Ulpia Trajana situated ? Sardi- 
ca ? Naissus ? What towns on the Ister ? 





ILLYRICUM 


9 


3. Some of the principal towns were Salo'na, the birth¬ 
place of the emperor Diocletian ; Epidau'rus j Vindobo'na, 
now Vienna ; Carnum’tum and Sirmium. 

4. In Vindelicia was Augus'ta Vindelico'rum, now Augs¬ 
burg ; in Noricum, Boiodu'rum , now Passau j in Rhcetia. 
Brigan'tia, now Brigentz. 


ITALY. 

Coliseum . 



1. Italy, a celebrated and fine country, was known in an 
cient times by different names. 

2. It was called Ita'lin , or Italy, from the prince It'a- 
lus; Hespe'ria, by the Greeks, because it was west of 
Greece ; Auso'nia , from the Au'sones , a people of Latium ; 
(Eno'tria, from GEn'otrus, an Arcadian prince, who settled 
in Lucania ; and Satur'nia , from its having been the fabled 
residence of Saturn, during the golden age. 


3. Towns? 4. What towns in Vindelicia &c. ? 

Italy. — 1. What is said of Italy ? 2. By what different names 
has it been known ? 

See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Illyricum bounded ? 
How was Vindelicia situated ? Rhjetia ? Noricum? Pannonia ? 
What rivers in Illyricum ? . How was Salona situated ? Brigantia? 
What towns on the Ister ? What ones on the Adriatic sea ? 

24 























10 


ITALY. 


8. The northern part was called Cisal'pine Gavl, and the 
remainder Italy Proper ; though a portion in the south was, 
at one period, called Magna Gracia, from its containing 
Greek colonies. 

4. The three great Italian islands, Sicily, Sardinia, and 
Corsica , retain their ancient names. 

5. The inhabitants of Italy were called Romans , from 
Rome, the chief city. They were distinguished for their 
warlike achievements, and for their eminence in literature 
and the arts. 

Cisalpine Gaul. 

6. Cisalpine Gaul (called also Gallia Togata, because the 
natives wore the Roman toga,) comprehended that part of 
the country which was north of Etruria and Umbria, and 
included Ligu'ria, in the southwest, and Vendtia, and His- 
tria , in the east. 

7. The Pa'dus , called also the Erid'anus, now Po, was 
the great river of Cisalpine Gaul, and divided the country 
into two parts, the northern being called Transpada'na , and 
the southern Cispada'na. 

8. Some of the other rivers were the Ath’esis , now 
Adige ; the Ad'dua, now Adda ; also the Tici'nus, now Tic¬ 
ino, and the Tre'bia ; the two last celebrated for the victo¬ 
ries of Hannibal. The Ru'bicon, a small stream, which 
separated Cisalpine Gaul from Italy Proper, was rendered 
famous by being passed by Caesar, in violation of the au¬ 
thority of the Roman government, when he commenced 
the enterprise of making himself master of the empire. 

9. The principal lakes of Cisalpine Gaul, were Verba'- 
nus, now Maggiore; La’rius, now Como ; and Bena'cus, 
now Garda. 


3. How was it divided? 4. What islands? 5. What is said of 
the inhabitants ? 6. What did Cisalpine Gaul comprehend ? 
7. What is said of the Padus, or Po ? 8. What other rivers, and 
what is said of the Rubicon ? 9. What lakes ? 


See Map of Italy. — In what part of Italy was Cisalpine Gaul ? 
How was Liguria situated ? Venetia? Histria? Brutlii ? Cala¬ 
bria ? Etruria ? Umbria ? Lucania ? Picenum ? Latium ? 
Apulia ? Campania and Samnium ? 

What three great islands belong to Italy ? How is Sicily situated ? 

Sardinia? Corsica? Ilva? The iEolian Islands ? Caprese? 
What rivers in the north of Italy ? What ones in the middle and 
south? What lakes in Cisalpine Gaul ? What sea was west 
of Italy? What one east? What gulf on the southeast? 
Where the Ligustic gulf? The gulf of Tergeste ? By what strait 
was Italy separated from Sicily ? 




ITALY. 


li 


10. Some of the towns in His'tria and Vene'tia, were Ter- 
ges'te, now Trieste ; Aquile'ia, famous for having been the 
residence of some of the Roman emperors, and for an ob¬ 
stinate resistance against Attila, the king of the Huns ; 
Pata'vium, now Padua, noted as the birthplace of the his¬ 
torian Livy ; Vero'na, as the birthplace of the poet Catul¬ 
lus and Pliny the naturalist, and for its amphitheatre ; 
Triden'tum , now Trent. 

11. West of Venetia and north of the Po, were Man'tua , 
near which was the village of An'des, noted as the birth¬ 
place of the poet Virgil ; Co'mum, now Como, as the birth¬ 
place of the younger Pliny ; Brix'ia , now Brescia ; Medio¬ 
lanum, now Milan : Tici'num, now Pavia ; Augus'ta Tauri- 
no'rurn , now Turin. 

12. To the south of the Po, were Placen'tia, now Piacen¬ 
za ; Mu'tina , now Modena, noted for the siege of Brutus 
by Antony ; Bono'nia , now Bologna ; Parma; also Raven'- 
na, noted for having been the seat of the emperors of the 
Western Empire, and for its ancient port and arsenal, 
though it is now three miles from the sea. 

13. In Ligu'ria, were Gen'ua , now Genoa ; Monce'cus, 
now Monaco ; and Nice. 

Italy Proper. 

14. Italy Proper comprised Etru'ria , Um'bria , Pice'num , 
La'tium, Sam'nium, Campa'nia, Apu'lia , Luca'nia , or OEno- 
tria, Cala'bria , and the Brut'tii. A considerable portion of 
the south of Italy was called Magna Grcecia , because it con¬ 
tained many Greek colonies. 

15. Some of the largest rivers were the Ti'ber, famous 
for passing by the city of Rome ; the A/nus, now Arno ; 
the Vidtu/nus , now Volturno ; and the Au'Jidus , now Ofan- 
to.— Lake Thrasyme'nus or Prasime'nus, now Perugia, is 
noted for a victory of Hannibal. 

16. Some of the principal towns of Etruria , were Pi'sce 
now Pisa, once noted for commerce ; Floren'tia, now Flor¬ 
ence ; Lu'ca, now Lucca ; Clu'sium , famous for its siege by 
the Gauls, under Brennus ; Ve’ii, for having been a rival 
of Rome, and for its capture by Camillus. 

17. In Um'bria, were Arimfinum, now Rimini ; Spole'tium , 
now Spoleto ; Interamfna, noted as the birthplace of the 
historian Tacitus. 

18. In Pice'num, -were Anco'na; As'cxdum, now Ascoli, 


10. What towns in Histria and Venetia? 11. What ones west of 
Venetia and north of the Po? 12. What ones south of the 
Po ? 13. What ones in Liguria ? 14. What did Italy Prop¬ 
er comprise ? 15. What rivers? 16. What towns in Etru¬ 

ria? 17. In Umbria ? 18. In Picenum ? 

B* 



12 


ITALY. 


noted for the defeat of Pyrrhus by Fabricius ; Sul'mo, now 
Sulmona, as the birthplace of the poet Ovid ; on the south 
border was Ti'bur, now Tivoli, famous for its villas. 

19. In Latium, was the great city of Rome , situated on 
the Tiber, and built on seven hills. It was the capital of 
the Roman Empire, to which it gave name, and was, for a 
long time, the largest and most powerful city in the world, 
and renowned in arts and arms. It now contains many 
monuments of its ancient greatness, the most remarkable 
of which is the Colise'um. 

20. The seven hills on which Rome was built, were the 
Palatine, Capitoline, Quirinal, Viminal, Esquiline, Coelian , 
and Aventine. 

21. On the Capitoline hill the Capitol was built; and here 
also was the Tarpe'ian Rock, down which the Romans 
threw their condemned criminals. 

22. Some other towns of Latium, were Os'tia, noted as 
the port of Rome ; Al'ba Lon'ga, for having been once a 
rival of Rome ; Ar'dea, as the capital of the Ru'tuli ; An'- 
Hum and Prcenes’te, for temples of Fortune the former 
also as the capital of the Volsci ; Tus'cuium , for a villa of 
Cicero ; Arpi'num, as the birthplace of Marius and Cicero. 

28. Cap'ua, the capital of Campania, was noted as a lux¬ 
urious city ; Neap'olis , now Naples, first called Parlhen'opc , 
from the name of one of the Sirens who is fabled to have 
lived there, was the favorite residence of Virgil. 

24. Some of the other towns of Campania and Samnium , 
were Cu'mce, noted as the residence of the Cumaean Sibyl; 
Pule'oli and Ba'ice, (near the lake and cave of Aver'nus , 
where was the fabulous descent to hell,) for baths and min¬ 
eral waters ; Beneven'tum, now Benevento, for the defeat 
of Pyrrhus, and for remains of ancient sculpture ; Al'lifce, 
for pottery ; Faler'num, for wine ; Vena'frum, for olives ; 
Cau'dium, for the ignominious defeat of the Romans by 
the Samnites ; No'la, for the defeat of Hannibal, and the 
invention of bells ; Hercula'neum and Pompeii, for their 
destruction by an eruption of Vesuvius. 

25. In Apulia, were Can'nce, celebrated for the greatest 
victory of Hannibal over the Romans ; Venu'sia, as the 
birthplace of the poet Horace ; Luce'ria, for wool. 

26. In Cala'bria, were Brundu'sium, now Brin'disi, noted 
for its harbor, as the place of embarkation to Greece, and 


19. What towns in Latium ? 20 On what hills was Rome built? 
21. What is said of Capitoline hill ? 22. What other towns in La¬ 
tium ? 23. What is said of Capua and Neapolis ? 24. What 
other towns in Campania and Samnium ? 25. What towns in 
Apulia ? 26. In Calabria ? 



ITALY. 


13 

for the death of Virgil; Taren'tum, now Tarento, for com¬ 
merce ; Mati'num, for bees. 

27. In Luca'nia, were Pees'turn, once noted for roses, 
now for ruins ; Metapon'tum , for a school of Pythagoras : 
o yb'aris, for the effeminacy of its inhabitants. 

28. In the Bruttii, were Croto'na, noted for a school of 
Pythagoras ; Metau'rus, a town and small river, for the de¬ 
feat of the Carthaginian General As'drubal. 

29. The four principal Roman Roads were the Vi'a 
•flppia, from Rome by Capua to Brundusium ; the Vi'a 
Flamin'ia, from Rome to Ariminum ; the Vi'a Aure'lia, by 
the coast of Etruria, to Liguria and Gaul, near Nice j and 
the Vi'a Clau'dia, which branched off from the Via Fla- 
minia, near Rome, and proceeding through the more inland 
part of Etruria, joined the Via Aurelia at Luca. 

Italian Islands. 

SO. Sicily, the largest and most important island in the 
Mediterranean, was, on account of its fertility, esteemed 
one of the granaries of the Roman Empire. 

31. It was anciently called Sica'nia, from the Sica'ni, 
who at one period possessed it ; and Trina'cria, from its 
having three promontories at its three angles, Pelo'rum, in 
the north, Pachy'num , in the south, and E'ryx, or Lily bee' - 
um , in the west. 

32. Each of the promontories had a celebrated temple ; 
at Pelorum was that of Neptune ; at Pachynum, that of 
Apollo ; and near Lilybeeum, on Mount Eryx, that of 
Venus. 

S3. Near the east end of Sicily is the famous volcano of 
Mount JEtna, which has been celebrated from the earliest 
ages, and which was represented by the ancient poets as 
the forge of Vulcan, the god of fire, who here employed 
his workmen, the Cyclops, in fabricating thunderbolts for 
Jupiter. 

34. The poets also fabled that the giant Typhce'us, or 
Typhon, was buried under Sicily, Pelorum and Pachynum 
being placed on each arm, Lilybseum on his feet, and iEtna 
on his head ; and that the earthquakes and eruptions of the 
mountain were caused by his attempts to move. 

35. Mount Hy'bla , north of Syracuse, was famous for 


27. What towns in Lucania? 28. In the Bruttii ? 29. What were 
the four principal Roman roads? 30. What is said of Sici¬ 
ly? 31. By what other names was it known? 32. W T hat 
temples were on the three promontories ? 33. What is said 
of Mount iEtna ? 34. What else was fabled by the poets ? 

35. What is said of Mount Hybla and the plain of Enna? 

24* 



14 


ITALY. 


honey ; the plain of En'na , and the lake Pergus, in the in¬ 
terior, for the carrying away of Pros' erpine, by Pluto, to 
the shades below. 

36. The whirlpool of Charyb'dis, on the coast of Sicily, 
in the Sicilian strait, and the promontory or high rock of 
Scyl'la , opposite to it on the shore of Italy, were proverbial 
among the ancients as objects of terror ; but they are now 
little dreaded. 

37. Syr'acuse, the ancient metropolis of Sicily, was a 
great, commercial, and powerful city, memorable for the 
defeat of the Athenians, for its siege by the Romans, and 
for the exploits of Archime'des in its defence. 

38. Some of the other towns were Agrigen'tum , now 
Girgenti, noted for a temple of Jupiter ; Lilybaz'um, now 
Marsala, for its siege by the Romans in the first Punic 
war ; Cat'ana, now Catania, for a temple of Ceres ; Drep r - 
anum, now Trapani, for the death of Anchi'ses ; Agyr'i- 
um , as the birthplace of Diodo'rus Sic'ulus ; Panor'mus , 
now Palermo ; Messa'na, now Messina ; Leonti'ni, now 
Lentini. 

39. Sardinia was called by the Greeks Ichnu'sa, from 
the fancied resemblance of its form to the print of a foot. 

40. It was noted fbr its unwholesome air and bitter herbs ; 
and from its inhabitants, the forced or grinning laugh, called 
the Sardonic, took its name. The principal town was Car'- 
alis, now Cagliari. 

41. Corsica, called by the Greeks Cyr'nos , was noted for 
its yew trees and bitter honey. 

42. Mel'ite, or Mel'ita, now Malta, was noted for the 
shipwreck of St. Paul on his voyage to Rome. 

43. The JEo'lian Islands, now Lipari Islands, were nam- 


36. What is said of Charybdis and Scylla ? 37. Syracuse ? 38. 
What other towns ? 39. What is said of Sardinia ? 40. For 
what was it noted? 41. What of Corsica? 42. Melite? 
43. The jEolian Islands ? 


See Map of Italy, — How was Tergeste situated ? Aquileia ? 
Patavium ? Verona? Tridentum ? Ravenna? Mantua? 
Mutina? Placentia? Mediolanum? Comum? Genua? 
Nice? Pisa? Praeneste ? Ardea? Tusculum ? Capua? Ne- 
apolis ? Beneventum ? Nola ? Cannae ? Venusia ? Brundu- 
sium ? Tarentum ? Metapontum ? Sybaris? Crotona ? Scylla ? 
In what part of Sicily was the promontory of Pelorum ? Pachy- 
num? Lilybaeum ? How is AStna situated? Syracuse? Ag- 
rigentum ? Panormus? Catana ? Enna ? Drepanum ? 

In what direction from Sicily was Carthage ? In what part of Sar 
dinia Caralis ? 




GREECE, 


15 


ed from iE'olus, the fabled god of the winds, who was said to 
reside here. They were also called the Vulcanian Islands, 
from Vulcan, the god of fire, on account of their volcanoes. 

44. Between Corsica and Etruria was the island of R'va, 
now Elbe ; near Naples was Ca'prece , now Capri, noted 
for the cruelties and debaucheries of Tiberius. 

GREECE. 

The Parthenon. 



1. Greece, the most renowned country in the world, 
with regard to literature and the arts, was very inconsider¬ 
able in extent; and, exclusive of Macedonia and Epirus, it 
little exceeded, in size, the half of the state of New York. 

2. Its general aspect is rugged and mountainous ; but it 
abounds in beautiful scenery. Its rivers, though much cel¬ 
ebrated by the poets, are only small streams. 

3. It is bounded on all sides by the sea, except the north ; 
its coasts are indented by numerous bays or gulfs ; and no 
country of antiquity was more favorably situated for hold¬ 
ing commerce with other ancient nations. 

4. It comprised many small independent states, which 


44. What other islands ? 

Greece. — 1. What is said of Greece? 2. What of the aspect 
of the country and what of its rivers ? 3. What of its sit¬ 
uation ? 4. What of its political condition ? 
































16 


GREECE. 


had different kinds of government; though, for a consider¬ 
able time, republican forms were prevalent. 

5. Greece comprehended Thes'saly, Greece Proper, and 
the Peloponne'sus, together with numerous islands: in the 
most extensive sense, it included also Macedonia and Ppi'~ 
rus ; and the Greeks established colonies in Thrace , Jisia 
Minor, Italy, and Sicily. 

6. The Romans, after having conquered Greece, divided 
the country into two provinces ; Acha'ia, which comprised 
Greece Proper and the Peloponnesus, and of which the 
capital was Cor'inth ; and Macedonia, which included 
Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia, and of which the capi¬ 
tal was Thessaloni'ca, 

7. Greece was called by the natives Hellas,, and the in¬ 
habitants Helle'nes ; but by the poets they were often call¬ 
ed Dan'ai , Pelas'gi r Argi'vi, Achi'vi, Achee'i, &c. 

8. With regard to genius, literature, the arts, love of lib¬ 
erty, and heroism, the Greeks were unrivalled among the 
nations of antiquity. Their language is esteemed the most 
perfect that was ever spoken, and their writings the finest 
models of taste. 

Thrace. 

1. Thrace, a barbarous country mostly in the interior, 
did not properly form a part of Greece, though it had many 
Greek colonies on its coast. 

2. On the Thracian Bosphorus was the famous city of 
Byzan'tium, now Constantinople. 

3. Ses'tos, on the western shore of the Hellespont, and 
Aby'dos, on the eastern shore opposite, were noted for be¬ 
ing situated where Xerxes built his famous bridge of boats, 
and where Leander was-drowned in swimming across the 
strait to visit his mistress Hero. 

4. Some of the other towns were Abde'ra, noted as the 


5. What did it comprehend ? 6. How was Greece divided afler its 
conquest by the Romans ? 7. What were the inhabitants 
called ? 8. What is said of the Greeks ? 

Thrace. — 1. What is said of Thrace? 2. What city on the 
Thracian Bosphorus ? 3. What is said of Sestos and Aby- 
dos ? 4. What other towns ? 


See Map of Greece. — How was Macedonia situated? Epirus? 
Thessaly ? Peloponnesus ? The island of Crete ? Euboea ? 
What islands on the west coast of Greece? Where the gulf of 
Corinth? The Saronic gulf? The Thermaic gulf? What 
gulf on the south of the Peloponnesus ? What gulfs on the 
east coast of Greece ? 




GREECE. 


17 


birthplace of Democritus, the laughing philosopher ; Apol - 
lo'nia, now Sizeboli, for a temple of Apollo ; Philipp op'olis, 
now Filippopoli, named from Philip of Macedon ; Adrian - 
op'olis, now Adrianople. 

5. The principal islands near the coast of Thrace were 
Tha'sos, now Thaso, famous for marble and gold ; Samo- 
thra'ce, now Samotraki, for the mysteries of the Cabi'ri; 
and Im'bros , now Imbro. 

Macedonia. 

1. The kingdom of Macedonia, or Macedon, was but 
little known in history before the time of Philip and Alex¬ 
ander ; it had not, till then, formed one of the confederate 
states of Greece ; and its inhabitants were regarded by the 
Greeks as barbarians. In Philip’s time, the kingdom con¬ 
sisted of Macedonia, Thessaly, Epirus, and Thrace. 

2. Athos , a remarkable mountain, on the southeast of 
Macedonia, extending into the sea like a promontory, is 
now noted for its monasteries. 

3. Some of the principal rivers were the Dri'lo, now 
Drino, Stry'mon, Ax'ius, Astrce'us, Haliac'raon , and Ao'us. 

4. Edes'sa, now Vodina, was once the capital and the 
residence of the kings; afterwards Pel'la, now Jenitza, 
which was noted as the birthplace of Philip and Alexander. 

5. Thessaloni'ca , now Salonica, both in ancient and mod¬ 
ern times a large commercial city, became the capital of 
Macedonia, after it was reduced to a Roman province; 
and to the Christian converts here St. Paul addressed two 
epistles. 

6. Philip'pi was famous for the defeat of Brutus and 
Cassius ; and it is also well known in the travels and epis¬ 
tles of St. Paul ; and Berce'a, now Veri'a, for the commen¬ 
dation bestowed on the inhabitants for their diligence in 
searching the Scriptures. 

7. Olyn'thus, Potidaz'a, Metho'ne, and Amphip'olis, were 
noted for contests between Philip and the Athenians; 
Pyd'na, for the final defeat of the Macedonians ; Stagi'ra, 
as the birthplace of Aristotle, who is thence called the 

5. What islands ? 

Macedonia. — 1. What is 3aid of the kingdom of Macedonia? 

2 Of Mount Athos ? 3. What rivers? 4. What is said of 
Edessa and Pella ? 5. Thessalonica ? 6. Philippi and Beraea ? 
7. What other towns, and for what noted ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Thrace uated ? 
What seas bordered upon it? How was Byzantium situated? 
Abdera ? Philippopolis ? Adrianopolis ? 




18 


GREECE. 


Stag'irite ; Dyrrach'ium, now Durazzo, as a port much fre¬ 
quented by the Romans, being nearly opposite to Brundu- 
sium, in Italy, and for an engagement between the armies 
of Csesar and Pompey. 

Epirus. 

1 . Epirus, which now forms a part of Albania, was sep¬ 
arated from Thessaly and Macedonia by the celebrated 
mountainous range of Pindus, which was sacred to the 
Muses. 

2. The principal divisions were Chao'nia, Thespro'tia , 
and Molos'sis : the last was famous for a race of dogs em¬ 
ployed in hunting. 

3 . Jlcama'nia , which was separated from this country by 
the Ambracian gulf, is sometimes considered as belonging 
to Epirus, and sometimes to Greece Proper. 

4 . The rivers were the Jichelo’us , Jlrach'tus , Ach'eron , 
and Cocy'tus. The last two were classed by the poets 
among the infernal rivers. 

5. Some of the towns were Ambra'cia, now Arta, noted 
as the royal city of Pyrrhus, the famous king of Epirus % r 
Dodo'na, for its oracle and grove of oaks ; Buthro'tum, 
now Butrin to. 

Thessaly. 

1 . Thessaly consisted mostly of an extensive and fertile 
valley, surrounded by lofty mountains; by Olym'jpus on 
the north, by Pin’dus on the west, and by (E'ta , 0'thrys r 
Os'sa, and Pe'lion on the south and east. 

2 . The mountains of Thessaly were celebrated in an- 


Epirus. — 1. What is said of Epirus ? 2. What were its divisions ?* 
3. What is said of Acarnania ? 4. Rivers ? 5. What were some 
of the towns of Epirus ? 

Thessaly. — 1 . What is said of Thessaly, and by what was 
it surrounded P 2. What is mentioned of the mountains of 
Thessaly ?. 


See Map of Greece. — What gulf on the southeast coast of Mace¬ 
donia? What rivers in Macedonia ? What the situation of 
Mount Athos? How was Pella situated ? Edessa? Thes- 
salonica? Olynthus ? Potidsea ? Stagira ? Methone and 
Pydna P Berrea ? Philippi ? Amphipolis ? 

See Map of Greece. — What part of Epirus was Chaonia? Mo- 
lossis ? Thesprotia ? By what mountains was Epirus sepa¬ 
rated from Thessaly and Macedonia ? Where the gulf of 
Ambracia? What rivers in Epirus ? How was the town of 
Ambracia situated? Buthrotum? What other towns in, 
Epirus ? 




GREECE. 


19 

cient fable. Olympus was represented by the poets as 
leaching to the heavens, and as having on its summit the 
court of Jupiter. The giants are said to have heaped 
Ossa upon Pelion , in order to scale the heavens. 

3. The principal river of Thessaly was the Pe'neus, now 
Peneo ; and near its mouth was the vale of Tem’pe , which 
was greatly celebrated among the ancients for its pictur¬ 
esque and beautiful scenery. 

4. Thessaly was the country of the fabulous monsters 
called Centaurs , half men and half horses, whose battle 
with the Lap'ithce is celebrated by the ancient poets. 

5. Thermopylae, a narrow defile or pass between Mount 
CEta and the sea, leading from Thessaly to Locris and 
Phocis, is famous for a stand made against the Persian ar- 
my by the Spartans under Leon'idas, and also for being 
one of the places where the council of the Amphictyons 
met; Delphi was the other. 

6. Some of the towns of Thessaly were Laris'sa, the 
royal city of Achilles, and now a considerable town ; Mag- 
ne'sia, capital of a district of the same name ; Phthi'a, the 
town of the Myr'midons ; Iol'chos, the city of Jason, who 
commanded the Argonauts ; Aph'etce, the port from which 
the Argonauts sailed ; Pharsa'lia , famous for the great vic¬ 
tory of Caesar over Pompey ; Cynoceph'ale, for the defeat 
of the Macedonians by the Romans; Hyp'ata, for magic ; 
Melibce'a, for dyeing wool. 

Greece Proper. 

1. Greece Proper, (in modern times Livadia,) situated 
between the Saronic gulf and the gulf of Cor'inth, on the 
south, and Thessaly and Epirus on the north, comprised 
the following small countries, namely, At'tica , Bceo'tia , 
Meg'aris , Pho'cis , Do'ris, Lo'cris , JEto'lia , and Acarna'nia. 

2. The most celebrated of these countries was Attica , 
noted for containing the city of Athens, and for the genius 
of its inhabitants ; hence the proverbial phrases, Attic wit 
and Attic salt. 


3. What river and vale ? 4. What fabulous inhabitants ? 5. What 
is said of Thermopylae ? 6. What towns in Thessaly, and 
for what noted ? 

Greece Proper. — 1. What did Greece Proper comprehend ? 

2. What is said of Attica ? 


See Map of Greece. — What gulfs on the east and south of Thes¬ 
saly ? What mountains in the country and on its borders? 
What rivers ? How was Tempe situated ? Larissa? Pharsa- 
lia ? Iolchos ? Magnesia ? Thermopylae ? 

c 




20 


GREECE. 


3. Bceolia was more fertile than Attica, but the air was 
thick and foggy ; and the inhabitants were represented as 
phlegmatic and dull. 

4. Parnas'sus, a celebrated mountain in Phocis, was sa¬ 
cred to Apollo and the Muses. Between its two summits 
was the Castalian spring, the waters of which were repre¬ 
sented to have the power of inspiring those who drank 
them with the true fire or spirit of poetry. 

5. In Bceotia, were Mount Cithaz’ron, famous for being 
the place where the infant (Ed'ipus was exposed, and 
where Actse'on was torn in pieces by his own dogs ; and 
Mount Hel'icon, sacred to Apollo and the Muses, near the 
foot of which was the verse-inspiring fountain of Hippo- 
cre'ne, said to have been made by the hoof of the winged 
horse Peg'asus. 

6. In Attica, near Athens, were the small mountains of 
Hymet'tus, noted for honey, and Pentel'icus, for marble. 

7. Among the small rivers of this country may be men¬ 
tioned the Achelo'us and Eve'nus, in the western part ; the 
Cephis'sus and Aso'pus, in the eastern ; also the small rivu¬ 
lets Cephis'sus and Ilis'sus, noted for passing by the city of 
Athens. 

8. Ath'ens, the capital of Attica, was the most renowned 
city of Greece, and for a long time the most celebrated seat 
of learning and the arts in the world ; and it gave birth to 
many of the most eminent men of antiquity. 

9. It now contains far more interesting remains of an¬ 
cient refinement and splendor than any other place in 
Greece. A considerable portion of the Acropolis, or cita¬ 
del, is still existing, which includes the Par'thenon, or Tem¬ 
ple of Minerva, the grandest display of Athenian magnifi¬ 
cence. 

10. Mar'athon, in Attica, was famous for the memorable 


3. What is said of Boeotia? 4. Parnassus? 5. What mountains 
were in Boeotia, and for what celebrated ? 6. What moun¬ 
tains in Attica, and for what celebrated ? 7. What rivers in 

Greece Proper ? 8. What is said of Athens ? 9. What of 

the remains of its ancient magnificence ? 10. What of Mar¬ 

athon and Eleusis ? 


See Map of Greece. — How was Attica situated ? AStolia? Boeo¬ 
tia? Doris? Acarnania? Locris ? Phocis? Megaris ? What 
island east of Attica and Boeotia ? What rivers in dEtolia? 
In Boeotia ? What lake in Boeotia ? How was Mount Parnas¬ 
sus situated ? Helicon ? How was Athens situated ? Mara¬ 
thon ? Eleusis ? Thebes ? Chaeronea ? Plateea ? Delphi ? 
Naupactus ? Calydon ? Actium ? 




GREECE. 


21 

defeat of the Persians by the Athenians ; Eleu'sis, near the 
borders of Megans, for the celebration of the Eleusinian 
mysteries. 

11. In Bceotia, were Thebes, the capital, noted as the 
birthplace of Rpaminon'das and Pindar; Platce'a, Coro- 
ne a, Leuc'tra, and Chcerone'a, for battles of the Greeks • 
Orchom'enus, for a temple of the Graces ; Lebade'a, for 
the cave of Trophonius ; As'era, as the birthplace of the 
poet Hesiod ; Au'lis , for the detention of the Grecian fleet 
in the expedition against Troy. 

12 . In Pho'cis, were Delphi, the capital, famous for its 
oracle, and for the temple of Apollo, near which the Py¬ 
thian games were celebrated ; Anliy'yra, noted (like anoth¬ 
er town of the same name in Thessaly) for hellebore, the 
great remedy for madness among the ancients. 

13 In JEtolia, were Ther'mus, the capital ; Naupac'tus, 
now Lepanto, noted as a naval station 5 Cal'ydon , as the 
residence of Melea'ger, and the scene of a famous boar 
hunt. 

14. In Acarnania, was Ac'tium, on the Ambracian gulf, 
famous for the memorable naval victory which Augustus 
obtained over Antony and Cleopatra, and which put an 
end to the Roman commonwealth. 

Peloponnesus. 

1 . The Peloponnesus, now the Morea, is a celebrated 
mountainous peninsula, connected with the continent by the 
narrow isthmus of Corinth ; and its ancient name signifies 
the Island of Pelops. 

2 . Its modern name, More'a, is said to have been deriv¬ 
ed from the mulberry tree (Greek Latin morns), 

with which it abounds, or from the resemblance of its 
shape to that of the mulberry leaf. 

3. It comprised the following small countries, namely, 
Acha'ia, E'lis, Messe'nia, Laco'nia, Ar'golis , and Arca'dia. 

4. Laconia was the most powerful state of the Peloponne¬ 
sus, and its inhabitants were celebrated for their military 
character, and for their habit of expressing their ideas in 
few words ; hence the proverbial phrases. Laconic style , 
and Laconic answer. 

5. Arcadia, an elevated and mountainous district, which 


11 . What towns were there in Bceotia, and for what noted ? 

12. InPhocis? 13. In iEtolia? 14. InAcarnania? 

Peloponnesus. — 1. What is said of the Peloponnesus? 2. From 
what is the name of Morea derived ? 3. What did the Pelo¬ 
ponnesus comprise ? 4. What is said of Laconia? 5. Arcadia ? 
25 



22 


GREECE. 


occupied the central part, was the celebrated pastoral coun¬ 
try of the poets. 

6 . The principal mountains were Tayg’etus, in Laconia 
(7,910 feet high), noted for the celebration of the orgies of 
Bacchus; Cylle’ne , as the birthplace of Mercury; Mama- 
lus and Lycce'us , in Arcadia, sacred to Pan : the largest 
rivers, the Euro’tas and Alphe'us. 

7. Cor’inth, the capital of Jlchaia, on the isthmus of 
Corinth, was famous for commerce, wealth, and the arts, 
and for the celebration of the Isthmian games in its vicini¬ 
ty, in honor of Neptune. 

8 . It had two ports, Lechce'um and Cen'chrea, and a cit¬ 
adel on a lofty hill, called Aero corin' thus. 

9 . In Elis, were Elis, the capital, also Olym’pia, famous 
for the statue of Jupiter, one of the seven wonders of the 
world, and for being the place where the Olympic games 
were celebrated, after the expiration of every four years, 
in honor of Jupiter. 

10 . There were four public and solemn games in Greece, 
namely, the Olym'pic, Pyth'ian, Ne'mean, and Isth'mian ; 
which consisted chiefly of athletic exercises, as leaping, 
boxing, wrestling, and running. 

11 . Of these games, the Olympic, which were celebrated 
after the completion of every four years, were the most fa¬ 
mous, and from them the Greeks computed their time, the 
space intervening between one celebration and another be¬ 
ing called an Olympiad. 

12 . In Messenia, were Messe’ne, the capital; Py'los, now 
NavarVno, the city of Nestor ; and Metho'ne. 

13. In Laconia, were Spar’ta, or Lapedce'mon, a power¬ 
ful city, famous for the institutions of Lycurgus, and for 
the hardy and warlike character of its inhabitants ; also 
Amyc'loc, noted as the birthplace of Castor and Pollux. 

14. In Ar'golis, were Argos, now Argo, the capital, noted 
for the death of Pyrrhus; Myce'nce, as the city of Aga¬ 
memnon, who commanded the Greeks in the Trojan war ; 
Ne'mea, or Nemce'a, for the Nemean games, in honor of 
Hercules ; Epidau'rus, now Pidaura, for the worship of 
JEsculapius ; Nau'plia, now Napoli, as a naval station ; 
Ler'na, for the destruction of the Lernean hydra by Her¬ 
cules. 

15. In Arcadia, were Mantine'a , noted for a great defeat 


6. What mountains and rivers in the Peloponnesus ? 7. What is said 
of Corinth 3 8. What were its ports ? 9. What towns in 
Elis? 10. What games were celebrated in Greece? 11. What 
is said of the Olympic games? 12. What towns in Messe¬ 
nia, and for what noted? 13. In Laconia? 14. What towns 
in Argolis? 15. In Arcadia? 



GREECE. 


23 

of the Spartans by Epaminondas, who was here slain ; 
Megalop'olis, as the birthplace of Polybius ; Stympha'lus , a 
fountain and lake, as the fabled residence of the Harpies. 

Greek Islands. 

1. An important division of Greece consisted of islands, 
mostly situated in the JEgae'an sea and on its borders; the 
two largest being Crete and Eubce'a. 

2. The islands lying in the .Egae'an sea, north of Crete, 
were chiefly comprehended under two classes, namely, the 
Cyc'lades, and Spor’ades. 

3. The cluster of islands lying in a circular form around 
Delos, were called Cyclades, from the Greek word cyclos, 
a circle $ the term Sporades was applied to the islands lying 
more remote towards the eastern shore, annexed to Asia. 

4. In the Ionian sea, on the west coast of Greece, were 
the islands of Corey’ra, Pax’us, Leuca’dia, Ith'aca, Cepha - 
le'nia, and Zacyn'thus ; and on the south of the Peloponne¬ 
sus, Cythe'ra. These seven islands now form the Ionian 
Republic. 

5. Corcy'ra, now Corfu, is noted for the shipwreck of 
Ulysses and the gardens of Alcin'ous ; Ithaca, now Thea- 
ki, as the residence of Ulysses ; Leucadia or Leucas, now 
St. Maura, for the promontory of Leuca'te, and the rock 
called the Lover’s Leap, where the poetess Sappho, and 
other disappointed lovers threw themselves into the sea ; 
Cythe'ra, now Cerigo, as an island sacred to Venus. 

6. Crete, now Candia, was renowned among the ancients 
as the birthplace of Jupiter, who was said to have been 
nursed on the famous Mount Ida, situated in the central 
part of the island. 

7 . This island was also noted for the laws of Minos, 
king of Crete ; for its Labyrinth, in which the Minotaur 
was imprisoned; for its hundred cities ; and for the skill of 
ts inhabitants in archery. 

Greek Islands. — 1. What is said of the Greek islands ? 2. How 
were they divided ? 3. Which were the Cyclades, and which 
the Sporades ? 4. What islands were there in the Ionian 

sea P 5. What is said of Corcyra, &c. ? 6. What is said 
of Crete ? 7. For what else was it noted ? 


6'ee Map of Greece. — What gulfs on the north of Peloponnesus ? 
What ones south ? East ? West ? What rivers in Peloponne¬ 
sus ? How was Achaia situated ? Laconia ? Arcadia ? Elis ? 
Argolis ? Messenia? How was Corinth situated? Sparta? 
Argos ? Mycence ? Olympia ? Pylos ? Mantinea ? Lerna ? 
Nemea ? 

c* 





24 


GREECE. 


8. Euboea , now Negropont, is noted as next to Crete in 
size ; Sal'amis , for the defeat of the Persian fleet by the 
Athenians, and as the birthplace of Ajax, Teucer, and 
Solon. 

9. Some of the principal of the Cyclades were An'dros, 
Te'nos, Ce'os, Cyth'nus, Seri'phus, Siph'nus, Me'los, I'os, 
Amor'gos, Nax'os, Pa'ros, Antip’aros or O-le'aros, Scy'ros, 
Myc'onus , and De'los. 

10. DeZos was famous as the birthplace of Apollo and 
Diana, and for a celebrated altar and oracle of Apollo ; 
Naxos, for the worship of Bacchus ; Paros, for marble ; 
Antiparos, for a grotto. 

11. Of the islands on the coast of Asia, may be men¬ 
tioned Lesbos, now Metelin, noted for wine and for the 
luxury of its inhabitants, and as the birthplace of Sappho 
and Pit'tacus ; Lem'nos, for its Labyrinth, and as the resi¬ 
dence of Vulcan ; Ten'edos, as the place where the Gre¬ 
cian fleet was concealed in the expedition against Troy ; 
Chi'os, now Scio, for wine ; Sa'mos, for the worship of 
Juno, and as the birthplace of Pythag'oras ; Cos, as the 
birthplace of Hippoc'rates and ApePles; Pat'mos, as the 
place to which St. John was banished. 

12. Rhodes is noted for its celebrity in history, and for its 
brazen Colossus, dedicated to the sun, and accounted one 
of the seven wonders of the world. 

13. The seven wonders of the ancient world were the 
Pyramids of Egypt, the Statue of Jupiter at Olympia, the 
Colossus at Rhodes, the Mausoleum at Halicarnassus, the 
Temple of Diana at Ephesus, the Walls of Babylon, and 
the Royal Palace of Cyrus ; or, according to some, the 
Tower or Pharos at Alexandria. 


8. What is said of Euboea and Salatnis ? 9. What were the prin¬ 
cipal of the Cyclades? 10. What is said of Delos, Naxos, 
&c. ? 11. What islands on the coast of Asia, and for what 

noted? 12. What is said of Rhodes ? 13. What were the 

seven wonders of the world ? 


See Map of Greece. — How is Crete situated ? In what part of it 
is Mount Ida? How is Cythera situated? Corcyra? What 
other islands are on the west coast of Greece ? How is 
Euboea situated ? Salamis? Angina? Lemnos? Scyros r De¬ 
los ? What islands are near Delos ? 

See Map of Asia Minor. — How is Lesbos situated ? Samos ? 
Cos ? Chios ? Rhodes ? Patmos ? 




ASIA. 


ASIA MINOR. 


* • ^ S,a Minor, now Natolia, a country lying between the 
Mediterranean and Euxine seas, and having the ^aean 
sea on the west, and the Hellespont and Propontis on the 
northwest, comprised, in ancient times, many different states 
or provinces. 

2. The western parts were occupied by Grecian colonies; 
the language of Greece was extensively spoken in Asia 
Minor; and many of the Greek philosophers, poets, and 
men of genius, were natives of this country. 

S. The principal divisions of Asia Minor were Pon'tus, 
Paphlago'nia and Bithyn'ia , on the Euxine sea; Tro'as, 
JVIy'sia, Io'nia, Lyd'ia, and Ca r ria , in the west; Ly'cia , 
PamphyVia , Pisid'ia, and CilVcia , on the Mediterranean ; 
Phryg'ia , Lycao'nia, Gala'lia , and Cappado'cia, in the in¬ 
terior. 

4. The countries of Mysia, Ionia, Lydia, Caria, and 
Phrygia, were, at one period, united into one province, by 
the name of Asia, of which Ephesus was the capital. 

5. The princ' ’ " tains is that of Tau'rus, 



in the eastern 


Tmo'lus are considera¬ 


ble mountains towards the west. Sip'ylus, near Magnesia, 
was noted as the residence of Ni'obe ; Cor'ycus , on the 
coast of Cilicia, for saffron, and the cave of Typhon ; I'da, 
near Troy, as being the place where Paris adjudged to 
Venus the prize of beauty. 

6. The three largest rivers were the Ha'lys, now Kizil- 
Ermak ; the Sanga’rius, now Sakaria ; and Mman'der, now 
Meinder, famous for its windings. 

7 . The Thermo'don was noted for the residence of the 
warlike women, called the Amazons ; the Eurym'edon , for 
the defeat of the Persians by Cimon ; the Grani'cus, for 


Asia Minor. — 1. What was the situation of Asia Minor ? 

2. What is said of it? 3. What were the divisions? 4. What 
formed the province of Asia ' 1 5. What mountains in Asia 
Minor? 6. What the three largest rivers? 7. What other 
rivers are mentioned, and for what noted ? 





ASIA MINOR. 


26 


the first victory of Alexander over the Persians ; the Her'- 
mus and Pacto'lus , for flowing over golden sand ; the Sea- 
man'der, Xan'thus , and Si'mo-is, as small rivulets flowing 
through the plain of Troy. 

8. In Troas, between Mount Ida and the sea, was IYoy 
or ll'ium , famous for a siege of ten years, which it sustained 
against the Greeks, and which has been immortalized by 
the genius of Homer. 

9. In Mysia, were Per' gamus, on the Ca-i cus, once tne 
capital of a kingdom, noted as the royal city of Eu'menes, 
as the birthplace of Galen, and for its great library ; Lamp- 
sacus, for the worship of Pria'pus ; Siga'um, for the tomb 
of Achil les ; Aby'dos, opposite to Sestos ; As'sos and Ad- 
ramyt'tium, mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. 

10. Eph'esus , in Ionia, was anciently a large and splendid 
city, the capital of the proconsular province of Asia, mem¬ 
orable in the travels and epistles of St. Paul, noted as the 
seat of one of the Seven Churches mentioned by St. John, 
and for the temple of Diana, one of the seven wonders of 
the world. 

11. Smyr'na, anciently a rich commercial city, and now 
the largest in Natolia, was noted as one of the seven cities 
that claimed the honor of giving birth to Homer. The 
whole seven are enumerated in the following line : 

“ Smyrna, Chios, Colophon, Salamis, Rhodus, Argos , Athena. 

12. Mile'tus, once the capital of Ionia, a large city, was 
noted for its great commerce, for a temple and oracle of 
Apollo, as the birthplace of Thales, one of the Seven Wise 
Men of Greece, and of Anaximander. 

13. Some other towns in Ionia were My&a-le, noted for a 
victory of the Greeks over the Persians; Er'ythrce, as the 
residence of one of the Sibyls ; Prie'ne, as the birthplace 
of Bias, one of the Seven Wise Men of Greece ; Te'os , as 


8. What is said of Troy ? 9. What towns were there in Mysia? 

10. What is said of Ephesus? 11. Smyrna? 12. Miletus? 

13. What other towns in Ionia, and for what noted ? 

See Map of Asia Minor. — What sea was on the north of Asia 
Minor ? What one south ? What one west ? How was 
Propontis situated ? What strait connected the Propontis with 
the iEgsean sea ? What connected it with the Euxine ? What 
islands lay west of Asia Minor? What island south ? What 
countries of Asia Minor were situated on the Euxine ? 
What ones on the iEgaean sea ? What ones on the Medi¬ 
terranean ? What ones in the interior ? What rivers flowed 
into the ASgaean sea? What ones into the Euxine? What 
ones into the Mediterranean ? What ones into the Propontis ? 





ASIA MINOR. 


27 


the birthplace of the poet Anacreon ; Clazom'en-e , as the 
birthplace of Anaxag f oras ; Col'ophon, as one of the towns 
which contended for the birth of Homer, and for the Colo¬ 
phonian cavalry. 

14. In Lyd'ia, were Sar'dis, the capital, noted as the resi¬ 
dence of the proverbially rich king Croesus ; Philadelphia , 
and Thyati'ra, together with Sardis, as seats of three of the 
Seven Churches ; Magne'sin , for the defeat of Anti'ochus 
the Great by Scipio. 

15. The capital of Caria was Halicarnas'sus, famous for 
its Mausole'um, the tomb of king Mausolus, accounted one 
of the Seven Wonders of the World, also the birthplace of 
Herod'otus, the father of history, Dionysius Halicarnassen- 
sis, the historian and critic, and Heracli'tus, the weeping 
philosopher. Cni’dus was noted for a statue of Venus, and 
for a battle between the Athenians and Spartans. 

16. In Lycia, was Pat'ara, noted for an oracle of Apollo. 

17. In Pamphylia and Pisidia , were Attali'a , Per'ga , and 
An'tioch , mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. 

18. In Cilicia , were Tar'sus, the capital, on the Cydnus, 
once a large city, noted for the arts and sciences, and as 
the birthplace of St. Paul ; ls'sus, for a great victory of Al¬ 
exander over Darius ; Anchi'a-le, for the tomb of the effemi¬ 
nate king Sardanapa'lus. 

19. In Phrygia , were Laodice'a , the seat of one of the 
seven churches of Asia ; Colos'sce, to whose inhabitants St. 
Paul addressed an espistle j Hierap'olis , noted for hot-baths ; 
lp’sus , for a famous battle between the surviving generals 
of Alexander, in which Antig'onus was defeated and slain. 

20. The eastern part of Phrygia was called Lycao’nia , in 
which were Ico'nium, Der'be , and Lys'tra, mentioned in the 
travels of St. Paul. 

21. In Galatia , were Ancy'ra, now Angora, and Gor'dium , 
where Alexander cut the Gordian knot. —To the Gala¬ 
tians, the inhabitants of this country, St. Paul addressed an 
epistle. 

22. In Bithynia, were Nicome'dia, the capital, now ls- 
mid ; Nice, now Isnik, also once the capital, noted for the 
first general council, which framed the Nicene Creed ; 
Prusa, now Bursa ; Chalce'don, famous for a council against 
the Eutych'ians ; Lihys'sa , for the tomb of Hannibal ; 
Heracle'a, for its naval importance. 

23. In Paphlago?iia, was Sino'pe, which was the capital 

14. What ones in Lydia? 15. Caria? 16. Lycia? 17. Pamphy¬ 
lia and Pisidia? 18. What towns in Cilicia? 19. Phrygia? 
20. Lycaonia? 21. Galatia? 22. Bithynia? 23. Paphla- 
gonia ? 




2S 


ASIA MINOR. 


of the kingdom of Pontus in the time of Mithrida'tes, and 
was the birthplace of Diog'enes , the Cynic philosopher. 

24. In Pontus, were Ama'sia , noted as the birthplace of 
Mithridates the Great, and Strabo the geographer ; Trape'- 
zus, now Trebisond, as a place of renown under the empe¬ 
rors of the Eastern empire ; Cer'asus, now Keresoun, for 
giving name to cherries, which were first brought from this 
place to Rome ; Themis'cyra , as a town of the Amazons * 
Ze'la or Ze'lia, as the place where Caesar defeated Pharna- 
ces with such rapidity, that he wrote the account of his vic¬ 
tory to the senate in these three words, “ Veni, vidi, vici,’ r 
1 came, I saw, I conquered. 

25. In Cappadocia , were Maz'aca, the capital; Coma'na , 
noted for a temple of Bello'na ; Ty'ana, as the birthplace 
of the impostor Apollonius } Nazian'zus, as the birthplace 
of Gregory Nazianzen. 

26. Cyprus, a large and fertile island off the coast of Cili¬ 
cia, was anciently sacred to Venus. 

27. Some of the towns of Cyprus were Sal'amis , noted as 
the chief city ; Pa'phos, for the worship of Venus and 
Ci'tium , as the birthplace of the stoic philosopher Zeno. 

COLCHIS, ARMENIA, MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, 
ARABIA. 

1. Colchis, situated east of the Euxine sea, was famous 
as the scene of the Argonautic expedition, in search of the 
goldenfleece, which was fabled to be guarded by bulls that 
breathed fire, and by a dragon that never slept. 

2. One of the principal rivers was the Pha'sis , now 
Rione, from which the Argonauts are said to have brought 
away some large birds, hence called pheasants. 

3. The chief towns of Colchis were JEJa, the capital, and 
Cy'ta , noted for poisonous herbs, and for the birth of the 
sorceress Mede'a. 


24. What towns in Pontus? 25. Cappadocia? 26. What is said 
of Cyprus ? 27. What towns ? 

Colchis, Armenia, &c. — 1. What is said of Colchis? 2. What 
river? 3. Towns? 


See Map of Asia Minor. — How was Troy situated ? Pergamus ? 
Nice? Prusa? What towns were on the Propontis? What 
ones on the Hellespont ? How was Smyrna situated ? Sar¬ 
dis? Philadelphia? Ephesus? Miletus? Halicarnassus? 
Patera ? Tarsus ? Issus ? Iconium ? Ipsus ? Laodicea ? 
Gordium? Heraclea ? Sinope? Amasia? Trapezus? 
Zela? Cerasus? Mazaca? How is the island of Cyprus 
situated ? Salamis ? Paphos ? Citium ? 




COLCHIS, ARMENIA. 


29 


Ruins of Palmyra. 



4. Armenia is a mountainous country, and contains the 
famous mountain Ar'arat, on which the ark has, by many, 
been supposed to have rested after the flood. 

5. The Euphrates and Ti'gris, two of the largest and 
most celebrated rivers that were known to the ancients, 
have their sources in Armenia. In the eastern part was 
lake Arsis'sa, now Van. 

6. The principal towns were Artax’ata , the capital ; Ami'- 
da, now Diarbekir ; Tigranocer'ta , noted for its capture by 
Lucullus, who here found great treasure. 

7. Mesopotamia received its name from its situation be¬ 
tween the two rivers, the Euphrates and Tigris. 

8. Some of the towns were Edes'sa, now Ourfa, sup¬ 
posed by many to have been Ur of the Chaldees; Car'ra 
(called Haran and Charran in the Bible), now Heren, not¬ 
ed as the place from which Abraham departed for Canaan, 
also for Sabianism, or the worship of heavenly bodies, and 
for the defeat and death of Crassus ; Ms'ibis and Circe'si- 
um , once important frontier towns of the Roman empire 

9. Syria comprehended all the country lying between 
the Mediterranean and Mesopotamia and Arabia, including 

4. What is said of Armenia? 5. What rivers ? 6. Towns? 

7. What is said of Mesopotamia ? 8. What towns ? 9. What is 
said of Syria ? 
















30 


MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, ARABIA. 


Phoenicia and Palestine. — For a description of the latter, 
see Scripture Geography, 

10. The principal mountains are those of Eeb'anon, or 
Lib'anas, and Antilib'anus; the largest rivers, the Euphra¬ 
tes and Oron'tes. 

11. Damns'cus, once the capital of the kingdom of Syria, 
and one of the most ancient cities in the world, is celebrat¬ 
ed in both sacred and profane history ; and it is noted for 
giving name to the damascene or damson plum, the damask 
rose, and damask silks and linens. 

12. An'tioch, near the mouth of the Orontes, was once a 
very large and splendid city, and the residence of the Mac¬ 
edonian kings of Syria. 

13. Palmy'ra, supposed to be the same city as Tadmor in 
the wilderness, is famous for having been the residence of 
queen Zenobia, who had for her secretary Longinus, and 
who was taken captive by the Roman emperor Aurelian. 
Here, and also at the site of Heliop'olis, now Balbec, are 
now found most magnificent ruins of temples of the Sun 
and other edifices. 

14. Samos'ata, was noted as the birthplace of Lucian^ 
Hierap'olis, now Bombouch, for the worship of the Syrian 
goddess Atar'gatis ; Eme'sa, now Hems, for a temple of 
Heliogabalus or the Sun ; Apame'a , now Famieh, and Epi- 
phafnia, now Hamah, as important cities ; Daph'nc, a grove 
near Antioch, for the worship of Venus. 

15. The chief cities of Phoenicia, were Tyre, now Sur, 
and Si'don, now Saida, both famous in history, and noted 
for their antiquity and for commerce. — The Phoenicians 
were the reputed inventors of glass, purple, and coinage ; 
and the invention of letters has also been attributed to them, 
as well as to the Egyptians. 

16. Arabia, is commonly considered as divided into three 
parts, namely, Arabia Petrcea, or Stony, Arabia Deserta , or 
Desert, and Arabia Felix, or Happy. 

17. Arabia Petraea, comprising the northwest portion of 
the country, and bordering on the northern parts of the Red 
sea, is noted for being the region in which the Israelites 
passed 40 years, in their journeyings from Egypt to Ca¬ 
naan. 

18. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reb , between the northern 


10. What is said of mountains and rivers? 11. What is said of 
Damascus? 12. Antioch? 13. Palmyra? 14. What other 
towns, and for what noted? 15. What cities in Phoenicia? 
16. How is. Arabia divided? 17. What is said of Arabia 
Petreea ? 18. What of mounts Sinai and Horeh ? 



ARABIA. 


31 


branches of the Red sea, are famous as scenes of miracles 
recorded in the Bible. On Sinai, Moses received the Ten 
Commandments. 

19. Ezion-Ge’ber, was noted as the port from which Solo¬ 
mon’s vessels sailed for Ophir ; Mid'ian, as the residence 
of Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses. 

ASSYRIA, CHALDEA, PERSIA, MEDIA 

1. Assyr'ia, Chalde'a or Babylo'nia, Per'sia, Me'dia, and 
Par'thia were some of the most celebrated and powerful 
oriental empires of antiquity ; but their extent and bounda¬ 
ries were very different at different times. 

2. Nin'eveh , the capital of the empire of Assyria, situated 
on the Tigris, opposite to the site of the modern city of 
Mosul, was one of the largest and most splendid cities in 
the world, surrounded by magnificent walls, and famous 
both in sacred and profane history. 

3. Bab'ylon, the capital of Babylonia or Chaldea, and al¬ 
so, at certain periods, of the Assyrian empire, stood on 
both sides of the Euphrates, was one of the most renown¬ 
ed cities of antiquity, and famous for its walls, which were 
reckoned one of the Seven Wonders of the World. The 
ruins of this city are now seen in the neighborhood of 
Helleh. 

4. EcbaVtma.) supposed to have been on the site of the 
modern city of Hamadan, was the capital of Media, and a 
splendid city. 

5. Persep'olis, once the capital of Persia, was noted for 
its splendor, and its destruction by Alexander ; and its ruins 


19. What is said of Ezion-Geber and Midian ? 

Assyria, Chaldea, &c. — 1. What is said of Assyria, Chaldea, 
Persia, &c. ? 2. What of Nineveh? 3. Babylon? 4 

Ecbatana ? 5. Persepolis and Susa ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire — What countries were situated 
between the Euxine and Caspian seas? What mountains? 
How was Mesopotamia situated? Syria? Media? Palestine? 
Phoenicia? Armenia? Arabia? Palestine? Iberia? Asi¬ 
atic Sarmatia? What rivers flowed into the Caspian ? Into 
the Palus Moeotis ? Into the Euxine, on the north ? 

How was Artaxata situated? Cyta? Tigranocerta ? Nineveh? 
Babylon? Ecbatana? Ctesiphon? Palmyra? Damascus? 
Antioch ? Tyre ? Jerusalem ? Ezion-Geber ? Midian ? 
Mount Sinai ? 

What were some of the towns on the east coast of the Mediterra¬ 
nean ? On the Euphrates ? On the Tigris ? 

D 





32 


ASSYRIA, CHALDEA, &c. 


are now seen near Estachar ; Su'sa, (in the Bible Shushan ,) 
now Shuster, or Shus, was the winter residence of the 
Persian kings. 

6. Ctes’iphon , now A1 Modain, was noted as one of the 
capitals of Parthia, and for its magnificent palace ; Heca- 
tom'pylos , now Damegan, was another capital of Parthia. 

7. Arbe'la, now Erbil, was noted for giving name to a 
great victory which Alexander gained over Darius on the 
plains of Gaugame'la ; Cunax'a , for a battle in which Cy¬ 
rus was slain, and as the place from which Xenophon re¬ 
treated with 10,000 Greeks. 


6. What is said of Ctesiphon and Hecatompylos ? 7. Arbela and 
Cunaxa? 


AFRICA. 

EGYPT. 

1. Egypt was divided into Lower Egypt and Upper 
Egypt; and between these two divisions, there was a small 
district called Heptan'omis. 

2. Lower Egypt, which includes the country intersected 
bv the mouths of the Nile, is called the Delia; Upper 
l£gypt was also called the Theb'a-is, or Theb'a-id, from the 
great city of Thebes. 

3. Egypt, which is celebrated for its great antiquity, has 
been styled the cradle of learning ; it could boast of attain¬ 
ments in the arts at a period when Greece and Italy were in 
a state of barbarism ; and it now exhibits many monuments 
of ancient magnificence and refinement. 

4. The celebrated Nile, the only river in Egypt, former¬ 
ly flowed into the sea by seven mouths ; but only two of 
them are now of much importance. 

5. Mem'phis, once the capital of Egypt, situated near the 
site of the modern capital, Cairo, was long since entirely 
destroyed. 

6. Alexan'dna , founded by Alexander the Great, was the 
capital of Egypt, under the Ptolemies, and noted for hav¬ 
ing once been the most commercial city in the world, and a 


Egypt. — 1. How is Egypt divided ? 2. What is said of Lower 

and of Upper Egypt? 3. For what is Egypt celebrated? 

4. What is said of the Nile? 5. Memphis? 6. Alexandria ? 





EGYPT. 


33 


great seat of learning ; and also for its Pharos, or watch- 
tower, sometimes reckoned one of the Seven Wonders 
of the World. 

7. Some of the other towns of Lower Egypt were Sa'is , 
noted for having been the capital ; Hero-op'olis, as the resi¬ 
dence of the ancient shepherd kings ; On or Heliop'olis, 
for a temple of the Sun ; Cano'pus, now Aboukir, for a 
temple of Sera'pis ; Pelu'sium, now Tineh, as the bulwark 
and key of the country. 

8. Thebes, the capital of Upper Egypt, or the Thebaid, 
was a magnificent city, famous for its hundred gates. It 
was destroyed before the period of the commencement of 
authentic profane history ; yet its site is still covered with 
most magnificent ruins of temples and other edifices. 

9. Arsin'o-e, or Crocodilop'obis, .near lake Mce'ris, was fa¬ 
mous for the labyrinth, which contained 3,000 chambers, in 
which the kings and sacred crocodiles were buried. 

10. Some of the other towns in Upper Egypt were 
Aby’dos, famous for the temple of Osi'ris and the palace of 
Memnon ; Cop'tos, as an emporium of Arabian and Indian 
commodities ; Ten'lyra , now Dendera, for temples of Isis 
and Venus ; Sye'ne, for a well, the bottom of which, at the 
time of the summer solstice, was illuminated, the sun being 
exactly perpendicular over it. 

11. Some of the most remarkable antiquities now found 
in Egypt, are the Pyramids , the Obelisks, the Sphinx, the 
Catacombs , or Mummy-pits, and numerous ruins of Tem¬ 
ples and other splendid edifices. 

12. The Pyramids are the most remarkable monuments 
of ancient art that now remain ; but history fuynishes no 
authentic information respecting the time or the object of 
their erection. 

13. The Sphinx , which is situated near one of the Pyra¬ 
mids, is a statue of a huge monster, cut in solid rock, hav¬ 
ing the face of a virgin and the body of a lion. 

14. The Land of Goshen, the country occupied by the 
Israelites, in Egypt, is supposed to have been in the north¬ 
eastern part. 

7. What other towns in Lower Egypt? 8. What is said of Thebes? 
9. Arsinoe ? 10. What other towns in Upper Egypt? 11. What 
remarkable antiquities are there in the country ? 12. What 

is said of the Pyramids? 13. The Sphinx? 14. Where 
was the Land of Goshen ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Egypt situated ? 
Libya? Africa ? Numidia? Mauritania? What river in Egypt? 
Lake? How was Memphis situated ? Alexandria? Thebes? Oasis 
Magna ? Oasis Parva ? Canopus ? Pelusium ? Arsinoe ? Tentyra ? 
26 





34 


LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, &c. 


LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, NUMIDIA, AND 
MAURITANIA. 

1. Libya was divided into Marmar'ica and Cyrena'ica ; 
which latter was also called Pentap'olis, from the five prin¬ 
cipal cities which it contained. 

2. Cyre'ne, now Curen, once a large city, was settled by 
Greeks, and was noted as the birthplace of Callim'achus, 
Eratos'thenes, Carne'ades, and Aristip'pus ; Berenice or 
Hes'peris, according to some, for the fabled garden of the 
Hesper'ides, containing the golden apples ; though others 
place this garden on the west coast of Africa. 

3. In a beautiful oasis, in the Libyan desert, was Ammon, 
now Siwah, noted for the temple of Jupiter Ammon, with 
a famous oracle that was consulted by Alexander. 

4. In Africa Proper, was the celebrated city of Carthage, 
once the rival of Rome, famous for wealth and commerce, 
and for its siege and destruction by the Romans. 

5. U'tica was noted for the death of Cato ; Vac'ca, for 
transactions in the Jugurthine war ; Thap'sus for a victory 
gained by Csesar ; Za’ma, for the defeat of Hannibal by 
Scipio Africanus ; Cap'sa, now Gafsa, as the place where 
Jugurtha deposited his treasures ; Sufet'ida, now Spaitla, 
for its extensive ruins. 

6. The Bag'radas, now Mejerdah, the principal river of 
this country, was noted as the place where the Roman 
army, under Reg'ulus, killed an enormous serpent. A long 
lake southwest of Syrtis Minor, was divided into two parts, 
one called Pa'lu$ Trito'nis, noted as the place where Mi¬ 
nerva is said first to have appeared, hence called Tritonia; 
the other Pa'lus Lib'ya, the fabled residence of the Gor- 
gons. 

7. In Numidia, were Cir'ta, now Constantina, the resi¬ 
dence of the kings, noted for its strength ; Hip'po Re'gius, 
as the episcopal seat of St. Augustin. 

8. In Mauritania, were Ccesare'a , noted as once the cap¬ 
ital ; Si'ga , as the residence of Syphax ; Tin'gis, now 
Tangier ; Mount Ab'yla, opposite to Calpe in Spain, one 
of the Pillars of Hercules. 

Libya, &c. — 1. How was Libya divided ? 2. What is said of 
Cyrene and Berenice? 3. What of Ammon? 4. What is 
said of Carthage ? 5. What other towns in Africa Proper ? 
6. What river and lake? 7. What towns in Numidia? 8. In 
Mauritania ? _ 

See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Marmarica situated ? 
Cyrenaica? Ammon? Cyrene? Berenice? How were 
Syrtis Major and Syrtis Minor situated? Carthage ? Utica? 
Zarna ? Thapsus ? Tritonis Palus ? How was Cirta situa¬ 
ted ? Hippo Regius ? Caesarea ? Siga ? Tingis ? Abyla ? 




EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. 


35 


EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES, 

According to Tytler. 

1. The Empire of Assyria, under Ninus and Semiramis, 
comprehended Asia Minor, Colchis, Assyria, Media, Chal¬ 
dea, Egypt. 

2. The Empire of Assyria, as divided about 820 B. C., 
formed three kingdoms, Media, Babylo- Chaldea (Syria and 
Chaldea), and Lydia (all Asia Minor). 

3. The Empire of the Persians under Dari us son of 
Hystas'pes, 522 B. C., comprehended Persis, Susiana, Chal¬ 
dea, Assyria, Media, Bactriana, Armenia, Asia, Parthia, 
Iberia, Albania, Colchis, Asia Minor, Egypt, part of Ethi¬ 
opia, part of Scythia. 

4. The Empire of Alexander the Great, 330 B. C., 
consisted of 1 . all Macedonia and Greece , except the Pelo¬ 
ponnesus ; 2. all the Persian Empire, as above described ; 
3. India to the banks of the Indus on the east, and the Jax- 
artes, or Tanais, on the north. 

5. The Empire of Alexander was thus divided 306 B. C., 
between Ptolemy, Cassander, Lysimaehus, and Seleucus,— 

Empire of Ptolemy. 

Libya, Arabia, Coelo-Syria, Palestine. 

Empire of Cassander. 

Macedonia, Greece. 

Empire of Lysimaehus. 

Thrace, Bithynia. 

Empire of Seleucus » 

Syria, and all the rest of Alexander’s empire. 

6. The Empire of the Parthians, 140 B. C., comprehend¬ 
ed Parthia, Hyrcania, Media, Persis, Bactriana, Babylonia , 
Mesopotamia, India to the Indus. 

7. The Roman Empire, under the Kings, was confined 
to the city of Rome, and a few miles round it. 

d* 


36 


EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. 


8. The Roman Empire, at the end of the Republic, .com¬ 
prehended all Italy, great part of Gaul , part of Britain, 
Africa Proper, great part of Spain, Illyria, lstria, Libur- 
nia, Dalmatia, Achaia, Macedonia, Dardania, Mcesia, 
Thrace, Pontus, Armenia, Cilicia, Judea, Syria, Egypt. 

9. Under the Emperors, the following countries were re¬ 
duced to Roman Provinces : — 

All Spain, the Alpes Maritimae, Piedmont, &c., Rhsetia, 
Noricum, Pannonia, Mcesia, Pontus, Armenia, Assyria, 
Arabia, Egypt. 

10. Constantius Chlorus and Galerius divided the Empire 
into Eastern and Western ; and under Constantine, 
each empire had a distinct capital or seat of government. 

11. The extent of each division was fluctuating from time 
to time ; but, in general, the Western Empire compre¬ 
hended Italy, Illyria, Africa, Spain, the Gauls, Britain. 

12. The Eastern Empire comprehended Egypt, Thrace , 
Dacia, Macedonia, Asia Minor, Pontus, Armenia, Assyria , 
Media, &c. 

13. The Empire of Charlemagne, A. D. 800, compre¬ 
hended France, Marca Hispanica (or Navarre and Catalo¬ 
nia), Majorca, Minorca, and Ivica, Corsica, Italy, as far south 
as Naples, lstria, Liburnia, Dalmatia, Rhcetia, Vindelicia, 
Noricum, Germany, from the Rhine to the Oder, and to 
the shores of the Baltic. 

France contained, 1. Neustria, comprehending Brittany, 
Normandy, Isle of France, Orleannois ; 2. Austria, com¬ 
prehending Picardy and Champagne ; 3. Aquitania, com¬ 
prehending Guienne and Gascony ; 4. Burgundia, compre¬ 
hending Burgundy, Lyonnois, Languedoc, Dauphin^, Pro¬ 
vence. 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


CHAPTER I. 

Geography of the Early Ages; ivitk Explanatory Remarks. 

1. Scripture or Sacred Geography is that part of Ancient 
Geography, which treats of the countries and places that 
are mentioned in the Bible. 

2. The historical parts of the Scriptures relate almost 
wholly to the Israelites, and to nations whose history was, 
in some way, connected with that of the Israelites. 

8. No one of the four quarters of the world, as they are 
now understood, is mentioned in the Bible. 

4. The term Asia, as used in the New Testament, some¬ 
times denotes a small district round the city of Eph'esus , 
and sometimes the proconsular province of Asia, which com¬ 
prised Mys'ia, Phryg'ia, Lydia , and Ca'ria ; but never more 
than Asia Minor. 

5. The Mediterranean Sea is called in the Bible the Great 
Sea; and most of the countries mentioned in the Scriptures 
either bordered upon it, or were situated not far distant; 
some of the most remote were Chalde'a, Per'sia, and Me'dia. 

6. The other seas, which are much spoken of, are the 
Red Sea, the Sea of Sodom or Dead Sea, and the Sea of Gal¬ 
ilee ; the last two of which are comparatively small. But 
no one of the five great oceans of modern geography is 
mentioned in the Bible. 

7. The three great rivers, which are found within the 
limits of that portion of the globe which is embraced by 
Scripture Geography, are the Nile in Africa, and the Eu¬ 
phrates and Ti'gris in Asia. The Hiddekel, mentioned 


Chapter I. — 1. What is Scripture or Sacred Geography ? 

2. To what people do the historical parts of the Scriptures relate ? 

3. Is either of the four quarters of the globe mentioned in the Bi¬ 

ble ? 4. What does the term Asia denote in the New Tes¬ 
tament? 5. What is said of the Mediterranean Sea? 6. 
What other seas ? 7. What rivers ? 

26* 





3S SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 

in Genesis, is commonly supposed to be the same as the 
Tigris. 

8. Scripture Geography has scarcely any connection with 
Europe , except as it respects the illustration of the travels 
of St. Paul. 

9. Most of the places mentioned in the book of Genesis, 
before the migration of the Israelites into Egypt, were situ¬ 
ated in the southwestern part of Asia. 

10. From that time, Egypt and the country lying be¬ 
tween it and the land of Canaan, were the scenes of most 
of the transactions recorded by Moses. 

11. The Land of Ca'naan then became the scene of most 
of the events contained in the history of both the Old Tes¬ 
tament and the New ; and this country included more than 
half of all the places mentioned in the Bible. 

12. Almost all the countries and places, which are men¬ 
tioned in ancient history, have been known by different 
names in different ages ; and the greater part of those 
which are spoken of in the Old Testament, had assumed 
new names before the New Testament was written. 

13. With respect to the situation of a number of 
places rendered memorable by transactions recorded in the 
Old Testament, there is great uncertainty ; and men of 
learning differ much.in their opinion respecting them. 

14. various opinions have been entertained by learned 
men respecting the situation of the Garden of Eden; and 
many have supposed the" account of it is not to be under¬ 
stood literally, but allegorically or figuratively. 

15. The most common supposition of .those who have 
undertaken to assign it a particular place, is that it was sit¬ 
uated near the confluence of the Euphrates and Ti'grisj or 
near the sources of these rivers. 

16. Respecting the situation of O'phir, the country from 
which Solomon obtained gold, there has been much learned 


8. What connection has Scripture Geography with Europe ? 

9. Where were most of the places mentioned in the hook of Gen¬ 

esis, before the migration of Jacob and his family, situated? 

10. Where were the scenes of the subsequent events recorded by 
Moses? 11. What country afterwards became the scene of 
most of the events recorded in the Bible ? 

12. What is said respecting the changes which have taken place 

with regard to geographical names ? 

13. What is said respecting the situation of some memorable places? 

14. What is remarked respecting the Garden of Eden ? 

15. What is a common supposition respecting its situation? 

16. What is said respecting the situation of Ophir ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


39 


inquiry, and various opinions have been maintained ; but 
it is commonly supposed to have been situated on the east¬ 
ern side of Africa, or in the East Indies. 

17. The situation of Tar'shish or Thar'shish, has furnish¬ 
ed another topic of learned discussion, and has given rise 
to a great variety of opinions. Some of the suppositions 
respecting it are, that it was the same as Tarsus in Cilicia, 
Carthage and Tunis in Africa, and Tartes'sus in Spain ; and 
also that it means the sea or ocean in general. 

18. It has also been supposed that there were two places 
or countries so called, one on the Mediterranean, and the 
other on the east side of Africa or in the East Indies. 

19. The ark of Noah, after the waters of the flood began 
to diminish, is said, in Genesis, to have ‘rested upon the 
mountains of Ararat* 

20. A mountain in Arme'nia , now known by the name of 
Ararat, is supposed by many to be the mountain on which 
the ark rested ; but some suppose it was a summit of the 
chain of Cau'casus, between the Black and Caspian seas; 
others, a summit of Taurus , in the eastern part of Asia 
Minor; and others, that it was a mountain near the 
sources of the river Indus. 

21. The three sons of Noah, by whom the world was 
peopled after the flood, were Shem, Ham , and Japheth. 

22. The residence of Noah and his posterity, till after 
the dispersion at Babel , is supposed to have been in tho 
country watered by the Euphrates and the Ti’gris. 

23. The tower of Babel was erected on the Euphrates, 
on or near the site where the city of Bab'ylon was after¬ 
wards built; and from this point the human race were dis¬ 
persed over different parts of the earth. 

24. This position, which may be regarded as the second 
cradle of the human race, is nearly central, as it respects 
the residence of the most ancient nations of which we have 
any knowledge, namely, the Babylo'nians or Chalde'ans, As¬ 
syrians, Persians, Hindoos' , He'brews, Ca'naanites, Phosni - 
dans, and Egyptians. 


17. What is remarked of Tarshish or Tharshish ? 18. What other 
supposition has been made ? 19. Where is the ark of Noah 

said to have rested ? 20. What is supposed to have been the 
mountain on which the ark rested? 21. Who were the three 
sons of Noah, by whom the world was peopled after the 
flood ? 22. Where is the residence of Noah and his family 
supposed to have been ? 

23. Where was the tower of Babel erected ? 24. What is said of 
this position, with relation to the most ancient nations ? 







40 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


25. The posterity of Shem is supposed to have peopled 
the greater part of Asia; that of Japheth, Europe and Asia 
Minor; and that of Hani } Africa and part of the southwest 
portion of Asia. 

26. Of the sons of Shem, Arphaxfad is supposed to have 
resided in the country near the Euphrates; Ashler, to have 
been the founder of JVin'eveh and the empire of Assyr'ia ? 
E'lam, to have given name to the country of Elam, after¬ 
wards Per'sia; and A 1 ram, to the country of A'ram or 
Syr'ia. 

27. Of the sons of Ham, Miz'ra-im was the reputed foun¬ 
der of the kingdom of Egypt, sometimes called in the Bible 
the Land of Miz'raim and the Land of Ham ; Cush, the 
father of the Ethiopians; and Ca naan, the father of the 
Ca'naanites. 

28. The foundation of Bah'ylon is ascribed to Nim'rod r 
the son of Cush. 

29. Ja'van, one of the sons of Ja'pheth, is commonly sup¬ 
posed to have been the father of the Greeks. 

30. The Greeks themselves maintained that Jap'etus T 
whose name has a near resemblance to that of Japheth, 
was the father of their nation, and of all mankind. 

31. A'braham was a descendant of Arphax'ad, the eldest 
son of Shem; and he and his posterity are supposed to 
have been called Hebrews, either from Eber or Heber, the 
grandson of Arphax'ad, and the ancestor of Abraham, or 
because they came from beyond the river Euphrates into 
Ca'naan ; the word in the original signifying beyond or from 
the other side. 

32. Abraham was born at Ur of the Chaldees, which some 
suppose to have been situated not far from Bab'ylon ; oth¬ 
ers believe it to have been on the site of the modern town 
of Ourfa, north of west from Nineveh ; and others place it 
much further to the east. 

33. Te'rah, the father of Abraham, was a worshipper of 
idols, like his countrymen. 


25. What parts of the globe are the three sons of Noah supposed to 
have peopled P 26. What is mentioned respecting several 
sons of Shem ? 27 What of the sons of Ham ? 

28. To whom is the foundation of Babylon ascribed ? 

29. Who is supposed to have been the father of the Greeks ? 

30. Whom did the Greeks consider as the father of their nation ? 

31. From whom was Abraham descended, and why were he and 

his posterity called Hebrews ? 32. Where was Abraham 
born ? 33. What is said of Terah ? 




SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


41 


34. A'braham, together with his father, his wife Sarah , 
and his nephew Lot , left Ur, and took up his abode, for a 
while, at Ha'ran. 

35. While at this place, he was called by God to leave 
his country and his kindred, to go into the land of Canaan, 
which was promised to his posterity 

36. Although he had much property in cattle and ser¬ 
vants, he did not acquire any permanent possession in Ca¬ 
naan, but sojourned at several different places. 

37. Some time after his arrival in the country, he was 
obliged, on account of a severe famine, to retire, for a 
while, into Egypt. 

38. On his return, he pitched his tent between Beth'el 
and A'i. 

39. As Abraham and his nephew Lot, who accompanied 
him to Ca'naan, possessed large flocks, and therefore could 
not conveniently dwell together, Lot retired to the plain of 
Sod'oni, and Abraham to the plain of Mam’re, near He’bron. 

40. Hebron and its vicinity became the more common 
residence of the patriarch and his family ; and in the cave 
of Machpe'lah , in the plain of Mamre, Abraham, Isaac, and 
Jacob, together with their wives, were buried. 

41. Abraham, however, did not, after this, reside con 
stantly at Hebron , but sojourned for a while at Ge'rar , the 
city of Abimelech, in the country of the Philistines, and al¬ 
so at Beer'sheba, where Ish'mael was born. 


34. Where did Abraham take up his residence after leaving Ur ? 

35. What call did he receive while at this place ? 36. In what 

manner did he reside in Canaan ? 37. To what country did 

he retire for a time ? 38. Where did he pitch his tent on his 
return? 39. What is mentioned respecting Abraham and 
Lot ? 40. What is remarked of Hebron and its vicinity ? 

41. At what other places did Abraham reside ? 


See Map JYo. V. — How was Egypt or Mizraim situated ? Pa- 
thros ? Cush or Ethiopia ? Goshen ? 

How was Arabia situated ? Midian ? Hav'ilah ? Canaan ? Am- 
alek ? Edom ? Aram or Syria ? Mesopotamia ? Padan- 
Aram ? Armenia ? Assyria ? Babylonia or Chaldea ? 
Shinar ? Elam or Persia ? Parthia ? Meshech ? Magog ? 
Ash'kenaz ? Javan ? What countries were watered by the 
Nile ? What by the Euphrates and Tigris ? The Ulai ? 
How is mount Sinai situated ? Mount Ararat ? How was Baby¬ 
lon situated ? Nineveh ? Susa or Shushan ? Calneh ? 
Car'chemish ? Haran or Charran ? Damascus ? Tadmor ? 
Hamath ? Tarshish ? Ezion-geber ? Noph or Memphis ? 
On? 








42 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


42. He'bron , Ge'rar, and Beer'sheba were also, at different 
times, the residences of Isaac. 

43. Jacob, after having resided about twenty years with 
his father-in-law, Laban, at Ha'ran , returned with his fami¬ 
ly and flocks to Ca'naan. 

44. At Mahana'im he was met by his brother Esau, and 
also by an angel, and had his name changed to Israel. 

45. Having resided a while at Sue'coth, on the east side 
of the Jordan, he then crossed the river, and took up his 
abode near She'chem. 

46. He next journeyed to Beth'el, where he had seen a 
vision before he went to Haran. Afterwards he removed 
to He'bron; and, finally, after Joseph had revealed himself 
to his brethren, he migrated, by way of Beersheba, with 
his whole family, into Egypt. 


CHAPTER II. 

The Region between Egypt and Canaan : Joumeyings of the 
Israelites. 

1. The country lying between Egypt and Ca'naan, and 
between the Red Sea and the Mediterranean, consists most¬ 
ly of extensive deserts, having few streams of water ; and 
it now forms a part of what is called Ara'bia Petrcda or 
Stony. 

2. In this region the Israelites passed 40 years. 

3. Their route from Egypt to Canaan is differently delin¬ 
eated on different maps. The positions of most of the 
places of encampment, which are all enumerated in the 
thirty-third chapter of Numbers, are laid down on maps 
from no better authority than probable conjecture. 

4. The Red Sea, of which only the northern extremities 
appear on the Map (No. VI.), is about 1400 miles in length, 
and 200, where widest, in breadth. 


42. At what places did Isaac reside ? 43. What is mentioned re¬ 
specting Jacob ? 44. What happened to him at Mahanaim ? 

45. Where did he afterwards reside? 46. What were his subse 
quent movements ? 

Chapter II. — 1. What is said of the country lying between 
Egypt and Canaan ? 2. How many years did the Israelites 
pass here ? 3. What is mentioned respecting their route ? 

4. What is the extent of the Red Sea ? 




SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


43 


5. Esa.ii was called Edom, , which, in Hebrew, signifies 
red, because he sold his birthright for a mess of red pottage; 
and, as his posterity inhabited the country to the north of 
this sea, some suppose it was called, after his name, the 
Red Sea. Others suppose it was so called from its red 
sand ; others, from coral; and others, from its waters be¬ 
ing colored by small animalcules. 

6. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reb , celebrated in Scripture his¬ 
tory, belong to a range which is situated between the north¬ 
ern branches of the Red Sea, in the midst of a gloomy 
desert, and contains several lofty summits. 

7. At Ho'reb, God appeared to Moses in a burning bush, 
while he kept the flocks of his father-in-law Je'thro ; and 
from Si'nai he received the law. 

8. The summit of Sinai has been estimated at the height 
of about 6,000 feet; and it affords an extensive prospect of 
the Red Sea and the adjacent country. 

9. On this summit there are now a Christian church and 
a Mahometan mosque ; and near the bottom of the moun¬ 
tain a convent, from which to the top steps are cut in the 
rock, or formed by loose stones piled in succession. 

10. The children of Israel sojourned in Egypt 215 years, 
reckoning from the time of the migration of Jacob and his 
family. 

11. During this period, they were reduced to cruel bond¬ 
age ; but, notwithstanding the oppression which they en¬ 
dured, they increased so rapidly, that, at the end of it, the 
number of men, exclusive of women and children, amount¬ 
ed to 600,000. 

12. After a variety of grievous plagues had been inflict¬ 
ed upon Egypt, the Israelites were, at length, delivered 
from Egyptian bondage in a miraculous manner, by Moses, 
who had previously resided 40 years in Midian. 

13. Having passed over the western branch of the Red 
Sea on dry ground, they commenced their journey through 
the wilderness, in order to take possession of the land of 
Ca'naan, which had been promised to Abraham. 


5. Why was it called the Red Sea ? 

6. How are mounts Sinai and Horeb situated ? 7. What memora¬ 

ble events took place at these mountains ? 8. What is said 
of the summit of Sinai? 9. What are now found on the 
summit and near the bottom ? 10. How long did the chil¬ 

dren of Israel sojourn in Egypt? 11. What is said respect¬ 
ing their increase ? 12. By whom were they delivered from 

Egyptian bondage ? 13. What is mentioned respecting the 

commencement of their journey ? 



44 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


14. They passed through the sea at Ba-alze'phon, and en¬ 
camped in the wilderness at Ma'rah, where the waters, 
which were bitter, were made sweet. 

15. Their next place of encampment was E’lim, where 
there were twelve wells of water and seventy palm-trees. 

16. From Elim they proceeded to Reph’idim , through the 
Wilderness or Desert of Sin, passing by Doph'ka and 
A'lush ; and in this wilderness they began to be fed with 
manna, which was continued till they entered Canaan. 

17. At a place called Mas'sah, or Mer'ibah, Moses pro¬ 
cured water for the people by smiting a rock in Horeb. 

18. Not far distant, at a place called Jeho'vah-nis'si, the 
Am'alekiles attacked the Israelites, but were entirely de¬ 
feated. 

19. Near this place Moses received a visit from Je'lhro, 
his father-in-law, priest of Midian, who brought to him his 
wife and children. 

20. At Mount Sinai, the Law, containing the Ten Com¬ 
mandments, was delivered to Moses. 

21. After the memorable transactions at Sinai, the Isra¬ 
elites proceeded to Tab’erah, Kib'roth-Hatta'avah, and to 
Haze'roth ; at the last of which places Jla'ron and Mir'iam 
were guilty of sedition against Moses. 

22. From Haze'roth, they proceeded through the Desert 
of Pa'ran, or Ka'desh, to Rith'mah, near Ka'desh-Bar'nea. 

23. From this place twelve men, one of each tribe, were 
sent to search or spy out the land of Canaan. 

24. All these twelve men, except Joshua and Caleb, 
brought back an unfavorable report respecting the country; 
on account of which the Israelites were disheartened, and 
resolved to return to Egypt. 

25. On account of the disposition and conduct manifest¬ 
ed by the people on this occasion, it was decreed that all 
who were then twenty years old and upwards, except Josh¬ 
ua and Caleb, should die in the wilderness. 

26. They made a long stay in Ka'desh; and here the re¬ 
bellion of Ko'rah, Da'than, and Abi'ram, took place. 

14. Where did they pass through the sea, and where did they en¬ 
camp ? 15. What was their next place of encampment? 

16. What events next took place ? 17. What took place at Massah, 
or Meribah ? 18. At Jehovah-nissi ? 19. From whom did 

Moses receive a visit near this place ? 20. What took place 

at Mount Sinai ? 21. To what places did they proceed after 
the transactions at Sinai ? 22. To what places did they then 
proceed ? 23. What measure was adopted near Kadesh- 
Barnea? 24. What report did these twelve men bring back 
respecting the country? 25. What was the consequence of 
this conduct of the people ? 26. What took place in Kadesh 





SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


45 


27. On leaving the neighborhood of Ka'desh-BaEnea, 
they proceeded to Sha'pher, by Rim'mon-Pa'rez, Lib'nah , 
Rissak , and KeheVathah. 

28 From Shapher, they journeyed to Mose'roth, near 
the Red Sea, by Har'adah, Makhe'loth, Ta'hath, Ta'rah , 
and Mith'cah. 

29. From Mose'roth they proceeded to E'zion-pe'ber, at 
the northern extremity of the eastern branch oflhe Red 
Sea, by Ben'e-Ja'akan, Horhagid'gad, JoVbathah, and Ebro'- 
nah. 

50. From Ezion-geber, they journeyed to the Wilderness 
of Zin , or Ka'desh (where Miriam died), to a place named 
Mer'ibah. 

51. At this place, Moses obtained water by smiting a 
rock ; but, on account of his offence here, in “ speaking 
unadvisedly,” he was not permitted to enter Canaan. 

32. They next encamped at Mount Hor, and on the top 
of this mountain, at a place called Mose'ra , Jla'ron died, in 
the fortieth year after leaving Egypt. 

33. After departing from Mount Hor, many of the peo¬ 
ple died by being bitten by fiery serpents. 

34. Their next places of encampment were Zalmo'nah, 
Pu'non, O'both , Jj-e-ab' arim, Di'bongad, and Al'mon-Dib- 
latha'im. 

35. Sihon, king of the Am'orites, refusing to permit the 
Israelites to pass through his dominions, was totally defeat¬ 
ed at Ja'haz. 

36. Og, king of Bashan , was destroyed, with his whole 
army, by the Israelites, at Ed're-i. 

37. After these victories, the Israelites encamped on the 
Plains of Moab. 

38. Balak, king of Moab, together with the princes of 
Mid'ian, sent to Ba'laam , a soothsayer of the city of Pe'- 
thor , on the Euphrates, to curse the Israelites. 

39. Moses divided the territories which belonged to Sihon 
and Og between the tribes of Reu'ben and Gad, and the 
half tribe of Manas'seh. 

40. Moses, having finished his instructions and exhorta- 

27. To what place did they proceed from Kadesh ? 28. To what 
from Shapher? 29. To what from Moseroth ? 30. To what 
from Ezion-geber? 31. What took place at Meribah ? 32. At 
Mount Ilor ? 33. What took place after leaving Mount 

Hor? 34. What were their next places of encampment? 
35. What took place with respect to Sihon ? 36. What re¬ 
specting Og ? 37. Where did the Israelites encamp after 
these victories ? 38. What next took place ? 39. How did 

Moses dispose of the territories of Sihon and Og ? 40. What 
is further related of Moses ? 

27 




46 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


tions to his people, ascended the mountain of Ne'bo and 
the summit of Pis'gah, took a view of the promised land, 
and soon afterwards died. 

41. The Israelites, under the command of Joshua, the 
successor of Moses, then passed over the Jordan at Gil'- 
gal , took the city of Jer'icho, conquered the nations of Ca¬ 
naan, and divided their lands among their tribes* 


CHAPTER III. 

The Canaanites and neighboring Nations. 

1. In the time of Moses and Joshua, the land of Canaan 
was inhabited by seven nations, the descendants of Canaan, 
namely, the Am'orites , Jeb'usites , Hit'tites, Per'izzites, 
Gir'gashites , Ca'naanites, and Hi'vites. 

2. All these nations the Israelites were commanded to ex¬ 
terminate, on account of their great wickedness. 

3. The most powerful of these seven nations were the 
Amorites, who had extended their conquests to the east of 
the Jordan, where the kingdom of Sihon was situated. 

4. Besides these, there were, in Canaan, or on its borders, 
six other nations, with whom the Israelites,, at various 
times, maintained severe conflicts. 

5. These six nations were the Philis'tines , Mid'ianites y 
Mo’abites , Am monites , Am'alekitcs y and E'domites. 

6. The Philis'tines are supposed to have been descended 
from Miz'raim, the son of Ham, and to have emigrated 
from Egypt. 

41. What was next accomplished by the Israelites ? 

Chapter III. — 1. By what seven nations was the land of Ca¬ 
naan inhabited in the time of Moses and Joshua ? 2. Why 

were the Israelites commanded to exterminate these nations ? 

3. Which of these seven nations was the most powerful ? 

4. What is said respecting six other bordering nations ? 5. What 

were these six nations ? 6. What was the origin of the 
Philistines ? 


See Map No. VI. — How are mounts Sinai and Horeb situated ? 
What deserts or wildernesses are situated between the north¬ 
ern branches of the Red Sea ? What ones further north ? 

How was Baalzephon situated ? Ezion-geber ? Rephidim ? Marah 
and Elirn? Jehovah-nissi ? Massah, or Meribah ? Kadesh- 
Barnea ? Rissah ? Kadesh-Meribah ? Mount Hor ? Mounts 
Nebo and Pisgah ? How was Edom situated ? Moab? The 
kingdom of Sihon ? The kingdom of Og P The Amalekites? 

What nations inhabited to the west of the Dead Sea and the Jordan ? 





SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


47 


7. They inhabited the southwest part of Canaan, and 
were very formidable enemies to the Israelites ; but they 
were subdued by David. 

8. Their five chief cities were Ga'za, Ash'dod, As'calon 
Gath, and EkWon. 

9. Two different places are assigned as the territory of 
the Mid'ianites ; and some suppose that the inhabitants of 
the two different countries were of different origin. 

10. The southern Mid'ianites inhabited the country neai 
the northeast point of the Red Sea ; and here Je'thro, the 
father-in-law of Moses, was priest. 

11. They are supposed by some to have been descended 
from Cush, the son of Ham. 

12. The northern Midianites were descended from Mid- 
ian, the fourth son of Abraham by Ketu'rah, and inhabited 
the country on the east of the Dead Sea. 

13. They were almost wholly destroyed by Joshua ; and 
afterwards, when they had again recovered their strength, 
they were nearly annihilated by Gid'eon. 

14. The Moabites and Ammonites were the descendants 
of Moab and Ammon, the sons of Lot , and dwelt to the 
east of the Dead Sea and of the Jordan. 

15. They were repeatedly engaged in war with the Isra¬ 
elites, and were conquered by David. 

16. The chief city of Moab was Ar , or Rab'bath-Mo'ab ; 
and of Ammon, Rab'bath-Am’mon. 

17. The Am'alekites were the descendants of Am'alek, 
the son of El'iphaz, and grandson of Esau. 

18. They dwelt to the south of Canaan, and were very 
formidable enemies to the Israelites. 

19. They were doomed to destruction, which was com¬ 
menced by Saul, and completed by David. 

20. The E'domites were the descendants of Esau, who 
was also called Edom . 

21. They inhabited the country which was situated to the 


7. What is further said of them ? 8. What were their chief cities? 

9. What is said of the Midianites ? 10. Where did the southern 
Midianites dwell? 11. From whom are they supposed to 
have been descended ? 12. What is said of the origin and 

residence of the northern Midianites? 13. By whom were 
they destroyed ? 14. What is said of the origin and resi¬ 

dence of the Moabites and Ammonites ? 15. By whom were 
they conquered? 16. What were their chief cities? 17. 
From whom were the Amalekites descended ? 18. Where 
did they dwell ? 19. By whom were they destroyed ? 20. 

From whom were the Edomites descended ? 21. Where did 
they reside ? 



48 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


southeast of Canaan, and which was called Edom, and also 
Idume'a, and included the mountains of Seir and Hor. 

22. In the northwest part of Canaan, on the borders of 
the tribe of Asher, Avere the Phoenician cities of Tyre and 
Sidon, which were very ancient, and celebrated for com¬ 
merce. 

2S. Sidon was founded by Sidon, the son of Canaan ; 
and at Tyre reigned Hiram , who furnished Solomon with 
many materials for the temple. 

24. To the^ northeast of Ca'naan was Damas'cus, once 
the capital of the kingdom of Syria . and one of the most 
ancient cities in the world, celebrated both in sacred and 
profane history. 

25. The Syrians were conquered by David, but were 
afterwards repeatedly engaged in war with the Israelites, 
particularly under their kings Ben'hadad, Haz'a-el, and 
Rezin. 


CHAPTER IY. 

Canaan divided among the Tribes of Israel: Places of 
Note in the History of the Old Testament. 

1. After the conquest of Canaan by the Israelites, the 
country was divided among the Twelve Tribes by lot. 

2. The tribe of Levi, or the Levites , being consecrated 
to the priesthood, received no inheritance or portion of 
territory with the other tribes, but were supported by tithes ; 
and for their residence there were assigned to them forty- 
eight cities, which were dispersed throughout all the tribes. 

3. The posterity of E'phraim and Manas'seh , the two 
sons of Joseph, had portions assigned them as distinct 
tribes, in consequence of Jacob’s having adopted them ; and 
these two are reckoned, in the divisions, instead of Joseph 
and Levi. 

4. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and half of Manasseh , 


22. Where were Tyre and Sidon situated? 23. What is said of 
them ? 24. What is said of Damascus ? 

25. What is related of the Syrians ? 

Chapter IV. — 1. How was the land of Canaan divided ? 

2. What is related respecting the tribe of Levi? 3. What respect¬ 
ing Ephraim and Manasseh ? 4. What tribes were situated 
to the east of the Jordan ? 




SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


49 


had their portion beyond, or on the east side of the Jor¬ 
dan ; and all the others on the west side of the river 

5. The Tabernacle and Ark of the covenant were first 
fixed at Gil'gal ; but, before the death of Joshua, they were 
removed to Shi'loh, where they remained till the time of 

-till. 

6. The Ark was afterwards taken by the Philistines ; 
and, when restored, it was lodged successively at Kirjath- 
je'arim, at Nob , in the house of Obede'dom , in the palace 
of David on mount Zion, and finally in Solomon’s Temple . 

7. It was regarded with the greatest veneration, and 
every place in which it was fixed, was, on that account, 
esteemed particularly holy. 

8. Joshua appointed six cities of refuge, three on each 
side of the Jordan, as places of security for the “slayer 
that killed any person unawares.” 

9. The three to the west of the Jordan were He'bron in 
Judah, She'chem in Ephraim, and Ke’desh in Naphtali. 

10. The three on the east side were Be’zer in Reuben, 
Ra'moth-Gil’ead in Gad, and Go'lan in Manasseh. 

11. The country included within the limits of the Twelve 
Tribes, is of small extent, not a third part as large as the 
state of New York. 

12. Dan was reputed the most northern city, and Beer'- 
sheba the most southern ; hence the proverbial phrase, to 
express the limits of the country, “ From Dan to Beer- 
sheba.” 

13. During the reigns of David and Solomon, the most 
flourishing period of the nation, the limits of the kingdom 
were greatly enlarged, extending from the border of Egypt 
and the north end of the Red Sea, on the southwest and 
south, to the river Euphrates on the northeast. 

14. After the death of Solomon, ten tribes revolted from 
his son and successor, Rehobo'am ; and two kingdoms were 
formed, namely, the kingdom of Israel, consisting of the 
ten revolted tribes, and the kingdom of Judah, composed 
of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. 


5. At what places were the Tabernacle and Ark of the covenant 
first fixed ? 6. At what other places was the Ark succes¬ 
sively lodged ? 7. How was it regarded ? 

8. For what purpose did Joshua appoint six cities of refuge ? 

9. Which three were west of the Jordan ? 10. Which east? 

11. What is said of the extent of the country ? 12 . What is men¬ 
tioned respecting Dan and Beersheba ? 13. What was the 

extent of the kingdom during the reigns of David and Solo¬ 
mon ? 14. What took place after the death of Solomon ? 

27 * 



50 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


15. The capital of the kingdom of Israel was Sama'ria, 
in the tribe of Ephraim , which was the most powerful of 
the Ten Tribes, and which is sometimes used in the Bible 
for the whole kingdom. 

16. This kingdom subsisted 254 years, at the end of 
which period the Ten Tribes were carried captive by Shal - 
mane ser, king of Assyria ; and the country was afterwards 
inhabited by a mixed population called Samaritans and 
Galileans , from Samaria and Galilee, the names of the two 
subsequent divisions of the country. 

17. The kingdom of Judah had for its capital the city of 
Jerusalem , and continued to be governed by kings of the 
family of David, till the time of the Babylonish captivity. 

Towns of Note in the History of the Old Testament . 

18. In Judah ; He'bron , celebrated in the history of the 
patriarchs, and the place where David reigned seven 
years ; Beth'lehem, where David was born, and also our 
Savior ; Adul’lam and En'gedi , near which were caves, 
that afforded a retreat to David ; Teko'ah, the town of the 
prophet Amos. 

19. On the borders of Judah and Benjamin was Jerusa¬ 
lem, the residence of the kings of Judah, the seat of the 
temple, and the religious capital of the nation. 

20. In Benjamin ; Gil'gal , where the Israelites crossed 
the Jordan, and where the Ark of the covenant was, for a 
time, deposited ; Jer'icho, famous for its siege and capture 
by Joshua, and for palm-trees ; A'i, for its conquest by Josh¬ 
ua ; Gib'eon, the capital of the Gibeonites ; Gib'eah , the 
birthplace of Saul ; Beth el , on the borders of Ephraim, 
where Jacob had his vision, and where Jeroboam set up a 
golden calf. 

21. In Simeon ; Beer'sheba , noted in the history of the 
patriarchs, and for being the southernmost town of Israel; 
Gaza, in the country of the Philistines, famous in the his¬ 
tory of Samson. 

22. In Dan ; Ekron, Jlshdod, Jls'calon, and Gath, cities 
of the Philistines. 

23. In Ephraim ; Samaria, the capital of the kingdom of 


15. What was the capital of the kingdom of Israel, and which was 
the most powerful of the Ten Tribes P 16. What is said of 
this kingdom ? 17. What is said of the kingdom of Judah ? 

18. What towns in Judah are mentioned, and for what celebrated? 

19. What is said of Jerusalem ? 20. What towns in Benjamin are 

mentioned, and for what celebrated ? 21. In Simeon? 22. In 
Dan ? 23. In Ephraim ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


51 

Israel; She'chem , or Si'chem, (in the New Testament, Sy- 
char,') noted in the history of Jacob, also for the last ex¬ 
hortation of Joshua to the Israelites, and for the tomb of 
Joseph Tim'nalhse'rah , for the tomb of Joshua ; Shi'loh, 
the place of the Ark of the covenant from the time of 
Joshua to the time of Eli ; Joppa , (on the borders of 
Ephraim and Dan,) the principal port of the Israelites. 

24. In Manasseh, west of Jordan j Tir'zah , famous for 
being for a time the seat of the kings of Israel; Megid'do , 
for the defeat and death of Josiah ; Jez're-el , for a palace of 
Ahab, and for giving name to a large and fertile plain, 
called also the plain of Esdre'lon ; En'dor , for the witch 
consulted by Saul. 

25. In Issachar ; Shu'nem , where Elisha restored a child 
to life. 

26. In Zebulon ; Gathhe'pher , the native place of the 
prophet Jonah. 

27. On the west side of Asher were the cities of Tyre 
and Sidon , famous for commerce ; Zar'ephath , or Sarep'ta, 
for the miracles of Elijah. 

28. In Naphtali ; Dan , noted as the northernmost city 
of Israel, and for being one of the two places where Jero¬ 
boam set up his golden calves ; Bethel being the other. 

29. In Manasseh beyond Jordan ; Ed're-i , famous for the 
defeat of Og, king of Bashan. 

80. In Gad; Ra'moth-Gil'ead, memorable in the wars of 
the Israelites ; Mahana'im , for the meeting of Jacob and 
Esau ; Suc'coth, as the residence of Jacob. 

S(. In Reuben ; Hesh'bon, a city of note among the Amo- 
rites, afterwards among the Israelites ; Ja'haz , where Sihon 
was defeated ; Bezer, also called Bozra , near the border of 
Moab. 


CHAPTER V. 

Physical Geography of Palestine or the Holy Land. 

1. This country was first called the Land of Canaan , 
from Canaan, the son of Ham ; the Land of Promise , or 
the Promised Land , from its being promised by God to 


24. What towns in Manasseh west of Jordan are mentioned? 
25. In Issachar? 26. In Zebulon? 27. On the west of 
Asher ? 28. In Naphtali ? 29. In Manasseh beyond Jor¬ 

dan ? 30. In Gad ? 31. In Reuben ? 

Chapter V. — 1. By what different names has the Holy Land 
been called ? 




52 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


Abraham ; the Land of Israel, from the Israelites; Judea , 
from Judah, the principal of the twelve tribes \ Palestine , 
from the Philistines, who inhabited the southwest part of 
it ; and the Holy Land, from its being the scene of the 
greater part of the transactions recorded in the Bible, and 
particularly of the birth, life, miracles, and sufferings of 
our Savior. 

2. It is also repeatedly called in the Bible simply lhe 
Land . The names which have in modern times, been 
most commonly applied to it, are the Holy Land and Pal¬ 
estine. 

3. The Israelites esteemed this country as holy ; and all 
other countries they regarded as profane, the very dust of 
which would contaminate one of their nation. 

4. The face of the country is beautifully diversified with 


mountains, hills, valleys, and plains. 

5. The climate is excellent ; the cold seldom excessive ; 
the heat of summer is great, but mitigated by a periodical 
breeze. 

6. Rain seldom falls here, except in the spring and au¬ 
tumn j but, the deficiency is, in a measure, supplied by 
abundant dews. 

7. The Scriptures, in describing the fruitfulness of this 
country, characterize it as “ a land flowing with milk and 
honey.” 

8. In modern times, many parts of it have a desolate 
appearance, as the cultivation has generally been much 
neglected ; but, where it has been well attended to, it is 
highly productive. 

9. “ Under a wise and beneficent government,” says a 
recent traveller, “ the produce of the Holy Land would ex¬ 
ceed all calculation. Its perennial harvest ; the salubrity 
of its air ; its limpid springs ; its rivers, lakes, and match¬ 
less plains ; its hills and vales ; all these, added to the 
serenity of its climate, prove this land to be indeed ‘ a field 
which the Lord hath blessed.’ ” 

10. The Jor'dan, the celebrated river of Palestine, and 
the only considerable one in the country, is deep and rapid, 
but not wide. It rises near the foot of Mount Hermon ; 
passes through lakes Merom and Gennesareth ; and, after 


2. What names have been commonly applied to it in modern 
limes ? 3. How did the Israelites regard this, and how 
other countries ? 4. What is said of the face of the country ? 

5. What is said of the climate ? 0. What resDecting rain ? 

7. How do the Scriptures characterize this country P 8. What is 
its state in modern times ? 9. What is said of it by a recent 
traveller ? 10. What account is given of the Jordan ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


53 


a southerly course of about 150 miles, flows into the Dead 
Sea. 

11. Some of the other famous streams or rivulets of Pal¬ 
estine are the Ar'non, Jab'bok, Be'sor, So'rek, and Ki'shon ; 
also Ce'dron , or Kid'ron, noted for passing by Jerusalem, 
and Be'lus, near Ptolema'is, from the sand of which glass is 
said to have been first made. 

12. The Dead Sea, called also the Sea of Sodom, the 
Salt Sea, and Lake Jlsphalti'tes, is about 70 miles long, and 
from 10 to 18 broad. 

13. It occupies the place where once stood the five cities 
of the plain, namely, Sod'om, Gomor'rah, Ad'mah, Zebo'im , 
and Zo'ar; the first four of which were destroyed by fire 
from heaven. 

14. It is surrounded by majestic and dreary mountains; 
and its vicinity is barren and cheerless. The water is clear, 
but uncommonly salt and bitter. 

15. The Sea of Galilee, called also the lake of Gennes'a- 
reth and the Sea of Tibe'rias, and, in the Old Testament, 
the Sea of Chin'nereth or Cin'neroth, is 17 miles long, and 
6 broad. 

16. This lake, which is celebrated in the gospel history, 
is environed by lofty eminences, and has a beautiful and 
picturesque appearance. 

17. Our Savior passed much of his time, during his min¬ 
istry, in the vicinity of this lake, and it was here that sev¬ 
eral of his disciples were employed, in the early part of 
their lives, as fishermen. 

18. Mount Leb’anon, called by the Greeks and Latins 
Lib'anus , is a famous range of mountains on the north of 
Palestine. Its summits are almost always covered with 
snow. 

19. Lebanon is celebrated in Hebrew poetry, particu¬ 
larly for its magnificent cedars, some specimens of which 
still remain. 

20. To the east of Lebanon is Anti-Lebanon or Anti- 
Lib'anus ; and to the southeast is Mount Hermon , the sum¬ 
mit of which is usually covered with snow. 


11. What other famous streams are there ? 12. What is the extent 
of the Dead Sea ? 13. What place does it oeeupy ? 

14. What is further said of it ? 15. What are the length and 
breadth of the Sea of Galilee ? 16. What is said of it ? 

17. What is mentioned respecting our Savior and his disciples in 
connection with this lake ? 18. What is said of Mouht Leb¬ 
anon ? 19. For what is Lebanon celebrated in Hebrew 

' - 20. What mountains lie east and southeast of 




54 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


21. Mount Carmel, on the coast of the Mediterranean, 
was the retreat of the prophet Elijah, and has, in later 
times, been noted for the residence of the monks, called 
Carmelites. 

22. Mount Tabor , a conical mountain, to the southwest 
of the sea of Galilee, is commonly supposed to have been 
the scene of our Savior’s transfiguration. 

23. The Mountains of Ephraim, or Israel, were situated 
in the central part of Palestine. An elevated summit of 
this range, situated not far from Jericho, and now called 
Quaranta'ria, is supposed to have been the scene of the 
Temptation. 

24. North of Shechem was Mount.E'bal; and to the south, 
Mount Ger'izim, famous for the temple of the Samaritans. 

25. Mount Gil'boa, south of the sea of Galilee, is noted 
for the death of Saul and Jonathan. 

26. The Mountains of Gilead, to the east of the Jordan, 
were famous for producing balm or balsam , the dried juice 
of a tree, which was much used by the ancients as a medi¬ 
cine. 

27. To the northeast of Gilead was Bashan, famous for 
stately oaks, and for numerous herds of cattle. 

28. To the south were the mountains of Ab'arim, from 
the summits of which, Ne'bo and Pis'gah, Moses had a 
view of the Promised Land. 

29. To the south of Palestine is the mountainous range 
called Seir, with its summit Mount Hor, on which Aaron 
died. 

30. The country of Palestine, being mountainous and 
rocky, abounds in caves , which anciently afforded a refuge 
to the inhabitants. 

31. David made the cave of AduVlam a place of retreat; 
and in the cave of En'gedi, he concealed himself, together 
with 600 men. 

32. In a cave not far from Samaria, Obadi'ah hid a hun¬ 
dred prophets ; and the cave of Machpe’lah, near Hebron, 
is celebrated as the burying-place of Abraham and his 
family 

33. Frequent mention is made in the Bible of wilder¬ 
nesses or deserts. Some of these, which belonged to Pal- 


21. What is said of Mount Carmel? 22. Mount Tabor ? 23. The 
mountains of Ephraim ? 24. Ebal and Gerizim ? 25. Mount 
Gilboa? 26. Gilead? 27. What is said of Bashan? 28. 
Abarim ? 29. Mount Seir ? 

30. What is remarked respecting caves? 31. What is said of the 
caves of Adullam and Engedi? 32. What other caves are 
mentioned ? 33. What is mentioned respecting wildernesses ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


55 

estine, were barren, sandy plains ; others were mountain¬ 
ous, and covered with trees or pasture. 

34. The most celebrated desert in Palestine was the 
Desert or Wilderness of Judea , situated to the west of the 
Dead Sea, where John the Baptist preached. 


CHAPTER VL 

Palestine in the Time of the New Testament History : Judea : 

Jerusalem and its Environs. 

1. In the time of the Gospel history, the whole of Pales¬ 
tine was subject to the Romans, and was divided into four 
parts ; namely, Jude’a, Sama'ria , Gal'ilee, and Perce'a , or the 
country beyond Jordan. 

2. Our Savior was born at Bethlehem in Judea, but his 
place of residence, before entering on his public ministry, 
was Nazareth in Galilee ; hence he was sometimes called 
a Nazarene, and sometimes a Galilean. 

3. His journeyings, during his ministry, were limited to 
Palestine. The two principal centres of his labors were 
Jerusalem and its vicinity, and the neighborhood of the Sea 
of Galilee. 


34. What was the most celebrated desert or wilderness of Pales* 
tine ? 

Chapter VI.— 1. What is said of the condition and divisions of 
Palestine, in the time of the gospel history ? 

2. Where was our Savior born, ana where was his residence? 

3. To what country were his journeyings limited, and what were 

the principal centres of his labors ? 


See Map No. VII. — How were the Amalekites situated with re¬ 
gard to Judah and Israel ? How Damascus ? How was 
Ammon situated ? Moab ? Midian ? 

Which two tribes were situated farthest south ? Which three 
farthest north ? Which on the Mediterranean or Great Sea ? 
Which on the Dead Sea ? Which on the east of the Jordan ? 

How was Judah situated ? Simeon? Manasseh? Asher? Reu¬ 
ben ? Dan ? Gad ? Issachar ? Naphtali ? Benjamin ? Zeb- 
ulon ? Ephraim ? 

What towns are found in the tribe of Judah ? In Benjamin ? In 
Simeon ? In Dan ? In Ephraim ? In Manasseh ? In Is¬ 
sachar ? In Zebulon? In Asher? In Naphtali ? In Man¬ 
asseh beyond Jordan ? In Gad ? In Reuben ? 

p 





56 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


4. Judea comprised the territories which formerly be¬ 
longed to the tribes of Judah , Benjamin , Simeon , and Dan ; 
and it was distinguished particularly for containing the city 
of Jerusalem. 

5. Jerusalem was styled by the Israelites the Holy City 
and the City of God , and was regarded as, in a peculiar 
sense, the dwelling-place of the Most High, as it contained 
the Temple , and was the centre of the Jewish worship. 

6. It was built on four hills, Zi'on, Mori'ah, A'cra, and Be- 
ze'ta , which were almost surrounded by valleys, encompass¬ 
ed by mountains. 

7. Two small streams, branches of the brook Kid'ron or 
Ce'dron, flowed through the valleys, one on the east, and 
the other on the south, of the city. 

8. Mount Zion , which was the most elevated of the hills, 
and on which the city of David was built, and also the pal¬ 
ace of David, was the most southerly. 

9. Mount Moriah , on which the Temple was erected, was 
to the east; and to the north were two other hills, less ele¬ 
vated. 

10. After the building of the Temple, all the adult males 
of Israel were required to go to Jerusalem, three times a 
year, to keep the three great annual festivals ; namely, the 
Passover, the Pentecost , and the Feast of Tabernacles. 

11. The first Temple was built by Solomon, and was an 
extensive and magnificent edifice, adorned with very costly 
ornaments of gold, and encompassed by spacious courts. 

12. In the innermost part of the Temple was the Sanctu¬ 
ary , including the Holy of Holies , so called because it con¬ 
tained the Ark of the Covenant. 

13. Into this most holy place, none but the high priest 
was permited to enter ; and he only once a year, on the 
great day of atonement. 

14. The second Temple, which was built by Zerub’babel, 
after the return of the Jews from the Babylonish captivity, 
was much inferior to that of Solomon. 

15. Herod began to repair or rebuild the Temple 16 years 


4. What did Judea comprise ? 5. What is said of Jerusalem ? 6. 
What of its situation ? 7. What streams flowed through the 
valleys? 8. What is said of Mount Zion? 9. What of 
Mount Moriah ? 10. At what three festivals were all thfc 

adult males required to be at Jerusalem ? 

11. What is said of the first Temple ? 12. What was there in the 

innermost part of it? 13. Who was permitted to enter into 
the Holy of Holies? 14. By whom was the second Temple 
built ? 15. When did Herod begin to repair or rebuild the 

Temple? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


57 


before the birth of Christ, and rendered it extremely mag¬ 
nificent. & 

16. Near the Temple was the pool of Bethes'da; and on 
the northwest was the castle or fortress of Anto'nia, in 
which a Roman legion was quartered. 

17. On the west side of the city, and just without the walls, 
was Calvary , a little hill, where our Lord was crucified. 

18. To the south of the city was Gehen'na, or the Valley 
of Hinnom, where the Israelites sacrificed their children to 
the image of Mo'loch. 

19. In the Valley of Jehosh’aphat, to the east of the city, 
were the fountain or pool of Sil'oam or Sil'oah, and also 
the Garden of Gethsem'ane , where our Savior was be¬ 
trayed. 

20. To the east of the valley of Jehoshaphat was the 
Mount of Olives or Mount Ol'ivet, so elevated as to afford 
a fine view of the city and temple. 

21. The modern city of Jerusalem is built chiefly on 
Mount Moriah , and is much visited by pilgrims. 

22. To the east of Jerusalem was Belh'pha-ge ; and still 
farther, Beth'any, famous for the residence of Mary and 
Martha, for the raising of Laz'arus, and for the ascension 
of our Savior. 

23. Beth'lehem is memorable as the birthplace of our 
Savior ; Evn'maus , for his conversation with two of his 
disciples after his resurrection. 

24. Jer'icho, famous in the history of the Old Testament, 
is frequently mentioned in the New, and was the residence 
of Zacche'us. 

25. Arimathe'a is noted as the residence of Joseph, who 
begged of Pilate the body of Jesus ; Lyd'da, for the cure 
of E'neas, by Peter. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Samaria : Galilee : Per a* a. 

1. The country or province of Samaria derived its name 
from the city of Samaria, which was the capital of the 

16. Where were the pool of Bethesda and the castle of Antonia? 

17. Where was Calvary ? 18. Where was Gehenna or the Valley 

of Hinnom? 19. The Pool of Siloam and the garden or 
Gethsernane ? 20. The Mount of Olives ? 

21. What is said of the modem city ? 22. Bethphage and Betha¬ 
ny ? 23. Bethlehem and Emmaus ? 24. Jericho? 25. Ari- 
mathea and Lydda ? 

Chapter VII. — 1. What is said of the country or province of 
Samaria ? 

28 




58 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


kingdom of Israel; and it comprised the territory which 
belonged to the tribe of Ephraim and half of Manasseh. 

2. After the captivity of the Ten Tribes by Shalmane * * 5 6 7 - 
ser, this country was repeopled by colonists from Assyria, 
and such Israelites as remained or afterwards returned ; 
and this mixed race of people were called Samar'itans. 

3. They adopted the Law of Moses , and regarded the 
Pentateuch as a book of divine authority j but rejected the 
rest of the Old Testament. 

4. They built a temple on Mount Ger'izim, where they 
celebrated their worship, instead of going to Jerusalem. 

5. The greatest aversion existed between the Jews and 
Samaritans ; and the two nations had no friendly inter¬ 
course with each other. 

6. Our Savior spent but little time, during his ministry, 
in Samaria ; though he repeatedly passed through the coun¬ 
try, in journeying from Galilee to Judea. 

7. Sy'char, called in the Old Testament She'chem and 
Si'chem, now Napolose , became the metropolis of the Sa¬ 
maritans, after the destruction of the city of Samaria. 

8. Near Sychar was Jacob’s Well, memorable for our 
Savior’s conversation with the woman of Samaria. 

9. In the vicinity was Mount Ger'izim, on which the Sa¬ 
maritan temple was built, and to which allusion is made in 
the remark of the woman of Samaria, “ Our fathers wor¬ 
shipped in this mountain.” 

10. Ccesare'a, a city on the coast of the Mediterranean, 
was the seat of the Roman procurators, or governors, of 
Palestine. 

11. In this city Herod Jlgrippa was smitten with a fatal 
disease, as related in Acts xii. ; here St. Peter converted 
Cornelius, the centurion ; and here St. Paul defended him¬ 
self before Felix, Festus, and Jlgrippa, before he sailed to 
Rome. 

12. Jop'pa, now Jaffa , is famous as the port of Jerusalem, 
and for being the place where Peter restored Dorcas to life. 

13. Antip'atris, a town built by Herod, is mentioned in 
the history of St. Paul; E'non and Sa'lim, near the Jordan, 
were the places where John baptized. 

2. Who were the Samaritans ? and what was their origin ? 

3. What their religion ? 4. Where did they build a temple ? 

5. How did the Jews and Samaritans regard each other ? 

6. Did our Savior pass much time in Samaria? 7. What is said of 

Sychar ? 8. For what is Jacob’s Well memorable ? 

9. What is said of Mount Gerizim ? 10. What of Caesarea? 

11. What events took place in this city ? 12 What is said of Joppa ? 
13. What of Antipatris, Enon, and Salim ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


59 


Galilee, the northern division of Palestine, com¬ 
prised the country formerly occupied by the tribes of Is'sa- 
char, Zeb'ulon, Naph'tali , and Ash'er. 

15. It was divided into Upper and Lower. Upper Gal¬ 
ilee, the northern division, was mountainous, and was call¬ 
ed Galilee of the Gentiles , because it bordered upon Gen¬ 
tile nations. 

16. The chief town of Upper Galilee was Ccesare'a-Phi- 
lip'pi , called in the Old Testament Dan . 

17. Lower Galilee, which is called in the New Testa¬ 
ment simply Galilee , is comparatively level, and was very 
fruitful and populous ; and many of its inhabitants were 
Israelites. 

18. This division of Palestine was most honored with 
our Savior’s presence, and it was the native country of 
most, if not all, of his twelve disciples. 

19. Tibe'rias, situated on the sea of Galilee, which was 
called also the sea of Tiberias, was once the capital of 
Galilee, and was noted for its Jewish academy after the 
destruction of Jerusalem. 

20. Capernaum, Chora r zin , and Bethsa'ida were all sit¬ 
uated near the sea of Galilee, and were memorable for our 
Lord’s discourses and miracles, which brought a heavy 
woe upon them on account of their unbelief. 

21. Bethsa'ida was the residence of the disciples Philip, 
Peter, Andrew, James, and John. 

22. Caper'naum was the residence of Matthew ; and on 
an eminence near this town, our Savior delivered his mem¬ 
orable discourse, called the “Sermon on the Mount.” 

23. Naz'areth is famous for having been the residence of 
our Savior, before he entered on his public ministry ; Ca¬ 
na, for his miracle of turning water into wine ; JVa'in , for 
his raising a widow’s son to life. 

24. Ptolema'is or Ac'cho, now Acre , a place visited by 
St. Paul, is noted in the history of the Crusades. 

25. Persia, or the country Beyond Jordan , comprised 
the territories which formerly belonged to the tribes of 
Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh, and it 
was subdivided into several districts. 


14. What did Galilee comprise ? 15. How was it divided ? 

16. What was the chief town of Upper Galilee? 17. How is 
Lower Galilee described ? 18. What is further said of this 

division? 19. What is said of Tiberias ? 20. What is said 
of Capernaum, Chorazin, and Bethsaida? 21. Of whom 
was Bethsaida the residence ? 22. What is said of Caper¬ 
naum ? 23. What of Nazareth, Cana, and Nain ? 24. Ptol- 
emais ? 25. What did Pereea comprise ? 

p* 



60 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


26. Decap olis was a combination of ten cities, which 
were situated not far from the sea of Galilee. 

27. The country on the east side of the sea of Galilee 
was repeatedly visited by our Savior, and here were the 
towns of Dalmanu'tha, Mag'dala , and Gad'ara. 

28. Farther to the south, on the Jordan, was Bethab ara, 
where John baptized. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Countries in which the Gospel was preached by the Apostles 

1. The labors of the apostles in preaching the gospel, 
after the resurrection of our Savior, as related in the Acts, 


26. What did Decapolis comprise ? 27. What is mentioned of the 
country on the east side of the sea of Galilee ? 28. What 
of Bethabara? 

Chapter VIII. — 1. In what countries was the gospel preached 
by-the apostles ? 


See Map No. VIII. — What sea lies west of Palestine ? 

How was Samaria bounded? Judea? Galilee? Peraea, or Be¬ 
yond Jordan ? How was Galilee of the Gentiles situated ? 
Iture'a ? Phoenicia ? Syria ? Genesaret ? Decapolis ? 

How is the Dead Sea situated ? The Sea of Galilee ? The Waters 
of Merom ? Through what does the Jordan flow ? Into 
what does it empty ? Where does the Arnon empty ? The 
Jabbok ? What streams empty into the Mediterranean ? 

How is mount Lebanon situated ? Anti-Lebanon ? Mount Her- 
mon? Mount Carmel? Mount Tabor? The Mountains of 
Ephraim ? The Mountains of Abarim ? Mount Gilboa ? 

How is Jerusalem situated ? Samaria ? Caesarea ? Tiberias ? Si- 
don ? Gaza? Hebron? Joppa? Jericho? Ptolemais? 
Capernaum ? Sychar ? Tyre ? Caesarea-Philippi ? Beer- 
sheba? Bethlehem? Nazareth? Cana? Emmaus? Gath 5 
Ascalon ? Magdala ? Rameth-Gilead ? Jezreel ? Bethab¬ 
ara ? Azotus ? Engedi ? Salim and Enon ? Megiddo ? 
Shunem ? 

See Map No. IX. — In what part of Jerusalem was Mount Zion ? 
Mount Moriah ? Where was the city of David ? The Tem¬ 
ple ? The Palace of David ? Solomon’s Palace ? Salem, 
or the Old City ? The Pool of Bethesda ? The Castle of 
Antonia ? Mount Calvary l Which way from the city was 
the Mount of Olives ? Where was the Valley of Jehoshaphat ? 
The Valley of Hinnom ? The Pool of Siloam ? The Fuller’s 
and the Potter’s Fields ? Gethsemane ? Which way from 
erusalem were Bethphage and Bethany ? 





SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


61 


were confined chiefly to Palestine , Syria, Asia Minor. 
Greece , and Italy. 

2. These countries were all, at this period, subject to the 
Romans; and they embraced the portions of the earth 
which were most distinguished for civilization, arts, and 
literature ; but the inhabitants were all, with the exception 
of the Jews, pagan idolaters , commonly styled iir the Bible 
Gentiles. 

3. Syria, which was, at this period, a Roman province, 
had for its capital, An'tioch, which had been the residence 
of the Macedonian kings of Syria, called the Seleu'cidce, and 
was, for some time, the third city in the world in splendor 
and population. 

4. Antioch is frequently mentioned in the Acts of the 
Apostles ; it was the native place of St. Luke, and for some 
time the residence of St. Peter and St. Paul ; and here the 
disciples of Christ were first called Christians. 

5. Eph'esus, the capital of the province of Asia, was a 
large and splendid city,, celebrated for a magnificent temple 
of Dia'na, which was reckoned one of the Seven Wonders 
of the World. 

6. St. Paul spent some time at Ephesus ; here St. John 
passed the latter part of his life ; and of the church here, 
Timothy was appointed bishop. 

7. The “ Seven Churches of Asia,” mentioned in the 
Revelation, namely, Eph'esus, Smyrna, Per'gamos, Thya- 
ti'ra, Sar'dis, Philadelphia, and Laodice'a, were all in the 
province of Asia. 

8. Smyrna, a large commercial city, is noted for having 
been considered by some as the birthplace of Homer ; Per'¬ 
gamos, as the royal city of Evlmenes ; Sar'dis,. as the resi¬ 
dence of the rich king Croesus ; Mile'tus, for its riches and 
commerce, and the temple of Apollo. 

9. Tarsus, the capital of Cilicia, was a large city, noted 
for the arts and sciences, and as the birthplace of St. Paul ; 
Ico’nium, as the capital of Lycao'nia j Pa'phos, as the cap¬ 
ital of the island of Cyprus. 


2. What is said of these countries ? 

3. What is said of Syria and Antioch ? 4. What further is related 

of Antioch ? 5. What of Ephesus ? 6. Which cf the apos¬ 
tles resided here ? 7. What were the “ Seven Churches,” 
and where situated ? 8. What is said of Smyrna, Pergamos, 
Sardis, and Miletus? 

9. What is said of Tarsus, &c. ? 

23* 



62 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


10. Greece , at this period, was divided into two Roman 
provinces, namely Acha'ia and Macedo’nia. 

11. Achaia comprised Greece Proper and the Pelopon¬ 
nesus ; and Macedonia consisted of Macedonia Proper, 
Thessaly, and Epirus. 

12. Cor'inth, the capital of Achaia, was situated on a gulf 
and an isthmus of the same name, and was famous for 
commerce, wealth, and the arts, and for the celebration of 
the Isthmian games in its vicinity. 

13. Alh'ens , the most renowned city of Greece, was for a 
long time the most celebrated seat of learning in the world, 
and gave birth to many of the most eminent men of an¬ 
tiquity ; yet this city, as well as those less enlightened, 
“ was wholly given to idolatry.” 

14. Crete, a large island lying southeast of Greece, and 
much celebrated in Grecian history, was visited by St. Paul, 
accompanied by Titus, who was left here to regulate the 
affairs of the churches. 

15. Pat'mos, a small barren island, is celebrated for being 
the place to which St. John was banished. 

16. The great and powerful city of Rome was the capital 
of the Roman Empire, which, in the time of the Gospel 
history, was nearly in its greatest extent, and embraced 
most of the then known world. 

17. The Roman Empire was, during the ministry of 
St. Paul, successively governed by the Emperors Tibe'ri- 
us, Calig'ula, CLau'dius, and Ne’ro. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Labors and Travels of St. Paul and the other Apostles. 

1. The labors of St. Peter, so far as they are recorded in 
the New Testament, were limited to Palestine and the city 
of Antioch ; yet from his addressing his first epistle to the 
Christians dispersed in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, 
and Bithynia, he is supposed to have preached in those 
countries. 


10. How was Greece now divided? 11. What did Achaia com¬ 
prise, and what Macedonia? 12. What is said of Corinth? 
13. Athens ? 14. Crete ? 15. Patinos ? 

16. What is said of Rome and the Roman Empire ? 17. By what 
emperors was the empire governed during St. Paul’s ministry? 
Chapter IX. — 1. What is said of the labors of Peter ? 




SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


63 


2. St. John preached the gospel for a while in Palestine. 
He was at length banished to the island of Patmos ; and he 
passed the latter part of his life in Asia Minor, chiefly at 
Ephesus. 

8 . James , the brother of John, suffered martyrdom under 
Herod Agrippa, as related in Acts xii. 

4. The other apostle James , the brother of Jude, some¬ 
times called James the .Less, was the author of the epistle 
which bears his name, and was bishop o £ Jerusalem, where 
he suffered martyrdom, A. D. 62. 

5. Of the labors of the rest of the twelve original disci¬ 
ples or apostles, subsequent to the ascension of our Savior, 
scarcely any thing is recorded in the New Testament. 

6. St. Paul, who was appointed an apostle after the as¬ 
cension of our Savior, and was preeminent for his various 
endowments, “ labored more abundantly than all the oth¬ 
ers and he is styled the great apostle of the Gentiles. 

7. He was a native of Tarsus, a Hebrew of the tribe of 
Benjamin, was educated a Pharisee, and possessed, by 
birth, the privilege of a Roman citizen. This privilege, it 
has been maintained by some, was conferred on his ances¬ 
tors ; but others suppose, that, at this period, all the natives 
of Tarsus enjoyed it. 

8. St. Paul was, for a time, zealous for the Jewish re¬ 
ligion, and employed himself in cruelly persecuting the 
Christians ; and it was while on a journey from Jerusalem 
to Damascus, for this purpose, that his miraculous conver¬ 
sion took place, A. D. 35, or 36. 

9. After his conversion, he went to Damascus, thence 
into Arabia , where he passed considerable time ; then re¬ 
turned to Damascus , and afterwards to Jerusalem. 

10. After this first return to Jerusalem, subsequent to his 
conversion, he performed four apostolic journeys from that 
city, before he was sent a prisoner to Rome. 

11. Some of the principal companions and assistants of 
Paul in his labors among the Gentiles, were Bar'nabas, 
Silas, Timothy , Apollos, Titus, and Luke. 

12. In his first apostolic journey from Jerusalem, Paul 


2. What is said of John ? 3. What is said of James the brother of 
Tohn? What of the other apostle James? 5. What of the 
rest of the 12 original disciples? 6. What is said of St. Paul ? 
7. What of his birth and origin? 8. What further is re¬ 
lated of him? 9. To what places did he proceed afler his 
conversion ? 10. How many apostolic journeys did he per¬ 
form afler this return to Jerusalem ? 11. Who were some 

of his principal companions and assistants ? 12. What was 

his route in his first journey ? 



64 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


proceeded by way of Caesare'a to Tarsus ; thence to An¬ 
tioch ; and, after spending considerable time here, he re¬ 
turned to Jerusalem, A. D. 44, accompanied by Barnabas, 
bringing relief to the suffering Christians in Judea. 

13. In his second journey , Paul returned to Antioch ; 
thence by Seleu'cia first to 8al'amis in Cyprus^ thence to 
Paphos , the capital of the island, where he converted the 
proconsul Ser'gius Pau'lus, and struck with blindness the 
sorcerer El'ymas, who attempted to hinder his conversion. 

14. From Paphos he proceeded to Perga: thence to An¬ 
tioch in Pisidia; thence to Lystra, where he cured a crip¬ 
ple ; and the people who saw this miracle, were at first 
eager to offer sarifice to him and his companion Barnabas 
but they afterwards stoned him, dragged him out of the 
city, and left him for dead. 

15. From Lystra he proceeded to Dei^be ; thence returning 
again to Lystra , Iconiwn, Antioch , and Perga; and thence 
by way of Attali'a to Antioch in Syria. After spending con¬ 
siderable time here, he, together with Barnabas, went again 
to Jerusalem, A. D. 49, in order to consult the apostles and- 
elders, on the controversy which arose respecting circum¬ 
cision and other legal ceremonies. 

16. After the council of Jerusalem, Paul commenced his- 
third apostolic journey; returning with Barnabas to Antioch,. 
he took Silas for a companion, and proceeded to Der'he and 
Lystra , where he received Timothy as an assistant ; thence 
through Phiygia, Galatia , and Mysia, to Troas, where 
Luke is supposed to have joined him. 

17. From Troas he proceeded by Samothra'cia and JYcap'- 
olis to Philip'pi, where he, together with Silas, was put in. 
prison, but was delivered by an earthquake ; and he after¬ 
wards converted the jailer and his family. 

18. From Philippi, he proceeded to Amphip'oli 3 , Apollo' 
nia , Thessaloni'ca, 3ere’a, and Ath’cns. 

19. At Athens, he was brought before the supreme court 
of Areopagus for trial, and before this tribunal, composed 
of statesmen and philosophers, he delivered the speech re¬ 
corded in Acts xvii. 

20. From Athens he proceeded to Cor’inth , where he re- 


13. What course did he pursue in his second journey, and what 
took place at Paphos ? 14. To what places did he proceed 
from Paphos, and what took place at Lystra? 

15. What was his course afterwards, and on what occasion did he 
return to Jerusalem? 16. What was his course in his third 
journey? 17. What was his course afterwards, and what 
took place at Philippi ? 18. What places did he next visit ? 

;9. What took place at Athens ? 20. What city did he then visit 
and what took place at Corinth ? 



SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


65 


mained about a year and a half, and was here brought by 
the Jews before the proconsul Gallic. 

21. Embarking from Cen'chrea, a port of Corinth, after 
touching at Eph'esus, he landed at Ccesare'a , and proceeded 
again to Jerusalem, A. D. 53. 

22. After a short stay at Jerusalem, Paul went to Antioch, 
proceeding on his fourth apostolic journey through Gala'tia 
and Phrygia to Eph'esus , where he remained two or three 
years, ana left the city after a riot was raised against him 
by Demetrius, the silversmith. 

23. From Ephesus he proceeded by way of Proas to 
Macedonia , passing through that country and Greece, again 
visiting Corinth and Philippi; thence sailing by Proas to 
MUe'tus , where he met the Ephesian Christians, and took 
the affecting leave of them recorded in Acts xx. 

24. From Miletus he proceeded by Cos, Rhodes, Pat'ara, 
Pyre , Plolema'is, and Ccesare'a , to Jerusalem, where he ar¬ 
rived before the feast .of Pentecost, A. D. 53. 

25. After his return to Jerusalem from his fourth apostol¬ 
ic journey, the Jews caused an excitement against him, 
and he was sent a prisoner by way of Antip'atris to Caesa¬ 
rea, to be tried by Felix, the governor. 

26. Having been detained a prisoner two years at Caesa- 
re'a, where he delivered the defences recorded in Acts xxii. 
and xxvi., he availed himself of his privilege of a Roman 
citizen by appealing to the emperor. 

27. He was accordingly sent to Rome with other prison¬ 
ers, under the care of the centurion Julius, and was accom¬ 
panied by St. Luke. 

28. In their voyage (see Map No: X .), they touched at 
Sidon and Myra, sailed near Cnidus, thence round the east 
end of Crete ; and after being “ exceedingly tossed with a 
tempest,” for fourteen days, they were shipwrecked near 
the island of Mel’ita, where they all got safe to shore. 

29. From Mel'ita they proceeded by Syracuse, Pute’oli, 
Ap'pii Fo'rum , and The Phree Paverns, till they finally ar¬ 
rived at Rome, A. D. 61. 

30. Paul dwelt two years in the city, in hired lodgings. 


21. By what places did he return to Jerusalem ? 22. What was his 
course in his fourth journey, and what took place at Ephe¬ 
sus? 23. What was his route from thence, and what took 
place at Miletus ? 24. By what places did he return to Je¬ 
rusalem ? 25. What happened after his return ? 

26. What took place at Caesarea ? 27. By whom was he accom¬ 
panied to Rome ? 28. What is related respecting the voy¬ 
age? 29. How did he proceed from Melita ? 30. What did 
he do at Rome ? 



m 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


where he received all that came to him, preaching the gos¬ 
pel without interruption. 

31. During this imprisonment at Rome, the apostle wrote 
his epistles to the Ephe'sians, Philip*plans, Colos'sians , and 
to Phile'mon. 

32. The most of his other epistles had before this time 
been written at different places. 

33. St. Luke concludes his narrative in the Acts, with 
this imprisonment at Rome ; and the subsequent history of 
St. Paul is uncertain ; but it was the uniform tradition of 
the primitive church, that he was afterwards imprisoned a 
second time at Rome, and that he suffered martyrdom un¬ 
der the emperor Nero, in or about the year A. D. 66. 


31. What epistles did he write during this imprisonment ? 

32. What is said of the other epistles ? 33. What further is relat¬ 

ed of St. Paul ? 


See Map No. X. — What countries were situated on the east of 
the Mediterranean or Great Sea ? 

What countries were in the west of Asia Minor? In the south? 
In the north ? In the east ? How was Galatia situated ? 
Troas ? The island of Cyprus ? Crete ? Patmos ? Sicily ? 
Melita? How was Greece or Achaiasituated ? Macedonia.* 
Thrace ? Epirus ? Ulyricum ? Thessaly ? Dalmatia ? 
Italy ? Which, way from Jerusalem to Damascus ? Gaza ? 
Antioch ? Alexandria ? Ephesus ? Cyre'ne ? Athens ? 
How was Antioch situated? Tarsus? Iconium? Paphos? Atta- 
lia ? Antioch in Pisidia ? 

What towns were there on the west coast of Asia Minor, and on 
the east of the iEgean Sea ? 

How was Smyrna situated? Ephesus? Pergamos? Miletus ?" 

Philadelphia? Sardis? Colos'se and Laodicea ? 

How was Athens situated ? Thessalonica ? Corinth ? Philippi ? 
Berea? Cenchrea? Rome? Syracuse? Rhegium ? Pu- 
teoli ? By what places did St. Paul pass in his voyage from. 
Caesarea to Rome ? 




TABLE 


Of Ancient Geographical Names, with their corresponding 
Modern Names. 

SEAS, GULFS, STRAITS, and lakes. 


Modem. 

Gulf of Venice 
Archipelago 

Bay of Biscay 
Red Sea 


Ancient. 

A-dri-at'ic Sea 
-dS-gae'an Sea 
Aq-ui-ta'ni-an 
Ocean 

A-ra'bi-an G. or 
Ar-gol'ic G. 

As-phal-ti'tes L. 

At-lan tic O. 

Be-na'cus L. 

Bos'pho-rus ) 
(Cimmerian) > 
Bos'pho-rus > 

(Thracian) y 
Brig-an-ti'nus L. Constance 
Cas'pi-an Sea Caspian 


Ancient. 

Gen-nes'a.reth, 
Lake of 
Ger'man O. or 
Hel'les-pont 
Her'cu-les, Str. 


Gulf of Napoli Hi-ber'ni-an S, 
Dead Sea 


Atlantic 

Garda 


{ 


I-o'ni-an Sea 

La'ri-us L. 
Li-gus'tic Gulf 


Modern. 

| Tabaria 

North Sea 
Dardanelles 
Str. of Gibraltar 
Irish Sea 
Part of the Gulf 
of Venice 
Como 

Gulf of Genoa 
Geneva 

Mediterranean 


Strait of Caffa Le , rnan Lako 

Str. of Constan- Mediterranean 
tinople Pa'lus Moe-o'tis Sea of Azof 

Pro-pon'tis Marmora 

Sa-ron'ic G. Gulf of Engia 

Co-da'ni-an G. Baltic Sea Si-cil'i-an Str. Str. of Messina 

tof Ml ' jor ’ | “/ « 

Gal'i-lee, Sea of Tabaria Ther-ma'ic G. Gulf of Contessa 

Gal'lic Strait Str. of Dover Ti-be'ri-as, Sea of Tabaria 


Gal'lic Gulf 
Gan-get'ic Gulf 


Gulf of Lions 
Bay of Bengal 


Ver-ba'nus L. Maggiore 


ISLANDS. 


iE-ffi'na 

Engia 

Ceph-a-le'ni*a 

Cefalonia 

iE-o'li-an Islands Lipari Islands 

Ce'os 

Zia 

A-mor'gos 

Amorgo 

Chi'os 

Scio 

An'a-phe 

Namphio 

Ci-mo'lus 

Argentiera 

An'dros 

Andro 

Cor-cy'ra 

Corfu 

Ar'a-dus 

Larek 

Cor'si-ca 

Corsica 


I Majorca 

Cos 

Stanchio 

Bal-e-a'res 

< Minorca 

Crete 

Candia 


(lvica 

Crep'sa 

Cherso 

Ca-lym'na 

Calmina 

Cy'prus 

Cyprus 

Ca-pra'ri-a 

Gornera 

Cyth'nus 

Thermia 

Ca'pre-se 

Capri 

Cy-the'ra 

Cerigo 

Car pa-thus 

Scarpanto 

De'los 

a 

Delos 


68 


ISLANDS. 


Ancient. 

Modern. Ancient. 

Modern. 

Eb'u-sus 

Ivica 

Pa'ros 

Paros 

Eu-boe'a 

JYegropont 

Pat'mos 

Patino 

Fortunate Isles 

Canaries 

Psy'ra 

Ipsara 

Hes-per'i-des 

Bissagos 

Rhodes 

Rhodes 

Hi-ber'ni-a 

Ireland 

Sal'a-mis 

Colouri 

I-caVi-a 

JVicaria 

Sa-mo-thra'ce 

Samothraki 

Il'va 

Elba 

Sa'mos 

Samos 

Im'bros 

Imbro 

Sar-din'i-a 

Sardinia 

I'os 

JSTio 

Scy'ros 

Syra 

Ith'a-ca 

Theaki 

Se-ri'phus 

Seipho 

Lem'nos 

Stalimene 

Si<j'i-ly 

Sicily 

Lesbos 

Metelin 

Siph'nos 

Stoech'a-des 

Siphanto 

Leu-ca'di-a 

St. Maura 

Hieres 

Lip'a-ra 

Lipari 

Stroph'a-des 

Strivali 

Mel'i-te 

Malta 

Sy'ros 

Syra 

Mel'i-te 

Meleda 

Ten'e-dos 

Tenedos 

Me'los 

Milo 

Te'nos 

Tino 

Mo'na 

Anglesea 

Tha'sos 

Thaso 

Mo-na'bi-a 

Man 

The'ra 

Santorin 

Myc'O-nus 

Mycoiti 

Thu'le 

Shetland Islei 

Nax'os 

Nazia 

Vec'tis 

Isle of Wight 

Ni-sy Vos 

Nisiri 

Za-cyn'thus 

Zante 

O-le'a-ros 

Antiparos 

RIVERS. 

Sarmatia. 


Bo-rysVhe-nes 

Dnieper 

Tan'a-is 

Don 

Hyp'a-nis 

Rha 

Bog 

Tu-run r tu3 

Dwina 

Volga 

Ty'ras 

Dniester 

RuTjo 

Nicmen 

} t “a" 

.0 ill 


Germany. 


Al'bis 

Elbe 

Rhe'nus 

Rhine 

A-mis'i-a 

Eras 

Vi'a-drus 

Oder 

Is'ter 

Danube 

Vi-sur gis 

Weser 

Mce'nus 

Mayne 

Vis'tu-la 

Gaue. 

Vistula 

A'rar 

Saone 

Mo-selTa 

Moselle 

Ga-rum'na 

Garonne 

Rhod'a-nus 

Rhone 

Li 'ger 

Loire 

Seal 'dis 

Scheldt 

Mo f sa 

Meuse 

Seq'ua-na 

Spain. 

Seine 

A'nas 

Guadiana 

I-be Vus 

Ebro 

Bae'tis 

Guadalquivir Min'i-us 

Minho 

Du'ri-us 

Duero Ta'gus 

Ileyricum, Dacia, &c. 

Tagus or Tajo 

Da-nu'bi-us, or 

| Danube 

Dra'vus 

Drave 

Is ter 

He'brus 

Marizza 


RIVERS. 


69 


Ancient. 

Modern. Ancient. 

Modern. 

CE'nus 

Inn 

Sa'vus 

Save 

Py-re'tus 

Pruth 

Ti'bis'cus 

Theis 



Italy. 


Ad'du-a 

Jidda 

Me-tau'rus 

Metro 

A'ni-o 

Teverone 

Min'ci-us 

Mincio 

Ar'nus 

Jlrno 

Pa'dus 

Po 

Ath'e-sis 

Adige 

Ru bi-con 

Fiumecino 

Au'fi-dus 

Ofanto 

Ti'ber 

Tiber 

E-rid'a-nus 

•Po 

Ti-ci'nus 

Ticino 

Me-do'a-cus 

Brenta 

Vul-tur'nus 

Volturno 



Greece. 


Ach-e-lo'us 

Asvro Potamo E-ve nus 

Fidari 

Al-phe'us 

Alfeo 

Ila-li-ac'mon 

Jenicoro 

As-trae'us 

Vistriza 

l’e ne-us 

Peneo 

Ax'i-us 

Vardar 

Stry mon 

Strimon 

Eu-ro'tas 

Basili 




Asia. 


A-rax'es 

Aras 

Hy-das'pes 

Behat 

Ca-i'cus 

Germaisti 

Jax-ar'tes 

Sir 

Cal-y-cad'nus 

Kalikdoni 

Jor'dan 

Jordan 

Ca-ys'trus 

Mindxrscare 

Ly'cus 

Tonsalu 

Cy'rus 

Kur 

Maeander 

Meinder 

Da'ix,or Ya'ik 

Ural 

O-ron'tes 

Oroides 

Et-y-man'der 

Hirmend 

Ox* us 

Jihon 

Eu-lre'us or > 

Karasu 

Pha'sis 

Rione 

U'la-i 5 

Pyr'a-mus 

Gcihoun 

Eu-phra'les 

Gra-ni'cus 

Euphrates 

San-ga'ri-us 

Sakaria 

Ousvola 

Ther-ino'don 

Termek 

ila'lys 

Kizil-ermak 

Tigris 

Tigris 

Her'mus 

Sarabat 



Africa. 


Bag'ra-das 

Mejerdah 

Nile 

Kile 

Dar'a-dus 

Senegal 

Sta'chir 

Gambia 

Ni ger 

JYiger 




CITIES 

and TOWNS. 

- 


Britain. 


A'quae So'lis ] 

^ Bath 

E-boT'a-cum 

York 

or Cal'i-dae \ 

Lon-di num > 

T.nnn/itp 

Cam-bor'i-cum 

Can-ta-brig'i-a 

| Cambridge 

Lon-din'i-um ) 
Lu-gu-val'lum 

-M. f LKjLXJ f 1/ 

Carlisle 

Cas'tra A-la'ta 

Edinburgh 

Ox-o'ni-a 

Oxford 

Du-ro-ver'num 

Canterbury 

The-od-o-ru num 

Wells 


29 




70 


CITIES AND TOWNS. 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Spain. 

Ancient. 

Modem. 

As-tu'ri-ca 

Astorga 

His'pa-lis 

Seville 

Bar'ci-no 

Barcelona 

I-ler'da 

Lerida 

Bil'bi-Iis 

Calataiud 

I-tal'i-ca 

Santiponte 

Cee'sar Au-gus'ta Saragossa 

Mal'a-ca 

Malaga 

Cal-a-gur'ris 

Calahorra 

Mun'da 

Monda 

Cal'le 

Oporto 

Nu-man'ti-a near Soria 

Cal'pe 

Gibraltar 

O-li-sip'po 

Lisbon 

Car-tha'go No'va Carthagena 

Pom'pe-lo 

Pampcluna 

Com-plu'tum 

Alcala 

Sa-gun'tum 

Se-go'vi-a 

Morviedro 

Co-nim'bri-ca 

Coimbra 

Segovia 

Cor'du-ba 

Cordova 

Tar'ra-co 

Tarragona 

Ga'des 

Cadiz 

To-le'tum 

Toledo 

A'quas Sex'ti-oe 

Aix 

Gaul. 

Fo'rum Ju'Ii-i 

Frejus 

Ar-gen-to-ra'tum. Strasl/urg 

Ge-ne'va 

Geneva 

Av-a-ri'cum 

Bourges 

Li-mo'num 

Poitiers 

A-ve'ni-o 

Avignon 

Lug-du num 

Lyons 

Av-en-ti'cum 

Avenches 

Lu-te ti-a 

Paris 

Au-gus'ta Trev- 

^ Treves 

Mas-siPi-a 

Marseilles 

e-ro'rum 

Mo-gun-ti 'a-cumMentz 

Bi-brac'te 

Autun 

Nar'bo 

Narbonne 

Bur-dig'a-la 

Bordeaux 

Ne-mau sus 

Nismes 

Co-lo'ni-a Ag- } 

> dnlncrnp 

Ro-tom a-gus 

Rouen 

rip-pi'na < 


To-lo'sa 

Toulouse 

Ag-ri-gen'tum 
Al'ba Lon'ga 

Girgenti 

Italy. 

Co-sen'ti-a 

Cosenza 

Albano 

Cro-to'na 

Crotona 

An-co'na 

Ancona 

Drep'a-num 

Trapani 

An'ti-am 

Anzio 

Fa-ven'ti-a 

Faenza 

Ap'pi-i Fo'rum 

Fossa Nuova 

Flo-ren'ti-a 

Florence 

Aq-ui-le'i-a 

Aquiicia 

Gen'u-a 

Genoa 

A-qui'num 

Aquino 

Ha'dri-a 

Adria 

A-rim'i-num 

Rimini 

Hyd-run'tum 

Otranto 

Ar-pi'num 

Arpino 

In-ter-am'na 

Terni 

Au-gus'ta Tau- , 

| Turin 

Le-op-ti'ni 

Lentini 

ri-no'rum < 

Lil-y-bae'um 

Marsala 

Ba'i-ce 

Baia 

Me-di-o-Ia'num 

Milan 

Ben-e-ven'tum 

Benevento 

Mu'ti-na 

Modena 

Bo-no'ni-a 

Bologna 

Man'tu-a 

Mantua 

Brun-du'si-um 

Brindisi 

Ne-ap'o-lis 

Naples 

Ca-i-e'ta 

Cajeta 

Mes-sa'na 

Messina 

Cal-lip'o-lis 

Gallipoli 

Os'ti-a 

Ostia 

Ca-nu'si-uin 

Canosa 

Pees'tum 

Pesti 

Cap'u-a 

Capua 

Pa-nor'mus 

Palermo 

Car'a-lis 

Cagliari ^ 

Par'ma 

Parma 

Cat'a-na 

Catania 

Par-then'o-pe 

Naples 

Cen'tum Cel'lse 

Civita Vecchia Pa-ta'vi-um 

Padua 

Clu'si-um 

Chiusi 

Pe-ru'si-a 

Perugia 

Co'mum 

Como 

Pi'saj 

Pisa 


CITIES AND TOWNS. 


Ancient. 

Pla-cen'ti-a 

Pre-nes'te 

Pu-te'o-li 

Ra-ven'na 

Rhe'gi-um 

Sa-ler'num 

Scyl-la-ce'um 

Se'na 

Spo-le ti-um 

Ta-ren'tum 

Ter-ges'te 

Am-phip'o-lis 

Ap-ol-lo'nia 

Be-rae'a 

Di'um 

Dyr-raclPi-um 


Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modem. 

Piacenza 

Ti'bur 

Tivoli 

Palestrina 

Ti-ci'num 

Pavia 

Pozzuolo 

Tri-den'tum 

Trent 

Ravenna 

Tus'cu-lum 

Frascati 

Reggio 

Salerno 

Ve-na'frum 

Vcimfro 

Ve-nu'si-a 

Venosa 

Squillace 

Ver-celMce 

Vercelli 

Siena 

Ve-ro'na 

Verona 

Spoleto 

Vi-cen'ti-a 

Vicenza 

Tarento 

Trieste 

Vol-sin'i-urn 

Bolsena 


Macedonia. 


Emboli 

E-des'sa 

Edessa 

Polina 

Pei'la 

Jenitza 

Veria 

Pot-i-dae'a 

Cassandra 

Standia 

Sta-gi'ra 

Stavros 

Durazzo 

Thes-sa-lo*ni'ca 

Greece. 

Salonica 


Ac'ti-um 

Agio 

La-ris'sa 

Larissa 

An-tiq'y-ra 

Aspro-Spitia 

Leuc'tra 

Li.vadosta 

A 1 7 gos 

Argo 

Man-ti-ne'a 

near Tripolitza 

Ath'ens 

Athens 

Me-thofoe 

Mo don 

Au'lis 

Megalo- Vat hi 

Meg'a-ra 

Megaro 

Cen'chie-a 

Kenkri 

Nau-pac'tus 

Lepanto 

ChaPcis 

JYcgropont 

Mes-se'ne 

Macra-mathia 

Co-ro'ne 

Coron 

NaiPpli-a 

Napoli 

Corinth 

Corinth 

Pa'trse 

Patras 

Cyl-le'ne 

Chiarenza 

Phar-sa'U-a 

Farsa 

Del'phi 

Castri 

Py'los 

JYavarino 

E-leiPsis 

Lcpsina 

Si<j'y-on 

Basilico 

Ep-i-daiPrus 

Pidaura 

Spar'ta 

Paleo-chori 

Laij-e-daPmon (see Sparta) 

Thebes 

Tliiva 


Asia Minor. 


A-by'dos 

Ad-ra-myt/ti-um 

A-ma'si-a 

A-mi'sus 

An-cy'ra 

An'ti-och 

Ap-a-me'a ^ 

At-ta-li'a 

Be-ri'sa 

Ctcs-a-re'a 

Cer'a-sus 

Chal-ce'don 

Chry-sop'o-Tis 

Cla-zorn'e-ne 

Co-los'sse 

Con-stan'ti-a 


Nagara 

Adramiti 

Jlvtasia 

Samsoun 

Angora 

Akshehr 

Aphiom-Kara- 

liissar 

Satalia 

Tocat 

Kaisarich 

Keresoun 

Ka.di~Kc.ni 

Scutari 

Vourla 

Chonos 

Constanza 


Cot-y-as'um 

Der'be 

Eph'e-sus 

Er'y-thrae 

Eu-pa-to'ri-a 

Hal-i-car-nas'sus 

Her-a-cle'a 

I-co'ni-um 

Is'sus 

Lamp'sa cus 
Mag-ne'si-a > 
Mae-an'dri $ 
Maff-ne'si-a ) 
ST-pyl'i-a 5 
Maz'a-ca 
Mi-le'tus 
Ne-o-Ca)s-a-re'a 


Kiutajah 

Alah Dag 

Ajasoluc 

Erzthri 

Tcher niheh 

Bodrum 

Erekli 

Konieh 

Aias 

Lampsaki 

Magnisa 

Guzel-hissai 

Kaisarieh 

Milets 

Niksar 


72 


CITIES AND TOWNS: 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modern. 

Nice 

Isnic 

Sal'a-mis 

Constanza 

Nic-o-me'di-a 

Is-Nicmid 

Sar'dis 

Sart 

Pa'phos 

Baffa 

Si-no'pe 

Sinob 

Pat'a-ra 

Patera 

Se-leu'ci-a 

Selefke 

Per'ga 

Kara-hissar 

Smyr'na 

Simjrna 

Per'ga-mus 

Pergamo 

Tar'sus 

Tarso 

Phi-la-del'phi-a 

Mah-Shehr 

Tel-mis'sus 

Macri 

Pho-cse-a 

Fochea 

Thy-a-ti'ra 

Akhissar 

Prusa 

Bursa 

Tra-pe'zus 

Vrebisond 

V 


Syria, Mesopotamia, &c- 


Al-ex-an'dri-a 

Alexandretta 

He-li-op'o-lis 

Balbcc 

An'ti-och 

Antioch 

Ep-i-pha'ni-a 

Famieh 

Ap-a-me'a 

Famiek 

Hi-e-rap'o-lis 

Bambouch 

Ar-be'la 

Erbil 

La-od-i-ce'a 

Latakia 

Bab'y-lon, near 

Hellah 

Ni<j-e-pho'ri-um 

Raua 

Be-raj'a 

Aleppo 

Nis'i-bis 

JYisidin 

Ber'y-tus 

Beirout 

Tad'mor, or Pal 

•my'ra 

Chai'ran, Car 'rse Heren 

Sa-mos'a-ta 

Samisat 

Ctes'i-phon 

Modain 

Sa-rep'ta 

Sarfend 

Da-mas cus 

Damascus 

Se-leu bi-a 

Badgad 

Ec-bat'a-na 

Hamadan 

Si'don 

Saida 

E-des'sa 

Our fa 

Trip'o-lis 

Tripoli 

E-ine'sa 

Hems 

Tyre 

Sur 


Palestine. 


Ar-i-ma-the'a 

Ramla 

Je-ru'sa-lem 

Jerusalem 

A-zo'tus 

Ezdoud 

Jez re-el 

Ezdraelon 

Beth'le-hem 

Bethlehem, 

Nazareth 

JVazareth 

Beth'san 

Baisan 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Acre 

Etn'ma-us 

Ampas 

Sa-ma'ri-a 

Sebaste 

Ga'za 

Gaza 

Scy-thop'o-lis 

Baisan 

Ile'bron 

El Khail 

Seph'o-ris 

Sephouri 

Jer'i-cho 

Jericho 

Sy'char 

JYapolose 


Africa. 


A-by'dos 

Madfuni 

Hip'po-Zar'y-tus Bizerta 

Al-ex-an'dri-a 

Alexandria 

Ly-cop o-lis 

Suit 

Ar-sin'o-e 

Suez 

CE-’a 

Tripoli 

Cces-a-re'a 

Sliershell 

Pelu'si-um 

Tineh 

Cap'sa 

Gafsa 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Tolometa 

Ca-no pus 

Aboukir 

Sy-e'ne 

Syene 

Cir'ta 

Constantina 

Su-fet'u-la 

Spaitla 

Croc o-di-lop'o-lisJWcdmef-Far^ 

Ten'ty-ra 

Dendera 

Cy-re'ne 

Curen 

Tin'gis 

Tangier 

Dar'nis 

Dcrne 

U'ti-ca 

Boo-Shatter 

He-li-op o-lis 

Matarea 

Vac'ca 

Vegia 

Hip'po-Re gi-us 

Bona 

Za'ma 

Zamali 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


73 


TABLE, 


Exhibiting, in chronological 
Times when, the Books of the 
cording to Dr. Lardner. 

The Gospels 


St. Matthew . 

St. Mark .... 

St. Luke. 

St. John .... 

The Acts of the Apostles 


order, the Places where, and the 
New Testament were written, ac- 


and the Acts. 

Places. A. D. 

Judea, or near it . about 64 
Rome .... about 64 
Greece . . about 63 or 64 

Ephesus . . . about 68 

Greece . . about 63 or 64 


St. Paul’s Epistles. 


1 Thessalonians . 

2 Thessalonians 
Galatians . 

1 Corinthians 

1 Timothy ... . 

Titus 

2 Corinthians . 
Romans . 
Ephesians . 

2 Timothy . 
Philippians . 
Colossians 
Philemon . 
Hebrews . 


Corinth .... 52 

Corinth.52 

Corinth or Ephesus 52 or 53 
Ephesus .... 56 

Macedonia .... 56 

Macedonia, or near it 56 

Macedonia . . . ... 57 

Corinth .... 58 

Rome.61 

Rome. 61 

Rome . . . . 62 

Rome. 62 

Rome.62 

Rome or Italy ... 63 


The Catholic Epistles. 


James . 

1 Peter and 2 Peter 
Jude . . . . 

1 John 

2 John and 3 John 


Judea 
Rome . 
Unknown 
Ephesus 
Ephesus . 


. . 61 or 62 

. . 64 

. 64 or 65 

. . 80 

from 80 to 90 


The Revelation . . . Patmos or Ephesus 95 or 96 


The dates of several of the Epistles have been much 
controverted. According to Dr. Lardner, the Second Epistle 
to Timothy was written by Paul, during his first imprison¬ 
ment at Rome; but Michaelis,. Rosenmuller, Macknight, 
Paley, and other judicious critics, maintain that it was writ- 
29* 




74 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


ten during the apostle’s second imprisonment, and but little 
before he suffered martyrdom. 

Many learned critics suppose that the First Epistle to 
Timothy, and the Epistle to Titus , were written as late as 
the year 64 or 65. 

Thirteen *of the Epistles were avowedly written by St. 
Paul ; but the Epistle to the Hebrews , which is ascribed to 
him by Dr. Lardher, is anonymous, and the question re¬ 
specting the author of it has been much controverted. The 
prevailing opinion, however, in the Christian church, has 
been, that it was written 1% Paul ; and this opinion is sup¬ 
ported by a najority of modern critics. 

> (jW 

. 



721 '.‘I 




$ 




























,0‘ v ^ ,fi 


> 0 




-1 'r' 


# C ° " 0 ♦ 


■ O v 


£ ' ■ - 







x° ; # a 


*o o x 


cP*. <y r 



c o % • ^ ^ 

- 



9 sA^>\ ■ ^ 

-v <<• OW + 








o » v - \ 

r\v '■' ' « Vv a\' , 0 N c <> 

Tfe V*' ,' .<^SH 

\ 0 ^ 


‘ill 4 ^ 1=4 0 s. 0 5 0°* 









. Sr-/" >.*■' « 

/. 



V yvJ 

: % 'Ke, A 

'-> ^ ^.|\\f “ A> ^ 
X. v * ❖/ << ' * .\v -f 

V\ . 0 N c A '/>_ 


>- ® \V <r> 




j,SS' c v 




c 0 s c 


•\ 


O * „ . . * o.V -j-* «v _ ■> r\- 


'A V 




\ 0o x. 


A- 









^ - v ^ 

: l AW : ^ ^ \WM : ■#*** 

A - */;, •;»* a % .# ^ 

. 0 > « V 1 B * ^ a\ 


\ it o V- '•!' 

/v 

> • • • * Jj <P K' 


v\ o N C * *t- 


A '?-, ,.0 . 44 ' 1 8 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2015 


PreservationTechnologies 


A WORLD LEADER IN COLLECTIONS PRESERVATION 

Ill Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township. PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 











^ V X 

v* ' = x ° 

■>. » , s o ’ ,;0 J o *• 

j.9 » v *"r 

</> <\V 











y .<> 

'- * 


* 0 N 0 ’ <0 O 



v > , 0 ^ * Y * 8 1 \ > 






* ’ ^/ * oV <* ^ v 'CX,\N - 

a\ 0 \ f; - 7 - 7 * * S v | 9 <* X o * .V ^ A 

jlS> c 0 * *0 ry v * * y\ 

vn> y C/> 

_ * ^ v> \ v ' 

. * 4- *^ 0 *' o ^ — *■ 

^ * e , a * X P ^ * o v o 7 ^ 

V V> O’* '* > ' 4 0 V * Y *<>/■ 

' <?' 

,J <P ^ 

<i$ ' '1. '■ ^ » «\V </» 



C 
























